Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2017.

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

One Stop Systems, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

Delaware

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation)

 

7373

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

33-0885351

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

2235 Enterprise Street #110

Escondido, California 92029

(877) 438-2724

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Steve Cooper

Chief Executive Officer

One Stop Systems, Inc.

2235 Enterprise Street #110

Escondido, California 92029

(877) 438-2724

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

 

Dennis J. Doucette, Esq.

John P. Cleary, Esq.

Christopher L. Tinen, Esq.

Procopio, Cory, Hargreaves & Savitch LLP

12544 High Bluff Drive, Suite 300

San Diego, California 92130

(858) 720-6322

 

Michael Raymond, Esq.

Bradley J. Wyatt, Esq.

Dickinson Wright PLLC

2600 W. Big Beaver Rd., Suite 300

Troy, Michigan 48084

(248) 433-7273

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as practicable after this registration statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:  ☐


Table of Contents

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer:  ☐      Accelerated filer:  ☐
Non-accelerated filer     ☐   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  ☒
     Emerging growth company  ☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)
     Amount of
Registration Fee
 

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

   $ 23,000,000      $ 2,863.50  

Underwriters’ Warrants to Purchase Common Stock(3)

     -        -  

Common Stock Underlying Underwriters’ Warrants, $0.0001 par value per share (4)

   $ 2,000,000      $ 249.00  

Total registration fee

   $ 25,000,000      $ 3,112.50  

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purposes of computing the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
(2) Pursuant to Rule 416, the securities being registered hereunder include such indeterminate number of additional securities as may be issuable to prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions.
(3) In accordance with Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act, because the shares of the registrant’s common stock underlying the Underwriter Warrants are registered hereby, no separate registration fee is required with respect to the warrants registered hereby.
(4) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act. We have agreed to issue warrants exercisable within five years after the effective date of this registration statement representing 10% of the securities issued in this offering (excluding the over-allotment shares), or Underwriters’ Warrants, to Roth Capital Partners, LLC. The warrants are exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 120% of the public offering price. The initial issuance of the Underwriters’ Warrants and resales of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter Warrants are registered hereby. See “Underwriting — Underwriters’ Warrants.”

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED                     , 2017

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

LOGO

One Stop Systems, Inc.

Shares of Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of securities of One Stop Systems, Inc. We are offering to sell            shares of our common stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

We have also agreed to issue Underwriters’ Warrants exercisable within five years after the effective date of this registration statement representing 10% of the securities issued in this offering (excluding the over-allotment shares) to Roth Capital Partners, LLC. The warrants are exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 120% of the public offering price. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock underlying the Underwriters’ Warrants. However, we may receive proceeds upon the cash exercise of the Underwriters’ Warrants.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our securities. The initial public offering price is $            per share. We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “OSS”.

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under federal securities laws, and as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings. See “Prospectus Summary – Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

Investing in our common stock involves risks that are described in the “ Risk Factors ” section beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

The offering is being underwritten on a firm commitment basis. We have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to an additional            shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments. The underwriters may exercise this option at any time and from time to time during the forty-five (45) day period from the date of this prospectus.

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                       $                   

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $      $  

 

(1) See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Delivery of the shares will be made on or about                 , 2017, subject to customary closing conditions.

 

 

Roth Capital Partners

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2017.


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Core expertise high-speed signaling high-density packaging low-latency software flash storage array custom servers storage management software GPU computer accelerators PCIE expansion

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

THE OFFERING

     7  

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

     9  

RISK FACTORS

     12  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     30  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     31  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     31  

CAPITALIZATION

     32  

DILUTION

     34  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     36  

BUSINESS

     58  

MANAGEMENT

     77  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     83  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     96  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     98  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     101  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     106  

UNDERWRITING

     109  

LEGAL MATTERS

     115  

EXPERTS

     115  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     115  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

 

For investors outside the United States: we or the underwriters have not done anything that would permit a public offering of the shares of our common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

 

One Stop Systems, the One Stop Systems logo, and other trademarks or service marks of One Stop Systems appearing in this prospectus are the property of One Stop Systems, Inc. This prospectus also includes trademarks, tradenames and service marks that are the property of other organizations. Solely for convenience, trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus appear without the ® and ™ symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or that the applicable owner will not assert its rights, to these trademarks and tradenames.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision in our common stock. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Company,” “OSS,” “One Stop,” and “One Stop Systems” refer to One Stop Systems, Inc.

Our Company

One Stop Systems, Inc. (“OSS”) designs and manufactures high-speed computing systems for high performance computing (“HPC”) applications that require fast processing and storage of large information data sets. These applications include artificial intelligence (“AI”), machine learning, seismic exploration, security and defense. Drawing upon years of expertise in designing and manufacturing custom systems for original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), our systems are built using the latest graphical processing unit (“GPU”) and flash-based solid-state drive (“SSD”) storage technologies.

We first began designing and manufacturing custom systems for defense, manufacturing, and telecom customers in 1998 and have always strived to be a leading innovator in our space. When PCI Express (“PCIe”) – the main component-to-component interconnect used in all computers today – was introduced by Intel Corporation in 2005, OSS was the first manufacturer to design and produce PCIe box-to-box interconnection products. Today, we believe we have grown to become one of the largest providers of PCIe adapters and expansion systems used worldwide. When GPU technology and flash-based SSD were first introduced to the market, we began designing systems that maximized the power of these technologies. We now produce computer systems with large numbers of GPU cards and SSDs that allow progressively faster processing capabilities. The more GPUs and flash storage available to a server, the faster it can process, store and retrieve data, resulting in time savings and lower cost in running applications. Military video imaging applications are a prime example of mission-critical use of this technology where the ability to quickly and accurately identify battlefield parameters is paramount. We leverage strong relationships with our market-leading customers and suppliers to position ourselves at the forefront of these industries.

We design, assemble and supply systems that attach to both existing servers through PCIe and systems that have servers included. These systems can be clustered together to create powerful “massive computing” engines that occupy less space and require less power and cooling than conventional systems. We also sell software used to operate large 100% SSD storage systems for defense systems and commercial applications.

OSS sells its products worldwide to industry leading companies like Cisco, disguise (formerly d3), National Instruments, Northrop Grumman, Oracle and Raytheon. We are a strategic partner to technology leaders that include NVIDIA, Intel, Western Digital, and Broadcom. We are investing in new market segments adjacent to our core product lines, including development of HPC storage management software and HPC cloud services. We anticipate continued growth in our target markets, and believe we can increase market share through technology leadership, engineering expertise, supply chain management and product innovation.

Industry Background

The worldwide HPC market is expected to grow from $35.6 billion in 2016 to $43.9 billion by 2021, representing a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 4.3%, according to Intersect 360 Research. We believe we are uniquely positioned as a leading provider of HPC servers, compute accelerators and flash storage arrays to the high-end of this growing marketplace.

 



 

1


Table of Contents

HPC applications require significant computing capabilities to analyze large amounts of data quickly, and store and retrieve that data as necessary. Companies, financial institutions, governmental agencies and academic institutions are increasingly turning to HPC solutions to analyze vast amounts of data, and more quickly gain meaningful and actionable insights. Two key technologies, GPUs and SSDs, enable our systems to process and store data more efficiently than traditional systems. By harnessing significant quantities of these components, companies can process large volumes of data much more quickly and efficiently.

While traditionally used to drive display applications, today’s advanced GPUs have developed more powerful capabilities for non-graphical data processing beyond that of typical CPUs (central processing units) that power computer motherboards. In fact, the capabilities and speed of GPU-accelerated computers are now driving significant advances in AI and machine learning. Vast amounts of data are being collected by internet searches, cameras, sensors and other data generating activities and GPUs can more quickly process sophisticated algorithms that can analyze this “Big Data” and reveal unique patterns that lead to new insights and knowledge.

AI and machine learning have begun to transform businesses worldwide, as these advances in computing speed and power come together to enable businesses to solve complex problems. Until recently, many of these algorithms would take weeks or months to produce results. In many cases, the necessary computing capabilities were so expensive, and required so much space and power, they were infeasible. This is where OSS comes in. By accelerating the state-of-the-art in terms of computing performance, high density (less space) and power efficiency, OSS enables HPC applications to produce results in minutes versus hours or days versus months. In this way, OSS is enabling new data-intensive applications and computational solutions that were previously considered impractical or impossible.

Our Core Strengths and Solutions

Over nearly 20 years, OSS has developed unique expertise and core competencies across the fundamental technologies of today’s rapidly expanding HPC marketplace. These valuable assets are embedded in our leading-edge engineering capabilities, the proprietary know-how contained in our extensive library of designs, and brand equity from our reputation as a high quality producer of state-of-the-art custom and standard solutions across an array of markets. Our strengths lie in three core areas: high-speed system interconnect design, high-density system design, and storage management software.

High-Speed System Interconnect Design

Members of our technical team are experts in high-speed digital signaling design, particularly regarding PCIe and nvlink signaling. We specialize in the design and production of state-of-the-art systems that incorporate the latest high-speed signaling techniques. Our expertise includes circuit design and circuit board layout and routing optimizations, with a focus on achieving the highest levels of signal integrity.

In our current systems, PCIe Gen 3 signals are propagated across multiple circuit boards, connectors and cables, with sufficient signal quality for the receiver to reliably recognize digital signal transitions occurring at 8 billion times per second. However, this is a continually advancing area of technology, and OSS has demonstrated the ability to keep up with the treadmill of technology over several generations of signaling speeds. In fact, we have consistently been among a handful of companies able to come to market first with the latest technology. We delivered the industry’s first PCIe-over-cable solutions for PCIe Gen 1, Gen 2 and Gen 3, and are currently on track to accomplish this again in Gen 4.

In HPC systems, the “need for speed” is constantly driving signaling speeds higher and higher. Our next generation of products that include PCIe Gen 4 and nvlink 2.0 will involve signaling of 16 billion and 20 billion transitions per second, respectively. A diminishing set of companies have the capabilities to design and produce

 



 

2


Table of Contents

robust, highly reliable systems at these speeds. We believe our core competency in large scale, high-speed design and layout will allow us to remain at the forefront of this growing and ever-evolving industry.

High-Density System Design

In addition to signal integrity design expertise, we have amassed expertise and proprietary know-how in high-density HPC system design. This expertise allows us to develop extremely sophisticated systems that consume less space, weight and power than ever before possible. For multiple reasons, this high-density capability has played a role in our customer design wins.

For military applications, smaller size, weight and power (known as SWaP) is critical in many battlefield systems. One of our more significant recent design wins was for a military aircraft where our solid state storage solution replaced a hard-to-remove, 165-pound system with a seven-pound removable module. For solutions contained within data centers, density also plays a significant role. For an equivalent amount of compute power, the OSS solution provided a ten times (10x) reduction in both rack space and power consumption. Economically, this is very compelling, since the cost of data center space and electrical power over the life of the product often exceeds the cost of the computer hardware.

Storage Management Software

On May 9, 2017, OSS entered into an agreement to acquire the source code license for SSD array software known as “Ion” from Western Digital. In connection with the transaction, OSS acquired the software engineering teams that developed the software, with the intent that OSS provide ongoing support to existing Western Digital customers and new releases of the software. This new software team provides OSS with proven expertise that can support the development of SSD storage arrays with exceptional performance, density, reliability and mobility. We expect to leverage this capability with our existing products and services over time.

The Ion software provides an interface to a standard server so it can easily read and write data from an array of SSDs. Two key features set Ion apart from other storage system software products: its optimization for low-latency, which means an SSD array can return data to the requesting server much more rapidly than those relying upon other types of server software, and Ion’s support for removable and hot-swappable SSD modules that contain multiple SSDs. This feature is essential to applications that require removable and expandable data storage that spans multiple SSDs.

Having an established storage software and in-house software engineering allows OSS to easily produce semi-custom product variations as well as add new features and capabilities to its product portfolio. Future product features may include data encryption, de-duplication and compression, as well as other capabilities requested by our customers.

Our Opportunity

OSS has positioned itself as a technology leader in several key emerging areas of HPC. These include GPU computing, SSD storage arrays and cloud services. These areas are growing rapidly, and each has enormous potential given how they are replacing older technologies in very large markets.

OSS has significant design libraries, expertise and a customer-first approach that enable us to win OEM design and manufacturing business. Since each OEM design win generates revenue streams for 3-5 years (and potentially longer for military systems), the business tends to layer new revenue growth with each win. OSS also has a track record of successful strategic mergers and acquisitions, and such future activity could further enhance our growth through the same layering concept.

 



 

3


Table of Contents

We believe strong, profitable growth is key to providing increasing shareholder value. We see three key elements driving our growth and profitable outlook. First, many of our existing OEM and military program design-wins are in the early stages of production and we expect them to ramp up significantly. Second, our technology leadership and increasing market presence has supported an increase in design-win opportunities. Third, an enhanced acquisition capability (due to the additional funding and enhanced liquidity for our stock provided by the initial public offering) will enable us to complete more significant strategic acquisitions that enhance and complement our core strategic capabilities and current growth rate. We will continue to look for opportunities that can be accretive and enhance our overall position.

Awards and Industry Recognition

Since inception, OSS has been the recipient of numerous awards and industry rankings that recognize our rapid growth, innovative technology, customer service, and product excellence.

Recent awards and industry rankings include:

 

    Recognition of Rapid Growth

 

    Inc. 5000 – 2017 Fastest Growing Private Companies in North America: This ranking was based on revenue growth over a three-year period. It was the seventh time OSS was included in this ranking, which places OSS in the top 2% of all Inc. 5000 fastest growing companies.

 

    San Diego Business Journal – 2017 Top 100 Fastest Growing Private Companies in San Diego: This listing was based on revenue growth over a two-year period. OSS has been ranked as a SDBJ Fastest Growing Private Company nine times.

 

    Awards for Technology Innovation

 

    Silicon Review – 2017’s 50 Most Valuable Brands of the Year: This award recognizes highly valued products or services in the business and technology marketplace.

 

    Flash Memory Summit – 2016 Best of Show – Most Innovative Flash Memory: This award recognized our flash storage array as the most innovative design shown at the Flash Memory Summit.

 

    Awards and Recognition for Customer and Market Excellence

 

    Raytheon – 2017 Supplier Excellence Award: This award recognized our outstanding innovation, technical achievement, and customer support.

 

    CIO Review – 20 Most Promising Oil and Gas Technology Solution Providers 2017: This annual listing recognizes companies that are at the forefront of providing technology solutions to the oil and gas industry, and impacting the marketplace.

 

    CIO Review – 20 Most Promising Defense Technology Solution Providers 2016: This award recognized OSS as breaking through the defense landscape by delivering high performance computing in a smaller space.

 

    Awards for Operational Excellence

 

    San Diego Business Journal – 2017 Manufacturing Award in the medium company category

Risks Related to our Business

Our ability to implement our business strategy is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others:

 

    The market for our products is developing and may not develop as we expect;

 

    Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or our guidance;

 



 

4


Table of Contents
    Our products are subject to competition, including competition from the customers to whom we sell, and competitive pressures from new and existing companies may harm our business, sales, growth rates, and market share;

 

    Our future success depends on our ability to develop and successfully introduce new and enhanced products that meet the needs of our customers;

 

    Our products fulfill specialized needs and functions within the technology industry and such needs or functions may become unnecessary or the characteristics of such needs and functions may shift in such a way as to cause our products to no longer fulfill such needs or functions;

 

    New entrants into the HPC market may harm our competitive position;

 

    We rely on a limited number of suppliers to support our manufacturing and design process;

 

    If we cannot protect our proprietary design rights and intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed or we could incur significant expenses to enforce our rights;

 

    Our international sales and operations subject us to additional risks that can adversely affect our operating results and financial condition; and

 

    If we fail to remedy material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting we may not be able to accurately report our financial results.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”). For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that apply to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding advisory “say-on-pay” votes on executive compensation and stockholder advisory votes on golden parachute compensation.

Under the JOBS Act, we will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of:

 

    the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more;

 

    the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering;

 

    the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non- convertible debt; and

 

    the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) (we will qualify as a large accelerated filer as of the first day of the first fiscal year after we have (i) more than $700 million in outstanding common equity held by our non- affiliates and (ii) been public for at least 12 months; the value of our outstanding common equity will be measured each year on the last day of our second fiscal quarter).

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information we provide to our stockholders may differ from information you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

We have elected to use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B).

 



 

5


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

We were originally organized as One Stop Systems, LLC, a California limited liability company, in 1998 before converting into One Stop Systems, Inc., a California corporation in 1999. On July 6, 2016, we entered into a Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization with Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) whereby Magma merged with and into OSS with OSS continuing as the surviving corporation. In connection with this offering, we will reincorporate as a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 2235 Enterprise Street, Suite 110, Escondido, CA 92029 and our telephone number is (760) 745-9883. Our website address is www.onestopsystems.com. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address is for reference purposes only.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock we are offering

            shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

            shares

 

Over-allotment option

The underwriters have an option for a period of 45 days to purchase up to            shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

Underwriters’ Warrants

We have agreed to issue warrants exercisable within five years after the effective date of this registration statement representing 10% of the securities issued in this offering (excluding the over-allotment shares), or Underwriters’ Warrants, to Roth Capital Partners, LLC. The warrants are exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 120% of the public offering price.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $            , or approximately $            if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares from us in full, based on the initial public offering price of $            per share. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to pay down debt and for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.

 

Risk factors

You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus and the other information in this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

Nasdaq symbol

“OSS”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 8,543,948 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 3,037,006 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share) and excludes:

 

    2,387,421 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2017, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.00 per share, and 0 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options issued after September 30, 2017;

 

    1,030,000 unallocated shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of 240,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Stock Option Plan and an additional 790,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Stock Option Plan as of September 30, 2017;

 

    Shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to be issued to the underwriters as compensation in connection with this offering; and

 

    198,996 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2017, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.11 per share.

 



 

7


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes the following:

 

    the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 3,037,006 shares of our common stock prior to the closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share);

 

    no exercise of the outstanding options or warrants described above; and

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments.

 



 

8


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth a summary of our historical financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. We have derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016 and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2017 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of the management, the unaudited data reflects all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of results as of and for these periods. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the section in this prospectus entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results for any prior period are not indicative of our future results, and our results for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 may not be indicative of our results for the year ending December 31, 2017.

 

     For the Nine Month Periods Ended September 30,     For the Years Ended December 31,   
                 2017                             2016                             2016                             2015              

Summary Statements of Operations:

        

Net revenue

   $ 20,485,376     $ 12,384,683     $ 18,879,321     $ 14,229,776  

Cost of revenue

     13,770,177       8,778,474       13,365,615       10,246,122  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     6,715,198       3,606,209       5,513,706       3,983,654  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

General and administrative

     2,549,084       1,306,439       2,146,624       1,324,765  

Marketing and selling

     2,140,858       1,328,328       1,987,358       1,367,856  

Research and development

     1,744,053       919,056       1,599,585       1,095,919  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     6,433,995       3,553,823       5,733,567       3,788,540  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     281,204       52,386       (219,861     195,114  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

        

Interest expense

     (144,157     (98,688     (152,877     (128,370

Other, net

     8,609       5,862       5,364       (6,365
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (135,548     (92,826     (147,513     (134,735
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     145,656       (40,440     (367,374     60,379  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     133,468       (21,250     (182,937     43,729  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 12,188     $ (19,190   $ (184,437   $ 16,650  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

   $ (205,108)     $ -     $ -     $ -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to parent

   $ 217,296     $ (19,190   $ (184,437   $ 16,650  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic

   $ 0.04     $ (0.00   $ (0.04   $ 0.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.02     $ (0.00   $ (0.04   $ 0.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 



 

9


Table of Contents
     For the Nine Month Periods Ended September 30,      For the Years Ended December 31,   
                 2017                              2016                              2016                             2015              

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

          
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic

     5,429,997        4,586,832        4,782,547       4,065,322  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     9,540,490        4,586,832        4,782,547       7,438,268  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

          

Basic

   $ 0.03         $ (0.02  
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

Diluted

   $ 0.02         $ (0.02  
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

          

Basic

     8,467,003           7,819,553    
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

Diluted

     9,540,490           7,819,553    
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

     As of September 30, 2017  
     Actual      Pro Forma (1)      Pro Forma
As Adjusted (2)(3)
 

Summary Balance Sheet:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 488,584      $ 488,584     

Other working capital accounts

     721,792      721,792   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total Working Capital

   $ 1,210,376      $ 1,210,376     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Long-term debt

   $ 546,643      $ 546,643     

Preferred stock

     2,416,527      

Common stock

     2,269,704      4,686,231   

Noncontrolling interest

     544,892      544,892   

Additional Paid in Capital

     1,153,555      1,153,555   

Retained Earnings

     402,099      402,099   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total Long-Term Debt and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 7,333,420      $ 7,333,420     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2017 into an aggregate of 3,037,006 shares of our common stock immediately prior to completion of this offering.
(2) Reflects the pro forma adjustment described in footnote (1) above and the sale and issuance of             shares of our common stock by us in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 



 

10


Table of Contents
(3) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our cash, cash equivalents, and investments, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $              million, assuming that the number of shares of our common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the amount of our cash, cash equivalents, and investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $             million, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

 



 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could harm our business, financial condition, operating results, and growth prospects. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

The market for our products is developing and may not develop as we expect.

The market for our high performance computing (“HPC”) products is developing and may not develop as we expect. The market for cutting-edge, high performance computing products is characterized by rapid advances in technologies. We believe our future success will depend in large part on our ability to develop products, new business initiatives and creating innovative and custom designs for our customers. The growth of server clusters, specialized or high performance applications, and hosted software solutions which require fast and efficient data processing, is crucial to our success. It is difficult to predict the development of the demand for high performance computing, supercomputers, and related hardware solutions, the size and growth rate for this market, the entry of competitive products, or the success of existing competitive products. Any expansion in our market depends on several factors, including the demand, cost, performance, and perceived value associated with our products. If our products are not adopted or there is a reduction in demand for our products caused by a lack of customer acceptance, a slowdown in demand for computational power, an overabundance of unused computational power, technological challenges, competing technologies and products, decreases in corporate spending, weakening economic conditions, or otherwise, it could result in reduced customer orders, early order cancellations, the loss of customers, or decreased sales, any of which would adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or our guidance.

Our quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. The timing and size of sales of our products are variable and difficult to predict and can result in fluctuations in our net sales from period to period. In addition, our budgeted expense levels depend in part on our expectation of future sales. Any substantial adjustment to expenses to account for lower levels of sales is difficult and takes time, thus we may not be able to reduce our costs sufficiently to compensate for a shortfall in net sales, and even a small shortfall in net sales could disproportionately and adversely affect our operating margin and operating results for a given quarter.

Our operating results may also fluctuate due to a variety of other factors, many of which are outside our control, including the changing and volatile local, national, and international economic environments, any of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate. Besides the other risks in this “Risk Factors” section, factors that may affect our operations include:

 

    fluctuations in demand for our products and services;

 

    the inherent complexity, length, and associated unpredictability of product development windows and product lifecycles;

 

    changes in customers’ budgets for technology purchases and delays in their purchasing cycles;

 

    changing market conditions;

 

12


Table of Contents
    any significant changes in the competitive dynamics of our markets, including new entrants, or further consolidation;

 

    our ability to continue to broaden our customer base beyond our traditional customers;

 

    the timing of product releases or upgrades by us or our competitors; and

 

    our ability to develop, introduce, and ship in a timely manner new products and product enhancements and anticipate future market demands that meet our customers’ requirements.

Each of these factors individually, or the cumulative effect of two or more of these factors, could result in large fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our past results as an indication of future performance.

Our products are subject to competition, including competition from the customers to whom we sell.

Servers, computer accelerators, flash storage arrays, PCIe expansion products, and other products that we design, manufacture, and sell or license are subject to competition. The computer hardware and technology fields are well established with limited, and in many cases no, intellectual property and technological barriers to entry. The markets in which we compete are competitive and we expect competition to increase in the future from established competitors and new market entrants. The markets are influenced by, among others, brand awareness and reputation, price, strength and scale of sales and marketing efforts, professional services and customer support, product features, reliability and performance, scalability of products, and breadth of product offerings. Due to the nature of our products, competition occurs at the design, performance, and sales stages. A design or sales win by us does not limit further competition and our customers may purchase competitive products from third parties at any time. This competition could result in increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses and failure to increase, or the loss of, market share, any of which would likely seriously harm our business, operating results or financial condition. From a cost and control perspective, our products are specialized and thus generally cost more than our competitors’ products. If our ability to design specialized solutions is deemed to be on par or of lesser value than competing solutions, we could lose our customers and prospects.

Many of our customers and competitors, often with substantially more resources or larger economies of scale, produce products that are competitive with our products. Many of these third parties mass-produce hardware solutions and have not heavily invested in or allocated resources to the smaller scale specialized products and solutions we design. A decrease in the cost of general mass-produced hardware solutions, which can serve as a substitute for our products, or the entrance of or additional allocation of resources by one of these customers or competitors into the production of specialized systems which compete with our products could create increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses, or the loss of market share or expected market share, any of which may significantly harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

New entrants and the introduction of other distribution models in our markets may harm our competitive position.

The markets for development, distribution, and sale of our high performance computing solutions are rapidly evolving. New entrants seeking to gain market share by introducing new technology, new products and new server configurations may make it more difficult for us to sell our products and earn design wins which could create increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses, or the loss of market share or expected market share, any of which may significantly harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Large computer hardware and equipment manufacturers and suppliers have traditionally designed, produced, and sold general purpose servers, and storage arrays and related products and equipment. Our customers supplement

 

13


Table of Contents

these general purpose systems by purchasing our specialized or customized systems or supplemental products which improve the speed, efficiency, or performance of such systems. If the speed, efficiency, or computational power of such general purpose systems increases such that supplemental or specialized products become unnecessary, or the cost of such general purpose systems declines such that it is more cost effective for prospective customers to add general-purpose equipment rather than specialized or supplemental equipment, we could experience a significant decline in demand for the products which may significantly harm to our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our products compete with and supplement general purpose servers, storage systems and related equipment. If the producers of general purpose equipment implement proprietary standards, software, interfaces, or other interoperability restrictions, including controls which restrict the equipment’s compatibility with third party systems, we could experience a significant decline in sales because our products would not be interoperable with such systems, resulting in may significantly harm to our business, operating results and financial condition.

In our marketplace, general-purpose equipment is traditionally mass-produced and available to order while specialized equipment and custom bulk-order equipment is subject to a bid-based purchase system. If one or more large manufacturers of general or standard servers storage arrays, or related products and equipment provide specialized, customized, or supplementary equipment on a made-to-order or generally available basis, we could be forced to reduce our prices or change our selling model to remain competitive which would significantly harm to our business, operating results and financial condition.

If we are unable to manage our growth and expand our operations successfully, our business and operating results will be harmed and our reputation may be damaged.

We have expanded our operations significantly since inception and anticipate that further significant expansion will be required to achieve our business objectives. The growth and expansion of our business and product offerings places a continuous and significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources. Any such future growth would also add complexity to and require effective coordination throughout our organization. To manage any future growth effectively, we must continue to improve and expand our information technology and financial infrastructure, our operating and administrative systems and controls, and our ability to manage headcount, capital and processes in an efficient manner. We may not be able to successfully implement improvements to these systems and processes in a timely or efficient manner, which could result in additional operating inefficiencies and could cause our costs to increase more than planned. If we do increase our operating expenses in anticipation of the growth of our business and this growth does not meet our expectations, our operating results may be negatively impacted. If we are unable to manage future expansion, our ability to provide high quality products and services could be harmed, which could damage our reputation and brand and may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

A limited number of customers and devices represent a significant portion of our sales. If we were to lose any of these customers or devices, our sales could decrease significantly.

In the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, one customer, disguise (formerly d3), accounted for approximately 29%, and 35% of net sales, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, three customers accounted for 56% of net trade accounts receivable and, as of December 31, 2015, two customers accounted for 49% of net trade accounts receivable. In addition, a few products comprise a significant amount of our sales, and the discontinuation, modification, or obsolescence of such products may materially and adversely affect our sales and results of operations. Any loss of, or a significant reduction in purchases by, these other significant customers or a decrease in the high performance applications that drive the use of our products, or the modification, discontinuation, or obsolescence of a device which constitutes a significant portion of our sales could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

 

14


Table of Contents

We rely on a limited number of parts suppliers to support our manufacturing and design processes.

We rely on a limited number suppliers to provide us with the necessary devices, parts and systems to allow us to build, design and manufacture our products, and the failure to manage our relationships with these parties successfully could adversely affect our ability to market and sell our products. In the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, two suppliers, Concisys, Inc. and Exact Computers, accounted for approximately 46%, and 50%, respectively, of materials purchased.

Although we do believe we could locate additional suppliers to fulfill our needs, any significant change in our relationship with these suppliers could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition unless and until we are able to find suitable replacements. We make substantially all of our purchases from our contract suppliers on a purchase order basis. Our suppliers are not required to supply our raw materials for any specific period or in any specific quantity or price.

Our future success depends on our ability to develop and successfully introduce new and enhanced products that meet the needs of our customers.

Our sales depend on our ability to anticipate our existing and prospective customers’ needs and develop products that address those needs. Our future success will depend on our ability to design new products, anticipate technological improvements and enhancements, and to develop products that are competitive in the rapidly changing computer hardware and software industry. Introduction of new products and product enhancements will require coordination of our efforts with those of our customers, suppliers, and manufacturers to develop products that offer performance features desired by our customers and performance and functionality superior or more cost effective than solutions offered by our competitors. If we fail to coordinate these efforts, develop product enhancements or introduce new products that meet the needs of our customers as scheduled, our operating results will be materially and adversely affected and our business and prospects will be harmed. We cannot assure that product introductions will meet our anticipated release schedules or that our products will be competitive in the market. Furthermore, given the rapidly changing nature of the computer equipment market, there can be no assurance our products and technology will not be rendered obsolete by alternative or competing technologies.

Delays in our production cycle could result in outdated equipment or decreased purchases of our products.

The design and manufacture of our products can take several months to several years. The length of such process depends on the complexity and purpose of the system or equipment being designed, and may be affected by factors such as: the development and design of unique or specialized systems, the fabrication, availability, and supply of parts, the customization of parts as applicable, the manufacture and/or assembly of the units, quality control testing, and the development and incorporation of new technologies. If our products are outdated upon completion of this process our sales could materially decline and it may be necessary to sell products at a loss.

Unsuccessful government programs or OEM contracts could lead to reduced revenues.

We design and manufacture certain products to fit the specifications of government programs or OEM contracts. These programs may take months or years to complete and involve significant investment of our time, money and resources. We generally receive upfront fees for these programs but there is often no or little obligation on the part of our customer to purchase large volumes of products at the time of final product launch. Unsuccessful product launches could lead to reduced revenues, potential returns of products and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results. We may be forced to sell products at a loss or spend a significant amount of resources to find additional customers for these products if these programs do not fit the future needs of our intended customers.

Our inventory may rapidly become obsolete.

Sales cycles for some of our products can take several months. In addition, it can take time from the bid to the development and manufacture of the equipment. We maintain inventory based in large part on our forecasts of the

 

15


Table of Contents

volume and timing of orders. The varying length of the sales cycles makes accurate forecasting difficult. The delays inherent in our sales cycles raise the risk that the inventory we have on hand will become obsolete or impaired prior to its use or sale. If our forecasted demand does not materialize into purchase orders, we may be required to write off our inventory balances or reduce the value of our inventory, based on a reduced sales price. A write off of the inventory, or a reduction in the inventory value due to a sales price reduction, could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

We offer an extended product warranty to cover defective products at no cost to the customer. An unexpected change in failure rates of our products could have a material adverse impact on our business.

We offer product warranties that generally extend for one year from date of sale that require us to repair or replace defective products returned by the customer during the warranty period at no cost to the customer. Our product warranties are in addition to warranties we receive from our vendors. We record an estimate for anticipated warranty-related costs at the time of sale based on historical and estimated future product return rates and expected repair or replacement costs. While such costs have historically been within management’s expectations and the provisions established and we receive warranty coverage from our vendors, unexpected changes in failure rates could have a material adverse impact on our business requiring additional warranty reserves. These failures could adversely impact our operating results.

If we fail to achieve design wins for our products, our business will be harmed.

Achieving design wins is an important success factor for our business. We work closely with OEM’s and end users to insure the customer gets the product they want in the specific configuration, size and weight required for the application. We have participated in many design wins based upon our ability to interpret technical specifications and proceed rapidly through prototyping, development, and delivery. This approach and expertise is one of the factors driving our growth. Failure to maintain our expertise and ability to deliver custom, specific design systems could harm our business. In order to achieve design wins, we must:

 

    anticipate the features and functionality that OEMs, customers and consumers will demand;

 

    incorporate those features and functionalities into products that meet the exacting design requirements of our customers; and

 

    price our products competitively.

Unanticipated changes in industry standards could render our products incompatible with products developed by major hardware manufacturers and software developers. Further, if our products are not in compliance with prevailing industry standards, our customers may not incorporate our products into their design strategies.

If we cannot retain, attract and motivate key personnel, we may be unable to effectively implement our business plan.

Our success depends in large part upon our ability to retain, attract and motivate highly skilled management, development, marketing, sales and service personnel. The loss of and failure to replace key technical management and personnel could adversely affect multiple development efforts. Recruitment and retention of senior management and skilled technical, sales and other personnel is very competitive, and we may not be successful in either attracting or retaining such personnel. We have lost key personnel to other high technology companies, and many larger companies with significantly greater resources than us have aggressively recruited, and continue to aggressively recruit, key personnel. As part of our strategy to attract and retain key personnel, we may offer equity compensation through grants of stock options, restricted stock awards or restricted stock units. Potential employees, however, may not perceive our equity incentives as attractive enough. In addition, due to the intense competition for qualified employees, we may be required to, and have had to, increase the level of compensation paid to existing and new employees, which could materially increase our operating expenses.

 

16


Table of Contents

We have made in the past, and may make in the future, acquisitions which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business, result in dilution to our stockholders, deplete our cash reserves and adversely affect our financial results.

Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including the following:

 

    difficulties in successfully integrating the operations, systems, technologies, products, offerings and personnel of the acquired company or companies;

 

    insufficient revenue to offset increased expenses associated with acquisitions;

 

    diversion of management’s attention from normal daily operations of the business and the challenges of managing larger and more widespread operations resulting from acquisitions;

 

    potential difficulties in completing projects associated with in-process research and development intangibles;

 

    difficulties in entering markets in which we have no or limited direct prior experience and where competitors in such markets have stronger market positions;

 

    initial dependence on unfamiliar supply chains or relatively small supply partners; and

 

    the potential loss of key employees, customers, distributors, vendors and other business partners of the companies we acquire following and continuing after announcement of acquisition plans.

Acquisitions may also cause us to:

 

    use a substantial portion of our cash reserves or incur debt;

 

    issue equity securities or grant equity incentives to acquired employees that would dilute our current stockholders’ percentage ownership;

 

    assume liabilities, including potentially unknown liabilities;

 

    record goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that are subject to impairment testing on a regular basis and potential periodic impairment charges;

 

    incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets;

 

    incur large and immediate write-offs and restructuring and other related expenses; or

 

    become subject to intellectual property litigation or other litigation.

Acquisitions of high-technology companies and assets are inherently risky and subject to many factors outside of our control, and no assurance can be given that our recently completed or future acquisitions will be successful and will not materially adversely affect our business, operating results, or financial condition. Failure to manage and successfully integrate acquisitions could materially harm our business and operating results.

The continuing commoditization of HPC hardware and software has resulted in increased pricing pressure and may adversely affect our operating results.

The continuing commoditization of HPC hardware, such as processors, interconnects, flash storage and other infrastructure, and the growing commoditization of software, including plentiful building blocks and more capable open source software, as well as the potential for integration of differentiated technology into already-commoditized components, has resulted in, and may result in increased pricing pressure that may cause us to reduce our pricing in order to remain competitive, which can negatively impact our gross margins and adversely affect our operating results.

 

17


Table of Contents

Our election to not opt out of the extended accounting transition period under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, may make our financial statements difficult to compare to other companies.

Under the JOBS Act, as an emerging growth company, we can elect to opt out of the extended transition period for any new or revised accounting standards that may be issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) or the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period. This means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, are permitted to use any extended transition period for adoption that is provided in the new or revised accounting standard having different application dates for public and private companies. This may make the comparison of our financial statements with any other public company, which is not either an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period, difficult or impossible as possible different or revised standards may be used.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, the accuracy and timeliness of our financial reporting may be adversely affected. In addition, because of our status as an emerging growth company, you will not be able to depend on any attestation from our independent registered public accounting firm as to our internal control over financial reporting for the foreseeable future.

When we become a reporting company, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and controls over financial reporting. In particular, as a public company, we will be required to perform system and process evaluations and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will be required to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. Accordingly, you will not be able to depend on any attestation concerning our internal control over financial reporting from our independent registered public accounting firm for the foreseeable future.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to remedy these material weaknesses and develop and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common shares.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016. As defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, a “material weakness” is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Specifically:

 

  (i) we did not have sufficient segregation of duties within our accounting functions;

 

  (ii) our financial reporting closing process did not effectively determine all period-end adjustments;

 

  (iii) our U.S. GAAP and SEC accounting resources were not commensurate with those required of a public company, and

 

  (iv) we lacked appropriate controls to ensure the accuracy of labor and overhead inventory rates as well as excess and obsolescence inventory reserves.

 

18


Table of Contents

Management is in the process of remediating the material weaknesses set forth above. To date we have implemented the following steps in our remediation plan:

 

    To address the identified weaknesses surrounding segregation of duties, supervision and expertise, in September 2017, we hired a chief financial officer with appropriate experience applying GAAP technical accounting guidance and has increased the number of hours worked by our contracted accounting personnel who are responsible for the closing process and external financial reporting. With the introduction of additional personnel, incompatible functions with respect to the segregation of duties and the recording of a transaction (including the review and approval processes) are being reassigned to different personnel to strengthen the control environment.

 

    To improve the quality and timing of our closing process and to improve the accuracy of financial reporting, we have begun implementing a formal closing process that follows a closing checklist that includes reconciliation of all major balance sheet accounts, analytical procedures applied to all income statement accounts and review and approval of manual adjustments.

 

    To strengthen the weaknesses in the control environment surrounding inventory and inventory valuation, we have and continue to evolve a new analytical process to identify slow-moving and obsolete inventory as well as formalizing the methodology for application of labor overhead to inventory. We are also strengthening the controls regarding physical verification of inventory on-hand.

 

    To improve our expertise with respect to non-recurring transactions, we have hired and will continue to hire additional qualified resources with the requisite expertise. We are designing additional controls around identification, documentation and application of technical accounting guidance with particular emphasis on events outside the ordinary course of business. These controls are expected to include implementation of additional supervision and review activities by qualified personnel that are independent from the transaction, the preparation of formal accounting memorandum to support our conclusions on technical accounting matters and the development and use of checklists and research tools to assist in compliance with GAAP with regards to complex accounting issues.

Our remediation plan also includes relevant and appropriate training on technical GAAP topics, as well as SEC reporting requirements.

We intend to complete the implementation of our remediation plan during the first and second quarters of 2018. Except for additional personnel costs, we have not incurred any material costs on our remediation plan to date as we have been implementing the plan internally. As we continue to evaluate and take actions to improve our internal control over financial reporting, we may determine to take additional actions to address control deficiencies or determine to modify certain of the remediation measurements that we are anticipating to make which may include retaining a third party to assist with the implementation of our remediation plan. The retention of third party service providers for purposes of remediation may involve us incurring material costs in the future.

Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementations could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm may reveal additional deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies, or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

 

19


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Intellectual Property

If we are unable to protect our proprietary design and intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed or we could be required to incur significant expenses to enforce our rights.

Our ability to compete effectively is dependent in part upon our ability to protect our proprietary technology. We rely on patents, trademarks, trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures and licensing arrangements to protect our intellectual property rights. There can be no assurance these protections will be available in all cases or will be adequate to prevent our competitors from copying, reverse engineering or otherwise obtaining and using our technology, proprietary rights or products. For example, the laws of certain countries in which our products are manufactured or licensed do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. In addition, third parties may seek to challenge, invalidate or circumvent our patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets, or applications for any of the foregoing. There can be no assurance that our competitors will not independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology or design around our proprietary rights. In each case, our ability to compete could be significantly impaired. To prevent substantial unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights, it may be necessary to prosecute actions for infringement and/or misappropriation of our trade secrets and/or proprietary rights against third parties. Any such action could result in significant costs and diversion of our resources and management’s attention, and there can be no assurance we will be successful in such action. Furthermore, many of our current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights than we do. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our trade secrets and/or intellectual property.

Many of our proprietary designs are in digital form and the breach of our computer systems could result in these designs being stolen.

If our security measures are breached or unauthorized access to private or proprietary data is otherwise obtained, our proprietary designs could be stolen. Because we hold many of these designs in digital form on our servers, there exists an inherent risk that an unauthorized third party could conduct a security breach resulting in the theft of our proprietary information. While we have taken steps to protect our proprietary information, because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. Any or all of these issues could negatively impact our competitive edge and our ability to obtain new customers thereby adversely affecting our financial results.

Our proprietary designs are susceptible to reverse engineering by our competitors.

Much of the value of our proprietary rights is derived from our vast library of design specifications. While we consider our design specifications to be protected by various proprietary, trade secret and intellectual property laws, such information is susceptible to reverse engineering by our competitors. We may not be able to prevent our competitors from developing competing design specifications and the cost of enforcing these rights may be significant. If we are unable to adequately protect our proprietary designs our financial condition and operating results could suffer.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

We consider trade secrets, including confidential and unpatented know-how and designs important to the maintenance of our competitive position. We protect trade secrets and confidential and unpatented know-how, in part, by customarily entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to such knowledge, such as our employees, outside technical and commercial collaborators, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our

 

20


Table of Contents

employees and consultants that obligate them to maintain confidentiality and assign their inventions to us. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches.

Claims by others that we infringe their intellectual property or trade secret rights could harm our business.

Our industry is characterized by vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights, which has resulted in protracted and expensive litigation for many companies. Third parties may in the future assert claims of infringement of intellectual property rights against us or against our customers or channel partners for which we may be liable. As the number of products and competitors in our market increases and overlaps occur, infringement claims may increase.

Intellectual property or trade secret claims against us, and any resulting lawsuits, may result in our incurring significant expenses and could subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidate what we currently believe are our proprietary rights. Our involvement in any patent dispute or other intellectual property dispute or action to protect trade secrets and know-how could have a material adverse effect on our business. Adverse determinations in any litigation could subject us to significant liabilities to third parties, require us to seek licenses from third parties and prevent us from manufacturing and selling our products. Any of these situations could have a material adverse effect on our business. These claims, regardless of their merits or outcome, would likely be time consuming and expensive to resolve and could divert management’s time and attention.

We are generally obligated to indemnify our channel partners and end-customers for certain expenses and liabilities resulting from intellectual property infringement claims regarding our products, which could force us to incur substantial costs.

We have agreed, and expect to continue to agree, to indemnify our channel partners and end-customers for certain intellectual property infringement claims regarding our products. As a result, in the case of infringement claims against these channel partners and end-customers, we could be required to indemnify them for losses resulting from such claims or to refund amounts they have paid to us. Our channel partners and other end-customers in the future may seek indemnification from us in connection with infringement claims brought.

Risks Related to Our International Operations

Our international sales and operations subject us to additional risks that can adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Our international operations subject us to a variety of risks and challenges, including: increased management, travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with having international operations; reliance on channel partners; increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities; compliance with foreign laws and regulations; compliance with U.S. laws and regulations for foreign operations; and reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries and practical difficulties of enforcing rights abroad. Any of these risks could adversely affect our international operations, reduce our international sales or increase our operating costs, adversely affecting our business, operating results and financial condition and growth prospects.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets due to licensing requirements and subject us to liability if we are not in compliance with applicable laws.

Our products are subject to export control and import laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. Customs regulations and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls. Exports of our products must be made in compliance with these laws and regulations. If we violate these laws and regulations, we and certain of our

 

21


Table of Contents

employees could be subject to substantial civil or criminal penalties, including the possible loss of export or import privileges, fines, which may be imposed on us and responsible employees or managers, and, in extreme cases, the incarceration of responsible employees or managers. In addition, if our channel partners, agents or consultants fail to obtain appropriate import, export or re-export licenses or authorizations, we may also be adversely affected through reputational harm and penalties. Obtaining the necessary authorizations, including any required license, for a particular sale may be time-consuming, is not guaranteed and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Changes in our products or changes in applicable export or import laws and regulations may also create delays in the introduction and sale of our products in international markets, prevent our end-customers with international operations from deploying our products or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products to certain countries, governments or persons altogether. Any change in export or import laws and regulations, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing laws and regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such laws and regulations, could also result in decreased use of our products, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to existing or potential end-customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our products or limitation on our ability to export or sell our products would likely adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

New regulations or standards or changes in existing regulations or standards in the United States or internationally related to our suppliers products may result in unanticipated costs or liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and future sales, and could place additional burdens on the operations of our business.

Our suppliers’ products are subject to governmental regulations in many jurisdictions. To achieve and maintain market acceptance, our suppliers’ products must continue to comply with these regulations and many industry standards. As these regulations and standards evolve, and if new regulations or standards are implemented, our suppliers may have to modify their products. The failure of their products to comply, or delays in compliance, with the existing and evolving industry regulations and standards could prevent or delay introduction of our products, which could harm our business. Supplier uncertainty regarding future policies may also affect demand for HPC products, including our products. Moreover, channel partners or customers may require us, or we may otherwise deem it necessary or advisable, to alter our products to address actual or anticipated changes in the regulatory environment. Our inability to alter our products to address these requirements and any regulatory changes may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws.

We have international operations. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Practices in the local business communities of many countries outside the United States have a level of government corruption that is greater than that found in the developed world. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws and we have established policies and procedures designed to monitor compliance with these anti-bribery law requirements; however, we cannot assure that our policies and procedures will protect us from potential reckless or criminal acts committed by individual employees or agents. If we are found to be liable for anti-bribery law violations, we could suffer from criminal or civil penalties or other sanctions that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

The price of our common stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The trading price of our common stock following this offering may fluctuate substantially and may be higher or lower than the initial public offering price. This may be especially true for companies with a small public float. The trading price of our common stock following this offering will depend on several factors, including those

 

22


Table of Contents

described in this “Risk Factors” section, many of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock since you might be unable to sell your shares at or above the price you paid in this offering. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock include:

 

    price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

    volatility in the market prices and trading volumes of technology stocks;

 

    changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;

 

    sales of shares of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

    failure of financial analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

    the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in those projections or our failure to meet those projections;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of new products or new or terminated significant contracts, commercial relationships or capital commitments;

 

    the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the SEC;

 

    rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in our operating results or fluctuations in our operating results;

 

    actual or anticipated developments in our business or our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

 

    litigation involving us, our industry or both or investigations by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors;

 

    developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

 

    announced or completed acquisitions of businesses or technologies by us or our competitors;

 

    new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

 

    changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;

 

    any major change in our management;

 

    general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets; and

 

    other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to these events.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Broad market and industry factors, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions or interest rate changes, may seriously affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our stock shortly following this offering. If the market price of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment.

In the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market prices of particular companies’ securities, securities class action litigations have often been instituted against these companies. Litigation of this type, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources. Any adverse determination in any such litigation or any amounts paid to settle any such actual or threatened litigation could require that we make significant payments.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our directors and principal stockholders own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders will continue to have substantial control over the Company after this offering and could delay or prevent a change in corporate control. After this offering, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate,     % of our outstanding common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2017. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the management and affairs of our company. Accordingly, this concentration of ownership might adversely affect the market price of our common stock by:

 

    delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the company;

 

    impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover, or other business combination involving us; or

 

    discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the company.

If securities or industry analysts issue an adverse opinion regarding our stock or do not publish research or reports about our company, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. Once we commence trading, we anticipate having limited analyst coverage and we may continue to have inadequate analyst coverage in the future. Even if we obtain adequate analyst coverage, we would have no control over such analysts or the content and opinions in their reports. Securities analysts may elect not to provide research coverage of our company after the closing of this offering, and such lack of research coverage may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. The price of our common stock could also decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrade our common stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business. If one or more equity research analysts cease coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

Substantial future sales of shares of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

The market price of shares of our common stock could decline as a result of substantial sales of our common stock, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders, a large number of shares of our common stock becoming available for sale or the perception in the market that holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares. After this offering, we will have outstanding              shares of our common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2017. This includes the shares included in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates or existing stockholders. The remaining 8,543,948 shares are currently restricted as a result of lock-up agreements but will be able to be sold in the near future as set forth below.

Moreover, after this offering, the holders of 8,543,948 shares of our common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2017, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or our stockholders. Substantially all of these shares are subject to lock-up agreements restricting their sale for 180 days after the date of this prospectus. We also intend to register shares of common stock that we may issue under our employee equity incentive plans. Once we register these shares, they will be able to be sold freely in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements

 

24


Table of Contents

described in “Plan of Distribution.” Roth Capital Partners, LLC may, in its sole discretion, permit our officers, directors, employees, and current stockholders who are subject to the 180-day contractual lock-up to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

Our management will have discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them in a way which increases the value of your investment.

We currently intend to use the net proceeds of the offering for retirement of debt, working capital and general corporate purposes, including sales and marketing activities, product development, and capital expenditures, and we may also use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or investments. However, our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of those proceeds. Our management may spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our operating results or enhance the value of our common stock, and you will not have the opportunity to influence management’s decisions on how to use the proceeds from this offering. Our failure to apply these funds effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business and cause the price of our common stock to decline.

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Therefore, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur an immediate dilution of $ in net tangible book value per share from the price you paid, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share. In addition, new investors who purchase shares in this offering will contribute approximately % of the total amount of equity capital raised by us through the date of this offering, but will only own approximately % of the outstanding equity capital. The exercise of outstanding options and warrants will result in further dilution. In addition, if we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience further dilution. For a detailed description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Some of these provisions:

 

    authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, up to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock and up to 50,000,000 shares of authorized common stock;

 

    require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

    specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the president;

 

    establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

    provide that our directors may be removed only for cause; and

 

    provide that vacancies on our board of directors may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum.

 

25


Table of Contents

In addition, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us. Furthermore, our certificate of incorporation that will go into effect prior to the closing of this offering specifies that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for most legal actions involving actions brought against us by stockholders. We believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law by chancellors particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases on a more expedited schedule relative to other forums and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. However, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any applicable action brought against us, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.

These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will go into effect prior to the closing of this offering could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by the then-current board of directors and could also delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing or cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

We have never paid cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our loan and security agreement with Bank of the West restricts our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock without the prior written consent of Bank of the West, and we may also enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that will restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund the growth of our business. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be the sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

If an active, liquid trading market for our common stock does not develop, you may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at or above the initial offering price.

There has not been a public market for our common stock. An active and liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained following this offering. Given the small size of our initial public offering, it may take some time for an active market to develop. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at or above the initial offering price. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations with the representatives of the underwriters. This price may not be indicative of the price at which our common stock will trade after this offering, and our common stock could trade below the initial public offering price.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms in the future may limit our ability to develop and commercialize new solutions and technologies and expand our operations.

If our available cash balances, net proceeds from this offering and anticipated cash flow from operations are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, including because of lower demand for our products as a result of other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, we may seek to raise additional capital through equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations or licensing arrangements. We may also consider raising additional capital in the future to expand our business, pursue strategic investments, take advantage of financing opportunities, or other reasons.

Additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we raise funds by issuing equity securities, dilution to our stockholders could result. Any equity securities issued also may provide for rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. The terms of debt securities issued or borrowings could impose significant restrictions on our operations. The incurrence of indebtedness or the issuance of certain equity securities could result in increased fixed payment obligations and could also result in restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt or issue additional equity, limitations on our ability to acquire or license intellectual property rights, and other operating restrictions that could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business. In addition, the issuance of additional equity securities by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. If we do not have, or are not able to obtain, sufficient funds, we may have to delay development or commercialization of our products or license to third parties the rights to commercialize products or technologies that we would otherwise seek to commercialize. If we raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing arrangements with third parties, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to our technologies or our products, or to grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If we are unable to raise adequate funds, we may have to liquidate some or all of our assets, or delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate some or all of our development programs. We also may have to reduce marketing, customer support or other resources devoted to our products or cease operations. Any of these actions could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

We may not be able to obtain waivers of potential defaults in the future from our lender if we do not meet future requirements under our credit agreements which may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We have a credit agreement with a financial institution which provides for a revolving line of credit and a term note payable. Borrowings under the agreement are collateralized by substantially all of our assets and the personal guarantee of our chief executive officer. The credit agreement is subject to certain financial and non-financial covenants with which we are not in compliance as of September 30, 2017, but for which we have received a waiver. In the event that we are unable to comply with these covenants in the future, we would seek an amendment or waiver of the covenants. We cannot assure you that any such waiver or amendment would be granted. In such event, we may be required to repay any or all of our existing borrowings, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to borrow under our existing credit agreements, or obtain alternative funding arrangements on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging growth companies, which includes, among other things:

 

    exemption from the auditor attestation requirements under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

27


Table of Contents
    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and

 

    exemption from the requirements of holding non-binding stockholder votes on executive compensation arrangements.

We could be an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary after our initial public offering, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have annual gross revenue of $1.07 billion or more, (ii) the date on which we have, during the previous three year period, issued more than $1.07 billion in non-convertible debt or (iii) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the federal securities laws. We will qualify as a large accelerated filer as of the first day of the first fiscal year after we have (i) more than $700 million in outstanding common equity held by our non-affiliates and (ii) been public for at least 12 months. The value of our outstanding common equity will be measured each year on the last day of our second fiscal quarter.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to comply with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company.

We have never operated as a public company. As a public company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an emerging growth company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting and corporate governance requirements, to comply with the rules and regulations imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as rules implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives and our legal and accounting compliance costs will increase. It is likely that we will need to hire additional staff or devote additional financial and other resources in the areas of investor relations, legal and accounting to operate as a public company. We also expect these new rules and regulations may make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are evaluating and monitoring developments regarding these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

For example, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, as a public company, we will be required to perform system and process evaluations and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As described above, as an emerging growth company, we will not need to comply with the auditor attestation provisions of Section 404 for several years. Our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and management time on compliance-related issues. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could cause our stock price to decline.

 

28


Table of Contents

If our involvement in a September 2017 CIO Review Article was held to be in violation of the Securities Act, we could be required to repurchase securities sold in this offering; you should rely only on statements made in this prospectus in determining whether to purchase our shares.

Information about us has been published in a magazine article appearing in the September 2017 issue of CIO Review . This article contains information derived from an interview of our president and chief executive officer, Steve Cooper, conducted prior to this public offering. While some of the factual statements about us in the article are disclosed in this prospectus, the article includes quotations from Mr. Cooper and presents certain statements about the Company in isolation and does not disclose many of the related risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus. As a result, the article should not be considered in isolation and you should decide whether to purchase our shares only after reading this entire prospectus carefully.

We do not believe our involvement in the CIO Review magazine article constitutes “gun jumping” in violation of Section 5 of the Securities Act. However, if our involvement were held by a court to be in violation of the Securities Act we could be required to repurchase the shares sold to purchasers in our public offering at the original purchase price, plus statutory interest, for a period of one year following the date of the violation. We would vigorously contest any claim that a violation of the Securities Act occurred.

We have in the past received, and may continue to receive, various degrees of media coverage, including coverage that is not directly attributable to statements made by our officers and team members. You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus in making your investment decision.

Investors should be aware of the following update to the article’s content: the articles states that OSS is emerging at a 58% growth margin annually. When referring to “growth margin annually” the article was referring to the year to date revenue growth rate at the time the interview was given by Mr. Cooper to CIO Review . For the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 as compared with the nine month period ended September 30, 2016, we had a revenue growth rate of 65.4%.

 

29


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future operating results, financial position and cash flows, our business strategy and plans and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “predict,” “potential,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “intend” and “expect” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions.

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, operating results, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described under sections in this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assume responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, we undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise.

This prospectus contains estimates and statistical data that we obtained from industry publications and reports. These publications generally indicate that they have obtained their information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. Although we believe the publications are reliable, we have not independently verified their data. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the markets in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

30


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the common stock that we are offering will be approximately $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares in full), based on the initial public offering price of $         per share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate future access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including debt reduction and working capital. We plan to reduce indebtedness of up to $4,436,082.28 owed pursuant to certain business loans, including related party debt owed to Kenco, Inc. (beneficially owned by our director Kenneth Potashner) and Tim Rueth (stockholder), and also a revolving line of credit with Bank of the West. As of December 1, 2017, the business loans have an aggregate principal balance of $1,213,618.42 and accrue interest at rates of 3.8% and 11% per annum, respectively, maturing in 2019. The revolving line of credit has an outstanding balance of $3,222,463.86 which accrues at a variable rate of interest, subject to extension upon mutual agreement of the parties. The indebtedness was used primarily to retire certain outstanding indebtedness and accounts payable of Magma in connection with Magma’s acquisition by OSS in July 2016 as well as for short-term borrowings and working capital purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions at this time. Pending the use of proceeds to us from this offering as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds to us from this offering in short-term and long-term interest-bearing obligations, including government and investment-grade debt securities and money market funds.

The amounts and timing of our actual expenditure, including expenditure related to sales and marketing and product development will depend on numerous factors, including the status of our product development efforts, our sales and marketing activities, expansion, the amount of cash generated or used by our operations, competitive pressures and other factors described under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. We therefore cannot estimate the amount of net proceeds to be used for the purposes described above. As a result, we may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds for other purposes. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on our judgment regarding the application of the net proceeds from this offering.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Our loan and security agreement with Bank of the West may restrict our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock, and we may also enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that will restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

31


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents, and capitalization as of September 30, 2017 as follows:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (1) the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 3,037,006 shares of our common stock upon closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share), and (2) our reincorporation in Delaware, as if such conversion, reclassification, filing and effectiveness had occurred on September 30, 2017; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth above and the sale and issuance by us of             shares of our common stock in this offering, based upon the initial public offering price of $             per share, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2017 (unaudited)  
     Actual      Pro Forma      Pro Forma
As Adjusted(1)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 488,584      $ 488,584      $ -  
  

 

 

       

Stockholders’ equity:

        

Series C preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 2,000,000 shares authorized; 1,087,006 issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $1,630,508

   $ 1,604,101        

Series B preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 1,500,000 shares authorized; 1,450,000 issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $725,000

     697,996        

Series A preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 500,000 shares authorized; 500,000 issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $125,000

     114,430        

Common stock, no par value; 11,000,000 shares authorized; 5,506,942 and 8,543,948 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

     2,269,704        4,686,231     

Noncontrolling interest

     544,892        544,892     

Additional paid-in capital

     1,153,555        1,153,555     

Retained earnings

     402,099        402,099     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 6,786,777      $ 6,786,777      $ -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our cash, cash equivalents, and investments, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares of our common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the amount of our cash, cash equivalents, and investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $             million, assuming an initial public

 

32


Table of Contents
  offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted columns in the table above are based on 8,543,948 shares of common stock (including shares of our convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of September 30, 2017, and exclude the following:

 

    2,387,421 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2017, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.00 per share, and 0 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options issued after September 30, 2017;

 

    1,030,000 unallocated shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of 240,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Stock Option Plan and an additional 790,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Stock Option Plan as of September 30, 2017;

 

    Shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to be issued to the underwriters as compensation in connection with this offering; and

 

    198,996 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2017, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.11 per share.

 

33


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will immediately be diluted to the extent of the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this initial public offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

As of September 30, 2017, our historical net tangible book value was approximately $339,020, or $0.06 per share of our common stock. Historical net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and preferred stock, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017. As of September 30, 2017, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $2,755,547, or $0.32 per share of our common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017, after giving effect to (1) the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 3,037,006 shares of our Common Stock upon closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share), and (2) our reincorporation in Delaware, as if such conversion, reclassification, filing and effectiveness had occurred on September 30, 2017.

After giving further effect to our sale of             shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $         per share, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2017 would have been approximately $         million, or approximately $         per share of our common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

 Initial public offering price per share

      $               

 Historical net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2017

   $ 0.06     

 Pro forma increase per share attributable to the pro forma transactions described in the preceding paragraphs

     

 Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2017

   $ 0.32     

 Pro forma increase per share attributable to new investors in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

 Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

 Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

     
     

 

 

 

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $         per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $         per share and the dilution per share to new investors would be $         per share, in each case based on the initial public offering price of $         per share.

 

34


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of September 30, 2017, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering at the initial public offering price of $         per share, before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased      Total Consideration      Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Number      Percent      Amount      Percent     

 Existing stockholders

               $               

 Investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 Totals

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

The foregoing table and discussion excludes:

 

    2,387,421 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2017, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.00 per share, and 0 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options issued after September 30, 2017;

 

    1,030,000 unallocated shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of 240,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Stock Option Plan and an additional 790,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Stock Option Plan as of September 30, 2017;

 

    Shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to be issued to the underwriters as compensation in connection with this offering; and

 

    198,996 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2017, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.11 per share.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors will increase to         , or approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

To the extent that any of the outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock are exercised, new investors may experience further dilution. In addition, we may issue additional shares of common stock, other equity securities or convertible debt securities in the future, which may cause further dilution to new investors in this offering.

 

35


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and operating results together with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements based upon current beliefs, plans and expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” or in other parts of this prospectus. The last day of our fiscal year is December 31. Our fiscal quarters end on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31, and our current fiscal year will end on December 31, 2017.

Overview

OSS designs, manufactures and markets custom high-speed computing systems for high performance computing (“HPC”) applications. These applications require ultra-fast processing power with the ability to quickly access and store ever-growing data sets. Systems are built using the latest graphical processing unit (“GPU”) and flash-based solid state drive (“SSD”) storage technologies. OSS is a long-standing provider of HPC servers, compute accelerators, and flash storage arrays. We deliver this technology to customers through sale of equipment and software to customers or through remote cloud access to secure datacenters.

Business Developments

In May 2015, we entered into a credit agreement with a financial institution which provides for a revolving line of credit and a term note payable. Borrowings under the agreement are collateralized by substantially all of OSS’ assets and a personal guarantee of our chief executive officer.

In June 2015, we formed One Stop Systems, GmbH, our German subsidiary (“OSS GmbH”). This is a regional facility organized to serve customers in Europe, the Middle East and Africa. OSS GmbH is located in Gröbenzell, Germany.

On July 15, 2016, we acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares of Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”). Magma designs, manufactures, and markets industrial grade computer systems and components and is also located in Southern California.

On April 6, 2017, we formed a joint venture named SkyScale LLC, a High-Performance Computing as a Service (HPCaaS) provider to offer customers world-class, ultra-fast, multi-GPU hardware platforms in the cloud. SkyScale is jointly owned with Jacoma Investments, LLC, an entity controlled by our board member Jack Harrison. In accordance with the terms of the contribution agreement, Jacoma Investments, LLC agreed to contribute $750,000 in capital and we agreed to contribute $750,000 in the form of credits to purchase equipment, personnel or support services. Each of us received a 50% membership interest. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for more information on this transaction.

On May 9, 2017, we entered into a Technology and Software Source Code License Agreement (the “Technology Agreement”) with Western Digital for its Ion flash storage software. The Technology Agreement provides OSS with the Ion source code and rights to develop and market derivative products with the intended purpose of developing and selling Ion flash storage software with our high-density storage arrays. Concurrently with the Technology Agreement, we purchased certain equipment from Western Digital, have the right to hire selected employees and the right to forgo certain royalty payments on purchases of solid state drives for a designated customer.

Subsequently, on July 1, 2017, we entered in to a Services Agreement (the “Services Agreement”) with Western Digital to service their existing customer base that utilizes Ion flash storage software. The Services Agreement grants the rights and obligations to OSS to provide Ion software level 1-4 support services to existing Western Digital software users for a three year period based upon fixed quarterly payments.

 

36


Table of Contents

As consideration for the Technology Agreement and Services Agreement, (1) Western Digital will pay OSS $1,400,000 over three years of quarterly installments for our assumption of support obligations of existing Western Digital customers, (2) OSS paid an upfront license fee of $67,000 to Western Digital, and (3) OSS will pay to Western Digital per-customer royalties of $2,500 for each new design win and per-unit royalties of $5,000 for each licensed product delivered to a customer of Western Digital.

We plan to continue to develop and sell Ion software with our high-density storage arrays, as well as service existing Western Digital software users. OSS Ion software works with our all-flash storage systems, and provides them with a critical point of differentiation with respect to speed and throughput. The OSS Ion software leverages flash storage and open server hardware to accelerate applications and storage-area network performance through sharing or clustering high-speed all-flash storage arrays. The software supports many major OEM servers and provides an intuitive interface for system users to manage its many features. Having the Ion software source code and engineering team on-board allows us to strategically grow our all-flash storage business in the many Big Data and HPC markets going forward.

On August 1, 2017, we received a three month extension on our line of credit with no modification in terms.

On October 5, 2017, we received a renewal and modification on our line of credit that extends the line through August 31, 2018, and increases the borrowing capacity limit from $ 3,000,000 to $3,500,000.

On November 9, 2017, we filed a confidential registration statement on Form S-1 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with a proposed initial public offering of our common stock.

Our Business Model

We differentiate ourselves from other suppliers of HPC solutions by utilizing our expertise in PCIe expansion to build high performance systems with a greater quantity of GPUs and flash devices than other suppliers. We produce the software and hardware required to operate large storage systems that can be clustered together to build massive computing capabilities that occupy less physical space and power consumption.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We derive revenue from the sale of our hardware products and, to a lesser extent, support services. Provided that all other revenue recognition criteria has been met, we typically recognize revenue upon shipment, as title and risk of loss are transferred to customers and channel partners at that time. Products are typically shipped directly to our customers, or in some cases to our international distributors. These international distributors assist with import regulations, currency conversions and local language, but do not stock our inventory. Our product revenues vary from period to period based on, among other things, the customer orders received and our ability to produce and deliver the ordered products. Customers often specify requested delivery dates that coincide with their need for our products.

Because these customers may use our products in connection with a variety of projects of different sizes and durations, a customer’s orders for one reporting period generally do not indicate a trend for future orders by that customer. Additionally, order patterns do not necessarily correlate amongst customers and, therefore, we generally cannot identify seasonal trends.

In 2017, we have begun to offer support services which may involve providing customer phone support, system debug and software upgrades for a period of time. We recognize revenue from support services ratably over the contractual service period.

 

37


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of costs of materials, costs paid to third-party contract manufacturers (which may include the costs of components), and personnel costs associated with manufacturing and support operations. Personnel costs consist of wages, bonuses, benefits, stock-based compensation expenses. Cost of revenue also includes freight, allocated overhead costs and inventory write-offs and changes to our inventory and warranty reserves. Allocated overhead costs consist of certain facilities and utility costs. We expect cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollars, as product revenue increases.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of general and administrative, sales and marketing and research and development expenses. Salaries and personnel-related costs, benefits, and stock-based compensation expense, are the most significant components of each category of operating expenses. Operating expenses also include allocated overhead costs for facilities and utility costs.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense consists primarily of employee compensation and related expenses for administrative functions including finance, legal, human resources and fees for third-party professional services, as well as allocated overhead. We expect our general and administrative expense to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in growing the business.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of employee compensation and related expenses, sales commissions, marketing programs, travel and entertainment expenses as well as allocated overhead. Marketing programs consist of advertising, tradeshows, events, corporate communications and brand-building activities. We expect sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we expand our sales force, increase marketing resources, and further develop sales channels.

Research and Development

Research and development expense consists primarily of employee compensation and related expenses, prototype expenses, depreciation associated with assets acquired for research and development, third-party engineering and contractor support costs, as well as allocated overhead. We expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in new and existing products.

Other Income (Expense), net

Other income consists of income received for activities outside of our core business. In 2017, this includes rental income received through the sub-leasing of certain facility space. Other expense includes expenses for activities outside of our core business. These expenses consist primarily of loan amortization and interest expense.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes consists of estimated income taxes due to the United States government and to the state tax authorities in jurisdictions in which we conduct business.

 

38


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Nine Month Periods Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

Results of operations for the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 includes operating results for the acquired Magma business that was acquired on July 16, 2016 and a newly formed 50% owned joint venture, SkyScale, LLC, which began operations in April 2017. Further, we completed certain transactions with Western Digital during our third fiscal quarter. Accordingly, the periods presented below are not directly comparable. After the completion of four quarters, the businesses for both revenue and expense reporting will be treated as organic operating activity for current and comparable historical periods. The following tables set forth our results of operations for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 respectively, presented in dollars and as percentage of net revenue.

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2017     2016  

Net revenue

   $ 20,485,376     $ 12,384,683  

Cost of revenue

     13,770,177       8,778,474  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     6,715,199       3,606,209  

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative

     2,549,084       1,306,439  

Marketing and selling

     2,140,858       1,328,328  

Research and development

     1,744,053       919,056  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     6,433,995       3,553,823  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     281,204       52,386  

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense

     (144,157     (98,688

Other, net

     8,609       5,862  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (135,548     (92,826
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     145,656       (40,440

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     133,468       (21,250
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 12,188     $ (19,190

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (205,108     -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to company

   $ 217,296     $ (19,190
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

39


Table of Contents
     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2017     2016  

Net revenue

             100.0             100.0

Cost of revenue

     67.2     70.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     32.8     29.1

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative

     12.4     10.5

Marketing and selling

     10.5     10.7

Research and development

     8.5     7.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     31.4     28.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     1.4     0.4

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense

     (0.7 %)      (0.8 %) 

Other, net

     0.0     0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (0.7 %)      (0.7 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     0.7     (0.3 %) 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     0.7     (0.2 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     0.1     (0.2 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     0.0     0.0

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (1.0 %)      0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to company

     1.1     (0.2 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We believe that the use of Adjusted Earnings before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization, or Adjusted EBITDA, is helpful for an investor to determine whether to invest in our common stock. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as income from continuing operations before interest income and expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, impairment of long-lived assets, acquisition and financing costs, fair value adjustments from purchase accounting, and stock-based compensation expense.

Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of financial performance under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. Because of varying available valuation methodologies, subjective assumptions and the variety of equity instruments that can impact our non-cash operating expenses, we believe that providing a non-GAAP financial measure that excludes non-cash and non-recurring expenses allows for meaningful comparisons between our core business operating results and those of other companies, as well as providing us with an important tool for financial and operational decision making and for evaluating our own core business operating results over different periods of time.

 

40


Table of Contents

Our Adjusted EBITDA measure may not provide information that is directly comparable to that provided by other companies in our industry, as other companies in our industry may calculate non-GAAP financial results differently, particularly related to non-recurring, unusual items. Our Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of financial performance under GAAP, and should not be considered as an alternative to operating income or as an indication of operating performance or any other measure of performance derived in accordance with GAAP. We do not consider Adjusted EBITDA to be a substitute for, or superior to, the information provided by GAAP financial results.

 

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2017      2016  

Net income (loss)

   $ 217,296      $ (19,190

Depreciation and amortization

     600,844        260,245  

Acquisition expenses

     61,368        107,591  

Stock-based compensation expense

     104,250        55,926  

Interest expense

     144,157        98,688  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     133,468        (21,250
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 1,261,383      $ 482,010  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2017      2016            2017                 2016        

Revenues:

          

Organic

   $ 15,915,122      $ 11,099,262        77.7     89.6

Acquired

     4,570,254        1,285,421        22.3     10.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 20,485,376      $ 12,384,683        100.0     100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the nine month period ended September 30, 2017, total revenue increased $8,100,693 or 65.4%, as compared to the same period in 2016. The increase in revenue was primarily driven by OSS contributing $4,815,860 or 38.9% of the total increase in revenue with Magma contributing $3,072,796 or 24.8% of the total increased revenue. Ion contributed $203,837 or 1.6% for the period and SkyScale contributed $8,200 or less than 0.01% of revenue. Our organic revenue increased 43.4% as compared to the same period in the prior year. This increase was attributable to increased purchases from existing customers and a growing number of new customers.

Cost of revenue and gross margin

Cost of revenue increased by $4,991,703 or 56.9%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to the same period in 2016. The increase in cost of revenue for OSS was $2,900,938 or 33.0% of the total increase resulting from increased product sales and, to a lesser extent, by the increased costs in manufacturing operations. Magma equipment sales contributed $1,901,288 or 21.7% of the total increase with Ion contributing $189,477 or 2.2%. These costs are primarily driven by increased personnel costs associated with increased headcount and increases in part costs associated with higher-end product offerings

Total gross margin percentage increased from 29.1% during the nine month period ended September 30, 2016 to 32.8% during the nine month period ended September 30, 2017, an increase of 370 basis points. The increase in overall gross margin is predominately attributable to the inclusion of Magma which contributed margin at a rate of 38.6% and a shift in the mix of products sold to higher-end componentry. OSS contributed incremental revenue at a gross margin of 39.8% as compared to the nine month period of 2016 gross margin of 27.9%. Such increase resulted from the sale of higher-end products to new and existing customers and better control over inventories which resulted in less obsolescence and slow moving inventory.

 

41


Table of Contents

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expense increased $1,242,645, or 95.1%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, as compared to same period in 2016. OSS contributed $310,352 or 24.9% of the total increase in these expenses. with Magma contributing $540,036 or 43.5% of the increase. SkyScale contributed $382,773 or 30.8% and Ion contributed $9,484 or less than 1% of the increase. General and administrative expense increased primarily due to increased headcount resulting in higher employee compensation related costs and administrative costs associated with the acquisition of Magma and the newly formed SkyScale joint venture. Overall general and administrative expenses increased as a percentage of revenue to 12.4% during the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 as compared to 10.5% during the same period in 2016.

Marketing and selling expense

Marketing and selling expense increased by $812,530, or 61.2% during the nine months ended September 30, 2017, as compared to the same period in 2016. OSS contributed $475,592 or 58.5% of the total increase with Magma contributing $287,824 or 35.4% of the increase. SkyScale contributed $35,643 or 4.4% of the increase with Ion contributing $13,471 or 1.7%. The increased expenses associated with marketing and selling expense is primarily attributable to increases in salary and related costs, commissions, tradeshows and advertising. Overall total marketing and selling expense decreased as a percentage of revenue to 10.4% during the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 as compared to 10.7% during the same period in 2016.

Research and development expense

Research and development expense increased by $824,997, or 89.8%, during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to same period in 2016. OSS contributed $350,338 or 42.5% with Magma contributing $474,659 or 57.5% of the total increase. These expenses are mainly compromised of salary and related costs, professional services and prototypes attributable to continued development of new and enhanced product offerings. Overall total research and development expense increased as a percentage of revenue to 8.5% during the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 as compared to 7.4% during the same period in 2016.

Interest expense

Interest expense increased $45,469 or 46.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, as compared to same period in 2016 as a result of increased borrowings in July 2016, of approximately $600,000 at an annual percentage rate of 3.7% which was outstanding for 78 days in 2016 as compared to 273 days in 2017. Interest expense also includes noncash amortization of warrant discounts issued in conjunction with debt offerings.

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), net increased $2,747 during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to the same period in 2016. This increase is primarily attributable to miscellaneous income.

Provision for income taxes

We recorded an income tax provision of $133,468 for the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 as compared to a tax benefit of $21,250 for the same period in 2016. The increase is attributable to the increase in pre-tax income of $186,096 when comparing the two periods. The effective tax rates for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 were 91.6% and 47.8%, respectively. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2017, the increase in the effective tax rate is primarily attributable to permanent book/tax differences, the noncontrolling interest in SkyScale and non-deductible stock option compensation expense.

 

42


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

Results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 include the results for the acquired Magma business for the period from July 15, 2016 through December 31, 2016. Accordingly, the periods presented below are not directly comparable. After the completion of four quarters, this acquired business for both revenue and expense reporting will be treated as organic operating activity for current and comparable historical periods. The following tables set forth our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 respectively, presented in dollars and as percentage of net revenue.

 

     December 31,  
     2016     2015  

Net revenue

   $ 18,879,321     $ 14,229,776  

Cost of revenue

     13,365,615       10,246,122  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     5,513,706       3,983,654  

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative

     2,146,624       1,324,765  

Marketing and selling

     1,987,358       1,367,856  

Research and development

     1,599,585       1,095,919  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     5,733,567       3,788,540  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (219,861     195,114  

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense

     (152,877     (128,370

Other, net

     5,364       (6,365
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (147,513     (134,735
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (367,374     60,379  

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (182,937     43,729  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (184,437   $ 16,650  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

43


Table of Contents
     December 31,  
             2016                     2015          

Net revenue

     100.00     100.00

Cost of revenue

     70.79     72.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     29.21     28.00

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative

     11.37     9.31

Marketing and selling

     10.53     9.61

Research and development

     8.47     7.70
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     30.37     26.62
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (1.16 %)      1.37

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense

     (0.81 %)      (0.90 %) 

Other, net

     0.03     (0.04 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (0.78 %)      (0.95 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (1.95 %)      0.42

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (0.97 %)      0.31
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

     (0.98 %)      0.11
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We believe that the use of Adjusted EBITDA is helpful for an investor to determine whether to invest in our common stock. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as income from continuing operations before interest income and expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, other charges, impairment of long-lived assets, acquisition and financing costs, fair value adjustments from purchase accounting, and stock-based compensation expense and certain non-recurring expenses.

 

     December 31,  
               2016                         2015            

Net (loss) income

   $ (184,437   $ 16,650  

Depreciation and amortization

     437,036       156,945  

Amortization of debt discount

     10,925       17,100  

Stock-based compensation expense

     77,647       52,212  

Interest expense

     152,877       128,370  

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (182,937     43,729  

Non-recurring expense (1)

     107,681       -
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $     418,792     $     415,006  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Expenses incurred in the acquisition of Magma

 

44


Table of Contents

Net revenue

 

     2016      As a % of
Net Revenue
    2015      As a % of
Net Revenue
 

Revenues:

          

Organic

   $ 15,693,331        83.1   $ 14,229,776        100.0

Acquired

     3,185,990        16.9     -      0.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 18,879,321        100.0   $ 14,229,776        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue increased overall by $4,649,545, or 32.7%, during the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in revenue was primarily driven by the purchase of Magma which contributed $3,185,990 or 22.4% of the increased revenue with OSS contributing $1,463,555 or 10.3% of the total yearly increase in revenue. Excluding Magma, increases in our revenue were mainly attributable to increased sales to existing customers and a growing number of new customers.

Cost of revenue and gross margin

Cost of revenue increased by $3,119,493, or 30.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily driven by the purchase of Magma which contributed $1,899,340 or 18.5% of the total increase with $1,220,153 or 11.9% of the total increase resulting from increased product sales and, to a lesser extent, by increased costs in manufacturing operations. The majority of these cost increases are primarily driven by increased material and personnel costs associated with increased revenue and increases in part costs associated with higher-end products offerings.

Additionally the increase in the cost of revenues is inclusive of an increase of $749,714 in the allowances for obsolete and slow moving inventory as compared to the prior year increase due to discontinued programs.

Our total gross margin percentage increased from 28.0% during the year ended December 31, 2015 to 29.2% during the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of 1.2%. The increase in overall gross margin is predominately attributable to the inclusion of Magma which contributed margin at a rate of 40.4%, offset by increases in the allowance for obsolete and slowing moving inventory.

General and administrative expense

General and administrative expense increased approximately $821,249, or 62%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The addition of Magma contributed $467,121 or 35.3% of the increase with $354,128 or 26.7% of the total increase being primarily due to increased headcount resulting in higher compensation related costs and administrative costs associated with the acquisition of Magma. Overall, general and administrative expenses increased as a percentage of revenue to 11.4% during 2016 from 9.3% during 2015.

Marketing and selling expense

Marketing and selling expense increased by $619,502, or 45.3% during the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The addition of Magma contributed $197,451 or 14.4% of the increase with $422,051 or 30.9% of the total increase being attributable to OSS. For both Magma and the core business of OSS, the increase is primarily driven by employee compensation expenses and related costs, commissions, tradeshows and advertising.

Research and development expense

Research and development expense increased by approximately $503,666, or 46%, during the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The addition of Magma contributed

 

45


Table of Contents

$404,936 or 36.9% of the total increase with $98,730 or 9.1% attributable to continued development of new and enhanced product offerings. For both Magma and the core business of OSS, the overall increase was primarily driven by increases in salary and related costs, professional services and prototypes.

Interest expense

Interest expense increased approximately $24,507 or 19.1% for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to year ended December 31, 2015 as a result of increased borrowings during 2016 of approximately $1,255,000, of which $874,907 is attributable to the assumption of debt in conjunction with the acquisition of Magma. Interest expense also includes non-cash amortization of warrant discounts issued in conjunction with debt offerings .

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), net increased approximately $11,729 during the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. For the year 2015, other expense consisted of expenses incurred with the line of credit. For the year 2016, the balance in other income consisted of a tax refund and miscellaneous income.

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

We recorded an income tax benefit of $182,937 attributable to a net operating loss in 2016, whereas there was a tax expense of $43,729 in 2015 as a result of pretax income. The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were 49.8% and 72.4%, respectively.

The primary differences between the statutory rates of income tax and the provision for income taxes for 2016 and 2015 are attributable to state income taxes and increases in our research and development credits that will reduce future income tax liabilities.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

For the Nine Month Periods Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, our primary sources of liquidity came from existing cash, cash generated from operations, a bank revolving line of credit and the formation of SkyScale LLC.

We have a credit agreement with a financial institution which provides for a revolving line of credit and a term note payable. Borrowings under the agreement are collateralized by substantially all of our assets and the personal guarantee of our chief executive officer. The line of credit was to be due and payable in July 2017. However, in August 2017, we received a three-month extension of our revolving line of credit while additional terms and conditions were agreed to for the full extension of the revolving line of credit. On October 5, 2017, our line of credit was renewed and modified. The line of credit has been and extended through August 31, 2018, and the unrestricted borrowing capacity was increased from $3,000,000 to $3,500,000. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit bear interest at a LIBOR-based rate, plus 2.5%. The outstanding balance on the line of credit as of September 30, 2017 is $2,464,320. The credit agreement is subject to certain financial and non-financial covenants with which we are not in compliance as of September 30, 2017, but for which we have received a waiver. These covenants are as follows:

 

    Debt to Effective Net Worth – We failed to maintain a ratio of Debt to Effective Tangible Net Worth of not more than 2 to 1 through September 30, 2015 and 1.75 to 1 thereafter, measured at each fiscal quarter-end.

 

    Effective Tangible Net Worth – We failed to maintain a minimum Effective Tangible Net Worth of at least $2,500,000.00 through December 31, 2016 and $3,500,000 thereafter, measured at each fiscal quarter-end.

 

 

46


Table of Contents
    Cash Flow to Current Portion of Long Term Debt – We failed to maintain a ratio of Cash Flow to Current Portion of Long-Term Debt of not less than 1.25 to 1 for the periods ending December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016.

 

    Net Income – We failed to maintain a minimum Net Income after tax of at least $500,000.00 for the periods ending December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016.

Our lender has provided a waiver of the above compliance failures as of November 29, 2017. Any future breaches of the credit agreement are not waived.

As part of the credit agreement, in July 2016, we entered into a $1,600,000 note payable. Under the terms of the note, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 3.80% per annum. The note requires us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $47,219 through the maturity date of July 31, 2019. The balance outstanding on this note payable as of September 30, 2017 was $1,001,268.

In July 2016, we issued a note payable totaling $250,000 to a third party. Under the terms of the note agreement, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. This note requires us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $9,570 with a maturity date on January 15, 2019. The note is unsecured and guaranteed by our chief executive officer and is subordinated to borrowings under the bank’s credit agreement. As of September 30, 2017, the outstanding balance is $141,811.

In July 2016, we issued notes payable totaling $350,000 to two stockholders. Under the terms of the note agreements, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. These notes require us to make total monthly principal and interest payments of $13,395 with maturity on January 15, 2019. The notes are unsecured and guaranteed by our chief executive officer and are subordinated to borrowings under the bank’s credit agreement. As of September 30, 2017, the outstanding aggregate balance of the notes payable is $198,535.

We also have strong demand for our products which has resulted in a backlog of orders of approximately $10,013,000 as of September 30, 2017, which represents orders booked but not yet fulfilled. Bookings and backlog are a strong indication of the demand for our products. Total bookings for the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 were approximately $25,705,000.

 

47


Table of Contents

Based on our current plans and business conditions, we believe that existing cash, amounts available under the revolving line of credit, and cash generated from operations, will be sufficient to satisfy our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the expansion of our sales and marketing, the timing of new product introductions and the continuing market acceptance of our products and services.

We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017.

 

     2017     2016  

Cash flows:

    

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     296,800       (645,700

Net cash used in investing activities

     (117,523     (41,113

Net cash provided by financing activities

     295,110       694,562  

Operating Activities

During the nine months ending September 30, 2017, we generated $296,800 in cash from operating activities, an increase of $942,500 when compared to the cash used in operating activities of $645,700 during the same period in 2016. The increase in cash generated by operating activities was primarily a result of an increase in net income, offset by decreases in non-cash adjustments, comprised of the net loss attributable to non-controlling interests, allowances for bad debt, and inventory reserves. During the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 respectively, net income adjusted for non-cash expenditures was a loss of $340,861 in 2017 as compared to $933,528 in 2016, a decrease of $1,274,389. Additionally, working capital requirements decreased $2,216,889 attributable to accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses of $2,535,174. This reduction in working capital requirements was offset by $313,285 in increases in working capital attributable to inventories, prepaid expenses and deposits for the comparable period.

Our ability to generate cash from operations in future periods will depend in large part on profitability, the rate and timing of collections of our accounts receivable, inventory turns and our ability to manage other areas of working capital.

Investing Activities:

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we used cash of $117,523 in investing activities as compared to $41,113 used during the same period in 2016, an increase of $76,410. The net increase is primarily due to an increase in equipment purchases attributable to the Ion purchase. We do not anticipate any significant purchases of equipment beyond that which is anticipated for use in the normal course of our core business activity.

Financing Activities:

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we generated $295,110 from financing activities as compared to the cash generated of $694,562 during the same period in 2016. Cash was generated through the receipt of cash from the 50% investor in the SkyScale joint venture, proceeds from the issuance of common stock and proceeds from the bank revolving line of credit. These receipts of cash of $855,736 were offset by payments on notes payable of $560,626.

 

48


Table of Contents

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

During 2016, our primary sources of liquidity came from existing cash, cash generated from operations, a bank revolving line of credit and third party term notes.

We have a credit agreement with a financial institution which provides for a revolving line of credit and a term note payable. Borrowings under the agreement are collateralized by substantially all of our assets and the personal guarantee of our chief executive officer. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit bear interest at a LIBOR-based rate, plus 2.5%. The outstanding balance on the line of credit as of December 31, 2016 was $2,458,177. The credit agreement is subject to certain financial and non-financial covenants with which we were not in compliance as of December 31, 2016, but for which we have obtained a waiver.

The line of credit was to be due and payable in July 2017. However, in August 2017, we received a three-month extension of our revolving line of credit while additional terms and conditions were agreed to for full extension of the revolving line of credit. On October 5, 2017, we received that renewal and extension through August 31, 2018 and a modification in our borrowing capacity, which increased from $3,000,000 to $3,500,000.

As part of our credit agreement, in July 2016, we entered into a $1,600,000 note payable. Under the terms of the note, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 3.80% per annum. The note requires us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $47,219 through the maturity date of July 31, 2019. The balance outstanding on this note payable as of December 31, 2016 was $1,391,121.

In July 2016, we issued a note payable totaling $250,000 to a third party. Under the terms of the note agreement, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. This note requires us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $9,570 with a maturity date on January 15, 2019. The note is unsecured and personally guaranteed by our chief executive officer and is subordinated to borrowings under the bank’s credit agreement. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance was $213,006.

In July 2016, we issued notes payable totaling $350,000 to two stockholders. Under the terms of the note agreements, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. This note requires us to make total monthly principal and interest payments of $13,395 with a maturity date of January 15, 2019. The notes are unsecured and personally guaranteed by our chief executive officer and are subordinated to borrowings under the bank’s credit agreement. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance was $298,112.

We also have strong demand for our products which has resulted in a backlog of orders of approximately $5,854,000 as of December 31, 2016, which represents orders booked but not yet fulfilled. Total bookings for the year ended December 31, 2016 were approximately $19,581,000. Bookings and backlog are a strong indication of the demand for our products but are no guarantee of future realized revenue.

Based on our current plans and business conditions, we believe that existing cash, amounts available under the amended revolving line of credit, and cash generated from operations, will be sufficient to satisfy our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the expansion of our sales and marketing teams, the timing of new product introductions and the continuing market acceptance of our products and services.

We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise monies on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

 

49


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

     2016     2015  

Cash flows:

    

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ (273,224   $ 445,512  

Net cash used in investing activities

   $ (138,011   $ (194,422

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   $ 400,358     $ (226,016

Operating Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we used $273,224 in cash from operating activities, a decrease of $718,706 when compared to the $445,512 in cash generated from operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in cash generated by operating activities was primarily a result of increases in working capital requirements of $1,379,428 composed of increases in accounts receivable and deposits of $1,642,357 offset by a reduction in other operating assets and liabilities of $262,929. This increase in working capital requirements was predominately offset by a decrease in net income of $201,087 during the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to December 31, 2015 and a net increase in non-cash operating expenses of $861,779 as compared to the prior year. Non-cash expenditures include allowances for bad debt, deferred income taxes, depreciation and amortization, debt discount amortization, inventory reserves and stock-based compensation expense.

Our ability to generate cash from operations in future periods will depend in large part on our profitability, the rate and timing of collections of our accounts receivable, our inventory turns and our ability to manage other areas of working capital.

Investing Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we used cash of $138,011 in investing activities as compared to $194,422 used during the comparative period in 2015, a reduction of $56,411. The net decrease is primarily due to cash received in the 2016 Magma purchase of $68,308 offset by an increase in purchases of capitalized equipment of $11,897. We do not anticipate any significant purchases of equipment beyond that which is anticipated for use in the normal course of our core business activity.

Financing Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we had net new borrowings of $400,358 as compared to net repayments during the year ended December 31, 2015 of $226,016 representing a net year over year increase of $626,374. Net proceeds on new related party and third party notes in 2016 were $600,000 with additional borrowings on the revolving line of credit of $371,092. Such increases were offset by payments on outstanding notes of $588,306 and proceeds from stock option exercises of $17,572. With the increase in our borrowing capacity under our revolving line of credit of $500,000, we do not anticipate any new borrowings or retirement of debt above that which is contractually obligated.

 

50


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table sets forth our non-cancellable contractual obligations as of September 30, 2017.

 

     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 Years
 

Notes payable

   $ 1,341,614      $ 788,020      $ 553,594        

Operating leases

     445,048        117,490        327,558        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,485,580      $ 1,180,024      $ 1,305,556        -        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We have made certain indemnities, under which we may be required to make payments to an indemnified party, in relation to certain transactions. We indemnify our directors, officers, employees and agents to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware. In connection with our facility leases, we have indemnified our lessors for certain claims arising from the use of the facilities. Also, in connection with our bank credit agreement, we have agreed to indemnify our lender and others related to the use of the proceeds and other matters. The duration of the indemnities varies, and in many cases is indefinite. These indemnities do not provide for any limitation of the maximum potential future payments we could be obligated to make. Historically, we have not been obligated to make any payments for these obligations and no liabilities have been recorded for these indemnities.

Off Balance Sheet

Other than lease commitments incurred in the normal course of business and certain indemnification provisions, we do not have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or liabilities, guarantee contracts, retained or contingent interests in transferred assets, or any obligation arising out of a material variable interest in an unconsolidated entity. We do not have any majority-owned subsidiaries that are not consolidated in the financial statements. Additionally, we do not have interests in, or relationships with, any special purpose entities. Our chief executive officer provides a personal guarantee on much of our outstanding debt obligations.

Stockholder Transactions

During 2016, we issued notes payable to stockholders totaling $350,000 as of September 30, 2017 of which $250,000 in notes payable were owed to an entity affiliated with a director. In connection with the issuance of the notes, we issued warrants to purchase 39,326 shares of common stock at $1.78 per share of which 28,090 were issued to an entity affiliated with a director.

Effective August 1, 2016, we entered into a management services agreement with a company owned by the former chief executive officer of Magma. The agreement calls for payments of $180,000 per year for the first two years paid in monthly installments. In the third year, the amount is reduced to $37,500 for the year paid in monthly installments. Additionally, we granted 30,000 nonstatutory stock options in conjunction with execution of this agreement with an exercise price of $1.78 per share. Payments for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was $135,000.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses, and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

51


Table of Contents

The critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgments that we believe have the most significant impact on our consolidated financial statements are described below.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605. Accordingly, revenue from the sale products is recognized when there is evidence of an arrangement, the selling price is fixed or determinable, title and risk of loss has transferred to the customer, any installation or service obligations have been satisfied, and collection is reasonably assured. Net revenue includes deductions for customer discounts and actual and estimated returns. All amount billed to customers related to shipping and handling are classified as net sales.

Customer agreements include one vendor managed inventory program. Pursuant to Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 13.A.3.a, we recognize revenue under this arrangement when (i) risks of ownership have passed to the customer; (ii) the customer’s commitment to purchase the goods is fixed; (iii) there is a fixed schedule for delivery of the goods that is reasonable and consistent with the customer’s business purpose; (iv) we do not have any specific performance obligations such that the earning process is not complete; (v) the ordered goods have been segregated from our inventory and not be subject to being used to fill other orders; and (vi) the product is complete and ready for shipment. Also, such arrangement must be requested by the customer and the customer has explained a substantial business purpose for the arrangement. Management also considers whether the customer’s custodial risks are insured and whether modifications to our normal billing and credit terms were required. Revenue from the sale of extended warranties is deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the applicable service period.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock-based awards granted to our employees and other service providers, including stock options granted under our 2015 Plan, based on the estimated fair value of the award. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock option awards granted under our 2015 Plan. We recognize the fair value of stock options granted under our 2015 Plan as stock-based compensation on a straight line basis over the requisite service period. We record expense net of anticipated forfeitures and adjust the annual expense based upon actual experience.

Our use of the Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, expected term of the option, expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used in our option pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

The assumptions and estimates are as follows:

 

    Fair Value of Common Stock .    Our board of directors considers numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock at each grant date. These factors include, but are not limited to:

 

    contemporaneous valuations of common stock performed by unrelated third-party specialists;

 

    the rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

    the lack of marketability of our common stock;

 

    developments in the business;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our business, given prevailing market conditions; and

 

    market performance of comparable publicly traded companies.

 

52


Table of Contents

Upon completion of our initial public offering, we will use the market value of our stock on the date of grant.

 

    Expected Term .    The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term assumptions are determined based on the vesting terms, exercise terms and contractual lives of the options.

 

    Expected Volatility .    Since we do not have sufficient trading history of our common stock, expected volatility is determined based on the historical stock volatilities of comparable companies. Comparable companies consist of public companies in our industry that is similar in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage. We intend to continue to apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be used in the calculation.

 

    Risk-Free Interest Rate .    The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options.

 

    Dividend Rate .    We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, use an expected dividend yield of zero.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may refine our estimation process, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

Inventory Valuation

We value our inventory at the lower of cost or its current estimated market value. We use the average cost method for purposes of determining cost, which approximates the first-in, first-out method. We write down inventory for excess and obsolescence based upon observations of historical usage, assumptions about future demand, product mix and possible alternative uses. Actual demand, product mix and alternative usage may be lower than those that we project and this difference could have a material adverse effect on our gross margin if inventory write-downs beyond those initially recorded become necessary. Alternatively, if actual demand, product mix and alternative usage are more favorable than those we estimated at the time of such a write-down, our gross margin could be favorably impacted in future periods.

Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Long-lived Assets

We evaluate our goodwill for impairment annually and in any interim period in which events or circumstances arise that indicate our goodwill may be impaired. Indicators of impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant deterioration in overall economic conditions, a decline in our market capitalization, the loss of significant business, significant decreases in funding for our contracts, or other significant adverse changes in industry or market conditions.

We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level. Goodwill impairment guidance provides entities an option to perform a qualitative assessment (commonly known as “step zero”) to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary before performing the two-step test. The qualitative assessment requires significant judgments by management about macro-economic conditions including the entity’s operating environment, its industry and other market considerations, entity-specific events related to financial performance or loss of key personnel, and other events that could impact the reporting unit. If we conclude that further testing is required, the impairment test involves a two-step process for which we utilize a third-party provider to assist us in this process. Step one compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, step two is required to determine if there is an impairment of the goodwill. Step two compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying amount of the

 

53


Table of Contents

goodwill. We estimate the fair value of our reporting units using the income approach based upon a discounted cash flow model. The income approach requires the use of many assumptions and estimates including future revenues, expenses, capital expenditures, and working capital, as well as discount factors and income tax rates. In addition, we use the market approach, which compares the reporting unit to publicly-traded companies and transactions involving similar businesses, to support the conclusions of the income approach.

As part of our annual goodwill impairment testing, we utilized a discount rate for our reporting unit, as defined by FASB ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other , that we believe represents the risks that our business faces, considering our size, the current economic environment, and other industry data we believe is appropriate. We also review finite-lived intangible assets and long-lived assets when indications of potential impairment exist, such as a significant reduction in undiscounted cash flows associated with the assets. Should the fair value of our long-lived assets decline because of reduced operating performance, market declines, or other indicators of impairment, a charge to operations for impairment may be necessary.

Income Taxes

The determination of income tax expense requires us to make certain estimates and judgments concerning the calculation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, as well as the deductions and credits that are available to reduce taxable income. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in our consolidated financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

In evaluating our ability to recover deferred tax assets, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including our past operating results, our forecast of future earnings, future taxable income, and tax planning strategies. The assumptions utilized in determining future taxable income require significant judgment. We record a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. If it becomes more likely than not that a tax asset will be used for which a reserve has been provided, we reverse the related valuation allowance. If our actual future taxable income by tax jurisdiction differs from estimates, additional allowances or reversals of reserves may be necessary.

We use a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions. First, the tax position must be evaluated to determine the likelihood that it will be sustained upon external examination. If the tax position is deemed more-likely-than-not to be sustained, the tax position is then assessed to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The amount of the benefit that may be recognized is the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. We reevaluate our uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis and any changes to these positions as a result of tax audits, tax laws or other facts and circumstances could result in additional charges to operations.

Business Combinations

We utilize the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations and allocate the purchase price of an acquisition to the various tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. We primarily establish fair value using the income approach based upon a discounted cash flow model. The income approach requires the use of many assumptions and estimates including future revenues and expenses, as well as discount factors and income tax rates. Other estimates include:

 

    Estimated step-ups or write-downs for fixed assets and inventory;

 

    Estimated fair values of intangible assets; and

 

    Estimated income tax assets and liabilities assumed from the target.

 

54


Table of Contents

While we use our best estimates and assumptions as part of the purchase price allocation process to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the business acquisition date, our estimates and assumptions are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the purchase price allocation period, which is generally one year from the business acquisition date, we record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. For changes in the valuation of intangible assets between preliminary and final purchase price allocation, the related amortization is adjusted in the period it occurs. Subsequent to the purchase price allocation period any adjustment to assets acquired or liabilities assumed is included in operating results in the period in which the adjustment is determined.

Should we issue shares of our common stock in an acquisition, we will be required to estimate the fair market value of the shares issued.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in FASB Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. ASU 2014-09 implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. Other major provisions include the capitalization and amortization of certain contract costs, ensuring the time value of money is considered in the transaction price, and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. On July 9, 2015, the FASB approved amendments deferring the effective date of the standard by one year to December 15, 2017 for annual reporting periods beginning after that date and permitting early adoption of the standard, but not before the original effective date or for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. We will not early adopt the new standard and therefore the new standard will be effective for OSS in the first quarter of 2019. We have not yet selected a transition method and we are currently assessing the impact the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330) (“ASU 2015-11”). The amendments in ASU 2015-11 require that an entity measure inventory within the scope of the standard at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transaction. The amendments in this update more closely align the measurement of inventory in U.S. GAAP with the measurement of inventory in International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2015-11 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. We will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2018 and we do not expect a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASU 2016-02”). Under ASU 2016-02, lessees will be required to recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date: a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. Lessees must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-02 on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718) (“ASU 2016-09”), which simplified certain aspects of the accounting for stock-based payment transactions, including

 

55


Table of Contents

income taxes, classification of awards and classification in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those annual periods. We will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2018 and we do not expect a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”), which is intended to reduce the existing diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-15 on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business (“ASU 2017-01”). The amendments in this update clarify the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or disposals of assets or businesses. ASU 2017-01 will be effective for us for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for transactions that have not been reported in financial statements that have been issued or made available for issuance. We are currently evaluating the effect of the adoption of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating step 2 from the goodwill impairment testing. An entity will no longer determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Instead, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. ASU 2017-04 will be effective for us for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We expect that the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting (“ASU 2017-09”), which provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in ASC Topic 718. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. ASU 2017-09 will be effective for us for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted. We expect the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to interest rate risk is related primarily to our revolving line of credit. We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes primarily through our borrowing activities for our variable rate borrowings.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially expose us to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable. We place our cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions with high

 

56


Table of Contents

credit quality. At September 30, 2017, we had $488,584 of cash and cash equivalents on deposit or invested with our financial and lending institutions.

We provide credit to customers in the normal course of business. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and limit the amount of credit extended when deemed necessary.

Foreign Currency Risk

We operate primarily in the United States. Foreign sales of products and services are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars. We also conduct limited business outside the United States through our foreign subsidiary in Germany, where business is largely transacted in non-U.S. dollar currencies particularly the Euro, which is subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Accordingly, we are subject to exposure from changes in the exchange rates of local currencies. Consequently, changes in the exchange rates of the currencies may impact the translation of the foreign subsidiaries’ statements of operations into U.S. dollars, which may in turn affect our consolidated statement of operations.

We have not entered into any financial derivative instruments that expose us to material market risk, including any instruments designed to hedge the impact of foreign currency exposures. We may, however, hedge such exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations in the future.

 

57


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

OSS designs, manufactures and markets high-end systems for high performance computing (“HPC”) applications. We combine state-of-the art components from major technology providers to design and manufacture purpose-built systems that allow our customers to exploit Big Data opportunities faster and more efficiently. HPC applications require ultra-fast processing power and the ability to quickly access and store ever growing data sets. We are uniquely positioned as a specialized provider for the high-end of this marketplace providing custom servers, compute accelerators, solid-state storage arrays and system expansion systems. We deliver this high-end technology to our customers through the sale of equipment and software for use on a customer’s premises or through remote cloud access to secure datacenters housing our technology.

The worldwide HPC market is expected to grow from $35.6 billion in 2016 to $43.9 billion by 2021, representing a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 4.3%. We are establishing a leading position as a provider of HPC servers, compute accelerators and flash storage arrays to the high-end of this growing marketplace. Today, we believe we are one of the largest providers of PCIe over cable adapters and expansion systems used worldwide. We supply systems that attach to both existing servers through PCIe cables as well as all-in-one systems with the server, GPU computing and SSD storage all included in a single product. OSS systems offer high performance in a physically dense packaging, enabling our customers to build massive compute and storage clusters that occupy less space and require less power and cooling than conventional systems. We also sell software used to operate flash-based storage systems for defense systems and commercial applications.

The more GPUs and flash-based storage devices available to a server, the faster it can process, store, and retrieve data. PCIe is increasingly the preferred technology for connecting system components together. We have built leading edge expertise in PCIe expansion technology and leveraged it to design and build systems that offer a higher quantity and density of GPUs and flash devices than competing suppliers.

A key element of our product strategy is technological market leadership. We believe a first-to-market strategy is key to our ability to continue to win significant OEM design wins. As a result, we are constantly developing the new state-of-the-art products that are often based on components that do not yet exist. Our ability to drive the leading edge of technology is enabled by our strong relationships with strategic component manufactures, particularly Intel (for CPUs), NVIDIA (for GPUs), Western Digital (for SSD) and Broadcom (for PCIe switch components). In each of these cases, OSS has special access (under non-disclosure agreements) to product roadmaps and other technical information relating to future technology. Access to this information allows us to begin our design process well before the future components we are designing for even exist. This accelerates our time-to-market, and allows us to produce and release state-of-the-art designs well ahead of our competitors.

Today, HPC applications are moving beyond the traditional academic and scientific realms to broad application in enterprise applications across the spectrum of vertical markets. These applications include computationally intense areas like artificial intelligence (“AI”), deep learning, seismic exploration, predictive analytics, medical imaging, genomics, cyber security and defense. We are well positioned to leverage these market megatrends and capitalize on our unique core competencies in high speed system design. We have a proven track record of delivering first-to-market the latest and most advanced technologies, and have continued to do so recently with high-end GPU accelerators and high-performance SSD arrays with light-weight removable high-capacity canisters. These products fit solidly into the emerging HPC market.

OSS sells its products worldwide to industry leading customers like Cisco, disguise (formerly d3), National Instruments, Northrop Grumman, Oracle and Raytheon. We are a strategic partner to technology leaders that include Intel, NVIDIA, Western Digital, and Broadcom, whose technology is integrated into our products. We are investing in new adjacent segments to our core product lines, including HPC storage management software and HPC cloud services. We anticipate continued market growth in our target markets and sustaining the ability to increase market share through leadership technology, engineering expertise, supply chain management and go-to-market innovation.

 

58


Table of Contents

We were originally organized as One Stop Systems, LLC, a California limited liability company in 1998 before converting into One Stop Systems, Inc., a California corporation in 1999. On July 6, 2016, we entered into a Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization with Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) whereby Magma merged with and into OSS with OSS continuing as the surviving corporation. In connection with the closing of this offering, we will reincorporate as a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 2235 Enterprise Street, Suite 110, Escondido, CA 92029 and our telephone number is (760) 745-9883. Our website address is www.onestopsystems.com. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address is for reference purposes only.

Industry Background

High Performance Computing (HPC) refers to computing solutions capable of processing large amounts of data and storing and retrieving that data at speeds 10-1,000 times faster than a typical personal computer. Increasingly, commercial companies, financial entities, governmental agencies, including the Department of Defense (DoD), and academic institutions are turning to HPC solutions to analyze vast amounts of data and to quickly obtain meaningful and actionable insights. Traditional computing systems using CPUs (Central Processing Units) are inefficient in quickly processing large data sets of information. Two technologies, GPU computing, and flash memory, enable systems to process and store data more efficiently than traditional systems. By harnessing large quantities of these components, companies can receive necessary data analysis much more quickly. Industry experts typically divide the HPC market into the following categories:

 

    Servers – This market represents all HPC servers, which is composed of Supercomputers (>$500,000 per unit), Divisional Servers ($250,000-$500,000), Departmental Servers ($100,000-$250,000), and Workgroup Servers (<$100,000 per unit).

 

    Storage – This includes both traditional hard disc drives and flash storage devices.

 

    Middleware – A broad category encompassing programming environments, schedulers, and other tools outside the operating system.

 

    Applications – Specific applications for high performance computing.

 

    Services – All services associated with high performance computing.

Intersect360 Research categorizes and projects sales in the total HPC market.

High Performance Computing Market by Product Category — Total Market Forecast by Economic Sectors ($M)

 

     2016      2017      2018      2019      2020      2021      CAGR  

Servers

     11,471        11,947        12,480        13,072        13,370        14,443        3.91

Storage

     5,778        6,113        6,460        6,845        7,272        7,772        4.95

Services

     3,824        3,877        3,939        4,010        4,090        4,174        1.47

Software

     8,910        9,188        9,502        9,852        10,243        10,775        3.22

Networks

     2,767        2,855        2,955        3,066        3,190        3,324        3.10

Cloud

     784        854        930        1015        1108        1210        7.50

Other

     2,053        2,090        2,134        2,183        2,238        2,296        1.88
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     35,587        36,923        38,400        40,042        41,871        43,944        4.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Source : HPC Advisory Council Website, Market Report, HPC Market Update, Total HPC Market by Revenue, June 2017, Report by Intersect360 Research, authored by Addison Snell, Christopher Willard, Ph.D., and Laura Segervall. (Accessed on July 23, 2017)

 

59


Table of Contents

The markets for these products are large, and growing, albeit currently fragmented. The industry sectors that are currently or anticipated to require HPC systems are growing daily and include the following sectors at a minimum:

 

    Bio-Sciences

 

    Astrophysics

 

    Quantum Chemistry

 

    Aerodynamic Design and Modeling

 

    Computer Aided Engineering

 

    Chemical Engineering

 

    Distribution

 

    Economics/Financial – including econometrics, high frequency trading

 

    Environmental Data Acquisition

 

    Geosciences – including oil and gas exploration

 

    Mechanical Design – including virtual design and prototyping

 

    Defense

 

    Government Laboratories

 

    University/Academic

 

    Weather Forecasting

These industry sectors expect to deploy increasingly faster computing environments to meet industry and competitive goals. GPU computer acceleration and high-density flash storage are key subsets of the HPC market.

GPU Compute Acceleration

The capabilities and speed of GPU accelerated computers are beginning to drive significant advances in AI and machine learning. Massive amounts of data, when analyzed by today’s sophisticated algorithms, able to reveal unique patterns and insights. AI and machine learning are poised to transform worldwide business, as advances in computing speed and storage come together to enable businesses to solve complex problems.

High Density Solid-State Storage

The market for solid-state drives is large and growing. According to a study by MarketsandMarkets, a market research firm, the flash drive market is growing at 9.5% per year and is expected to reach $25.3 billion by 2022. The proliferation of larger and larger databases, virtualized servers, virtual desktop servers, analytic application servers, and other server configurations are feeding the need for faster and faster ways to access the data being produced or mined.

Traditionally, companies have used hard disk drive technology that has proved more than adequate as the price for these drives have continued to drop as the associated capacities have risen. This was especially true when the amounts of data generated were relatively low, and users were satisfied with the comparatively slow data retrieval and processing that traditional hard disk drives offered. Today, the huge amount of data being generated requires categorization, storage and ready access. The advent of flash drives has given the industry a new device that has faster access time, greater reliability, lower power consumption, lower noise, smaller size and less heat generation.

These drives are especially useful in the field of high performance computing, where one is generally dealing with larger amounts of data and/or the need for complex calculations to be completed very rapidly. In either case, speed and efficiency are paramount. Military systems, for example, generate vast amounts of data using sensor systems, radar systems, cryptanalysis, targeting systems, microwave communications, and a myriad of other applications. This data needs to be collected, analyzed and acted upon in a real-time environment.

 

60


Table of Contents

Key Components of Our Business

Product Development

Our systems are built using the latest GPU and flash storage technologies and draw upon years of expertise in designing and manufacturing semi-custom systems for OEMs. We have a history of being first to market with many solutions for emerging technologies. OSS first began designing and manufacturing custom systems for defense, manufacturing, and telecommunications customers. When PCIe (the interconnect used in most computers today) was first introduced by Intel Corporation in 2005, we were first to produce PCIe over cable adapters allowing system-to-system communication at incredible speeds. Today, we are one of the largest providers of PCIe adapters and expansion components used worldwide.

When GPU technology and solid-state flash were first introduced, we began designing systems that maximized the effectiveness of these technologies. We now produce compute systems with large numbers of GPUs and flash memory to allow faster processing and data storage and retrieval. The more GPUs and flash devices available to a server the faster that system can process and store/recover data, thus saving time and money for those applications. A readily recognized example is video imaging in defense applications when quickly knowing battlefield parameters is paramount.

We use leading edge, state-of-the art components from major technology providers to design purpose-built systems that solve customer problems in an efficient, cost-effective manner. We do not design silicon chips, but instead apply the technology provided by Intel, NVIDIA, Western Digital, Broadcom and others to deliver customer driven designs to provide true value to our customers.

Worldwide Sales

We provide our products on a worldwide basis and are supported through a network of reseller and distribution partners. Sales in North America are predominately driven by our direct sales force whereas European and Asian sales are driven through distributors.

In June 2015, we formed our wholly-owned subsidiary One Stop Systems, GmbH (“OSS GmbH”), located in Gröbenzell, Germany. It operates a regional facility formed to service customers in Europe, the Middle East and Africa. OSS GmbH was established to service OSS GmbH regional customers with faster product delivery, application engineering services and technical support. Our facility is centrally located outside of Munich, in a tech-rich region easily accessible to all of Europe and within just a few time zones of the Middle East and Africa. The office is staffed with knowledgeable technical personnel who can quickly resolve customer issues and facilitate quick delivery of their products. This facility also gives us the opportunity to provide an OEM warehousing location, as well as a service depot for equipment repair and rework that serves our growing customer base located outside of the United States.

New Business Initiatives

On April 6, 2017, OSS formed SkyScale, LLC (“SkyScale”), a HPC as a Service (HPCaaS) provider to offer customers world-class, ultra-fast, multi-GPU hardware platforms in the cloud. SkyScale is a 50/50 joint venture between OSS and Jacoma Investments, LLC, an entity affiliated with a member of our board of directors, which allows customers to lease state-of-the-art high performance computing hardware. SkyScale’s cloud services provide a compelling value proposition for customers who want the fastest computing performance available, but may not have the budget or infrastructure available to support a full-time HPC system. SkyScale provides that infrastructure, including common HPC applications at a fraction of the cost of the full-time system. The customer gets access to their own infrastructure in the cloud, which is available 7 days a week, 24 hours a day. This is our first foray into the growing “Infrastructure as a Service” (IaaS) market, and is expected to produce strong growth for OSS in the future. The SkyScale datacenter utilizes OSS servers and GPU compute accelerators. These systems can be clustered and

 

61


Table of Contents

scaled in the cloud to provide companies with the desired computing power for their high performance application requirements. We benefit from this new initiative in many ways including creating demand for the systems we build (as they are used by SkyScale), revenues from the service itself, exposure to a potential customer for our products as they grow, and our increased involvement on the software front.

On May 9, 2017, OSS entered into an agreement to acquire the source code license to the Ion SSD software from Western Digital. We plan to continue to develop and sell Ion software with our high-density storage arrays, as well as servicing existing Western Digital software users. OSS Ion software works with our all-flash storage systems, and provides them with a critical point of differentiation with respect to speed and throughput. The OSS Ion software leverages flash storage and open server hardware to accelerate applications and storage-area network performance through sharing or clustering high-speed all-flash storage arrays. The software supports many major OEM servers and provides an intuitive interface for system users to manage its many features. Having the Ion software source code and engineering team on-board allows us to strategically grow our all-flash storage business in the many Big Data and HPC markets.

What Sets OSS Apart

Several factors differentiate OSS from other suppliers of HPC solutions:

 

    Our expertise in PCIe expansion and building custom systems allows us to design reliable systems with a greater quantity of GPUs and flash storage devices than other suppliers.

 

    We design systems that both attach to existing servers through PCIe over cable leveraging our customer’s existing investments as well as all-in-one systems with the server, GPU computing and flash storage device all included in a single package.

 

    Our systems can be clustered together to build massive compute engines that occupy less space and power than conventional systems driving performance up and costs down for our customers.

 

    We produce the software required to operate high-capacity, low-latency storage systems used by defense systems and commercial applications and expect this will expand into other products in the future.

Our business model utilizes our products in two ways:

 

    We sell systems to OEM customers who use them in their own data centers for their own applications.

 

    We (via SkyScale) lease space on our own systems in our own data center for customers who prefer not to make the infrastructure investment require for owning their own systems.

Our niche is to provide reliable purpose-built platforms with the latest GPUs and flash storage devices that allow servers to access large numbers of these devices.

Business Strategy

We have traditionally followed a strategy of being first-to-market in leading edge technologies by designing and developing products that are delivered before our competitors. This market leader strategy is accomplished through what we term a “Catch the Wave” approach to the market. We currently have products and derivatives in the flash storage, GPU acceleration, and PCIe expansion markets. Within these three distinct market areas the OSS “Catch the Wave” approach implies that we:

 

    anticipate trends in these markets;

 

    consistently deploy resources in engineering and sales to bring innovative products to market before our competitors react;

 

    work closely and leverage strategic component supplies to get early access to future products and technologies;

 

    seek to procure early “design wins”, establishing the standard before our competitors can react; and

 

    continually survey the market for complementary technologies for which a new “Wave” may be forming.

 

62


Table of Contents

Growth Strategy

OSS intends to continue its rapid growth through three avenues:

 

    Ramp-up of Existing OEM and Military Design-wins

Many of our design wins are in the early stages, and we anticipate significant revenue growth as they move into full production.

 

    Winning New OEM and Military Program Designs

Our technology leadership provides the “in” to many potential OEM relationships. As we continue to grow the company, our capabilities and market recognition also grow rapidly, providing even more opportunities for OEM and military program design-ins.

 

    Acquisitions of strategic companies

OSS has an experienced team that has negotiated and managed numerous acquisitions of smaller companies. We have identified more than a dozen firms that we believe have potential to be acquired and provide significant, accretive value to OSS. Our initial public offering will assist in our acquisition activities by providing cash and stock which can be used selectively in future transactions.

OSS is using the following criteria for potential acquisition targets:

 

    Target has a presence in our served or desired markets.

 

    Target’s products can be easily integrated into our product portfolio and/or product roadmap resulting in an accretive benefit to our existing position.

 

    Target should be profitable with positive cash flow at the outset or shortly following the acquisition.

 

    Target’s products can provide $5-$15 million in incremental revenue.

 

    Target is relatively proximate, geographically to OSS in Southern California.

 

    Will consider companies that can extend our markets geographically.

 

    Will consider companies that have an existing incremental services revenue stream.

Our acquisition strategy has the following benefits for OSS and our stockholders:

 

    Immediate acquisition of new customers and products. Acquisition of new engineering, sales, administrative and operations personnel.

 

    The increase in size and scale of OSS which can be leveraged to lower overall costs and drive up margins/profits.

 

    Increased credibility with customers, vendors, and suppliers.

Based on our current plans and business conditions, we believe that existing cash, amounts available under the revolving line of credit, offering proceeds received from this offering, and cash generated from operations, will be sufficient to satisfy our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months. As discussed in “Use of Proceeds”, due to our current cash flow position, we plan to allocate the proceeds from this offering to debt reduction and working capital which may include acquisitions of complementary businesses, products, services or technologies and not to cover existing operating expenses. Our current cash flow from operations is anticipated to be sufficient to cover our existing expenditures.

Our Opportunity

The worldwide HPC market is expected to grow from $35.6 billion in 2016 to $43.9 billion by 2021. Within this market, OSS is positioned in the server (custom and GPU accelerators), storage (flash arrays), PCIe expansion and adapters, and services sectors. The service sector is addressed with services being delivered over the cloud as Infrastructure as a Service, (IaaS). We will address each of these sectors below:

 

    Custom Built Servers

 

63


Table of Contents
    GPU Compute Accelerators

 

    All Flash Arrays

 

    PCIe Expansion and Adaptors

 

    Cloud Services (IaaS – Infrastructure as a Service)

Custom Built Servers

Within the server sector, OSS has a niche position of building purpose-built specialty servers, which the major server suppliers choose not to supply as they require custom tuning and special features that major OEMs cannot easily provide. Such flexibility is difficult to maintain for major suppliers because their systems are not designed to reflect specific customer specifications. For example, OSS designs and builds a custom server with custom connectors and 16 high definition video media outputs that are used in the entertainment industry to provide multimedia at a live performance.

These servers can be accelerated or not, but they are built generally to the latest release of PCIe. For HPC applications, these servers can be designed to support GPUs, either within the server itself or via PCIe-over-cable to an external GPU compute accelerator chassis designed and manufactured by OSS.

We believe the custom server segment is growing much faster than the standard server segment, which has contributed greatly to the growth of OSS. As presented in the table by Intersect360 Research above, the market for HPC servers is expected to be approximately $14.4 billion by 2021. Intersect360 estimates the market shares for HPC servers to be as follows:

 

Hewlett Packard

     33.0

Dell

     26.4

Lenovo

     6.9

IBM

     6.8

Cray

     4.5

ATOS/Bull

     2.6

Inspur

     2.0

Fujitsu

     1.8

Penguin

     1.5

Huawei

     1.2

Others

     13.5

It is our experience that OSS is increasingly competitive in the “Others” category, where customers require their systems to meet specific operational specifications, power requirements, speed, latency, or other requirements not covered by traditional designs. We estimate that our addressable market for HPC computers is approximately 20% of the “Others” category in the above chart. This translates to an addressable market size of approximately $389 million with our current engineering capability and product set. We hope to use the capital raised by this offering to accelerate our growth to capitalize on this market segment.

GPU Compute Accelerators

GPU computing uses hardware chips that are optimized to perform mathematical calculations in a rapid fashion. NVIDIA is the market leader in the design and manufacturing of these components. OSS works closely with NVIDIA to design and build systems which use multiple GPUs to accelerate the applications being run by the computer.

 

64


Table of Contents

The unique design of the GPU provides thousands of processing “cores” which act as individual coprocessors to speed up the calculations on large data sets. It is generally believed that traditional processor designs, which have been driven by “Moore’s Law,” are reaching the limits of what is physically possible in speed and throughput. GPU acceleration is driving many of the newest and fastest growing technology opportunities in this new age of computing. This is a relatively new phenomenon. Indeed, many of the applications that are gaining notoriety today have only become possible because of the ability of GPUs to optimize computational throughput, perform many tasks at once, and make sense of the massive amounts of data that is available to high performance algorithms.

Markets such as image rendering and processing, self-driving cars, deep learning, molecular modeling and genomics, advanced visualization, machine learning, and image processing, all benefit from the ability to use GPUs to accelerate the application. OSS builds compute accelerators, using the latest GPU technology, to attach to traditional servers used in these emerging growth markets. Because of the relative newness of these markets, little market data exists to precisely define these markets, but we estimate these markets to be very large and growing. While we are beginning from a small base, we expect these markets to be valued in the billions of dollars in the near future. Because our strategy has been to be first-to-market with the fastest and densest compute accelerator appliances, we anticipate our addressable market here to be in the hundreds of millions of dollars.

We also have a strong position in the government market which, according to Intersect360, constitutes 26% of the market that is growing to $43.9 billion by 2021. An emerging market, slightly different from traditional HPC markets, is the hyperscale market, which is a scalable, web-facing application infrastructure that is distinct from traditional IT infrastructure. OSS products can form a basis for companies who wish to participate in the hyperscale market, which includes deep learning and AI. This is a major technology trend that OSS is addressing through its product roadmap and investment in SkyScale, a company that provides HPC infrastructure as a service through a cloud-based interface. Intersect360 estimates the deep learning market was worth more than $2.0 billion in 2016, with nearly 100% growth projected from 2017 to 2018.

All Flash Arrays

We build flash storage arrays to customer specifications utilizing our unique know-how in packaging, cooling, and PCIe-over-cable. We deliver dense, high-performance systems that provide customers with extreme value and utility in the most demanding, data-intensive operations.

Through a strategic agreement with Western Digital, we have acquired a source code license to utilize their proprietary Ion flash array software, which provides OSS flash arrays with a high level of differentiation around management, latency and throughput. Although we maintain an offering of standard flash array products, our expertise and success has been in providing arrays with specialized packaging for demanding applications that are not suitable for standard offerings.

For example, we provide products to a large military/government contractor for integration into a military aircraft that required us to rethink packaging and data portability. This resulted in the development of a product that provides extreme data density with low weight, and a high degree of portability and security for the data. We developed this product, from concept to design and prototype, within a very short period and with outstanding results. We believe our experience and capability in high speed, low-latency, digital signaling via PCIe gives us an edge in providing these custom designs to OEMs, integrators, and other special purpose applications.

The overall market for flash arrays is growing rapidly. According to the Dell’Oro Group, the flash storage market totaled more than $1.3 billion in the first quarter of 2017, up 48% compared to the same year-ago quarter, and is expected to grow 40% in 2017. About 86% of the total in the first quarter was attributed to traditional large OEMs, like Dell EMC, NetApp, Hewlett Packard Enterprise, Pure Storage and IBM. The remaining 14%, or total revenue of about $182 million in the first quarter of 2017, is addressed by many smaller flash storage providers, including OSS. We believe that because our products are positively differentiated by speed, density, and management features, our offerings compete favorably in this market and provide a substantial growth opportunity.

 

65


Table of Contents

OSS participates in the broader market for dense, fast flash storage systems that may or may not be deployed into HPC environments. Since we develop custom flash storage arrays, we work closely with both OEMs and end users to insure they receive the product they want in the specific configuration, size and weight required for their application. We believe this gives OSS an advantageous position in a market that is growing rapidly and allows us to favorably compete in the market. We also believe our unique approach to building arrays and appliances based on leading-edge technology is one of the key factors driving our growth.

PCIe Expansion and Adaptors

PCIe (PCI Express) is a high-speed computer expansion standard. This standard defines the signals and connectors (i.e. slots) that are used for computer add-in cards (such as Ethernet or graphics). PCIe signaling can also be routed over a cable, allowing expansion input/output slots to be physically located in a separate chassis.

Being able to route PCIe over a cable facilitates disaggregation of server functionality. That is, with PCIe, certain server functions no longer needed to be contained in the physical server chassis, but could instead be separated and continue to operate at full speed. From a practical perspective, servers could now be connected directly to larger storage arrays or other peripheral devices, with the resulting group of chassis operating as if they were all in the same physical chassis.

We began developing our first PCIe-over-cable adaptor in 2006, and were one of the early providers of PCIe adaptors. We recognized this as prime opportunity to utilize our core strengths, such as:

 

    High-speed board design and layout

 

    Hardware tuning to improve signal integrity

 

    Design optimization for low cost

 

    Rapid design capability

 

    Manufacturing and supply chain management

This technology has now become a standard within the computer industry, and OSS customers have used our adaptors to connect their custom input/output chassis and achieve performance equivalence as if the input/output was integrated into the server box. This gives designers and integrators a degree of flexibility and utility in architecting computer systems that is unprecedented. For example, one of our customers has utilized PCIe-over-cable to connect its high performance video editing systems to a host computer, providing a system that is optimized for an application using standard servers. We have expanded our PCIe adaptor market in breadth and depth, including making adaptors for many OEM customers. To date, we have shipped more than 100,000 PCIe adaptor cards to customers globally.

With our expertise developed in designing adaptor cards, the logical extension of our capability led us to develop a method for expanding the PCIe bus into an external chassis containing one or many expansion slots. This allowed a customer to install multiple standard PCIe boards into a chassis and expand their system without having to add additional servers. A user could now connect a multiplicity of PCIe devices to a single server, and achieve performance and throughput that was not possible prior to the introduction of PCIe.

We have been a leader in PCIe expansion backplanes and chassis through generations 1, 2 and 3. As PCIe evolves through generations 4 and 5, we are uniquely positioned to continue our leadership role in this market. We currently offer what we believe to be the largest PCIe expansion product line breadth, with chassis and backplanes that offer expansion from one to 64 slots. Due to its greater data throughput and flexibility of design, we believe this is a growing market, and we intend to maintain our leadership role.

Cloud Services (IaaS – Infrastructure as a Service)

One of the fastest growing areas of the HPC market is providing HPC services in the cloud. The cloud HPC market is estimated to grow to $10.8 billion by 2020 at an estimated compound annual growth rate of 19.9%,

 

66


Table of Contents

according to market research published by MarketsandMarkets. Cloud HPC makes it possible for enterprises to achieve rapid scalability for mission critical applications. Such services are fast and easy to deploy, and require less capital and operating overhead, which enables enterprises to focus on their core business activities.

We are ideally suited to participate in this market opportunity given our position in GPU acceleration and high-speed storage technology. In May 2017, we announced a partnership with SkyScale, LLC, a High-Performance Computing-as-a-Service (HPCaaS) provider to offer customers world-class, ultra-fast, multi-GPU hardware platforms in the cloud. This joint venture allows the leasing of state-of-the-art high-performance computing hardware at rates which provide a compelling value proposition to customers who want the fastest performance available, but are not interested in running their own HPC datacenter or committing to the significant capital investment. SkyScale provides this infrastructure, including common HPC applications, at a fraction of the cost of the full-time system.

SkyScale utilizes our equipment and hosts it in a state of the art, ultra-secure and highly reliable datacenter in San Diego. Through SkyScale, customers get access to their own infrastructure in the cloud which is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. This is our first foray into the growing “Infrastructure as a Service” (IaaS) market, and is expected to become a cornerstone of growth for OSS. It also provides our sales teams with the ability to provide ‘try-to-buy’ programs, where customers considering purchase of on premise equipment can first test their compute environment via the SkyScale cloud infrastructure.

SkyScale addresses three classes of customers: First, it provides dedicated HPC GPU compute nodes to end-user customers on a weekly or monthly rental basis. These customers are typically either developers in deep learning and AI, or engineering teams doing complex simulation tasks in vertical industries, like automotive, aerospace, or oil and gas. Second, SkyScale provides the backend hardware cloud infrastructure that can be utilized by specialized cloud service providers that have a front-end customer portal. In this instance, SkyScale’s infrastructure is private-labeled by the front-end service provider and often as a HPC line extension of the AWS (Amazon Web Services) or Microsoft Azure hosted service. Lastly, SkyScale provides virtual private clouds for enterprises that want HPC hardware in the cloud, but also want a dedicated resource rather than using a public service like AWS.

SkyScale cloud offerings are based on today’s latest NVIDIA high end GPU called Pascal (P100). In keeping with our first-to-market strategy, SkyScale will be the first cloud provider to offer NVIDIA’s next generation GPU called Volta (V100) later this year.

Our Cloud Services business is still in its early stages. To date, we have not generated substantial revenues from this line of business.

Our Technology

We design and manufacture high performance computing systems that revolutionize the data center by increasing compute performance while reducing cost and impact to the infrastructure. Our high-density compute accelerators connect directly to a server’s PCIe bus, delivering substantial compute performance. Our flash storage arrays support hundreds of terabytes of high-speed storage that can also be accessed by multiple servers.

Technology Drivers for OSS HPC Business

OSS has developed expertise and core competencies in the three fundamental technology drivers of today’s HPC market. Namely, high-speed serial interconnect technology, massively parallel computing utilizing GPUs, and low latency flash storage. In combination, these technologies are fundamentally changing the economics of computing, bringing HPC within the grasp of a wide range of new industries and commercial applications. Simultaneously the explosion of massive data being generated in each of these industries is pushing the requirement for state-of-the-art HPC technology, AI, and machine learning to transform this data economically and efficiently to useful and actionable information.

The opportunity is not only to provide competitive advantage for corporations, but also address some of the most fundamental challenges in life science, energy and security facing the world today. OSS is ideally situated to

 

67


Table of Contents

leverage these major industry forces. By exploiting its unique set of expertise in the underpinning technologies of HPC, OSS will continue to deliver world leading HPC solutions, with the opportunity to capture a growing market share of this rapidly expanding marketplace.

Switched Serial Interconnect

Switched serial interconnects are the data highways connecting all elements of today’s high-performance computing platforms. At ever increasing speeds, these pathways move data between system’s processing units, storage, networking, and peripheral elements. Bottlenecks in these data highways negatively impact the overall performance of the applications running on the system. Today for high performance computing the primary processing, direct attached storage and peripheral interconnect is PCIe Gen 3. PCIe Gen 3 has an ability to run up to 16 lanes in parallel, which allows up to 16 gigabytes per second theoretical bandwidth between system elements.

Serial switches incorporated in system design allow many system elements to be connected together in a non-blocking interconnect fabric at PCIe Gen 3 speeds. This allows systems to scale internally avoiding bottlenecks. The serial interconnect can be embedded directly in the computer printed circuit boards, across connectors board-to-board, or traverse across copper or optical cables for chassis-to-chassis connection. Due to the extremely high speeds, the design considerations around signal integrity are rigorous and with unforgiving tolerances. PCIe Gen 4 will begin deployment in early 2018, doubling the interconnect speed, and PCIe Gen 5 is expected early in the next decade.

Serial interconnects are also used to interconnect nodes into larger scale networks and clusters. In this case, the primary interconnects are Infiniband and Ethernet. These technologies have the advantage of scaling to very high numbers of network elements over potentially large distances. The tradeoff over PCIe is higher latency (transit time across the interconnect) and protocol complexity requiring processing cycles to manage. Many HPC deployments incorporate these interconnect technologies in order to deliver large scale solutions with optimized technology selections for each system aspect.

GP-GPUs: Computational GPUs.

Over the last several years, GPUs have evolved from graphics display acceleration to becoming general-purpose processing workhorse of HPC systems. Today, the majority of the fastest supercomputers in the world utilize GPUs as their primary compute engines. GPUs are ideal for HPC workloads because of their ability to do massively parallel processing. While traditional CPUs today may have dozens of processing cores, GPUs have thousands of cores that are all able to execute calculations simultaneously.

For many HPC applications, fundamental pieces of the code can be optimized to run in parallel and therefore experience significant performance enhancements. NVIDIA, a key supplier of GPUs to the market, has done extensive benchmarking showing the ability of single GPU based machines to exceed the performance of dozens or even thousands of traditional CPU only computers. NVIDIA has worked extensively with the software development community, and hundreds of HPC applications have been tuned and developed to run on GPUs.

The current NVIDIA GPU Applications catalog lists more than 400 such applications across a broad set of market spaces including:

 

    Computational Finance

 

    Climate, Weather and Ocean Modeling

 

    Computational Chemistry and Biology

 

    Data Science and Analytics

 

    Deep Learning and Machine Learning

 

    Federal Defense and Intelligence

 

68


Table of Contents
    Genomics

 

    Manufacturing

 

    Media and Entertainment

 

    Medical Imaging

 

    Oil and Gas

 

    Safety and Security

Many of these applications also scale performance based on the number of GPUs utilized. OSS has designed multi-GPU systems including up to 16 GPUs in a single system. Current state-of-the art GP-GPUs includes Pascal 100 from NVIDIA, providing up to 4.7 teraflops of double precision performance, including 3,584 cores and up to 16 gigabytes of memory. NVIDIA’s next generation GPU, Volta, will increase performance to 7.5 teraflops double precision, and will include extensive optimizations for AI algorithms. Volta is expected to be available by the end of 2017.

Although GPUs provide tremendous application performance advantages, they pose significant system design challenges due to their power requirements. Today’s high-end GPUs can require up to 300 watts of power, which generates a tremendous amount of heat. Sophisticated power distribution and cooling designs are required, especially for large scale systems with multi-GPUs per chassis.

PCI Express Flash Storage

The use of flash memory technology for system storage has gained traction over the last several years, as the cost per gigabyte has continued to drop. Initially relegated to the ‘hot data’ tier in a layered storage architecture, flash memory is now becoming the ubiquitous storage technology in HPC systems across all performance and capacity tiers.

Combined with the move away from traditional rotating hard drive technology has been the trend toward eliminating traditional storage protocols in favor of low latency flash memory protocols. SSD drives using solid state memory connect directly to the system’s PCIe interconnect. This direct connection allows for very high bandwidth between the storage and the other system elements, and eliminates the need for protocol translation as data is moved from storage subsystems to and from the compute complex.

Today, SSD drives with capacities up to 8 terabytes and PCIe Gen 3 interfaces are available. OSS flash storage arrays with hundreds of terabytes of capacity are available, enabling the scaling of high-speed storage to meet the full range of HPC application requirements.

Core Technical Capabilities

For nearly 20 years, OSS has developed unique expertise and core competency across the fundamental technologies of today’s rapidly expanding HPC marketplace. These valuable assets are embedded in the leading-edge engineering capabilities of our engineers, the proprietary intellectual property residing in our vast library of designs, and our brand equity based on our reputation as a high-quality producer of state-of-the-art custom and standard solutions across a broad array of markets.

High Speed System Interconnect Design

Our electrical engineers are experts in high speed digital signaling design. They have continually designed at the leading edge of the state-of-the-art signaling speeds, as semiconductor technology has driven up the clock rate of digital transmission. We have consistently been among a small handful of companies able to come to market first with the latest technology. In fact, we delivered the industry’s first PCIe link solutions for PCIe Gen 1, Gen 2 and Gen 3 and are currently on track to accomplish this again in Gen 4. The expertise required includes circuit design,

 

69


Table of Contents

PCB (printed circuit board) layout and routing optimizations all with a focus on achieving the highest levels of signal integrity. In our current systems, PCIe Gen 3 signals are propagated across multiple PCBs, connectors, and copper cabling while maintaining the ability to recognize digital signal transitions at 8 billion times per second.

In HPC systems the trajectory of ever increasing signaling speeds will not abate with next generations of PCIe, and nvlink pushing to 16 and 20 gigahertz (billions of transitions per second). An ever-shrinking set of companies have the capability to design robust, highly-reliable systems at these speeds. We believe our core competency in large-scale, high-speed design and layout will allow us to remain on the forefront of this growing industry.

Complex System Design

In addition to low-level signal integrity design expertise, we have amassed expertise and intellectual property in HPC system architecture design. This expertise allows us to develop extremely sophisticated systems with massive scaling, while meeting customer demands for reliability, cost, and flexibility. OSS HPC platforms integrate with server platforms from all major server OEMs, including Dell, HP, IBM, Oracle, and Cisco.

Often elements of the vendor’s servers need to be adapted to meet the scale required by HPC customers. We have developed the deep knowledge for basic input/output systems and operating system adjustments and configuration tuning required. Often, design enhancements are required for each successive generation of CPU technology. Our engineers are often called upon to consult with OEM designers to tune and enhance their systems.

For highly scalable systems, a deep understanding and experience with switching topologies and interconnect fabric design is required. We have worked with serial switching technology starting with the first generation of PCIe and have been an innovator in creating unique and flexible topologies to meet the specific needs of the customers. Creating custom solutions for unique customer solutions is a core competency and relies on this deep knowledge of switch capabilities and limitations.

For maximum system performance, design for optimizing data transfer speeds is also an important consideration. OSS has developed expertise in system design to leverage peer to peer data flows between GPUs and pioneering techniques for optimized data flows between SSD Storage and GPU compute engines. Our systems optimize switch and GPU configuration topologies to optimize GPU to GPU communication without requiring latency-inducing data transfer between host dual processors. Our platforms feature RDMA (remote direct memory access) across compute nodes, which supports data transfer without burdening the host CPU.

We continue to be a leader in developing unique solutions leveraging PCIe. These system level design capabilities are uniquely part of our core engineering capabilities, and allow us to respond to specific customer custom requirements with high value, differentiated solutions.

OSS has pioneered the ability to extend the PCIe bus beyond the confines of a single enclosure, opening the possibility of flexible system expansion options. We believe are one the leading designers and suppliers of PCIe host bus adapters that extend PCIe signals from the host motherboard across copper or optical cables to expansion enclosures. OSS adapters provide both ends of the external cable connection. Our expertise in high-speed signal design in printed circuit boards, connectors and cables is essential to successful expansion designs. We also hold expertise in incorporating clustering and rack scale expansion into our system designs, including up to 100 gigabit Ethernet, 100 gigabit+ Infiniband, and emerging PCIe top-of-rack switch technology.

Expertise in power, cooling and mechanical design are required to address the requirements of the HPC customers. We have developed leadership design capability in high-power design and distribution within large rack enclosures. High-end GPUs today require 300 watts or above, and in our high-end systems up to 16 of these can reside in a single chassis. Thousands of kilowatts of redundant power is required. Power stability and huge thermal loads are some of the critical design issues that must be addressed.

 

70


Table of Contents

We have expertise in power distribution, redundant power and complex chassis cooling design, including materials selection, airflow simulation, fan technology, liquid cooling, and cable routing. We have also developed extensive intellectual property in regulatory compliance of complex HPC system design across emission, shock, vibration, thermal, humidity and other environmental requirements that are required for highly reliable and highly available solutions. OSS engineers are experts in design for regulatory testing for FCC (Federal Communications Commission), CE (European Conformity), UL (Underwriters Laboratories), and Mil-Spec (Military Standard). Additionally, we have expertise in rapid prototyping, design for manufacturability, and design for serviceability.

Storage Management Software

Given our hardware design and integration expertise, we see the next natural step is to add a robust software capability that will allow us to offer more optimized and customized systems. By licensing source code for the Ion software and hiring the members of the software design team from Western Digital, we now have the in-house expertise to deliver full server and storage solutions that produce the highest performance from today’s leading-edge flash storage, GPUs and processors.

The Ion software allows flash-based cards and drives to be put into a variety of storage and network configurations, which can then be accessed by multiple servers. The Ion software can do this cost-effectively, while preserving the low latency that is vital for many business and mission-critical enterprise applications, from database and transaction processing to massive data collection programs. Ion also has a full high-availability option to ensure complete data integrity.

In-house mature and established foundational storage software allows OSS to add new products and capabilities to its product portfolio. Possibilities range from increasing data efficiency with de-duplication and compression, to improving system manageability and adding software-defined storage to our server products.

Given the recent closing of the Ion transaction, we have yet to generate substantial revenues from this line of business.

Benefits of Technology and Core Capabilities to our Customers

Due to our core capabilities, we can provide our HPC customers with high-performance platforms possessing extreme reliability and cost effectiveness. Such performance allows our customers to solve bigger problems faster, and save the cost and time of highly-paid engineers, data scientists, and other human resources. Our technology enhances innovation by allowing more ‘what-if’ analysis in a finite amount of time. Our price/performance leadership enhances our customers’ competitiveness, and lowers capital expense and total cost of ownership.

Our Products

OSS has developed a complete line of products that have been customized for the benefit of its customers.

GPU Appliances – high-density, fully integrated computer clusters that are purpose-built for user applications. They provide thousands of cores and hundreds of teraflops of computing performance.

GPU Expansion – expansion units can add hundreds or thousands of computing cores with hundreds of teraflops of computing performance to virtually any OEM server.

Flash Storage and Network Appliances – networked storage appliances optimized for the environment and system software of our customers. These offer flexible and powerful turnkey, customer-driven solutions for the HPC market.

Flash Storage Arrays – arrays that provide hundreds of terabytes of storage and millions of input/output operations per second with flash memory. They are flexible, powerful, and configurable for customers in the HPC market.

 

71


Table of Contents

Servers – OSS designs servers optimized for PCIe-over-cable expansion. Available in various turn-key and custom configurations, they provide simple, reliable and cost-effective server solutions. These servers are optimized to work seamlessly with other OSS systems and appliances.

Desktop Computing Appliances – OSS designs and builds desktop expansion appliances in many configurations that add input/output flexibility to any user’s desktop system. These appliances come pre-configured with many combinations of flash memory, GPU, and coprocessors.

PCIe Expansion – PCIe is the standard for high speed connectivity from a server to a PCIe device. It provides vastly faster throughput compared to USB or Ethernet in a simple, cost-effective connection. It requires no special software, which adds no overhead to the system, and improves latency of throughput. OSS provides cables, kits, backplanes, enclosures, switches, and adaptor cards for this market.

Customers

We serve a global clientele consisting of multinational companies, governmental agencies, and leading technology providers. Some of our key customers are set forth below, including case studies illustrating how we provide custom solutions.

Epoch Concepts/Northrup Grumman/Missile Defense Agency – Epoch Concepts distributes enterprise virtualization and information technology solutions. The company offers system integration, implementation, disaster recovery, storage and desktop consolidation, network and server optimization, and application acceleration solutions. It caters to commercial, governmental, and public sectors. Epoch holds major defense and governmental contracting vehicles. OSS is working with Epoch and its customer, Northrup Grumman, to provide custom quad socket servers and 16 GPU compute accelerators to the Missile Defense Agency for radar simulation applications.

Raytheon/US Navy – OSS is working closely with Raytheon to build a customized flash storage array, with flash drives installed in removable canisters. Raytheon has installed these drives on a current military aircraft equipped with multiple sensors and data capture arrays. These devices are fully compliant with appropriate military specifications, include shock and vibration. Each canister has the capacity to save 50 terabytes of data and weighs only 6.5 pounds. This compares to a previous data storage device that weighed more than 155 pounds. Data is captured onto the OSS flash array canisters, which can be easily removed at the end of the mission for analysis. Our expertise in designing and manufacturing the highest-density flash arrays in the lightest, most compact package allow military aircraft to realize faster turn-arounds during critical missions.

disguise (formerly d 3 ) – disguise is the leading provider of hardware and software, including workflow that allows their customers to produce live events, television broadcasts, theater effects, and special effects for concert tours. OSS has worked with disguise to design purpose-built, custom servers that act as video controllers for special effects at these events. These servers work seamlessly with disguise software applications, providing up to 16 simultaneous video outputs that supports a rich array of special effects. Events like the Super Bowl halftime show and numerous musical concerts rely upon disguise controllers, designed and produced by OSS, to deliver a lasting impression on audiences. OSS and disguise entered into an Original Equipment Manufacturing and Supply Agreement (“OEM Agreement”), dated as of October 1, 2015. Per the terms of the OEM Agreement, disguise is not required to purchase a minimum amount of products from OSS. The OEM Agreement is for a five (5) year term, subject to extension upon mutual agreement of the parties.

National Instruments – National Instruments is a multinational company that produces automated test equipment and virtual instrumentation software. OSS provides several PXI/PXIe/PCIe interface cards that are branded by National Instruments. OSS acts as an extension to National Instruments’ engineering group, allowing National to complete their product roadmap in a timely and cost-effective manner.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing efforts our focused on promoting sales and brand awareness.

 

72


Table of Contents

Sales

Our sales efforts are entail three main areas:

 

    End-user Sales – OSS maintains a web site and direct sales team that sell directly to end-users. This includes e-commerce sales via typical web store functionality, and direct calling of end-user customers to provide unique solutions that fits their needs. The OSS direct sales team typically works in the OSS booth at tradeshows, directly interacting with potential customers and presenting solutions for their HPC needs.

 

    OEM Sales –Our direct sales team also works to identify and develop potential OEM customers. This is the largest and fastest growing part of our business. For typical OEM customers, we design and build customer specified systems that are branded with the OEMs name and label. These companies then resell the products through their own channels. We actively seek this type of relationship, which is leveraged as a sales multiplier, allowing us to grow sales at a faster rate without adding more dedicated sales resources.

 

    Channels – We have a dedicated sales resource that manages our worldwide network of resellers and distributors. We typically sell standard products through these channels, which allows us to achieve global customer touch without requiring a physical presence in all geographies.

Marketing

Our marketing department focuses on building brand awareness in several ways. We generate interest by utilizing traditional and non-traditional marketing to convey the uniqueness and compelling value of our products and services. The markets we target include machine learning, deep learning, finance, defense/government, oil and gas exploration, virtual desktop infrastructure (VDI), media and entertainment. Among the many channels utilized are:

 

    Social Media – We regularly use Facebook and Twitter to instantly alert the followers of OSS to new events, products, services, and customer stories.

 

    Publications – We periodically publish white papers, customer success stories, and other demand generation articles in periodicals and newsletters that include InsideHPC, Storage Newsletter, and HPC wire. We also purchase print ads in many industry magazines.

 

    Trade Shows – OSS participates in many tradeshow and events during the marketing year. Among these are AFCEA/USNI West, Rice University Oil and Gas Conference, National Association of Broadcasters (NAB), GPU Technology Conference (GTC), Gearfest, ISC (high performance computing show), HPC Summit, Cloud Expo (via SkyScale), AI World (via SkyScale), Supercomputing, and GTC Tokyo. OSS evaluates the value and costs of each show on an annual basis, and the number and themes of our participation may change from year to year.

As we grow, it is anticipated our marketing efforts will likewise continue to increase in size and diversity.

Competition

In many cases, our primary competition is actually our potential customer. Our operational model lends itself to understanding technical and physical specifications, completing a rapid design based on our library of over 600 previous designs and prototypes, building a rapid prototype for customer approval, and an efficient design-to-manufacturing process.

Most of our OEM customers have sophisticated design capabilities in-house. They come to OSS for our particular expertise and experience, which allows us to work collaboratively with the customer to produce more advanced systems in a shorter timeframe. In most cases, the primary alternative to engaging OSS is for the customer to design the products themselves. We win when our customers realize that together we can produce better products faster and more cost-effectively than they can themselves. This has proven to be particularly evident when customers require state-of-the-art products that are constructed of parts available commercially. This has resulted in several design wins that demonstrate our flexibility and how we can work closely with large OEM and government customers.

 

73


Table of Contents

We also compete with established competitors, third party competitive products and new entrants into the markets we serve. Established competitors include IBM, Lenovo, HP and Dell. Each offers a broad range of standard products and services for this market. In many cases, these companies are able to meet their customer needs thought their standard product offerings. In other cases, these companies work with us to help extend their product capabilities to meet customer-specific requirements.

Third party competitive products include cases where the manufacturers of the underlying chip or board-level products decide to also offer system-level products. This is the case with Intel, nvidia, Western Digital and others. These offerings tend to be tactical, short-term products that are intended to demonstrate a new technology, rather than long-term forays into the systems business. In addition these “technology demonstration systems” tend to be priced at high levels, making them less competitive once the newness factor wears off.

New market entrants continue to move into the rapidly evolving HPC space. Some, such as Pure Storage, Next IO and Violin Memory, raise tremendous amounts of capital and endure huge loses in an attempt to establish market share. Some of these companies come and go fairly quickly (note Next IO and Violin Memory are both out of business) as they ran out of capital to continue operations over the long term.

Manufacturing and Operations

OSS is certified under ISO 9001-2008 for “design, manufacture, and supply of industrial computers.” This means OSS has demonstrated its ability to consistently provide products that meet both customer requirements and applicable regulatory or statutory requirements. It also indicates that we have programs and processes in place to ensure a high level of customer satisfaction, as well as a continuous improvement program that ensure OSS gets better over time.

We utilize lean principles to drive our manufacturing and assembly process. One of the key aspects of this is our application of just-in-time principles that ensure effective ordering and utilization of inventory, and this helps optimize cash flow throughout the manufacturing cycle. Within the manufacturing process, our operations encompass three categories of “builds:”

 

    Standard Builds – These are builds of standard products that are sold with little or no customization or non-standard features. These are products that are ready to be installed or integrated by the customer upon receipt.

 

    Custom Builds – custom builds involve a product built to a customer specification. Upon receipt, the customer has a unique product that performs all the functions and has the physical dimensions that match their specifications.

 

    Engineering Project Builds – OSS supports the product development process by building models and prototypes of products. Developed by the OSS engineering group, the prototypes can be of standard or custom products.

OSS is dedicated to quality and customer satisfaction. Within the manufacturing operations function at OSS, our processes begin with the end goal in mind. This means we start with the customer. All our business processes begin with the idea that the customer is the essence of why we exist. Our continuous improvement efforts require us to review products, services, and processes with the idea that minor changes can lead to greater outcomes for our customers.

While we are cognizant of the additive nature of small improvements, we believe a disciplined approach to improvement sometime leads to extraordinary, large, and positive advances in our products and services. This is extremely important to OSS, as our goal is to bring the most advanced leading-edge technologies to our customers before our competitors can. Our operations strategy supports our overall mission of being first to market with customized, leading-edge products that are best-in-market in terms of speed and overall performance.

 

74


Table of Contents

Research and Development

Research and development at OSS is centered on the exploitation of key technologies as they evolve in the marketplace. Our product roadmap reflects new component technologies for CPUs, GPUs, flash storage, and advanced PCIe switches. We design first-to-market, custom implementations utilizing these component technologies. Accordingly, our focus lies not in the capital-intensive development of silicon implementations of technologies (i.e., chips, processors, GPUs, or storage devices), but rather in taking leading-edge technologies and building first-to-market products that fully exploit those technologies for solving customer problems.

The OSS research and development strategy can be summarized as follows: OSS drives design wins by utilizing key new technologies to develop products that are leading edge and first to market.

Some examples of OSS developments:

 

    GPU compute accelerators with the most GPUs per rack unit.

 

    Networking of GPUs.

 

    Broad range of solutions, due to specific customer design.

 

    Capability to expand existing servers from virtually any OEM.

 

    First-to-market products as new GPUs are introduced by NVIDIA, Intel, Western Digital and Broadcom.

 

    Complete customization per the needs of our OEM customers.

 

    Integration of multiple new technologies (servers, GPUs, flash drives, and PCIe) into an optimized product for our OEM customers.

Intellectual Property

The primary intellectual property basis of OSS emanates from the more than 600 individual design projects we have undertaken over the decades since our founding. These designs are archived and cataloged, so we rarely begin a new design from scratch.

Over the years, our team has developed and maintained expertise in high-speed signal design and analysis, electronic and mechanical packaging, PCIe-over-cable, fiber optics transmission, high-speed/density flash arrays, and integration and deployment of GPUs in compute accelerators and servers. This extensive expertise positions us to expand and rationalize our product line to meet the growing and ever-changing HPC market.

Employees

As of September 30, 2017, we had approximately 75 employees including several contracted personnel. Our employees are typically highly skilled as engineers, technicians, assemblers, and support staff. They are housed in four facilities, and are led by a management team that is supportive and helpful. We have experienced very little turnover of personnel in the past and endeavor to provide an environment that allows meaningful employee input to all functional areas of the company. The management team provides transparency to its employees through monthly communication meetings designed to update all employees on current results and future expectations. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement or represented by a labor union. We consider our relationship with our employees to be strong.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are in a leased space approximately 17,911 square feet in Escondido, California under a lease that expires in August 2018. We occupy another facility in San Diego with approximately 13,588 square feet, which also expires in August 2018. SkyScale operates out of our San Diego facility and also leases data center space at a local data center. We also lease a small space near Munich, Germany for our German subsidiary,

 

75


Table of Contents

OSS GmbH and a 3,208 square foot facility in Salt Lake City, Utah that houses our Ion software development team. We are in the process of determining whether we want to extend our leases at the Escondido and San Diego locations or consolidate into a single, larger facility. We periodically review our lease arrangements at our Germany and Utah locations to determine whether they suit our needs.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be a party to legal proceedings and subject to claims incident in the ordinary course of business. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe that the final outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or business. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

 

76


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the names, ages, and positions of our executive officers and directors as of December 1, 2017.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers

     

Steve Cooper

     59      President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

John W. Morrison, Jr.

     60      Chief Financial Officer

Jim Ison

     48      Vice President of Sales

Non-Employee Directors

     

Kenneth Potashner(1)(2)

     59      Director

John Reardon(2)(3)

     57      Director

William Carpenter(3)

     65      Director

Randy Jones

     66      Director

Jack Harrison(1)(2)

     62      Director

David Raun(1)(3)

     55      Director

 

(1) Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.
(3) Member of the Audit Committee.

Executive Officers

Steve Cooper has served as our chief executive officer, president and chairman of our board of directors since co-founding OSS in 1998. He brings more than 37 years of experience running high technology, high growth rate businesses as a technologist with a long record of technical innovations, including multiple patents. Mr. Cooper began his career with Intel and RadiSys in sales, marketing and technology roles. He has authored and published more than 30 articles and technical conference papers dealing with the computer technology, fault-tolerant computer architectures, bus interfacing standards, open systems and related business and technology issues. He holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from University of California at Santa Barbara.

John W. Morrison, Jr. has served as our chief financial officer since September 1, 2017. Mr. Morrison has been a CPA for more than 30 years with experience in public accounting and all aspects of financial reporting and financing. From June 2014 to September 2017, he served as the chief financial and operations officer for Carol Cole Company. Prior to Carol Cole, he served as a consultant to various private companies regarding their financial and operational affairs. From January 2013 to September 2013 he served as the chief financial officer of Gen-E, an information technology and services company for service providers and companies with large, complex networks. Mr. Morrison also served as the executive vice president and chief financial officer for the Kelley Blue Book Co for 11 years. He began his career working 15 years for the public accounting firm PricewaterhouseCoopers (now PwC) both in the U.S. and Asia. Mr. Morrison holds a B.S. in accounting and business management and M.S. in Accounting from Brigham Young University.

Jim Ison , has been with OSS since 2004 and currently serves as the VP of Sales. Mr. Ison has 26 years’ combined experience in the bus-board marketplace and the HPC industry. Prior to joining OSS, he held various sales and marketing positions centered on COTS military and converged communications accounts for Ziatech

 

77


Table of Contents

Corporation and Rittal Corporation. Mr. Ison holds a B.S. in aeronautical engineering from California Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo and an MBA from University of Florida.

Board of Directors

Kenneth Potsashner has served as a member of our board of directors since 2006. Mr. Potashner was most recently chief executive officer, president and chairman of SONICblue, Inc. from 1998 to 2002 and held the same positions with Maxwell Technologies from 1996 to 1998. He began his career with Texas Instruments and went on to hold executive-level roles with technology companies including Digital Equipment Corporation, Quantum Corporation and Conner Peripherals. He has held various board and advisory roles in high-technology companies over the years as well. Mr. Potashner holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from Lafayette College and a M.S. in electrical engineering from Southern Methodist University. His extensive experience in board, executive and advisory roles of high technology companies are essential to our current and future growth.

John Reardon has served on our board of directors since 2000. Mr. Reardon currently serves as an independent director of Neonode, Inc. (Nasdaq: NEON), an optical touch and user interface company based in Stockholm, Sweden. He has served as the chair of Neonode’s audit, compensation, governance and pricing committees and assisted with Neonode’s initial public offering and listing on Nasdaq. Mr. Reardon also currently serves as the chief executive officer of RTC Media, LLC a media services company he founded in 1986 which performs services for global technology leaders like Intel, Oracle, ARM, Microsoft and Honeywell. He holds a bachelor’s degree in business marketing from National University. Mr. Reardon’s extensive experience as a director of several public and private companies, as well as his fundamental knowledge of OSS as a director for more than 10 years, brings value to his ongoing service as a director.

William Carpenter has served on our board of directors since 2006. In addition to serving on our board of directors, Mr. Carpenter has served on the board of directors of Kiran Analytics, Inc, a banking analytics company from 2013 to present, and CONNECT Foundation, a San Diego-based 501(c)(3) charitable foundation dedicated to accelerating and supporting the growth of entrepreneurial activities and business in San Diego County from 2001 to 2016. Mr. Carpenter was the co-founder, president, chief executive officer and director of TEAL Electronics, Inc. from 1986 to 2000 and served in various officer and director roles with Lytx, Inc. from 2002 to 2013. He holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from Princeton University and an MBA from Stanford University. Mr. Carpenter’s decades of experience in high-level officer and director roles in various technology companies makes him an invaluable asset to the board of directors.

Randy Jones has served as a director since December 2016. He also currently serves as a strategic consultant to OSS. Prior to joining OSS as a director and consultant, he served as the chief executive officer of Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) from April 2007 up through Magma’s acquisition by OSS in July 2016. Prior to Magma, he gained decades of senior and C-level experience in high technology companies including IBM, Sybase, Intelligent Electronics, Ingram Micro, and others. Mr. Jones holds an MBA from the University of California, Los Angeles and an M.S. in engineering sciences (bioengineering) from the University of California, San Diego. He brings a broad range of strategic knowledge in OSS’s industry by virtue of his time growing and developing Magma and his previous high-tech related roles.

Jack Harrison has served on our board of directors since December 2016. He served as the founder, president and chief executive officer of Aspen Integrated Technologies, a microelectronic company from 2000 until his retirement in 2011. Mr. Harrison currently serves as the chairman of the board of Reach Beyond, a non-profit charitable organization of which he has been affiliated since 2010. Mr. Harrison also assists OSS with our SkyScale joint venture of which he has a 50% ownership interest via his ownership of our joint venture partner, Jacoma Investments, LLC. Mr. Harrison holds a B.S. in biomedical engineering from Wheaton College. He brings decades of experience in the microelectronics space and his business and technical expertise represent important assets to OSS.

 

78


Table of Contents

David Raun has served on our board of directors since December 2016. Mr. Raun is currently the president, interim chief financial officer and COO of ASSIA, Inc. a Silicon Valley-based SaaS and strategic partner and solutions vendor to broadband service providers worldwide. Prior to ASSIA, he was with PLX Technology, Inc., a publicly-traded company on Nasdaq, from 2004-2014 where he eventually became president, chief executive officer and a director. As president and chief executive officer he led the company to an acquisition by Avago (now Broadcom). Mr. Raun holds a B.S. in computer and electrical engineering from University of California, Santa Barbara. In all, Mr. Raun holds more than 20 years of experience at senior management and board levels in public and private companies which is a great benefit to OSS .

Board Composition and Election of Directors

Director Independence

Our board of directors consists of seven members. Our board of directors has determined that Kenneth Potashner, John Reardon, William Carpenter, Jack Harrison and David Raun are all independent directors in accordance with the listing requirements of The Nasdaq Capital Market. The Nasdaq independence definition includes a series of objective tests, including that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director nor any of his family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as required by Nasdaq rules, our board of directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist, which, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

Our board of directors has responsibility for the oversight of the Company’s risk management processes and, either as a whole or through its committees, regularly discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on our business and the steps we take to manage them. The risk oversight process includes receiving regular reports from board committees and members of senior management to enable our board of directors to understand the Company’s risk identification, risk management and risk mitigation strategies with respect to areas of potential material risk, including operations, finance, legal, regulatory, strategic and reputational risk.

The audit committee reviews information regarding liquidity and operations, and oversees our management of financial risks. Periodically, the audit committee reviews our policies with respect to risk assessment, risk management, loss prevention and regulatory compliance. Oversight by the audit committee includes direct communication with our external auditors, and discussions with management regarding significant risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures. The compensation committee is responsible for assessing whether any of our compensation policies or programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire board of directors is regularly informed through committee reports about such risks. Matters of significant strategic risk are considered by our board of directors as a whole.

Board Committees and Independence

Our board of directors has established three standing committees – audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance – each of which operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors.

 

79


Table of Contents

Audit Committee

The audit committee’s main function is to oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. This committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

 

    Selecting and retaining (subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders) our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    Setting the compensation of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    Overseeing the work of our independent registered public accounting firm and pre-approving all audit services they provide;

 

    Approving all permitted non-audit services performed by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    Establishing policies and procedures for engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm for permitted audit and non-audit services;

 

    Evaluating the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    Reviewing the design, implementation, adequacy and effectiveness of our internal accounting controls and our critical accounting policies;

 

    Discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of our annual audit and the review of our quarterly unaudited financial statements;

 

    Reviewing the scope and plan of our independent registered public accounting firm and their effective use of audit resources;

 

    Reviewing with management and independent auditors their significant audit findings, and assess the steps that management has taken or proposes to take to minimize significant risks or exposures facing the Company, and periodically review compliance with such steps;

 

    Establishing procedures for the Company’s confidential and anonymous receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding the Company’s accounting, internal controls and auditing matters, as well as for the confidential, anonymous submissions by Company employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

 

    Obtaining the advice and assistance, as appropriate, of independent counsel and other advisors as necessary to fulfill the responsibilities of the audit committee, and receive appropriate funding from the Company, as determined by the audit committee, for the payment of compensation to any such advisors;

 

    Reviewing, overseeing and monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters; and

 

    Reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, the performance of the audit committee and its members including compliance of the audit committee with its charter.

The members of our audit committee are Mr. Carpenter, Mr. Reardon and Mr. Raun. Mr. Carpenter serves as the chairperson of the committee. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and The Nasdaq Capital Market. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Carpenter is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by applicable SEC rules and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable Nasdaq rules and regulations. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Carpenter, Mr. Reardon and Mr. Raun are independent under the applicable rules of the SEC and The Nasdaq Capital Market. Under the applicable Nasdaq Capital Market rules, we are permitted to phase in our compliance with the independent audit committee requirements of The Nasdaq Capital Market on the same schedule as we are permitted to phase in our compliance with the independent audit committee requirements pursuant to Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act which require: (1) one independent member at the time of listing, (2) a majority of independent members within 90 days of listing and (3) all independent members within one year of listing. We are currently in compliance with Nasdaq rules and Rule 10A-3 due to the fact that all members of our

 

80


Table of Contents

audit committee have been deemed independent by our board of directors. Upon the listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market, the audit committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and The Nasdaq Capital Market.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee approves, or recommends to our board of directors, policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. The compensation committee approves, or recommends to our board of directors, annual and long-term corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers, evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives and approves, or recommends to our board of directors, the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee also approves, or recommends to our board of directors, the issuance of stock options and other awards under our equity plan. The compensation committee will review and evaluate, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance by the compensation committee with its charter.

The members of our compensation committee are Mr. Potashner, Mr. Harrison and Mr. Reardon. Mr. Reardon serves as the chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Potashner, Mr. Harrison and Mr. Reardon are independent under the applicable rules and regulations of The Nasdaq Capital Market and all current members qualify as a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our compensation committee is an “outside director” as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or Section 162(m). Under the applicable Nasdaq Capital Market rules, we are permitted to phase in our compliance with the independent compensation committee requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market which require: (1) one independent member at the time of listing, (2) a majority of independent members within 90 days of listing and (3) all independent members within one year of listing. We are currently in compliance with Nasdaq rules due to the fact that all members of our compensation committee have been deemed independent by our board of directors. Upon the listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market, the compensation committee will operate under a written charter, which the compensation committee will review and evaluate at least annually.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for assisting our board of directors in discharging the board of directors’ responsibilities regarding the identification of qualified candidates to become board members, the selection of nominees for election as directors at our annual meetings of stockholders (or special meetings of stockholders at which directors are to be elected), and the selection of candidates to fill any vacancies on our board of directors and any committees thereof. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance policies, reporting and making recommendations to our board of directors concerning governance matters and oversight of the evaluation of our board of directors.

The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Mr. Raun, Mr. Harrison and Mr. Potashner. Mr. Raun serves as the chairman of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Raun, Mr. Harrison and Mr. Potashner are independent under the applicable rules and regulations of The Nasdaq Capital Market relating to nominating and corporate governance committee independence. Under the applicable Nasdaq Capital Market rules, we are permitted to phase in our compliance with the independent nominating and corporate governance committee requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market which require: (1) one independent member at the time of listing, (2) a majority of independent members within 90 days of listing and (3) all independent members within one year of listing. We are currently in compliance with Nasdaq rules due to the fact that all members of our nominating and corporate governance committee have been deemed independent by our board of directors. Upon the listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market, the nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, which the nominating and corporate governance committee will review and evaluate at least annually.

 

81


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee has ever been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Board Diversity

Upon the closing of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for reviewing with the board of directors, on an annual basis, the appropriate characteristics, skills and experience required for the board of directors as a whole and its individual members. In evaluating the suitability of individual candidates (both new candidates and current members), the nominating and corporate governance committee, in recommending candidates for election, and the board of directors, in approving (and, in the case of vacancies, appointing) such candidates, will take into account many factors, including the following:

 

    Personal and professional integrity, ethics and values;

 

    Experience in corporate management, such as serving as an officer or former officer of a publicly-held company;

 

    Experience as a board member or executive officer of another publicly-held company;

 

    Strong finance experience;

 

    Diversity of expertise and experience in substantive matters pertaining to our business relative to other board members;

 

    Diversity of background and perspective, including, but not limited to, with respect to age, gender, race, place of residence and specialized experience;

 

    Experience relevant to our business industry and with relevant social policy concerns; and

 

    Relevant academic expertise or other proficiency in an area of our business operations.

Currently, our board of directors evaluates, and following the closing of this offering will evaluate, each individual in the context of the board of directors as a whole, with the objective of assembling a group that can best maximize the success of the business and represent stockholder interests through the exercise of sound judgment using its diversity of experience in these various areas.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Upon listing with the Nasdaq Capital Market, we will have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Upon the closing of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available under the Investor Relations – Corporate Governance section of our website at www.onestopsystems.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of The Nasdaq Capital Market concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

 

82


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “Summary Compensation Table” below. In 2016, our “named executive officers” and their positions were as follows:

 

    Steve Cooper, President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

    Mark Gunn, Senior VP of Marketing and Secretary; and

 

    Jim Ison, Senior VP of Sales.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the closing of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the total compensation for services rendered in all capacities that was earned by each individual who served as our principal executive officer at any time in 2016, and our two other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2016. These individuals are our named executive officers for 2016.

 

Name and Principal Position   Year     Salary ($)     Bonus ($)     Option Awards
($) (1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
    All Other
Compensation ($) (2)
    Total ($)  

Steve Cooper

    2016     $ 286,650     $ 90,654     $ 41,400     $         -     $ 30,237     $ 448,941  

President and Chief Executive Officer

    2015     $ 273,000     $ 34,346     $ -     $ -     $ 23,024     $ 330,370  

Mark Gunn (3)

    2016     $ 170,625     $ 29,880     $ 11,500     $ -     $ 11,379     $ 223,384  

Sr. VP of Marketing and Secretary

    2015     $ 195,000     $ 14,116     $ -     $ -     $ 14,288     $ 223,405  

Jim Ison

    2016     $ 189,000     $ 29,887     $ 11,500     $ -     $ 24,826     $ 255,213  

VP of Sales

    2015     $ 180,000     $ 13,039     $ -     $ -     $ 16,977     $ 210,017  

 

(1) Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of stock awards granted during the relevant fiscal year computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all stock awards and option awards made to our officers in Note 8 to the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016 contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
(2) Represents payment of health insurance premiums and 401(k) contributions.
(3) Mr. Gunn resigned from all positions with the Company effective September 1, 2017.

Narrative Disclosure to Compensation Tables

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers (the “Executives”) as of October 1, 2017. Prior to October 1, 2017, we did not have written employment agreements with our executive officers, including Mark Gunn.

 

83


Table of Contents

Executive Employment Agreement with Steve Cooper

Pursuant to his employment agreement, effective October 1, 2017, Mr. Cooper is entitled to a base salary of $297,000 and a target quarterly bonus in the amount of 50% of his quarterly base salary. The target quarterly bonus is based on Mr. Cooper’s performance, as determined by the board of directors in its sole discretion, against fundamental corporate and/or individual objectives to be determined by the board of directors. Mr. Cooper is eligible to participate in our 2017 Stock Option Plan subject to the discretion of the board of directors if and when the board of directors determines to make a grant to him.

Under the terms of the employment agreement with Mr. Cooper, if we terminate his employment without cause (as defined below) or he resigns for good reason (as defined below) at any time other than within three (3) months immediately preceding or twelve (12) months immediately following the effective date of a change in control (as defined below), he is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) his fully earned but unpaid base salary through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan or practice to which he is entitled; (2) severance payments in an aggregate amount up to twelve (12) months of Mr. Cooper’s then-current Base Salary, paid to Mr. Cooper on OSS’s regular paydays until the earlier of (i) the date that is twelve (12) months following his termination or (ii) the date as of which he commences employment with another employer, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings; (3) a lump sum payment equal to Mr. Cooper’s then-current target bonus; (4) the continuation of Mr. Cooper’s group health continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986 (“COBRA”) at OSS’s expense for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination date; provided, however , that in the event Mr. Cooper becomes eligible for comparable group insurance coverage in connection with new employment, such COBRA premium payments by OSS shall terminate immediately; and (5) the automatic acceleration of the vesting and exercisability of his equity awards and stock options. Mr. Cooper must provide a release and waiver to OSS as a condition of receiving benefits (2)-(5) set forth in this paragraph.

In the event Mr. Cooper’s termination without cause or resignation for good reason occurs within the three (3) months immediately preceding or twelve (12) months immediately following a change in control, he is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) a single lump-sum payment in an amount equal to twelve (12) months of Mr. Cooper’s then-current base salary, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings, payable within ten (10) business days of the date the release and waiver becomes effective; and (2) provided that Mr. Cooper timely elect such coverage, the continuation of Mr. Cooper’s group health continuation coverage under COBRA at OSS’s expense for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination date; provided, however, that in the event Mr. Cooper becomes eligible for comparable group insurance coverage in connection with new employment, such COBRA premium payments by OSS shall terminate immediately; and (3) the vesting of the shares subject to each of Mr. Cooper’s equity awards and stock options shall be accelerated such that one hundred percent (100%) of said shares shall be deemed fully-vested and, if applicable, immediately exercisable effective as of the date of such termination.

If Mr. Cooper’s employment is terminated as a result of his death or following his permanent disability, Mr. Cooper or his estate, as applicable, is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) his fully earned but unpaid base salary through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan, expense reimbursement or practice to which he is entitled; (2) a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to his “earned” bonus for the calendar quarter during which his date of termination occurs calculated as of the date of termination (wherein “earned” means that he has met the applicable bonus metrics as of date of such termination, as determined by the board of directors), prorated for such portion of the calendar quarter during which such termination occurs that has elapsed through the date of termination; and (3) a one-time payment of $500,000.

Executive Employment Agreement with Jim Ison

Pursuant to his employment agreement, effective October 1, 2017, Mr. Ison is entitled to a base salary of $220,000 and a target quarterly bonus in the amount of 25% of his quarterly base salary. The target quarterly bonus

 

84


Table of Contents

is based on Mr. Ison’s performance, as determined by the board of directors in its sole discretion, against fundamental corporate and/or individual objectives to be determined by the board of directors. Mr. Ison is eligible to participate in our 2017 Stock Option Plan subject to the discretion of the board of directors if and when the board of directors determines to make a grant to him.

Under the terms of the employment agreement with Mr. Ison, if we terminate his employment without cause (as defined below) or he resigns for good reason (as defined below) at any time other than within three (3) months immediately preceding or twelve (12) months immediately following the effective date of a change in control (as defined below), he is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) his fully earned but unpaid base salary through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan or practice to which he is entitled; (2) severance payments in an aggregate amount up to six (6) months of Mr. Ison’s then-current Base Salary, paid to Mr. Ison on OSS’s regular paydays until the earlier of (i) the date that is six (6) months following his termination or (ii) the date as of which he commences employment with another employer, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings; (3) a lump sum payment equal to Mr. Ison’s then-current target bonus; (4) the continuation of Mr. Ison’s group health continuation coverage under COBRA at OSS’s expense for a period of six (6) months following the termination date; provided, however , that in the event Mr. Ison becomes eligible for comparable group insurance coverage in connection with new employment, such COBRA premium payments by OSS shall terminate immediately; and (5) the automatic acceleration of the vesting and exercisability of his equity awards and stock options. Mr. Ison must provide a release and waiver to OSS as a condition of receiving benefits (2)-(5) set forth in this paragraph.

In the event Mr. Ison’s termination without cause or resignation for good reason occurs within the three (3) months immediately preceding or twelve (12) months immediately following a change in control, he is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) a single lump-sum payment in an amount equal to six (6) months of Mr. Ison’s then-current base salary, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings, payable within ten (10) business days of the date the release and waiver becomes effective; and (2) provided that Mr. Ison timely elect such coverage, the continuation of Mr. Ison’s group health continuation coverage under COBRA at OSS’s expense for a period of six (6) months following the termination date; provided, however, that in the event Mr. Ison becomes eligible for comparable group insurance coverage in connection with new employment, such COBRA premium payments by OSS shall terminate immediately; and (3) the vesting of the shares subject to each of Mr. Ison’s equity awards and stock options shall be accelerated such that one hundred percent (100%) of said shares shall be deemed fully-vested and, if applicable, immediately exercisable effective as of the date of such termination.

If Mr. Ison’s employment is terminated as a result of his death or following his permanent disability, Mr. Ison or his estate, as applicable, is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) his fully earned but unpaid base salary through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan, expense reimbursement or practice to which he is entitled; and (2) a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to his “earned” bonus for the calendar quarter during which his date of termination occurs calculated as of the date of termination (wherein “earned” means that he has met the applicable bonus metrics as of date of such termination, as determined by the board of directors), prorated for such portion of the calendar quarter during which such termination occurs that has elapsed through the date of termination.

Defined Terms Applicable to Executive Employment Agreements

For purposes of executive employment agreements, “change in control” shall mean:

(i) The direct or indirect sale or transfer, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, by the shareholders of the Company of voting securities, in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions hold, as a result of holding Company securities prior to such transaction, in the aggregate, securities possessing less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power all outstanding voting securities of the Company or of the acquiring entity immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions;

 

85


Table of Contents

(ii) A merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation hold as a result of holding Company securities prior to such transaction, in the aggregate, securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity (or the parent of the surviving entity) immediately after such merger or consolidation;

(iii) A reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such merger hold as a result of holding Company securities prior to such transaction, in the aggregate, securities possessing less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the Company or of the acquiring entity immediately after such merger;

(iv) The sale, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, except for a transaction in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction(s) receive as a distribution with respect to securities of the Company, in the aggregate, securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the acquiring entity immediately after such transaction(s); or

(v) Any time individuals who, on the date this Plan is adopted by the board of directors, are members of the board of directors (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the input/output; provided, however , that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

For purposes of the executive employment agreements, “cause” means as determined in the sole discretion of the board of directors following written notice of the condition(s) believed to constitute cause, which notice shall briefly describe such condition(s), one or more of the following condition(s): (i) Executive’s failure to substantially perform Executive’s job duties (other than any such failure resulting from Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness or any such actual or anticipated failure after his issuance of written notice of the occurrence of an event alleged by Executive to constitute good reason); (ii) Executive’s failure to comply with all material applicable laws in performing Executive’s job duties or in directing the conduct of OSS’s business; (iii) Executive’s commission of any felony or intentionally fraudulent acts against OSS, its affiliates, executives, agents or customers; (iv) Executive’s participation in any activity that is directly competitive with or intentionally injurious to OSS or any of its affiliates or which violates the terms of Executive’s proprietary information and inventions agreement; (iv) Executive’s material breach of the terms of Executive’s proprietary information and inventions agreement; (v) Executive’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty against OSS or any of its affiliates, or use or intentional appropriation for Executive’s personal use or benefit of any funds or material properties of OSS or any of its affiliates not authorized by the board of directors to be so used or appropriated; (vi) Executive’s breach of any material provision of the employment agreement; and (vii) Executive’s gross negligence, insubordination or material violation of any duty of loyalty to OSS or any other demonstrable material misconduct on the part of Executive; provided, however, that, termination by OSS under subsections (i) or (vi) of this Section 3.8(c), shall only be deemed for “cause” pursuant to the foregoing definition if Executive fails to remedy such condition(s) within thirty (30) days following delivery of the notice of termination for cause.

For purposes of the executive employment agreements, “good reason” means the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s consent: (i) a material adverse change in Executive’s duties, authority or responsibilities relative to the duties, authority or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction, or, as it relates to Mr. Cooper, the removal of Executive as chief executive officer of OSS; provided, however, that a reduction in duties, position or responsibilities solely by virtue of OSS being acquired and made part of a larger entity (as, for example, when Executive retains a similar position with a subsidiary of the acquiring entity following a change in control, but Executive does not hold the same position in the acquiring entity) shall not constitute “good reason;” and, provided, further that Executive’s removal from the board of directors shall not constitute “good

 

86


Table of Contents

reason;” (ii) a material diminution in Executive’s base compensation; or (iii) a material breach by OSS of its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that, such termination by Executive shall only be deemed for “good reason” pursuant to the foregoing definition if: (A) Executive gives OSS written notice of Executive’s intent to terminate for good reason within sixty (60) days following the first occurrence of the condition(s) that Executive believes constitute(s) good reason, which notice shall describe such condition(s); (B) OSS fails to remedy such condition(s) within thirty (30) days following receipt of the written notice (the “Cure Period”); and (C) Executive voluntarily terminates Executive’s employment within sixty (60) days following the end of the Cure Period.

Annual Cash Bonus

For 2016, Mr. Cooper, Mr. Gunn and Mr. Ison were eligible for bonuses. The executives’ bonuses for 2016 were determined in the discretion of our board of directors based on its assessment of our corporate performance. Based on this assessment, our board of directors determined to award Mr. Cooper a bonus of $90,654 for 2016, representing 31.6% of his base salary for 2016, determined to award Mr. Gunn a bonus of $29,880, representing 17.5% of his base salary for 2016 and determined to award Mr. Ison a bonus of $29,887, representing 15.8% of his base salary for 2016.

Equity Compensation

We primarily offer stock options to our named executive officers as the long-term incentive component of our compensation program. Our stock options allow employees to purchase shares of our common stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and may or may not be intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In the past, our board of directors has determined the fair market value of our common stock based upon inputs including valuation reports prepared by third-party valuation firms from time to time. Generally, the stock options we grant vest over three years, subject to the employee’s continued employment with us on the vesting date.

On April 2, 2016, Mr. Cooper received a stock option to purchase 90,000 shares of our common stock. The option vests over three years, with 1/3 of the shares subject to the option vested upon the anniversary of the date of grant and the remainder vesting in equal quarterly installments over a period of two years thereafter, subject to his continued employment with us on each vesting date. The options were granted with an exercise price per share of $1.08, which was equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock at the time of the grant, as determined by our board of directors. The option has a term of ten years from the date of grant.

On April 2, 2016, Mr. Gunn received a stock option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock. The option vests over three years, with 1/3 of the shares subject to the option vested upon the anniversary of the date of grant and the remainder vesting in equal quarterly installments over a period of two years thereafter, subject to his continued employment with us on each vesting date. The options were granted with an exercise price per share of $1.08, which was equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock at the time of the grant, as determined by our board of directors. The option has a term of ten years from the date of grant.

On April 2, 2016, Mr. Ison received a stock option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock. The option vests over three years, with 1/3 of the shares subject to the option vested upon the anniversary of the date of grant and the remainder vesting in equal quarterly installments over a period of two years thereafter, subject to his continued employment with us on each vesting date. The options were granted with an exercise price per share of $1.08, which was equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock at the time of the grant, as determined by our board of directors. The option has a term of ten years from the date of grant.

Stock awards granted to our named executive officers may be subject to accelerated vesting in certain circumstances. For additional discussion, please see “– Employment Agreements” above and “– Change in Control Benefits” below.

 

87


Table of Contents

Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we adopted a 2015 Stock Option Plan, in order to facilitate the grant of cash and equity incentives to directors, employees (including our named executive officers) and consultants of our company and certain of its affiliates and to enable our company and certain of its affiliates to obtain and retain services of these individuals, which is essential to our long-term success. For additional information about the 2015 Stock Option Plan, please see the section titled “Incentive Award Plans” below.

Other Elements of Compensation

Retirement Plans

We have a 401(k) retirement plan. Under the terms of the plan, eligible employees may defer up to 20% of their pre-tax earnings, subject to the Internal Revenue Service annual contribution limit. Additionally, the Plan allows for discretionary matching contributions by us. In 2016 and 2015, we matched 100% of the employee’s contribution up to a maximum of 4% and 3% of the employee’s annual compensation, respectively. In 2017, the matching contributions were increased to 100% of the employee’s contribution up to a maximum of 5% of the employee’s annual compensation.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans which include health, vision, dental and life insurance and our 401(k) plan.

Change in Control Benefits

Our named executive officers may become entitled to certain benefits or enhanced benefits in connection with a change in control of our company. Each of our named executive officers’ employment agreements entitles them to accelerated vesting of all outstanding equity awards, as well as certain other benefits, upon a change in control of our company. For additional discussion, please see “– Employment Agreements” above.

 

88


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at the End of 2016

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock underlying outstanding equity incentive plan awards for each named executive officer as of December 31, 2016.

 

    Option Awards     Stock Awards  
Name   Grant
Date
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable
    Equity
Incentive
plan
awards:
Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options (#)
    Option
Exercise
Price
($)
    Option
expiration
date
    Number of
shares

or units of
stock

that have
not

vested (#)
    Market value
of

shares of
units of

stock that
have not

vested ($)
    Equity Incentive
plan awards:

Number of
unearned
shares,

units or other
rights that have

not vested (#)
    Equity
Incentive
plan
awards:

Market or
payout
value of

unearned
share,
units or
other

right that
have not
vested ($)
 

Steve Cooper

    5/23/2007       100,000         $ 0.75       5/22/2017          
    4/1/2008       100,000         $ 1.00       3/31/2018          
    5/14/2009       100,000         $ 0.75       5/14/2019          
    12/7/2011       200,000         $ 0.76       12/6/2021          
    1/18/2012       100,000         $ 0.76       1/17/2022          
    7/16/2014       135,000         45,000     $ 0.46       7/15/2024          
    4/2/2016           90,000     $ 1.08       4/2/2026          

Jim Ison

    12/7/2011       11,539         $ 0.76       12/6/2021          
    10/1/2012       40,000         $ 0.76       10/1/2022          
    7/16/2014       37,500         12,500     $ 0.46       7/15/2024          
    4/2/2016           25,000     $ 1.08       4/22/2026          

Mark Gunn

    5/23/2007       21,493         $ 0.75       5/22/2017          
    4/1/2008       30,000         $ 1.00       4/1/2018          
    5/14/2009       30,000         $ 0.75       5/14/2019          
    12/7/2011       60,000         $ 0.76       12/6/2021          
    1/18/2012       30,000         $ 0.76       1/17/2022          
    7/16/2014       37,500         12,500     $ 0.46       7/15/2024          
    4/2/2016           25,000     $ 1.08       4/2/2026          

 

89


Table of Contents

Directors Compensation

Mr. Cooper, who is our chief executive officer, received no compensation for his service as a director. The compensation received by Mr. Cooper as an officer is presented in “Executive Compensation – Summary Compensation Table.”

The following table sets forth information for the year ended December 31, 2016 regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our non-employee directors who served on our board of directors during 2016.

 

Name    Fees
earned or
paid in
cash ($)
     Stock
awards
($)
     Option
awards
($)
     Non-equity
incentive
plan
compensation
($)
     Nonqualified
deferred
compensation
earnings ($)
     All other
compensation
($)
     Total ($)  

Randy Jones

   $ 7,876         $ 11,015               $ 18,891  

John Reardon

   $ 15,564         $ 8,758               $ 24,322  

Ken Potashner

   $ 15,564         $ 8,758               $ 24,322  

Bill Carpenter

   $ 15,564         $ 8,758               $ 24,322  

Stock Option Plans

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan on October 10, 2017 (the “2017 Plan”). Our 2017 Plan allows for the grant of a variety of equity vehicles to provide flexibility in implementing equity awards, including incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock grants, unrestricted stock grants and restricted stock units.

Authorized Shares .    A total of 1,500,000 shares of common stock were authorized under the 2017 Plan.

Plan Administration .    As permitted by the terms of the 2017 Plan, the board of directors has delegated administration of the 2017 Plan to the compensation committee. As used herein with respect to the 2017 Plan, the “Board of Directors” refers to any committee the Board of Directors appoints as well as to the Board of Directors itself. Subject to the provisions of the 2017 Plan, the Board of Directors has the power to construe and interpret the 2017 Plan and awards granted under it and to determine the persons to whom and the dates on which awards will be granted, the number of shares of common stock to be subject to each award, the time or times during the term of each award within which all or a portion of such award may be exercised, the exercise price, the type of consideration and other terms of the award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the Board of Directors will also determine the exercise price of options granted under the 2017 Plan and, with the consent of any adversely affected option holder, may reduce the exercise price of any outstanding option, cancel an outstanding option in exchange for a new option covering the same or a different number of shares of common stock or another equity award or cash or other consideration, or any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles. All decisions, determinations and interpretations by the Board of Directors regarding the 2017 Plan shall be final and binding on all participants or other persons claiming rights under the 2017 Plan or any award

Options .    Options granted under the 2017 Plan may become exercisable in cumulative increments (“vest”) as determined by the Board of Directors. Such increments may be based on continued service to the Company over a certain period of time, the occurrence of certain performance milestones, or other criteria. Options granted under the 2017 Plan may be subject to different vesting terms. The Board of Directors has the power to accelerate the time during which an option may vest or be exercised. In addition, options granted under the 2017 Plan may permit exercise prior to vesting, but in such event the participant may be required to enter into an early exercise stock

 

90


Table of Contents

purchase agreement that allows the Company to repurchase unvested shares, generally at their exercise price, should the participant’s service terminate before vesting. To the extent provided by the terms of an option, a participant may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise of such option by a cash payment upon exercise, by authorizing the Company to withhold a portion of the stock otherwise issuable to the participant, or by such other method as may be set forth in the option agreement. The maximum term of options under the 2017 Plan is 10 years, except that in certain cases the maximum term of certain incentive stock options is five years. Options under the 2017 Plan generally terminate three months after termination of the participant’s service. Incentive stock options are not transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, provided that a participant may designate a beneficiary who may exercise an option following the participant’s death. Nonstatutory stock options are transferable to the extent provided in the option agreement.

Stock Bonuses and Restricted Stock Awards.     Subject to certain limitations, the consideration, if any, for restricted stock unit awards must be at least the par value of our common stock. The consideration for a stock unit award may be payable in any form acceptable to the Board of Directors and permitted under applicable law. The Board of Directors may impose any restrictions or conditions upon the vesting of restricted stock unit awards, or that delay the delivery of the consideration after the vesting of stock unit awards, that it deems appropriate. Restricted stock unit awards are settled in shares of the Company’s common stock. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award, as determined by the Board of Directors. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares covered by the restricted stock unit award . If a restricted stock unit award recipient’s service relationship with the Company terminates, any unvested portion of the restricted stock unit award is forfeited upon the recipient’s termination of service.

Certain Adjustments .    Transactions not involving receipt of consideration by the Company, such as a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or a change in corporate structure may change the type(s), class(es) and number of shares of common stock subject to the 2017 Plan and outstanding awards. In that event, the 2017 Plan will be appropriately adjusted as to the type(s), class(es) and the maximum number of shares of common stock subject to the 2017 Plan and the Section 162(m) Limitation, and outstanding awards will be adjusted as to the type(s), class(es), number of shares and price per share of common stock subject to such awards

2015 Stock Option Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2015 Stock Option Plan in December 2015 (the “2015 Plan”). Our 2015 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, directors and consultants.

Authorized Shares.     A total of 1,500,000 shares of common stock were authorized for grant under the 2015 Plan. Our 2015 Plan was terminated by the board of directors on October 10, 2017, and accordingly, no shares are available for issuance under the 2015 Plan. Our 2015 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder.

Plan Administration.     Our board of directors or a committee of our board (the administrator) administers our 2015 Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2015 Plan, the administrator has the full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2015 Plan. The administrator has the power to construe and interpret the terms of our 2015 Plan and awards granted under it, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules relating to our 2015 Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans, and to determine the terms and conditions of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares of our common stock subject to each such award, any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restrictions or limitations regarding

 

91


Table of Contents

awards or the shares relating thereto. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the administrator are final and binding on all participants in the 2015 Plan.

Options.     Stock options may be granted under our 2015 Plan. The exercise price per share of all options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the administrator. The term of a stock option may not exceed 10 years. With respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price per share of such incentive stock option must equal at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the administrator.

After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time as specified in the applicable option agreement. If termination is due to death or disability, the option generally will remain exercisable for at least twelve months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for at least 90 days. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Transferability of Options.     Unless our administrator provides otherwise, our 2015 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer or assignment of options, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

Certain Adjustments.     In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2015 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2015 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award.

2011 Stock Option Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2011 Stock Option Plan in December 2011 (the “2011 Plan”). Our 2011 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, directors and consultants.

Authorized Shares.     A total of 1,500,000 shares of common stock were authorized for grant under the 2011 Plan. Our 2011 Plan was terminated by the board of directors on October 10, 2017, and accordingly, no shares are available for issuance under the 2011 Plan. Our 2011 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder.

Plan Administration.     Our board of directors administers our 2011 Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2011 Plan, the board of directors has the full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2011 Plan. The board of directors has the power to construe and interpret the terms of our 2011 Plan and awards granted under it, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules relating to our 2011 Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans, and to determine the terms and conditions of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares of our common stock subject to each such award, any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restrictions or limitations regarding awards or the shares relating thereto. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the board of directors are final and binding on all participants in the 2011 Plan.

Options.     Stock options may be granted under our 2011 Plan. The exercise price per share of all options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the board of directors. The term of a stock option may not exceed 10 years. With respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term of an incentive

 

92


Table of Contents

stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price per share of such incentive stock option must equal at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the board of directors.

After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time as specified in the applicable option agreement. If termination is due to death or disability, the option generally will remain exercisable for at least twelve months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for at least 90 days. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Transferability of Options.     Unless our board of directors provides otherwise, our 2011 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer or assignment of options, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the board of directors, in its discretion, a nonstatutory option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Certain Adjustments.     In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2011 Plan, the board of directors will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award.

2000 Stock Option Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2000 Stock Option Plan (the “2000 Plan”). Our 2000 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, directors and consultants.

Authorized Shares.     A total of 1,500,000 shares of common stock were authorized for grant under the 2000 Plan. In November 2008, the 2000 Plan was increased to allow for an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares authorized under the plan. Our 2000 Plan expired on its terms in 2010, and accordingly, no shares are available for issuance under the 2000 Plan. Our 2000 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder.

Plan Administration.     Our board of directors administers our 2000 Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2000 Plan, the board of directors has the full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2000 Plan. The board of directors has the power to construe and interpret the terms of our 2000 Plan and awards granted under it, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules relating to our 2000 Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans, and to determine the terms and conditions of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares of our common stock subject to each such award, any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restrictions or limitations regarding awards or the shares relating thereto. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the board of directors are final and binding on all participants in the 2000 Plan.

Options.     Under the 2000 Plan, the exercise price per share of all options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the board of directors. The term of a stock option may not exceed 10 years. With respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price per share of such incentive stock option must equal at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the board of directors.

After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time as specified in the applicable option agreement. If termination is due to death or disability, the option

 

93


Table of Contents

generally will remain exercisable for at least twelve months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for at least 90 days. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Transferability of Options.     Unless our board of directors provides otherwise, our 2000 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer or assignment of options, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the board of directors, in its discretion, a nonstatutory option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Certain Adjustments.     In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2015 Plan, the board of directors will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2000 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will go into effect prior to the closing of this offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits our certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that if Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we shall have the power to indemnify our employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our amended and restated bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in this capacity, regardless of whether our amended and restated bylaws would permit indemnification. We have obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to indemnification provided for in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our directors and executive officers for expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by this person in any action or proceeding arising out of this person’s services as a director or executive officer or at our request. We believe that these provisions in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers.

The above description of the indemnification provisions of our certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and our indemnification agreements is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents, each of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

94


Table of Contents

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

95


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We describe below the transactions and series of similar transactions, since January 1, 2014, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

    the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

    any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of their immediate family had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described where required under the section above titled “Executive Compensation.”

SkyScale Joint Venture

On April 6, 2017, OSS and Jacoma Investments, LLC, an entity controlled by our board member Jack Harrison, formed a joint venture named SkyScale, LLC in the State of California. In accordance with the terms of the joint venture, Jacoma Investments, LLC agreed to contribute $750,000 in capital and OSS agreed to contribute $750,000 in the form of credits to purchase equipment, personnel or support services from OSS. Each party received a 50% membership interest in the joint venture. The purpose of SkyScale, LLC is to engage in the business of providing high performance computing capabilities as cloud services.

Convertible Note and Warrant Financing

From 2013 through 2016, we sold to investors in private placements an aggregate of $1,600,000 in promissory notes which included 198,996 warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. Via an affiliated entity controlled by him, our director, Kenneth Potashner, lent $1,100,000 in promissory notes and received 139,933 warrants in the private placement for an aggregate exercise price of $135,000.

Management Services Agreement

Effective August 1, 2016, we entered into a management services agreement with a company owned by the former chief executive officer of Magma. The agreement calls for payments of $180,000 per year for the first two years paid in monthly installments. In the third year, the amount is reduced to $37,500 for the year paid in monthly installments. Additionally, we granted 30,000 nonstatutory stock options in conjunction with execution of this agreement with an exercise price of $1.78 per share. Payments for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $75,000.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We entered into a second amended and restated investors’ rights agreement in January 2007 with the holders of our preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. This agreement provides for certain rights relating to the registration of their shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of their preferred stock, a right of first refusal for certain holders of preferred stock to purchase future securities sold by us and certain additional covenants made by us. Except for the registration rights (including the related provisions pursuant to which we have agreed to indemnify the parties to the investors’ rights agreement), all rights under this agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering. The registration rights will continue following this offering and will terminate two years following the closing of a firm commitment underwritten offering, or for any particular holder with registration rights, at such time following this offering when such holder may sell all of such shares pursuant to Rule 144(b)(1) under the Securities Act. Our common holders also have certain rights to “piggyback” onto the registration rights provided to our former holders of preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

Personal Guarantees of Chief Executive Officer

As of December 1, 2017, Steve Cooper, our chief executive officer, has personally guaranteed (by himself personally and/or via a family trust) certain loans and lines of credit held by the Company. Mr. Cooper has

 

96


Table of Contents

personally guaranteed indebtedness owed by OSS pursuant to certain business loans, including related party debt owed to Kenco, Inc. (beneficially owned by our director Kenneth Potashner) and Tim Rueth (stockholder), and also a revolving line of credit with Bank of the West for an aggregate amount of $4,436,082.28. As set forth in the “Use of Proceeds” section herein, part of the proceeds received from this offering will be used to reduce this indebtedness and potentially release Mr. Cooper from such personal guarantees.

Executive Compensation and Employment Arrangements

Please see “Executive Compensation” for information on compensation arrangements with our executive officers and agreements with our executive officers containing compensation and termination provisions, among others.

Director and Officer Indemnification and Insurance

We will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, and we maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. These agreements, among other things, require us or will require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer.

Our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Further, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers, and we have purchased a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment under certain circumstances. For further information, see “Executive Compensation—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Policies and Procedures Regarding Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related-person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S- K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

97


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of December 1, 2017, and as adjusted to reflect the shares of common stock to be issued and sold in this offering, by:

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of our directors; and

 

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with SEC rules. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, the number of shares of common stock deemed outstanding includes shares issuable upon exercise of stock options or warrants held by the respective person or group that may be exercised or converted within 60 days after December 1, 2017. For purposes of calculating each person’s or group’s percentage ownership, stock options and warrants exercisable within 60 days after December 1, 2017 are included for that person or group but not for any other person or group.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 8,543,948 shares of common stock outstanding at December 1, 2017 assuming the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 3,037,006 shares of our common stock upon closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share). The number of shares and percentage of shares beneficially owned after the offering also gives effect to the issuance by us of              shares of common stock in this offering.

 

98


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated and subject to applicable community property laws, to our knowledge, each stockholder named in the following table possesses sole voting and investment power over the shares listed. Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each person listed on the table is c/o One Stop Systems, Inc., 2235 Enterprise Street, #110, Escondido, CA 92029.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner    Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
     Percent of
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
    Percent of
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
Following
Financing**
 

5% or Greater Stockholders:

       

Mark Gunn(3)

     744,447        8.5  

Park Bank(4)

     666,667        7.8  

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

       

Steve Cooper(1)

     3,720,616        40.1  

Randy Jones(2)

     1,311,249        15.3  

John Reardon(5)

     427,993        4.9  

Ken Potashner(6)

     377,433        4.3  

Bill Carpenter(7)

     370,834        4.3  

Jack Harrison(8)

     7,500        *    

John W. Morrison, Jr.(9)

     0        *    

David Raun(10)

     7,500        *    

Jim Ison(11)

     173,583        2.0  

All executive officers and directors as a group (nine persons)(12)

     6,403,791        61.7  

 

* Less than 1%.
** Assumes this offering is fully subscribed
(1) Consists of (i) 2,988,116 shares of common stock held by The Cooper Revocable Trust dated April 25, 2001, and (ii) 732,500 shares of common stock that Mr. Cooper has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of December 1, 2017 pursuant to exercise of stock options. Steve Cooper shares joint voting and investment control of The Cooper Revocable Trust dated April 25, 2001 with his wife Lori Cooper. Mr. Cooper serves as chief executive officer, president and chairman of the board of directors.
(2) Consists of (i) 1,263,749 shares of common stock held by Randy Jones and Roseann Piazza Jones Revocable Trust, and (ii) 47,500 shares of common stock that Mr. Jones has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of December 1, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Randy Jones shares joint voting and investment control of the Randy Jones and Roseann Piazza Jones Revocable Trust. Mr. Jones is a member of the board of directors and consultant with the Company.
(3) Consists of (i) 517,364 shares of common stock held by The Gunn Family Trust dated December 19, 2006 of which Mark Gunn has sole voting and investment control, (ii) 16,667 shares of common stock held in Polycomp Trust Company Custodian FBO Mark J. Gunn IRA of which Mark Gunn has sole voting and investment control and (ii) 210,416 shares of common stock that Mr. Gunn has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of December 1, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Mr. Gunn is the former secretary of the Company,
(4) Consists of 666,667 shares of common stock held by Park Bank, 1815 Green Way Cross, Madison, Wisconsin 53713. Mr. Robert Laux is the Executive Vice President of Finance and Risk Management of Park Bank and, as its authorized representative, exercises sole voting and investment control.

 

99


Table of Contents
(5) Consists of (i) 124,520 shares of common stock held by the Reardon Family Trust dated August 31, 2011 of which Mr. Reardon holds joint voting and investment control with his wife Dawn Reardon, (ii) 110,973 shares of common stock held by The RTC Group, Inc. of which Mr. Reardon exercises sole voting and investment control, and (iii) 192,500 shares of common stock that Mr. Reardon has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of December 1, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Mr. Reardon is a member of the board of directors.
(6) Consists of (i) 45,000 shares of common stock held by Mr. Potashner, (ii)139,933 shares of common stock that Kenco, Inc. has the right to exercise within 60 days of December 1, 2017 pursuant to common stock warrants, and (iii) 192,500 shares of common stock that Mr. Potashner has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of December 1, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Mr. Potashner has sole voting and investment control over Kenco, Inc. Mr. Potashner is a member of the board of directors.
(7) Consists of (i) 178,334 shares of common stock held by the William and Deborah Carpenter Family Trust of which Mr. Carpenter holds joint voting and investment control with his wife Deborah Carpenter and (ii) 192,500 shares of common stock that Mr. Carpenter has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of December 1, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Mr. Carpenter is a member of the board of directors.
(8) Includes 7,500 shares of common stock that Mr. Harrison has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of December 1, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Mr. Harrison is a member of the board of directors.
(9) Mr. Morrison does not beneficially own shares in the Company. Mr. Morrison is the chief financial officer of the Company.
(10) Includes 7,500 shares of common stock that Mr. Raun has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of December 1, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Mr. Raun is a member of the board of directors.
(11) Consists of (i) 65,750 shares of common stock held by Mr. Ison and (ii) 107,833 shares of common stock that Mr. Ison has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of December 1, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Mr. Ison is the VP of Sales for the Company.
(12) Includes (i) 4,573,109 shares beneficially owned by our current named executive officers and directors and (ii) 1,830,682 shares subject to options, warrants or convertible securities exercisable within 60 days of December 1, 2017, as set forth in the previous footnotes.

 

100


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock, certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, the investors’ rights agreement and of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. For more detailed information, please see our certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and investors’ rights agreement, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. We plan to reincorporate in the State of Delaware prior to the closing of this offering. The description of our common stock and preferred stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Our certificate of incorporation as in effect upon the consummation of this offering will provide for one class of common stock. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.

Immediately following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 60,000,000 shares, all with a $0.0001 par value of per share, of which:

 

    50,000,000 shares are designated as common stock; and

 

    10,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

As of September 30, 2017, there were 8,543,948 shares of our common stock outstanding and held of record by 59 stockholders, assuming (1) the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 3,037,006 shares of our Common Stock upon closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share), and (2) our reincorporation in Delaware, as if such conversion, reclassification, filing and effectiveness had occurred on September 30, 2017.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote with respect to each matter presented to our stockholders on which the holders of common stock are entitled to vote, including the election of directors. Holders of our common stock will not have cumulative voting rights. Except in respect of matters relating to the election and removal of directors on our board of directors and as otherwise provided in our certificate of incorporation or required by law, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a majority of the shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter. In the case of election of directors, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a plurality of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares of common stock. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they so choose, other than any directors that holders of any preferred stock we may issue may be entitled to elect.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically and ratably in any dividends that our board of directors may determine to issue from time to time.

 

101


Table of Contents

Liquidation Rights

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, holders of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in our assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of our debts and other liabilities. If we have any preferred stock outstanding at such time, holders of the preferred stock may be entitled to distribution and/or liquidation preferences. In either such case, we must pay the applicable distribution to the holders of our preferred stock before we may pay distributions to the holders of our common stock.

Other Rights

Our stockholders will have no preemptive, conversion or other rights to subscribe for additional shares, and there are no redemption or sinking funds provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares are, and all shares offered by this prospectus will be, when sold, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Upon the closing of this offering, all of our previously outstanding shares of preferred stock will have been converted into common stock, there will be no authorized shares of our previously outstanding preferred stock and we will have no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, which will become effective prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors has the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the dividend, voting and other rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of September 30, 2017, options to purchase 2,387,421 shares of our common stock were outstanding, of which 1,883,245 were vested and exercisable as of that date.

We issue our stock options at the fair market value (“FMV”) on the date of grant. The board of directors considers several factors in determining the FMV. One factor is an independent valuation of our stock. These valuations are conducted annually in compliance with IRC 409A and ASC 718. Additional factors considered by the board of directors in determining the FMV include actual sales of our shares, changes in our financial results versus the assumptions made in the valuation reports, changes in our likely liquidity scenarios versus the assumptions made in the valuation reports, and changes in our future prospects versus the assumptions made in the valuation reports.

Warrants

As of September 30, 2017, 198,996 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants were reserved for issuance. The warrants are currently exercisable and expire six-seven years from the effective date of

 

102


Table of Contents

the issuance of said warrant. The warrants may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated during this offering.

Registration Rights

As of September 30, 2017, upon the closing of this offering, holders of 3,037,006 shares of our common stock, which includes all of the shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock upon the closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share), will be entitled to the following rights with respect to the registration of such shares for public resale under the Securities Act, pursuant to an investors’ rights agreement by and among us and certain of our stockholders. The registration of shares of common stock as a result of the following rights being exercised would enable holders to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective.

Demand Registration Rights

If, the holders of at least 50% of the registrable securities request in writing that we effect a registration with respect to their shares in an offering with an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, of greater than $10,000,000, we may be required to register their shares. We are obligated to effect at most two registrations for the holders of registrable securities in response to these demand registration rights, subject to certain exceptions.

If we become entitled under the Securities Act to register our shares on a registration statement on Form S-3 and a holder of registrable securities requests in writing that we register their shares for public resale on Form S-3, the price to the public of the offering is $500,000 or more, we will be required to provide notice to all holders of registrable securities and to use our best efforts to effect such registration; provided, however, that we will not be required to effect such a registration if we have already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the holders of registrable securities.

If the holders requesting registration intend to distribute their shares by means of an underwriting, the underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the numbers of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If at any time following the closing of this offering we propose to register any shares of our common stock under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to notice of the registration and to include their shares of registrable securities in the registration. If our proposed registration involves an underwriting, the managing underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the number of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

In July 2016, we entered into a Common Shareholder Piggyback Registration Rights Agreement which extended the piggyback registration rights granted to our preferred holders to all then existing holders of our common stock.

Expenses

Ordinarily, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, we will be required to pay all reasonable expenses incurred by us related to any registration effected pursuant to the exercise of these registration rights. These expenses may include all registration, filing and qualification fees, printer and accounting fees relating or apportionable thereto, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling security holders.

 

103


Table of Contents

Termination of Registration Rights

The registration rights terminate upon the earlier of two years after the closing of this offering, or for any particular holder with registration rights, at such time following this offering when such holder may sell its shares pursuant to Rule 144(b)(1) under the Securities Act.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Some provisions of Delaware law contain and our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; an acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or the removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions which provide for payment of a premium over the market price for our shares.

These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of the increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

The ability of our board of directors, without action by the stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences as designated by our board of directors could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our chairman of the board of directors, chief executive officer or president, or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals to be brought before a stockholder meeting and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors.

Removal of Directors

Our certificate of incorporation provides that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than two thirds of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Stockholders Not Entitled to Cumulative Voting

Our certificate of incorporation does not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they choose, other than any directors that holders of our preferred stock may be entitled to elect.

 

104


Table of Contents

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits persons deemed to be “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors.

Choice of Forum

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative form, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or (5) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this choice of forum provision. It is possible that a court of law could rule that the choice of forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation is inapplicable or unenforceable if it is challenged in a proceeding or otherwise.

Amendment of Charter Provisions

The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock, would require approval by holders of at least two thirds of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock.

The provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in the composition of our board of directors and management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 3200 Cherry Creek Drive South, Suite 430, Denver, CO 80209.

Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “OSS.”

 

105


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock and there can be no assurance that a market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale by our existing stockholders shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future. Although we have applied for listing on The Nasdaq Capital Market, we cannot assure you that approval will be granted or that even if listed there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017 and assuming (1) the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 3,037,006 shares of our common stock upon closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share), and (2) no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock, upon the closing of this offering we will have outstanding an aggregate of              shares of common stock.

All of the shares sold in this offering by us will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, generally may be sold in the public market only in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The remaining              shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. We expect that substantially all of these restricted securities will be subject to the lock-up agreements described below.

In addition, of the 2,387,421 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2017, options to purchase 2,370,581 shares of common stock were vested and expected to vest as of September 30, 2017 and will be eligible for sale 180 days following the effective date of this offering.

Rule 144

Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the effective date of registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is one of our affiliates and has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period, beginning on the date 90 days after the date of this prospectus, that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    one percent of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after the closing of this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to a certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period

 

106


Table of Contents

exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and The Nasdaq Capital Market concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution of a sale directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months but less than a year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell the shares beginning on the 91st day after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, and will be subject only to the current public information requirements of Rule 144. If such person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Rule 701

Any of our employees, officers, directors, consultants or advisors who purchased shares under a written compensatory stock or option plan or other written contract may be entitled to sell such shares in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act before selling those shares. However, substantially all of the shares issued under Rule 701 are subject to the lock-up agreements described below and will only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

Lock-Up Agreements

We and all of our directors and officers, as well as the other holders of substantially all shares of common stock (including securities exercisable or convertible into our common stock) outstanding immediately prior to this offering, have agreed or will agree that, without the prior written consent of Roth Capital Partners LLC, during the period from the date of this prospectus and ending on the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, among other things:

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, options or warrants to purchase shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock; or

 

    in our case, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

    in the case of our directors, officers and other holders of our securities, make any demand for exercise of any rights with respect to the registration of any securities.

This agreement is subject to certain exceptions. See “Underwriting” below for additional discussion.

Registration Rights

We are party to an investors’ rights agreement which provides that certain stockholders have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares of our common stock be covered by

 

107


Table of Contents

registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” in this prospectus. Registration of their shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of the registration statement, subject to the expiration of the lock-up period described above and under “Underwriting” in this prospectus.

Equity Plan

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans and employee stock purchase plan. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after the closing of this offering. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 will be subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to our affiliates and will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock up agreements to which they are subject.

 

108


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Roth Capital Partners, LLC (“Roth”) is acting as the representative of the underwriters. We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of common stock being offered. In connection with this offering and subject to certain terms and conditions, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite the name of each underwriter.

 

Underwriter    Number of Shares of Common Stock  

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

  
  
  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus, other than those covered by the over-allotment option, if any shares of common stock are purchased. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to a number of conditions. These conditions include, among other things, the requirements that no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement be in effect and that no proceedings for this purpose have been initiated or threatened by the SEC.

The representative of the underwriters has advised us that the underwriters propose to offer our shares of common stock to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to selected dealers at that price less a concession of not more than $              per share. The underwriters and selected dealers may reallow a concession to other dealers, including the underwriters, of not more than $              per share. After completion of the public offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price, the concessions to selected dealers and the reallowance to their dealers may be changed by the underwriters.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect to confirm sales of our shares of common stock offered by this prospectus to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

We have been advised by the representative of the underwriters that the underwriters intend to make a market in our securities but that they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue making a market at any time without notice.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters or certain of the securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

Over-allotment Option

Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, we will grant the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 15% shares of common stock in the aggregate, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount. By way of example, assuming an initial public offering price of $              (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), the shares subject to the underwriters’ option, or              shares, may be sold by us. The underwriters may exercise the option solely to cover over-allotments, if any, in the sale of the shares of common stock that the underwriters have agreed to purchase. If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, the total public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds to us before offering expenses will be $             , $              and $            , respectively.

 

109


Table of Contents

Stabilization

The rules of the SEC generally prohibit the underwriters from trading in our securities on the open market during this offering. However, the underwriters are allowed to engage in some open market transactions and other activities during this offering that may cause the market price of our securities to be above or below that which would otherwise prevail in the open market. These activities may include stabilization, short sales and over-allotments, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids.

 

    Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made by the representative for the purpose of preventing or slowing a decline in the market price of our securities while this offering is in progress.

 

    Short sales and over-allotments occur when the representative, on behalf of the underwriting syndicate, sells more of our shares of common stock than it purchases from us in this offering. To cover the resulting short position, the representative may exercise the over-allotment option described above or may engage in syndicate covering transactions. There is no contractual limit on the size of any syndicate covering transaction. The underwriters will make available a prospectus in connection with any such short sales. Purchasers of shares sold short by the underwriters are entitled to the same remedies under the federal securities laws as any other purchaser of shares covered by the registration statement.

 

    Syndicate covering transactions are bids for or purchases of our securities on the open market by the representative on behalf of the underwriters in order to reduce a short position incurred by the representative.

 

    Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the shares of common stock originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time without notice. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the Nasdaq Capital Market or otherwise.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriter against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, or to contribute to payments that the underwriter may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

Underwriters’ Compensation

Commission

We have agreed to sell the shares of common stock to the underwriters at the initial offering price of $              per share, which represents the initial public offering price of the shares of common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus less the 7% underwriting discount.

The following table summarizes the underwriting discount we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

     Per Share      Total without
Over-Allotment
Option
     Total with
Over-Allotment
Option
 

Total underwriting discount to be paid by us

   $                   $                   $               

Expense Reimbursement

We have also agreed to pay all expenses relating to the offering, including: (a) all filing fees and communication expenses relating to the registration of the units to be sold in the offering (including the over-

 

110


Table of Contents

allotment shares and warrants ) with the SEC: (b) all filing fees associated with the review of the offering by FINRA; all fees and expenses relating to the listing of the shares of common stock and the warrants on the Nasdaq Capital Market and on such other stock exchanges as we and the representative mutually determine; (c) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to background checks of our officers and directors in an amount of actual costs incurred; (d) all fees, expenses and disbursements, including legal fees up to an agreed upon maximum amount, relating to the registration or qualification of the units and underlying securities under the “blue sky” securities laws, if deemed necessary; (e) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration, qualification or exemption of the shares of common stock and warrants under the securities laws of such foreign jurisdictions as the representative may reasonably designate; (f) the costs of all mailing and printing of the underwriting documents (including, without limitation, the Underwriting Agreement, any Blue Sky Surveys and, if appropriate, any Agreement Among Underwriters, Selected Dealers’ Agreement, Underwriters’ Questionnaire and Power of Attorney), registration statements, prospectuses and all amendments, supplements and exhibits thereto and as many preliminary and final prospectuses as the representative may reasonably deem necessary; (g) the costs and expenses of the public relations firm; (h) the costs of preparing, printing and delivering certificates representing the securities; (i) fees and expenses of the transfer agent and warrant agent; (j) stock transfer anchor stamp taxes, if any, payable upon the transfer of securities from us to the underwriters; (k) the costs associated with post-closing advertising the offering in the national editions of The Wall Street Journal and New York Times; (l) the fees and expenses of our independent registered public accounting firm; (m) the fees and expenses of our legal counsel and other agents and representatives; (n) the fees and expenses of the underwriters’ legal counsel not to exceed $150,000; and (o) up to $35,000 of the representative’s actual accountable “road show” expenses and other accountable expenses for the offering;

We estimate that expenses payable by us in connection with the offering of the units, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions and the counsel fees and disbursement reimbursement provisions referred to above, will be approximately $             .

Underwriters’ Warrants

We have agreed to issue to the underwriters warrants initially exercisable for up to              shares of common stock (10% of the shares of common stock sold in this offering, excluding the option to purchase additional shares) to be allocated     % to Roth and     % to             . The warrants are not included in the securities being sold in this offering. The shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are identical to those offered by this prospectus. The warrants are exercisable at a per share price equal to 120% of the price per share in this offering. The warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the five-year period commencing one year from the effective date of this offering, which period shall not extend further than five years from the effective date of this offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(i). The warrants and the shares of common stock underlying the warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180 day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA. The underwriters (or permitted assignees under Rule 5100(g)(1)) will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate the warrants or the securities underlying the warrants, nor will they engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the warrants or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days from the date of effectiveness of the registration statement. Any piggyback registration rights provided will not be greater than seven years from the effective date of this offering, in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(v). The exercise price and number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrant exercise price and the number of underlying shares will not be adjusted for issuance of common stock at a price below the warrant exercise price.

Advisory Fee

We have paid Roth an initial public offering advisory fee of $80,000 in consideration for all advice related to this offering. The fee was payable upon execution of our engagement letter with Roth and is non-refundable regardless of the success of the offering.

 

111


Table of Contents

Lock-Up Agreements

Each of our directors and executive officers, and all of the holders of our currently outstanding shares of common stock, have agreed to a 180-day “lock-up” from the effective date of this prospectus of shares of common stock that they beneficially own, including the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of currently outstanding convertible securities and options and options which may be issued. This means that, for a period of 180 days following the effective date of this prospectus, such persons may not offer, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of these securities without the prior written consent of the representative of the underwriters.

The representative has no present intention to waive or shorten the lock-up period; however, the terms of the lock-up agreements may be waived at its discretion. In determining whether to waive the terms of the lockup agreements, the representative may base its decision on its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and companies similar to ours in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in general.

In addition, the underwriting agreement provides that we will not, for a period of 365 days following the effective date of this prospectus, offer, sell or distribute any of our securities, without the prior written consent of the underwriter.

Participation in Future Offerings

Pursuant to the terms of our engagement letter with Roth, if, during the engagement period and for a period of twelve months thereafter, we decide to pursue any public offering of equity in the United States (a “Financing”), then we will engage Roth as exclusive underwriter and sole bookrunner for such Financing under a separate agreement containing customary terms and conditions mutually agreed upon by OSS and Roth.

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. The public offering price of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus has been determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the public offering price of the shares of common stock were:

 

    Our history and our prospects;

 

    Our financial information and historical performance;

 

    The industry in which we operate;

 

    The status and development prospects for our products and services;

 

    The experience and skills of our executive officers; and

 

    The general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering.

The offering price stated on the cover page of this prospectus should not be considered an indication of the actual value of the shares of common stock. That price is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors, and we cannot assure you that the shares of common stock can be resold at or above the public offering price.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “OSS.” Once the securities comprising the common stock begin separate trading, we anticipate that the common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “OSS.”

 

112


Table of Contents

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites or through other online services maintained by the underwriter of this offering, or by its affiliates. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriter in its capacity as underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.

Other Relationships

The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect to confirm sales of our shares of common stock offered by this prospectus to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates may in the future engage in investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They may in the future receive customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers.

Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

    To any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in Directive 2003/71/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 4 November 2003 on the prospectus to be published when securities are offered to the public or admitted to trading and amending Directive 2001/34/EC (the “Prospectus Directive”);

 

    To fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative; or

 

    In any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or the representative to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with

 

113


Table of Contents

a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representative has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

We, the representative and each of our and the representative’s affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither us nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for us or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

This prospectus is not an approved prospectus for purposes of the UK Prospectus Rules, as implemented under the EU Prospectus Directive 2003/71/EC, and has not been approved under section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended)(the “FSMA”) by a person authorized under FSMA. The financial promotions contained in this prospectus are directed at, and this prospectus is only being distributed to: (1) persons who receive this prospectus outside of the United Kingdom; and (2) persons in the United Kingdom who fall within the exemptions under articles 19 (investment professionals) and 49(2)(a) to (d) (high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (all such persons together being referred to as “Relevant Person(s)”). This prospectus must not be acted upon or relied upon by any person who is not a Relevant Person. Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to Relevant Persons and will be engaged in only with Relevant Persons. This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other person that is not a Relevant Person.

The underwriters have represented, warranted and agreed that:

 

    They have only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA in connection with the issue or sale of any of the shares of common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the issuer; and

 

    They have complied with and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by them in relation to the shares of common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

114


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Procopio, Cory, Hargreaves & Savitch LLP, San Diego, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Dickinson Wright PLLC, Troy, Michigan.

EXPERTS

Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2016, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of Haskell & White LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract, or any other document, are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.

 

115


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Index to Financial Statements

 

     Page  

One Stop Systems, Inc.

  

Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and as of December 31, 2016 and 2015

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7  

Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

  

Nine months Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 and as of September 30, 2017

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-30  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-31  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-32  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-33  

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-35  

Mission Technology Group, Inc. dba Magma

  

Financial Statements

  

For the Period from January 1, 2016 through July 15, 2016 and For the Year Ended December 31, 2015

  

Independent Auditors’ Report

     F-55  

Balance Sheet

     F-57  

Statements of Operations

     F-58  

Statements of Stockholder’s Equity (Deficit)

     F-59  

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-60  

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-62  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

One Stop Systems, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of One Stop Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years then ended. The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of One Stop Systems, Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Haskell & White LLP

HASKELL & WHITE LLP

Irvine, California

November 9, 2017

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2015  

ASSETS

     

Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,197      $ 25,074  

Accounts receivable, net

     4,936,938        2,994,117  

Inventories, net

     3,220,968        2,831,833  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     133,964        77,770  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     8,306,067        5,928,794  

Property and equipment, net

     720,355        626,490  

Deposits and other

     27,739        9,538  

Deferred tax assets, net

     901,833        937,656  

Goodwill

     3,324,128        1,776,770  

Intangible assets, net

     1,004,049        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 14,284,171      $ 9,279,248  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Current liabilities

     

Accounts payable

   $ 2,626,559      $ 1,642,890  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     1,525,118        438,117  

Borrowings on bank line of credit

     2,458,177        2,087,085  

Current portion of related-party notes payable, net of debt discount of $13,905 and $0, respectively

     120,724        -  

Current portion of note payable, net of debt discount of $9,932 and $0, respectively

     608,462        410,596  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     7,339,040        4,578,688  

Related-party notes payable, net of current portion and debt discount of $14,484 and $0, respectively

     148,999        -  

Note payable, net of current portion and debt discount of $10,346 and $0, respectively

     975,387        606,800  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     8,463,426        5,185,488  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

     

Stockholders’ equity

     

Series C preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 2,000,000 shares authorized; 1,087,006 issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $1,630,508

     1,604,101        1,604,101  

Series B preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 1,500,000 shares authorized; 1,450,000 issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $725,000

     697,996        697,996  

Series A preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 500,000 shares authorized; 500,000 issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $125,000

     114,430        114,430  

Common stock, no par value; 11,000,000 shares authorized; 5,374,697 and 4,088,810 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

     2,170,110        395,927  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,049,305        912,066  

Retained earnings

     184,803        369,240  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     5,820,745        4,093,760  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 14,284,171      $ 9,279,248  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     For The Years Ended December 31,  
               2016                         2015            

Net revenue

   $ 18,879,321     $ 14,229,776  

Cost of revenue

     13,365,615       10,246,122  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     5,513,706       3,983,654  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative

     2,146,624       1,324,765  

Marketing and selling

     1,987,358       1,367,856  

Research and development

     1,599,585       1,095,919  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     5,733,567       3,788,540  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (219,861     195,114  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense

     (152,877     (128,370

Other, net

     5,364       (6,365
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (147,513     (134,735
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (367,374     60,379  

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (182,937     43,729  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (184,437   $ 16,650  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

   $ (0.04   $ 0.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.04   $ 0.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

    

Basic

     4,782,547       4,065,322  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     4,782,547       7,438,268  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

   $ (0.02  
  

 

 

   

Diluted

   $ (0.02  
  

 

 

   

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

     7,819,553    
  

 

 

   

Diluted

     7,819,553    
  

 

 

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

    Series C Preferred Stock     Series B Preferred Stock     Series A Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount         Shares             Amount         Shares     Amount        

Balance, January 1, 2015

    1,087,006     $ 1,604,101       1,450,000     $ 697,996       500,000     $ 114,430       4,063,799     $ 379,471     $ 859,854     $ 352,590     $ 4,008,442  

Stock-based compensation

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       52,212       -       52,212  

Exercise of stock options

    -       -       -       -       -       -       25,011       16,456       -       -       16,456  

Net income

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       16,650       16,650  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

    1,087,006       1,604,101       1,450,000       697,996       500,000       114,430       4,088,810       395,927       912,066       369,240       4,093,760  

Stock-based compensation

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       77,647       -       77,647  

Exercise of stock options

    -       -       -       -       -       -       22,138       17,572       -       -       17,572  

Relative fair value of warrants issued with notes payable to related parties

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       59,592       -       59,592  

Shares issued in merger with Magma

    -       -       -       -       -       -       1,263,749       1,756,611       -       -       1,756,611  

Net (loss)

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (184,437     (184,437
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

    1,087,006     $ 1,604,101       1,450,000     $ 697,996       500,000     $ 114,430       5,374,697     $ 2,170,110     $ 1,049,305     $ 184,803     $ 5,820,745  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     For The Years Ended December 31,  
             2016                     2015          

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net (loss) income

   $ (184,437   $ 16,650  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

    

Recovery of bad debt

     (2,981     (3,679

Deferred provision for income taxes

     (230,787     (145,504

Depreciation and amortization

     437,036       156,945  

Inventory reserves

     749,714       102,691  

Amortization of debt discount

     10,925       17,100  

Stock-based compensation expense

     77,647       52,212  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisition (Note 2):

    

Accounts receivable

     (1,583,341     (27,630

Inventories

     69,826       155,473  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     37,604       (39,078

Deposits

     (999     -  

Accounts payable

     140,826       (40,584

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     205,753       200,916  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (273,224     445,512  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Cash acquired in merger

     68,308       -  

Purchases of property and equipment, including capitalization of labor costs for tooling and test equipment

     (206,319     (194,422
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (138,011     (194,422
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from stock options exercised

     17,572       16,456  

Proceeds from issuance of related-party notes payable

     350,000       -  

Proceeds from issuance of notes payable

     250,000       -  

Net borrowings on bank line of credit

     371,092       550,099  

Payments on related-party notes payable

     (66,987     (463,747

Payments on notes payable

     (521,319     (328,824
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     400,358       (226,016
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (10,877     25,074  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     25,074       -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 14,197     $ 25,074  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid during the year for interest

   $ 151,985     $ 107,354  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for income taxes

   $ 800     $ 800  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash transactions:

    

Relative fair value of warrants issued in connection with notes and related-party notes payable (Note 7)

   $ 59,592     $ -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition of Magma through issuance of common stock (Note 2)

   $ 1,756,611     $ -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reclassification of inventories to property and equipment

   $ -     $ 77,957  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Proceeds from new bank line of credit and term note payable to refinance previous bank line of credit

   $ -     $ 2,874,226  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

One Stop Systems, Inc. (“we,” “our,” “OSS,” or the “Company”) was incorporated as a California corporation in 1999 after initially being formed as a California limited liability company in 1998. On July 6, 2016, we entered into a Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization with Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) whereby Magma merged with and into OSS with OSS continuing as the surviving corporation (Note 2). We design, manufacture and market industrial grade computer systems and components that are based on industry standard computer architectures. Our products are marketed to manufacturers of automated equipment used for telecommunications, industrial and military applications.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we formed a new wholly owned subsidiary in Germany (“OSS GmbH”). During 2016, we acquired Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) and its operations (Note 2).

Our primary sources of liquidity come from existing cash, cash generated from operations, a bank revolving line of credit and related party and third party term notes. Borrowings under the debt agreements are collateralized by substantially all of or assets and the personal guarantee of our chief executive officer. During the year-to-date period in 2017, we are experiencing growing sales and gross profits, have a strong order backlog, and recently increased our line of credit facility. The combination of continued revenue growth we have experienced, coupled with an expected improvement in gross margins and cost containment of expenses leads management to believe that it is probable that our liquidity will be sufficient to meet our cash requirements for current operations through at least a period of the next twelve months. If necessary, management also believes that it is probable that external sources of debt and/or equity financing could be obtained based on management’s history of being able to raise capital coupled with current favorable market conditions. As a result of both management’s plans and current favorable business trends, we believe the conditions which may raise substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern have been alleviated. Therefore, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern. However, there can be no assurance that our operations will become profitable or that external sources of financing, including the issuance of debt and/or equity securities, will be available at times and on terms acceptable to us, or at all. Our management prepares budgets and monitors the financial results of OSS as a tool to align liquidity needs to the recurring business requirements and as a result our management believes that we have sufficient liquidity to satisfy its anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on an accrual basis of accounting in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”), as set forth in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”).

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of OSS and its two wholly owned subsidiaries, OSS GmbH, and Mission Technology Group, Inc., dba Magma (collectively referred to as the “Company”). Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the

 

F-7


Table of Contents

reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosures of contingent assets, liabilities, and expenses at the date of the consolidated financial statements during the reporting period. Significant estimates made by management include, among others, the fair value of net assets and liabilities acquired in 2016, the allowance for doubtful accounts, fair value of stock options and warrants, recoverability of inventories and long-lived assets, and realizability of deferred tax assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-1 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with a proposed initial public offering of our common stock. If the offering is consummated, our outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis. In the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 have been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all 3,037,006 outstanding shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, as though the proposed initial public offering had occurred on January 1, 2015.

Concentration Risks

At times, deposits held with financial institutions may exceed the amount of insurance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), which provides basic deposit coverage with limits up to $250,000 per owner. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had no amounts in excess of the insurance limits. We have not experienced any such losses in these accounts.

At December 31, 2016, three customers accounted for 56% of net trade accounts receivable and one customer accounted for 29% of net sales for the year then ended. At December 31, 2015, two customers accounted for 49% of net trade accounts receivable and one customer accounted for 35% of net sales for the year then ended.

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we made purchases from two suppliers which together represented approximately 46% and 50%, respectively, of materials purchased.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Our financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and debt instruments. The fair value of our cash equivalents is determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or Level 1 inputs. We recognize transfers between Levels 1 through 3 of the fair value hierarchy at the beginning of the reporting period. The fair values of our variable rate debt instruments approximate carrying value based upon management’s assessment of the current credit markets. It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of our fixed rate instruments (including related party notes payable) due to the private nature of those transactions and the lack of an observable market.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit and money market accounts. We consider all highly liquid temporary cash investments with a maturity of three months or less when acquired to be cash equivalents. Management believes that the carrying amounts of cash equivalents approximate their fair value because of the short maturity period.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is an estimate to cover the losses resulting from the inability of customers to make payments on their outstanding balances. In estimating the required allowance, management considers the overall quality and aging of

 

F-8


Table of Contents

the accounts receivable, specific customer circumstances, current economic trends, and historical experience with collections. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the allowance for doubtful accounts is $3,877 and $6,858, respectively.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market determined on a first-in, first-out basis. We use the average cost method for purposes of determining cost, which approximates the first-in, first-out method. We establish reserves on our inventories to write-down the carrying value of our estimated obsolete or excess inventories to market value based upon observations of historical usage, assumptions about future demand and market conditions. In addition, we consider changes in the market value of components in determining the net realizable value of our inventory. Inventory reserves are considered permanent adjustments to the cost basis of the inventories, and are not reversed until the specific inventories are sold or otherwise disposed.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, other than leasehold improvements, are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are recorded at cost and are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life of the related asset. Tooling and test equipment includes capitalized labor costs associated with the development of the related tooling and test equipment. Costs incurred for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, and expenditures for major replacements and improvements are capitalized. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization of disposed assets are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in other expense, net.

Goodwill

Goodwill relates to the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead we assess possible impairment of goodwill when an event occurs that may trigger such a review. Determining whether a triggering event has occurred involves our significant judgment. Management assesses goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, and has determined that we only have one reporting unit.

In assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we assess relevant events and circumstances that may impact the fair value and the carrying amount of a reporting unit. The identification of relevant events and circumstances and how these may impact a reporting unit’s fair value or carrying amount involve significant judgments by management. These judgments include the consideration of macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance and events which are specific to OSS. Each factor is assessed to determine whether it impacts the impairment test positively or negatively, and the magnitude of any such impact.

After the qualitative assessment, the impairment testing is a two-step process. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, then goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is required. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then the second step is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill and an impairment loss is recorded for an amount equal to the difference between the implied fair value and the carrying value of the goodwill. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit and goodwill is judgmental and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions.

Based upon our impairment testing, we determined that no impairment loss has occurred in 2016 or 2015. There can be no assurance, however, that market conditions will not change or demand for our products will continue, which could result in an impairment of goodwill in the future.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We review the recoverability of our other long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and amortizing intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate the carrying value of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. The assessment for possible impairment is based on our ability to recover the carrying value of the asset or asset group from the expected future pre-tax cash flows, undiscounted and without interest charges, from the related operations. If the aggregate of the net cash flows is less than the carrying value of such assets, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. The determination and measurement of impairment of long-lived assets requires management to estimate future cash flows and the fair value of long-lived assets.

Management determined that there were no impairment charges to be recognized for 2016 or 2015. There can be no assurance, however, that market conditions will not change or demand for our products will continue, which could result in an impairment of long-lived assets in the future.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 605. Accordingly, revenue from the sale of products is recognized when there is evidence of an arrangement, the selling price is fixed or determinable, title and risk of loss has transferred to the customer, any installation or service obligations have been satisfied, and collection is reasonably assured. Net revenue includes deductions for customer discounts and actual and estimated returns. All amounts billed to customers related to shipping and handling are classified as net sales.

Customer agreements include one vendor managed inventory program. Pursuant to Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 13.A.3.a, we recognize revenue under this arrangement when (i) risks of ownership have passed to the customer; (ii) the customer’s commitment to purchase the goods is fixed; (iii) there is a fixed schedule for delivery of the goods that is reasonable and consistent with the customer’s business purpose; (iv) we do not have any specific performance obligations such that the earning process is not complete; (v) the ordered goods have been segregated from our inventory and are not subject to being used to fill other orders; and (vi) the product is complete and ready for shipment. Also, such arrangement must be requested by the customer and the customer has explained a substantial business purpose for the arrangement. Management also considers whether the customer’s custodial risks are insured and whether modifications to our normal billing and credit terms were required. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we recorded revenue from product sales that are subject to the vendor managed inventory program of $5,078,078 and $4,884,383, respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, $464,278 and $494,832, respectively, of products sold through those dates were held by us in the vendor management inventory program.

Warranty Reserve

We offer product warranties that generally extend for one year from the date of sale. Such warranties require us to repair or replace defective product returned to us during the warranty period at no cost to the customer. We record an estimate for warranty-related costs at the time of sale based on its historical and estimated future product return rates and expected repair or replacement costs (Note 6). While such costs have historically been within management’s expectations and the provisions established, unexpected changes in failure rates could have a material adverse impact on us, requiring additional warranty reserves, which would adversely affect our gross profit and gross margins.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Our shipping and handling costs are included in cost of goods sold.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency

OSS GmbH operates as an extension of OSS’s domestic operations. The functional currency of OSS GmbH is the Euro. Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are remeasured to the functional currency at the average exchange rate in effect during the period. At the end of each reporting period, monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured at historical exchange rates. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

All transactions in which goods or services are the consideration received for the issuance of equity instruments to non-employees are accounted for based on the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. The measurement date used to determine the estimated fair value of the equity instrument issued is the earlier of the date on which the third-party performance is complete or the date on which it is probable that performance will occur.

Employee and director stock-based compensation expense recognized during the period is based on the value of the portion of stock-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest during the period. Given that stock-based compensation expense recognized in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. Our estimated average forfeiture rates are based on historical forfeiture experience and estimated future forfeitures.

The estimated fair value of common stock option awards to employees and directors is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires subjective assumptions regarding future stock price volatility and expected time to exercise, along with assumptions about the risk-free interest rate and expected dividends, all of which affect the estimated fair values of our common stock option awards. Given a lack of historical stock option exercises, the expected term of options granted is calculated as the average of the weighted vesting period and the contractual expiration date of the option. This calculation is based on the safe harbor method permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission in instances where the vesting and exercise terms of options granted meet certain conditions and where limited historical exercise data is available. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the common stock of comparable public companies that operate in similar industries as us. The risk-free rate selected to value any particular grant is based on the U.S. Treasury rate that corresponds to the expected term of the grant effective as of the date of the grant. The expected dividend assumption is based on our history and management’s expectation regarding dividend payouts. Compensation expense for common stock option awards with graded vesting schedules is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the last separately vesting portion of the award, provided that the accumulated cost recognized as of any date at least equals the value of the vested portion of the award.

If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying vested or unvested stock-based awards, we may be required to accelerate, increase or cancel any remaining unearned stock-based compensation expense, or record additional expense for vested stock-based awards. Future stock-based compensation expense and unearned stock- based compensation may increase to the extent that we grant additional common stock options or other stock-based awards.

Debt Discounts

The debt discounts, which originated from the relative fair value of the warrants issued in connection with note payable and related-party notes payable during 2016 and 2015 (Note 7), are recorded against note payable and related-party notes payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Amortization of the debt discounts are calculated using the straight-line method over the term of the notes which approximates the effective interest method and are recorded in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and included in marketing and selling expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Advertising costs for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 totaled $122,527 and $92,619, respectively.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenditures are expensed in the period incurred. Research and development expenses primarily consist of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation, as well as consulting expenses and allocated facilities and other overhead costs. Research and development activities include the development of new technologies, features and functionality in support of our products and customer needs.

Income Taxes

We utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the consolidated financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740) – Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (ASU 2015-17), which requires companies report their deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets, together as a single noncurrent item on their classified balance sheets. We adopted ASU 2015-17 during 2016 and has classified our net deferred tax assets as long term on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attributes for consolidated financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return.

Under ASC Topic 740, the impact of an uncertain income tax position on the income tax return must be recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Additionally, ASC Topic 740 provides requirements for derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Our policy is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists primarily of interest associated with our issued debt including the amortization of debt discounts. We recognize the amortization of debt discounts and the amortization of interest costs using a straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method.

Net (Loss) Income Per Share

Basic net (loss) income per share is calculated by dividing net (loss) income by the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net (loss) income per share is calculated by dividing the net (loss) income by the weighted-average shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period. Dilutive potential shares consist of dilutive shares issuable upon the conversion of convertible preferred stock and the exercise or vesting of outstanding stock options and warrants, respectively, computed using the treasury stock method. During a period where a net loss is incurred, dilutive potential shares are excluded from the computation of dilutive net loss per share, as the inclusion is anti-dilutive.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in FASB Topic 605, Revenue Recognition . ASU 2014-09 implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. Other major provisions include the capitalization and amortization of certain contract costs, ensuring the time value of money is considered in the transaction price, and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. On July 9, 2015, the FASB approved amendments deferring the effective date of the standard by one year. The new standard will be effective for us in the first quarter of 2019. We have not yet selected a transition method and are currently assessing the impact the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). The amendments in this update provide guidance about management’s responsibilities to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. The main provision of the amendments are for an entity’s management, in connection with the preparation of financial statements, to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. Management’s evaluation should be based on relevant conditions and events that are known or reasonably knowable at the date the consolidated financial statements are issued. When management identifies conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, the entity should disclose information that enables users of the consolidated financial statements to understand all of the following: (1) principal conditions or events that raised substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern (before consideration of management’s plans); (2) management’s evaluation of the significance of those conditions or events in relation to the entity’s ability to meet its obligations; and (3) management’s plans that alleviated substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern or management’s plans that are intended to mitigate the conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. We adopted ASU 2014-15 in 2016 with no impact to our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330) (“ASU 2015-11”). The amendments in ASU 2015-11 require that an entity measure inventory within the scope of the standard at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transaction. The amendments in this update more closely align the measurement of inventory in U.S. GAAP with the measurement of inventory in International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2015-11 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. We will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2018 and do not expect a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASU 2016-02”). Under ASU 2016-02, lessees will be required to recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date: a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. Lessees must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-02 on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718) (“ASU 2016-09”), which simplified certain aspects of the accounting for stock-based payment transactions, including income taxes, classification of awards and classification in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those annual periods. We will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2018 and do not expect a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”), which is intended to reduce the existing diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-15 on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business (“ASU 2017-01”). The amendments in this update clarify the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or disposals of assets or businesses. ASU 2017-01 will be effective for us for the year ending December 31, 2019 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for transactions that have not been reported in financial statements that have been issued or made available for issuance. We are currently evaluating the effect of the adoption of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment testing. An entity will no longer determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Instead, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. ASU 2017-04 will be effective for us for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We expect the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements or footnotes.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting (“ASU 2017-09”), which provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in ASC Topic 718. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. ASU 2017-09 will be effective for us for the year ending December 31, 2019 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted. We expect the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements or footnotes.

NOTE 2 – ACQUISITION

On July 15, 2016, we acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares of Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) from Magma’s former stockholder (“Magma Stockholder”). Magma designs, manufactures, and markets industrial grade computer systems and components and is also located in Southern California. The acquisition is expected to increase our brand awareness and market share.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

We issued 1,263,749 shares of our common stock to the Magma Stockholder for 100% of Magma shares. The fair value assigned to the shares of common stock was $1,756,611. Management estimated the fair value of the consideration issued to the Magma Stockholder and considered factors including recent third-party valuation reports of our common stock and estimates of discounts for lack of marketability related to our common stock to the extent not considered in the third-party valuation report.

The transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method pursuant to ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations . Accordingly, goodwill has been measured as the excess of the total consideration over the amounts assigned to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill was attributed to management’s assessment of projected increases in overall revenues derived from greater brand awareness and certain economies of scale. The acquisition combines the expertise of OSS in the computer hardware industry with Magma’s customer base.

The allocation of the total consideration to the acquired net assets as of the acquisition date is as follows:

 

Cash

   $ 68,308  

Accounts receivable

     356,499  

Prepaid expenses

     93,800  

Inventories

     1,208,675  

Property and equipment

     143,705  

Customer lists and relationships

     398,717  

Drawings and technology

     760,207  

Trademarks and URL’s

     25,000  

Other intangibles

     2,759  

Deposits and other

     17,202  

Accounts payable

     (842,843

Warranty reserve

     (15,000

Deferred tax liability

     (266,620

Accrued expenses

     (816,249

Other accrued liabilities

     (50,000

Line of credit

     (517,335

Notes payable, current portion

     (157,572

Notes payable, long-term

     (200,000
  

 

 

 

Total fair value excluding goodwill

     209,253  

Goodwill

     1,547,358  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 1,756,611  
  

 

 

 

Fair valuation methods used for the identifiable net assets acquired in the acquisition make use of quoted prices in active markets, discounted cash flows for assessing the value of the customer lists and relationships and the relief from royal method for determination of drawing and technology values, both using a risk adjusted weighted cost of capital. Management estimates that any residual value from the intangible assets listed above will not be significant. The weighted-average amortization period of each intangible asset identified above is three years.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

On the acquisition date, goodwill of $1,547,358 and other intangible assets of $1,186,683 were recorded. The business combination is considered a tax-free reorganization under Section 368(a) under the Internal Revenue Code; therefore, acquired goodwill and intangibles of $2,734,041 is not tax-deductible. However, Magma had tax-deductible goodwill of $496,275 (with an original basis of $1,294,624) that will continue to be amortized for tax purposes after the acquisition. In accordance with Topic 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other , OSS completed its annual impairment test and determined that the goodwill was not impaired at December 31, 2016.

OSS and Magma incurred $107,591 and $143,905, respectively, in accounting and legal fees related to the acquisition of Magma. The amount attributable to OSS has been included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016. These amounts have been removed from the 2016 pro forma information below.

In the consolidated statements of operations, revenues and expenses include the operations of Magma since July 15, 2016, which is the acquisition date. The following unaudited pro forma information presents the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, as if the acquisition of Magma had occurred on January 1, 2015.

 

     2016     2015  

Revenue

   $ 21,665,957     $ 21,914,662  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss)

   $ (378,615   $ (448,969
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition-related pro forma net (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

   $ (0.07   $ (0.08
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.07   $ (0.08
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amount of revenues and net (loss) of Magma included in our consolidated statement of operations from the acquisition date through December 31, 2016 are $3,183,783 and ($216,642), respectively.

The definite lived intangible assets consisted of the following as of December 31, 2016:

Definite lived intangible assets:    Expected
Life
     Average
Remaining
Life
     Gross
Intangible
Assets
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Intangible
Assets
 

Drawings and technology

     3 years        2.6 years      $ 760,207      $ 116,143      $ 644,064  

Customer lists and relationships

     3 years        2.6 years        398,717        60,915        337,802  

Trademarks, URLs and other

     3 years        2.6 years        27,759        5,576        22,183  
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
         $ 1,186,683      $ 182,634      $ 1,004,049  
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2016 was $182,634. The amortization expense of the definite lived intangible assets for the next three years is as follows:

 

     2017      2018      2019      Total  

Total

   $ 395,561      $ 395,561      $ 212,927      $ 1,004,049  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

NOTE 3 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Accounts receivable, net consist of the following at December 31:

 

     2016     2015  

Accounts receivable

   $ 4,940,815     $ 3,000,975  

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts

     (3,877     (6,858
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 4,936,938     $ 2,994,117  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 4 – INVENTORIES

Inventories, net consist of the following at December 31:

 

     2016     2015  

Raw materials

   $ 2,700,581     $ 2,347,661  

Sub-assemblies

     2,661,356       1,875,427  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     5,361,937       4,223,088  

Less: reserves for obsolete and slow-moving inventories

     (2,140,969     (1,391,255
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 3,220,968     $ 2,831,833  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 5 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment, net consists of the following at December 31:

 

     2016     2015  

Computers and computer equipment

   $ 205,210     $ 132,099  

Furniture and office equipment

     63,769       63,769  

Manufacturing equipment and engineering tools

     1,595,474       1,332,602  

Leasehold improvements

     103,636       91,353  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,968,089       1,619,823  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,247,734     (993,333
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 720,355     $ 626,490  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we incurred $256,159 and $156,946 of depreciation and amortization expense, respectively.

NOTE 6 – ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other liabilities consist of the following at December 31:

 

     2016      2015  

Accrued compensation and related liabilities

   $ 506,076      $ 120,697  

Deferred revenue and customer deposits

     761,315        166,171  

Warranty reserve

     37,768        28,552  

Other accrued expenses

     219,959        122,697  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,525,118      $ 438,117  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

NOTE 7 – DEBT

Bank Line of Credit

In May 2015, we entered into a credit agreement (“Credit Agreement”) with a financial institution which provides for a revolving line of credit and a term note payable. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are collateralized by substantially all of our assets and the guarantee of our chief executive officer. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, we have $2,458,177 and $2,087,085, respectively outstanding under the line of credit.

Under the terms of the revolving line of credit, as amended in July 2016, we can borrow up to $3,000,000 without restriction. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit bear interest at a LIBOR-based rate, as defined in the Credit Agreement, plus 2.5% (totaling approximately 3.2% at December 31, 2016), and interest is payable monthly. The outstanding principal balance of the revolving line of credit is due and payable in full on July 31, 2017. In August 2017, we received an extension on the line of credit for a three month period. On October 5, 2017, we received a renewal and modification of terms that extends the due date to August 31, 2018, and increases the borrowing capacity to $3,500,000.

The Credit Agreement is subject to certain financial and non-financial covenants with which we are not in compliance as of December 31, 2016, but obtained a waiver.

Notes Payable

In November 2014, we issued a note payable totaling $100,000 (“November 2014 Note”). Under the terms of the note agreement, interest accrued on the outstanding balance at 10% per annum. The November 2014 Note required us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $4,614 through the maturity date of November 18, 2016. In June 2015, we paid off the remaining balance of the November 2014 Note.

In connection with the November 2014 Note, we issued to the noteholder warrants to purchase shares of our common stock equal to 10% of the original principal at a price per share equal to $0.76 per share. Accordingly, we issued to the noteholder warrants to purchase 13,158 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.76 per share in November 2014. The relative fair value of the warrants was $2,786 and the fair value was estimated using Black-Scholes with the following weighted-average assumptions: fair value of our common stock at issuance of $0.46 per share; six year contractual term; 55% volatility; 0% dividend rate; and a risk-free interest rate of 1.90%. The relative fair value of the warrants was recorded as a debt discount, decreasing note payable and increasing additional paid-in capital on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The debt discount was being amortized to interest expense over the terms of the note payable using the straight-line method which approximated the effective interest method. For the year ended December 31, 2015, debt discount amortization was $2,484 and is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

In May 2015, we issued a note payable in connection with the Credit Agreement totaling $1,250,000 (“May 2015 Note”). Under the terms of the note agreement, interest accrued on the outstanding balance at 3.60% per annum. The May 2015 Note required us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $36,750 through the maturity date. The balance outstanding as of December 31, 2015 was $1,017,396.

In July 2016, we refinanced the Magma note payable (Note 2) and the May 2015 Note into a new $1,600,000 note payable (“Refinanced Note”). Under the terms of the Refinanced Note, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 3.80% per annum. The Refinanced Note requires us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $47,219 through the maturity date of July 31, 2019. The balance outstanding as of December 31, 2016 was $1,391,121.

In July 2016, we issued a note payable totaling $250,000 (“July 2016 Note”) to a third party. Under the terms of the note agreement, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. The July 2016 Note requires

 

F-18


Table of Contents

us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $9,570 with a maturity date on January 15, 2019. The note is unsecured and guaranteed by our chief executive officer and is subordinated to borrowings under the Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance on the July 2016 Note is $213,006.

In connection with the July 2016 Note, we issued to the noteholder warrants to purchase shares of our common stock equal to 20% of the original principal at a price per share equal to $1.78 per share. Accordingly, we issued to the noteholder warrants to purchase 28,090 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.78 per share in July 2016.

The relative fair value of the warrants was $24,830. The fair value of warrants was estimated using Black-Scholes with the following weighted-average assumptions: fair value of our common stock at issuance of $1.78 per share; seven year contractual term; 55% volatility; 0% dividend rate; and a risk-free interest rate of 1.42%.

Related-Party Notes Payable

In July 2016, we issued notes payable totaling $350,000 (“July 2016 Related Party Notes”) to two stockholders. Under the terms of the note agreements, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. The July 2016 Related Party Notes require us to make total monthly principal and interest payments of $13,395 with maturity dates on January 15, 2019. The notes are unsecured and guaranteed by our chief executive officer and are subordinated to borrowings under the Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance on the July 2016 Related Party Notes was $298,112.

In connection with the July 2016 Related Party Notes, we issued to the noteholders warrants to purchase shares of our common stock equal to 20% of the original principal at a price per share equal to $1.78 per share. Accordingly, we issued to the noteholders warrants to purchase 39,326 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.78 per share in July 2016.

The relative fair value of the warrants was $34,762. The fair value of warrants was estimated using Black-Scholes with the following weighted-average assumptions: fair value of our common stock at issuance of $1.78 per share; seven year contractual term; 55% volatility; 0% dividend rate; and a risk-free interest rate of 1.42%.

Debt Discount

The relative fair value of the warrants were recorded as debt discounts, decreasing notes payable and related-party notes payable and increasing additional paid-in capital on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The debt discounts are being amortized to interest expense over the terms of the corresponding notes payable using the straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, total debt discount amortization was $10,925 and $17,100, respectively, and is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Total future payments under the notes payable and related-party notes payable are as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31,    Related
Parties
    Third
Parties
    Total     Discount  

2017

   $ 134,629     $ 618,394     $ 753,023     $ 23,837  

2018

     150,208       650,052       800,260       23,837  

2019

     13,275       335,681       348,956       993  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total minimum payments

     298,112       1,604,127       1,902,239       48,667  

Current portion of note payable

     (134,629     (618,394     (753,023     (23,837
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note payable, net of current portion

   $ 163,483     $ 985,733     $ 1,149,216     $ 24,830  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

NOTE 8 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we issued 22,138 shares of common stock for proceeds of $17,572 in cash related to the exercise of stock options.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we issued 25,011 shares of common stock for proceeds of $16,456 in cash related to the exercise of stock options.

Preferred Stock

Our Articles of Incorporation, as amended, authorize us to issue 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock and 11,000,000 shares of common stock. The authorized preferred stock have been further designated as follows: 500,000 as Series A Preferred Stock; 1,500,000 as Series B Preferred Stock; and 2,000,000 as Series C Preferred Stock.

The liquidation preferences of the preferred shares are as follows:

 

●      Series C Preferred Stock

  

The liquidation preference is $1.50 per share, and the shares have liquidation preference over common stock, Series A Preferred Stock, and Series B Preferred Stock.

 

●      Series B Preferred Stock

  

The liquidation preference is $0.50 per share, and the shares have liquidation preference over common stock and Series A Preferred Stock.

 

●      Series A Preferred Stock

   The liquidation preference is $0.25 per share, the shares have liquidation preference over common stock.

Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock (“Preferred Shares”) are convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of common stock. In addition, the shares automatically convert into shares of common stock upon the date specified by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of such securities, or the closing of a public offering of common stock with gross proceeds of not less than $10,000,000 at an offering price of not less than $5.00 per share.

Each of the Preferred Shares is non-redeemable, is not eligible for dividends, unless declared, and the voting rights of the Preferred Shares are equivalent to the voting rights of common stock.

Regarding unissued Preferred Shares, the board of directors is authorized to determine or alter any or all of the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon wholly unissued series of Preferred Shares, and to fix or alter the number of shares comprising any such series and the designation thereof, or any of them, and to provide for rights and terms of redemption or conversion of the shares of any such series.

Stock Options

We maintained a stock option plan that was established in 2000 (“2000 Plan”). In November 2008, we increased the maximum number of shares of our common stock that were issuable under the 2000 Plan to 3,000,000 shares. The 2000 Plan has expired and no future grants may be awarded under the 2000 Plan.

In December 2011, we adopted a stock option plan (“2011 Plan”) under which we may issue up to 1,500,000 shares of our common stock and, as of December 31, 2016, we have 240,000 shares of common stock available for future grant under the 2011 Plan. In December 2015, we adopted a new stock option plan (“2015 Plan”) under which we may issue up to 1,500,000 shares of our common stock and, as of December 31, 2016, we have 1,150,000

 

F-20


Table of Contents

shares of common stock available for future grant under the 2015 Plan. The terms of the 2011 Plan and 2015 Plan provide for the grant of incentive options to employees and non-statutory options to employees, directors and consultants of OSS. The exercise price per share for options under the 2011 Plan and 2015 Plan is determined by the board of directors, but for incentive stock options the exercise price shall not be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, except that for incentive options granted to an owner/employee with a greater than 10% ownership interest in OSS, the exercise price shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.

Options under the plans expire no more than ten years after the date of grant and/or within five years after the date of the grant for incentive options granted to an owner/employee with a greater than 10% ownership interest in OSS.

A summary of stock option activity under the plans during 2016 and 2015 is follows:

 

     Stock Options Outstanding  
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2015

     2,239,465     $ 0.71        

Granted

     30,000     $ 0.80        

Forfeited / Cancelled

     (51,845   $ 0.57        

Exercised

     (25,011   $ 0.66        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

     2,192,609     $ 0.72        5.16     

Granted

     350,000     $ 1.34        

Forfeited / Cancelled

     (248,646   $ 0.65        

Exercised

     (22,139   $ 0.79        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

     2,271,824     $ 0.82        5.05      $ 2,569,047  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2016

     1,880,989     $ 0.75        4.23      $ 2,266,586  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2016

     2,262,393     $ 0.82        5.03      $ 2,562,990  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes information about common stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2016:

 

     Stock Options Outstanding      Stock Options Exercisable  

Exercise

Price Range

   Number of
Shares
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in
Years)
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Number of
Shares
Exercisable
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in
Years)
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

$0.46-$ 0.50

     400,000        7.54      $ 0.46        330,000        7.54      $ 0.46  

$0.75-$ 1.00

     1,521,824        3.40      $ 0.79        1,510,989        3.37      $ 0.79  

$1.01-$ 1.78

     350,000        9.37      $ 1.34        40,000        9.33      $ 1.26  
  

 

 

          

 

 

       
     2,271,824        5.05      $ 0.82        1,880,989        4.23      $ 0.75  
  

 

 

          

 

 

       

 

F-21


Table of Contents

The following table presents details of the assumptions used to calculate the weighted-average grant date fair value of our common stock options granted:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2016     2015  

Expected term (in years)

     5.3 – 5.9       5.9  

Expected volatility

     43.4 – 44     53.5 – 56.2

Risk-free interest rate

     1.22 – 1.40     1.49 – 1.87

Weighted average grant date fair value per share

   $ 0.40     $ 0.41  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Grant date fair value of options vested

   $ 1,401,342     $ 1,467,573  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intrinsic value of options exercised

   $ 25,599     $ 10,556  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016, the amount of unearned stock-based compensation estimated to be expensed from 2017 through 2019 related to unvested common stock options is approximately $105,200, net of estimated forfeitures. The weighted-average period over which the unearned stock-based compensation is expected to be recognized is 0.96 years. If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying unvested awards, we may be required to accelerate, increase or cancel any remaining unearned stock-based compensation expense or calculate and record additional expense. Future stock-based compensation expense and unearned stock-based compensation will increase to the extent that we grant additional common stock options or other stock-based awards.

Stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was comprised of the following:

 

     2016      2015  

Stock-based compensation classified as:

     

General and administrative

   $ 56,933      $ 37,202  

Marketing and selling

     17,271        14,406  

Research and development

     3,443        604  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 77,647      $ 52,212  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Warrants

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we issued warrants to purchase 67,416 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.78 per share in connection with the July 2016 Note and the July 2016 Related Party Notes (Note 7). The warrants are exercisable and have a weighted average remaining term of 4.72 years.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our warrant activity during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

     Number of
Shares
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Warrants outstanding – January 1, 2015

     131,580      $ 0.76  

Warrants granted

     -        -  

Warrants exercised

     -        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Warrants outstanding – December 31, 2015

     131,580      $ 0.76  

Warrants granted

     67,416        1.78  

Warrants exercised

     -        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Warrants outstanding – December 31, 2016

     198,996      $ 1.11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 9 – EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

We have a 401(k) retirement plan. Under the terms of the plan, eligible employees may defer up to 20% of their pre-tax earnings, subject to the Internal Revenue Service annual contribution limit. Additionally, the Plan allows for discretionary matching contributions by us. In 2016 and 2015, we matched 100% of the employee’s contribution up to a maximum of 4% and 3% of the employee’s annual compensation, respectively. In 2017, the matching contributions were increased to 100% of the employee’s contribution up to a maximum of 5% of the employee’s annual compensation. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we contributed $124,532 and $68,447, respectively, to the 401(k) Plan.

NOTE 10 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we are subject to various legal claims and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management after consultation with legal counsel, the ultimate disposition of any such matters as of December 31, 2016, will not have a materially adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Guarantees and Indemnities

We have made certain indemnities, under which it may be required to make payments to an indemnified party, in relation to certain transactions. We indemnify our directors, officers, employees and agents to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of California. In connection with our facility lease, we have indemnified our lessor for certain claims arising from the use of the facilities. Also, in connection with our Credit Agreement (Note 7), we have agreed to indemnify our lender and others related to the use of the proceeds and other matters. The duration of the indemnities varies, and in many cases is indefinite. These indemnities do not provide for any limitation of the maximum potential future payments we could be obligated to make. Historically, we have not been obligated to make any payments for these obligations and no liabilities have been recorded for these indemnities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Leases

We lease our corporate office, manufacturing, and warehouse facilities under non-cancelable operating leases that expire through August 2018. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, rent expense was $322,696 and $222,255, respectively.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Future annual minimum rental commitments under operating leases as of December 31, 2016 are approximately as follows:

 

Years Ending

December 31,

      

2017

   $ 427,000  

2018

     154,000  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 581,000  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 11 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We have engaged an advertising firm whose president is a member of the board of directors. Amounts paid to this company are included in marketing and selling expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, totaled $53,221 and $37,700, respectively.

We have appointed certain stockholders to the board of directors. Director fees paid, including stock-based compensation, for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 totaled $79,978 and $45,000, respectively, and are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

We engaged a related-party accounting firm (a principal of that firm owns shares in OSS) to provide tax preparation and consulting services. Amounts paid to this accounting firm are included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and totaled $15,250 and $11,350, respectively.

We have engaged a related-party law firm (a principal of that firm owns shares in OSS) to provide legal services. Legal fees paid to this firm are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and totaled $135,307 and $35,891, respectively.

We issued notes payable to Series B preferred stockholders totaling $350,000 during the year ended December 31, 2016. In connection with the issuance of the July 2016 Related Party Notes during the year ended December 31, 2016, we issued warrants to purchase 39,326 shares of common stock at $1.78 per share (Notes 7 and 8).

Interest expense on all related-party notes payable for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 totaled $18,803 and $29,811, respectively.

Effective August 1, 2016, we entered into a management services agreement with a company owned by the former chief executive officer of Magma. The agreement calls for payments of $180,000 per year for the first two years paid in monthly installments. In the third year, the amount is reduced to $37,500 for the year paid in monthly installments. Additionally, we granted 30,000 nonstatutory stock options in conjunction with execution of this agreement with an exercise price of $1.78 per share. Payments for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $75,000.

NOTE 12 – INCOME TAXES

For the calendar years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, pre-tax (loss) income was attributed to the following jurisdictions:

 

     2016     2015  

Domestic operations

   $ (369,908   $ 61,816  

Foreign operations

     2,534       (1,437
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (367,374   $ 60,379  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Set forth below is the (benefit) provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31:

 

     2016     2015  

Current:

    

Federal

   $ 39,898     $ 4,609  

State

     7,644       800  

International

     319       -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     47,861       5,409  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

    

Federal

     (144,309     36,826  

State

     (86,912     1,917  

International

     423       (423
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (230,798     38,320  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (benefit) provision for income taxes

   $ (182,937   $ 43,729  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The reconciliation of the provision (benefit) for income taxes computed at federal statutory rates to the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, was as follows:

 

     2016     2015  

Provision at federal statutory rates

   $ (124,907   $ 20,526  

State income taxes, net

     (52,317     1,793  

Research credits

     (58,771     (9,975

Transaction costs

     36,612       -  

Stock based compensation

     8,952       6,693  

Other

     7,494       24,692  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (182,937   $ 43,729  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of deferred taxes as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

 

     2016     2015  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Reserves

   $ 110,428     $ 12,232  

Accrued expenses

     88,035       10,410  

Deferred compensation

     216,761       194,777  

Deferred revenue

     59,275       57,358  

Inventories

     1,099,361       711,466  

Credits and loss carryforward

     665,948       720,362  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     2,239,808       1,706,605  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Property and equipment

     (227,103     (170,178

Intangible assets

     (944,127     (442,476

Other

     (166,745     (156,295
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (1,337,975     (768,949
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 901,833     $ 937,656  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Management believes that it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefits of the net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, California and overseas in Germany and have open tax statutes for federal taxes for the years ended December 31, 2014 through 2016. For California the open tax statutes are for years December 31, 2013 through 2016 and for Germany the open years include December 31, 2015 and 2016.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, we have $0 and $273,555 of state net operating loss carryforwards. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, we have $272,420 and $308,744 of federal tax credit carryforwards which begin to expire in 2026 and state credit carryforwards of $393,527 and $349,049 which carryforward indefinitely.

As of December 31, 2016, the unrecognized tax benefits associated with uncertain tax positions was $137,228 and such amount is included in other accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. If recognized, this would affect our effective tax rate.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 100,156  

Gross increases for tax positions of prior years

     -  

Gross decreases for tax positions of prior years

     -  

Gross increases for tax positions of the current year

     13,591  

Settlements

     -  

Lapse of statute of limitations

     (6,000
  

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, 2015

     107,747  

Gross increases for tax positions of prior years

     -  

Gross decreases for tax positions of prior years

     -  

Gross increases for tax positions of the current year

     31,281  

Settlements

     -  

Lapse of statute of limitations

     (1,800
  

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, 2016

   $ 137,228  
  

 

 

 

The liability for uncertain tax positions is reviewed quarterly and adjusted as events occur that affect potential liabilities and additional taxes, such as lapsing of applicable statutes of limitations, proposed assessments by tax authorities, negotiations with taxing authorities, identification of new issues, and enactment of new legislation, regulations or promulgation of new case law. Management believes that adequate amounts of tax and related interest, if any, have been provided for any adjustments that may result from these examinations of uncertain tax positions. We do not expect the liability for uncertain tax positions to change significantly over the next year. Our practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

NOTE 13 – UNAUDITED NET (LOSS) INCOME PER SHARE AND PRO FORMA NET (LOSS) INCOME PER SHARE

Net (Loss) Income Per Share

Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share was calculated as follows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

     For The Years Ended December 31,  
     2016        2015  

Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:

       

Numerator:

       

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

   $ (184,437      $ 16,650  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Denominator:

       

Weighted average common shares outstanding
- basic

     4,782,547          4,065,322  

Effect of dilutive securities

     -          3,372,946  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding
- diluted

     4,782,547          7,438,268  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per common share attributable to common stockholders:

       

Basic

   $ (0.04      $ 0.00  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.04      $ 0.00  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net (Loss) Income Per Share

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2016 gives effect to certain adjustments arising upon the closing of an initial public offering. Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2016 has been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A, Series B and Series C Preferred Stock into 3,037,006 shares of our common stock, as if the conversion had occurred on January 1, 2016.

NOTE 14 – FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

We use a three-tier fair value hierarchy to classify and disclose all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, in periods subsequent to their initial measurement. These tiers include:

 

    Level 1, defined as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 

    Level 2, defined as inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities; and

 

    Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

The carrying value of financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of

 

F-28


Table of Contents

these instruments. Assets and liabilities assumed in the acquisition of Magma were recorded at fair value based upon our market assumptions which approximated carrying value (except for acquired intangible assets – Note 2) due to the short-term nature of the instruments.

NOTE 15 – SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

We operate in one reportable segment: the design and manufacture of high performance computer systems and components. We evaluate financial performance on a company-wide basis.

To date, a majority of our international sales relate to shipments of products to our U.S. customers’ international manufacturing sites or third- party hubs. Net revenue derived from shipments to international destinations represented approximately 44% and 53% of our net product sales in 2016 and 2015, respectively. All of our net product sales to date have been denominated in U.S. dollars.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, substantially all our long-lived assets were located in the United States of America.

NOTE 16 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On April 6, 2017, OSS and Jacoma Investments, LLC, an entity controlled by our board member Jack Harrison, formed a joint venture named SkyScale, LLC in the State of California. In accordance with the terms of the contribution agreement, Jacoma Investments, LLC agreed to contribute $750,000 in capital and OSS agreed to contribute $750,000 in the form of credits to purchase equipment, personnel or support services from OSS. Each party received a 50% membership interest in the joint venture. The purpose of SkyScale, LLC is to engage in the business of providing high performance computing capabilities as cloud services.

On May 9, 2017, we entered into a Technology and Software Source Code License Agreement with Western Digital (“WDT”) for their Ion flash storage software. The agreement provides OSS with the Ion source code and rights to develop and market derivative products. We intend to develop and sell Ion flash storage software with our high-density storage arrays, as well as service existing WDT software users.

Also, on July 1, 2017, we entered into a Service Agreement with WDT to service their existing customer base that utilizes Ion flash storage software. We also purchased certain equipment from WDT and hired selected employees to assist in the servicing of these existing customers. Management has determined that the activities and assets acquired from WDT comprise a business as defined in ASC 805-10-55-4 through 55. Consideration paid by us to WDT pursuant to the arrangements described above was $67,000. In addition, we are required to pay prospective royalties to WDT of $2,500 or $5,000 for each sale of our products that include licensed software. WDT is obligated to pay us for services rendered to support existing WDT software users the amount of $1,400,000 in defined declining quarterly amounts over a three year period. Management does not believe this business acquisition meets the significance definition provided in Regulation S-X, Rune 210.1-02(w).

On October 5, 2017, we received a modification of terms extending the bank line of credit through August 31, 2018, and increased the borrowing capacity to $3,500,000 (Note 7).

We have evaluated subsequent events after the consolidated balance sheet date of December 31, 2016 through the date of this filing. Based upon our evaluation, management has determined that, other than as disclosed in the accompanying notes, no subsequent events have occurred that would require recognition in the accompanying consolidated financial statements or disclosure in the notes thereto.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     September 30, 2017      Pro Forma
September 30, 2017
     December 31, 2016  
ASSETS    (Unaudited)      (Unaudited)      (Audited)  

Current assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 488,584      $ 488,584      $ 14,197  

Accounts receivable, net

     3,986,700        3,986,700        4,936,938  

Inventories, net

     4,339,343        4,339,343        3,220,968  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     418,530        418,530        133,964  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     9,233,157        9,233,157        8,306,067  

Property and equipment, net

     1,157,921        1,157,921        720,355  

Deposits and other

     32,060        32,060        27,739  

Deferred tax assets, net

     901,833        901,833        901,833  

Goodwill

     3,324,128        3,324,128        3,324,128  

Intangible assets, net

     707,102        707,102        1,004,049  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 15,356,201      $ 15,356,201      $  14,284,171  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

        

Current liabilities

        

Accounts payable

   $ 2,203,302      $ 2,203,302      $ 2,626,559  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     2,590,976        2,590,976        1,525,118  

Borrowings on bank line of credit

     2,464,320        2,464,320        2,458,177  

Current portion of related-party notes payable, net of debt discount of $13,905, $13,905 and $13,905, respectively

     132,247        132,247        120,724  

Current portion of note payable, net of debt discount of $9,932, $9,932 and $9,932, respectively

     631,936        631,936        608,462  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     8,022,781        8,022,781        7,339,040  

Related-party notes payable, net of current portion and debt discount of $4,056, $4,056 and $7,532, respectively

     48,328        48,328        148,999  

Note payable, net of current portion and debt discount of $2,897, $2,897 and $5,380, respectively

     498,315        498,315        975,387  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     8,569,424        8,569,424        8,463,426  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

        

Stockholders’ equity

        

Series C preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 2,000,000 shares authorized; 1,087,006, 0 and 1,087,006 issued and outstanding, respectively; liquidation preference of $1,630,508

     1,604,101        -        1,604,101  

Series B preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 1,500,000 shares authorized; 1,450,000, 0 and 1,450,000 issued outstanding, respectively; liquidation preference of $725,000

     697,996        -        697,996  

Series A preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 500,000 shares authorized; 500,000, 0 and 500,000 issued outstanding, respectively; liquidation preference of $125,000

     114,430        -        114,430  

Common stock, no par value; 11,000,000 shares authorized; 5,506,942, 8,543,948 and 5,374,697 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

     2,269,704        4,686,231        2,170,110  

Noncontrolling interest

     544,892        544,892        -  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,153,555        1,153,555        1,049,305  

Retained earnings

     402,099        402,099        184,803  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     6,786,777        6,786,777        5,820,745  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 15,356,201      $ 15,356,201      $  14,284,171  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     For The Nine Months Ended September 30,  
             2017                         2016          
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Net revenue

   $ 20,485,376     $ 12,384,683  

Cost of revenue

     13,770,177       8,778,474  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     6,715,199       3,606,209  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative

     2,549,084       1,306,439  

Marketing and selling

     2,140,858       1,328,328  

Research and development

     1,744,053       919,056  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     6,433,995       3,553,823  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     281,204       52,386  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense

     (144,157     (98,688

Other, net

     8,609       5,862  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (135,548     (92,826
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     145,656       (40,440

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     133,468       (21,250
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 12,188     $ (19,190
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

   $ (205,108   $ -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to company

   $ 217,296     $ (19,190
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

   $ 0.04     $ (0.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.02     $ (0.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

    

Basic

     5,429,997       4,586,832  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     9,540,490       4,586,832  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

   $ 0.03    
  

 

 

   

Diluted

   $ 0.02    
  

 

 

   

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

     8,467,003    
  

 

 

   

Diluted

     9,540,490    
  

 

 

   

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

    Series C Preferred
Stock
    Series B Preferred
Stock
    Series A Preferred
Stock
    Common Stock     Non controlling
Interest
    Additional
Paid-in

Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Total
Stockholders’

Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          

Balance, January 1, 2017

    1,087,006     $ 1,604,101       1,450,000     $ 697,996       500,000     $ 114,430       5,374,697     $ 2,170,110     $ 1,049,305     $ 184,803     $ 5,820,745     $ 5,820,745  

Stock-based compensation

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -     $ 104,250       -       104,250  

Exercise of stock options

    -       -       -       -       -       -       132,245       99,594       -       -       -       93,906  

Noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiary (Note 1)

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       544,892       -       -       544,892  

Net income

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       217,296       217,296  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2017

    1,087,006     $ 1,604,101       1,450,000     $ 697,996       500,000     $ 114,430       5,506,942     $ 2,269,704     $ 544,892     $ 1,153,555     $ 402,099     $ 6,786,777  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     For The Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
     2017     2016  
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 12,188     $ (19,190

Less net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (205,108     -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to company

     217,296       (19,190

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (205,108     -  

Recovery of bad debt

     (453     -  

Deferred provision for income taxes

     -       (22,050

Warranty reserves

     17,555       (32,899

Amortization of deferred gain

     (28,838     -  

Depreciation and amortization

     600,844       260,245  

Inventory reserves

     (1,064,285     686,530  

Amortization of debt discount

     17,878       4,966  

Stock-based compensation expense

     104,250       55,926  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisition:

    

Accounts receivable

     950,690       55,427  

Inventories

     (447,331     (443,043

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (284,565     26,112  

Deposits

     (4,320     (1,000

Accounts payable

     (423,257     (799,555

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     846,444       (417,169
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     296,800       (645,700
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Cash acquired in merger

     -       68,308  

Purchases of property and equipment, including capitalization of labor costs for tooling and test equipment

     (117,523     (109,421
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (117,523     (41,113
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from stock options exercised

     99,594       14,242  

Contributions related to noncontrolling interest, net

     750,000       -  

Proceeds from issuance of related-party notes payable

     -       350,000  

Proceeds from issuance of notes payable

     -       250,000  

Proceeds from bank term loans

     -       143,475  

Net borrowings (repayments )on bank line of credit

     6,142       (28,060

Payments on related-party notes payable

     (99,646     (20,472

Payments on notes payable

     (460,980     (14,623
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     295,110       694,562  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents
     For The Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
     2017      2016  
     (Unaudited)      (Unaudited)  

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     474,387        7,749  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     14,197        25,074  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 488,584      $ 32,823  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

     

Cash paid during the period for interest

   $ 123,120      $ 100,725  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for income taxes

   $ -      $ -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash transactions:

     

Reclassification of inventories to property and equipment

   $ 393,242      $ -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Relative fair value of warrants issued in connection with notes and related-party notes payable (Note 7)

   $ -      $ 59,592  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquisition of Magma through issuance of common stock (Note 2)

   $ -      $ 1,756,611  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred revenue related to Technology Agreement (Note 2)

   $  230,700      $ -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

One Stop Systems, Inc. (“we,” “our,” “OSS,” or the “Company”) was incorporated as a California corporation in 1999 after initially being formed as a California limited liability company in 1998. On July 6, 2016, we entered into a Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization with Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) whereby Magma merged with and into OSS with OSS continuing as the surviving corporation.

We design, manufacture and market industrial grade computer systems and components that are based on industry standard computer architectures. We market our products to manufacturers of automated equipment used for telecommunications, industrial and military applications.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we formed a new wholly owned subsidiary in Germany (“OSS GmbH”). During 2016, we acquired Magma and its operations (see Note 2).

On April 6, 2017, OSS and a related entity formed a joint venture name SkyScale, LLC in the State of California. In accordance with the terms of the contribution agreement, Jacoma Investments, LLC, an entity owned by one of OSS’ board members, agreed to contribute $750,000 in capital and OSS agreed to contribute $750,000 in the form of credits to purchase equipment, personnel or support services from OSS. Each party received a 50% membership interest in the joint venture. The purpose of SkyScale, LLC is to engage in the business of providing high performance computing capabilities as cloud services.

On May 9, 2017, we entered into a Technology and Software Source Code License Agreement with Western Digital (“WDT”) for their Ion flash storage software. The agreement provides us with the Ion source code and rights to develop and market derivative products. We intend to develop and sell Ion flash storage software with our high-density storage arrays, as well as service existing WDT software users (Note 2).

Also, on July 1, 2017, we entered into a Service Agreement with WDT to service their existing customer base that utilizes Ion flash storage software. We also purchased certain equipment from WDT and hired selected employees to assist in the servicing of these existing customers. Management has determined that the activities and assets acquired from WDT comprise a business as defined in ASC 805-10-55-4 through 55. Consideration paid by us to WDT pursuant to the arrangements described above was $67,000. In addition, we are required to pay prospective royalties to WDT of $2,500 or $5,000 for each sale of our products that include licensed software. WDT is obligated to pay us for services rendered to support existing WDT software users the amount of $1,400,000 in defined declining quarterly amounts over a three year period. Management does not believe this business acquisition meets the significance definition provided in Regulation S-X, Rune 210.1-02(w).

Our primary sources of liquidity come from existing cash; cash generated from operations, a bank revolving line of credit and related party and third party term notes. Borrowings under the debt agreements are collateralized by substantially all of our assets and the personal guarantee of our chief executive officer.

For the nine month period ended September 30, 2017, we are experiencing growing sales and gross profits, have a strong order backlog, and recently increased our line of credit facility. The combination of continued revenue growth we have experienced, coupled with an expected improvement in gross margins and cost containment of expenses leads management to believe that it is probable that our liquidity will be sufficient to meet

 

F-35


Table of Contents

our cash requirements for current operations through at least a period of the next twelve months. If necessary, management also believes that it is probable that external sources of debt and/or equity financing could be obtained based on management’s history of being able to raise capital coupled with current favorable market conditions. As a result of both management’s plans and current favorable business trends, we believe the conditions which may raise substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern have been alleviated. Therefore, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern.

However, there can be no assurance that our operations will become profitable or that external sources of financing, including the issuance of debt and/or equity securities, will be available at times and on terms acceptable to us, or at all. Our management prepares budgets and monitors our financial results as a tool to align liquidity needs to the recurring business requirements and as a result our management believes that we have sufficient liquidity to satisfy our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months.

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been condensed or omitted pursuant to those rules and regulations, although we believe that the disclosures made are adequate to make the information not misleading. It is suggested that these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements be read in conjunction with our audited December 31, 2016 consolidated financial statements.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on an accrual basis of accounting in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”), as set forth in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”).

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of OSS, which includes the results from the Ion business combination, its two wholly owned subsidiaries, OSS GmbH, and Mission Technology Group, Inc., dba Magma, and the accounts of the joint venture, SkyScale LLC (collectively referred to as “we,” “our,” “OSS,” the “Company”). Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

On April 6, 2017, OSS and Jacoma Investments, LLC, an entity controlled by our board member Jack Harrison, formed a joint venture, SkyScale, LLC (“SkyScale”), to engage in the business of providing high performance computing capabilities as cloud services. In accordance with the terms of the contribution agreement, Jacoma Investments, LLC agreed to contribute $750,000 in capital and we agreed to contribute $750,000 in the form

 

F-36


Table of Contents

of credits to purchase equipment, personnel or support services from us. Each party received 50% membership interest in the joint venture. Management determined that SkyScale is a variable interest entity primarily because it is thinly capitalized and may require additional capital to finance its activities.

Management also determined that we are the primary beneficiary of SkyScale based primarily on the related party nature of SkyScales’s decision-makers and daily business operators. As of September 30, 2017, SkyScale significant assets were comprised of cash and cash equivalents of $400,835 and computer-related equipment and other assets of $423,048, its significant liabilities were comprised of trade accounts payable of $126,769, and its net members’ equity totaled $697,114. For the period from inception through September 30, 2017, SkyScale’s revenues were $8,200, its operating expenses (primarily personnel costs) aggregated $418,416, and its net loss was $410,216.

The non-controlling interest attributable to SkyScale LLC is shown as a component of equity on the consolidated balance sheets and the share of the profit (loss) attributable to the non-controlling interest is shown as a component of profit (loss) in the consolidated statements of operations.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosures of contingent assets, liabilities, and expenses at the date of the consolidated financial statements during the reporting period. Significant estimates made by management include, among others, the fair value of net assets acquired in July 2016 and Ion in July 2017, the allowance for doubtful accounts, fair value of stock options and warrants, recoverability of inventories and long-lived assets, and realizability of deferred tax assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with a proposed initial public offering of our common stock. If the offering is consummated on certain terms, our outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis. The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2017 has been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 3,037,006 shares of our common stock, as though the proposed initial public offering had occurred on September 30, 2017. In the accompanying statements of operations, unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 have been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all 3,037,006 outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, as though the proposed initial public offering had occurred on January 1, 2016.

Concentration Risks

At times, deposits held with financial institutions may exceed the amount of insurance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), which provides basic deposit coverage with limits up to $250,000 per owner. As of September 30, 2017, we had no amounts in excess of the insurance limits. We have not experienced any such losses in these accounts.

At September 30, 2017, one customer accounted for 40% of net trade accounts receivable and one customer accounted for 37% of net revenue for the nine months then ended. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, one customer accounted for 28% of net revenue.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, we made purchases from two suppliers which represented approximately 40% and 52% of materials purchased.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Our financial instruments consist principally of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and debt instruments. The fair value of or cash equivalents is determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or Level 1 inputs. We recognize transfers between Levels 1 through 3 of the fair value hierarchy at the beginning of the reporting period. The fair values of our variable rate debt instruments approximate its carrying values based upon management’s assessment of the current credit markets. It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of our fixed rate instruments (including related party notes payable) due to the private nature of those transactions and the lack of an observable market.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit and money market accounts. We consider all highly liquid temporary cash investments with an initial maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Management believes that the carrying amounts of cash equivalents approximate their fair value because of the short maturity period.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is an estimate to cover the losses resulting from the inability of customers to make payments on their outstanding balances. In estimating the required allowance, management considers the overall quality and aging of the accounts receivable, specific customer circumstances, current economic trends, and historical experience with collections. At September 30, 2017, the allowance for doubtful accounts is $3,424.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market determined on a first-in, first-out basis. We use the average cost method for purposes of determining cost, which approximates the first-in, first-out method. We establish reserves on our inventories to write-down the carrying value of our estimated obsolete or excess inventories to market value based upon observations of historical usage, assumptions about future demand and market conditions. In addition, we consider changes in the market value of components in determining the net realizable value of our inventory. Inventory reserves are considered permanent adjustments to the cost basis of the inventories, and are not reversed until the specific inventories are sold or otherwise disposed.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, other than leasehold improvements, are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are recorded at cost and are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life of the related asset. Tooling and test equipment includes capitalized labor costs associated with the development of the related tooling and test equipment. Costs incurred for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, and expenditures for major replacements and improvements are capitalized. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization of disposed assets are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in other expense, net.

Goodwill

Goodwill relates to the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead we assess possible impairment of goodwill at least annually and when an event occurs that may trigger such a review. Determining whether a triggering event has occurred involves our significant judgment. Management assesses goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, and has determined that we only have one reporting unit.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

In assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we assess relevant events and circumstances that may impact the fair value and the carrying amount of a reporting unit. The identification of relevant events and circumstances and how these may impact a reporting unit’s fair value or carrying amount involve significant judgments by management. These judgments include the consideration of macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance and events which are specific to OSS. Each factor is assessed to determine whether it impacts the impairment test positively or negatively, and the magnitude of any such impact.

After the qualitative assessment, the impairment testing is a two-step process. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, then goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is required. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then the second step is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill and an impairment loss is recorded for an amount equal to the difference between the implied fair value and the carrying value of the goodwill. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit and goodwill is judgmental and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions.

Based upon our impairment testing, we determined that no impairment loss has occurred during the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016. There can be no assurance, however, that market conditions will not change or demand for our products will continue, which could result in an impairment of goodwill in the future.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We review the recoverability of our other long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and definite lived intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate the carrying value of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. The assessment for possible impairment is based on our ability to recover the carrying value of the asset or asset group from the expected future pre-tax cash flows, undiscounted and without interest charges, from the related operations. If the aggregate of the net cash flows is less than the carrying value of such assets, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. The determination and measurement of impairment of long-lived assets requires management to estimate future cash flows and the fair value of long-lived assets.

Management determined that there were no impairment charges to be recognized during the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016. There can be no assurance, however, that market conditions will not change or demand for our products will continue, which could result in an impairment of long-lived assets in the future.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605. Accordingly, revenue from the sale of products is recognized when there is evidence of an arrangement, the selling price is fixed or determinable, title and risk of loss has transferred to the customer, any installation or service obligations have been satisfied, and collection is reasonably assured. Net revenue includes deductions for customer discounts and actual and estimated returns. All amounts billed to customers related to shipping and handling are classified as net sales.

Customer agreements include one vendor managed inventory program. Pursuant to Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 13.A.3.a, we recognize revenue under this arrangement when (i) risks of ownership have passed to the customer; (ii) the customer’s commitment to purchase the goods is fixed; (iii) there is a fixed schedule for delivery of the goods that is reasonable and consistent with the customer’s business purpose; (iv) we do not have any specific performance obligations such that the earning process is not complete; (v) the ordered goods have been segregated from our inventory and are not subject to being used to fill other orders; and (vi) the product is complete and ready for shipment. Also, such arrangement must be requested by the customer and the customer has explained a

 

F-39


Table of Contents

substantial business purpose for the arrangement. Management also considers whether the customer’s custodial risks are insured and whether modifications to our normal billing and credit terms were required. During the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, we recorded revenue from product sales that are held in vendor managed inventory under this agreement of $7,610,265 and $3,269,408, respectively. As of September 30, 2017, $755,586 of products sold through that date were held in vendor management inventory pending fulfillment or shipment to the customer.

Warranty Reserve

We offer product warranties that generally extend for one year from the date of sale. Such warranties require us to repair or replace defective product returned to us during the warranty period at no cost to the customer. We record an estimate for warranty-related costs at the time of sale based on our historical and estimated future product return rates and expected repair or replacement costs (Note 6). While such costs have historically been within management’s expectations and the provisions established, unexpected changes in failure rates could have a material adverse impact on OSS, requiring additional warranty reserves and could adversely affect our gross profit and gross margins.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Our shipping and handling costs are included in cost of goods sold for all periods presented.

Foreign Currency

OSS GmbH operates as an extension of our domestic operations. The functional currency of OSS GmbH is the Euro. Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are remeasured to the functional currency at the average exchange rate in effect during the period. At the end of each reporting period, monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured at historical exchange rates. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for equity issuances to non-employees in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 505. All transactions in which goods or services are the consideration received for the issuance of equity instruments are accounted for based on the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. The measurement date used to determine the estimated fair value of the equity instrument issued is the earlier of the date on which the third-party performance is complete or the date on which it is probable that performance will occur.

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, employee and director stock-based compensation expense recognized during the period is based on the value of the portion of stock-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest during the period. Given that stock-based compensation expense recognized in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. FASB ASC Topic 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Our estimated average forfeiture rates are based on historical forfeiture experience and estimated future forfeitures.

The estimated fair value of common stock option awards to employees and directors is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires subjective assumptions regarding the estimated fair value of our common stock, future stock price volatility and expected time to exercise, along with assumptions about the risk-free interest rate and expected dividends, all of which affect the estimated fair values of our common stock option awards. In the absence of an observable market, the estimated fair value of our common

 

F-40


Table of Contents

stock is determined by management and considers the results of an independent third-party valuation report. The expected term of options granted is calculated as the average of the weighted vesting period and the contractual expiration date of the option. This calculation is based on the safe harbor method permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission in instances where the vesting and exercise terms of options granted meet certain conditions and where limited historical exercise data is available. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the common stock of comparable public companies in our industry. The risk-free rate selected to value any particular grant is based on the U.S. Treasury rate that corresponds to the expected term of the grant effective as of the date of the grant. The expected dividend assumption is based on our history and management’s expectation regarding dividend payouts. Compensation expense for common stock option awards with graded vesting schedules is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the last separately vesting portion of the award, provided that the accumulated cost recognized as of any date at least equals the value of the vested portion of the award.

If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying vested or unvested stock-based awards, we may be required to accelerate, increase or cancel any remaining unearned stock-based compensation expense, or record additional expense for vested stock-based awards. Future stock-based compensation expense and unearned stock- based compensation may increase to the extent that we grant additional common stock options or other stock-based awards.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718) (“ASU 2016-09”), which simplified certain aspects of the accounting for stock-based payment transactions, including income taxes, classification of awards and classification in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those annual periods. We adopted this guidance prospectively in the first quarter of 2017 and there was no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Debt Discounts

The debt discounts, which originated from the relative fair value of the warrants issued in connection with note payable and related-party notes payable during 2016 and 2014 (Note 7), are recorded against note payable and related-party notes payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Amortization of the debt discounts are calculated using the straight-line method over the term of the notes which approximates the effective interest method and are recorded in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and included in marketing and selling expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Advertising costs for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 were $77,243 and $87,409, respectively.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenditures are expensed in the period incurred. Research and development expenses primarily consist of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation, as well as consulting expenses and allocated facilities and other overhead costs. Research and development activities include the development of new technologies, features and functionality in support of our products and customer needs.

Income Taxes

We utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the consolidated financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740) – Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (“ASU 2015-17”), which requires companies to report their deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets, together as a single noncurrent item on their classified balance sheets. We adopted ASU 2015-17 during 2016 and have classified our deferred tax assets as long-term on the consolidated balance sheets.

ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attributes for consolidated financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return.

Under ASC Topic 740, the impact of an uncertain income tax position on the income tax return must be recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Additionally, ASC Topic 740 provides requirements for derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Our policy is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

We are subject to taxation in the U.S., various state jurisdictions and Germany. Our tax years are subject to examination for 2014 and forward for U.S. Federal tax purposes and for 2013 and forward for California purposes. We do not foresee material changes to our gross liability of uncertain tax positions within the next twelve (12) months.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists primarily of interest associated with our issued debt including the amortization of debt discounts. We recognize the amortization of debt discounts and the amortization of interest costs using a straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Company

Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income attributable to OSS by the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted-average shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period. Dilutive potential shares consist of dilutive shares issuable upon the conversion of convertible preferred stock and the exercise or vesting of outstanding stock options and warrants, respectively, computed using the treasury stock method. During a period where a net loss is incurred, dilutive potential shares are excluded from the computation of dilutive net loss per share, as inclusion is anti-dilutive.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in FASB Topic 605, Revenue Recognition . ASU 2014-09 implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. Other major provisions include the capitalization and amortization of certain contract costs, ensuring the time value of money is considered in the transaction price, and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. On July 9, 2015, the FASB approved amendments deferring the effective date of the standard by one year. The new standard will be effective for us in the first quarter of 2019. We have not yet selected a transition method and are currently assessing the impact the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330) (“ASU 2015-11”). The amendments in ASU 2015-11 require that an entity measure inventory within the scope of the standard at the lower of cost and

 

F-42


Table of Contents

net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transaction. The amendments in this update more closely align the measurement of inventory in U.S. GAAP with the measurement of inventory in International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2015-11 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. We will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2018 and do not expect a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASU 2016-02”). Under ASU 2016-02, lessees will be required to recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date: a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. Lessees must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-02 on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”), which is intended to reduce the existing diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-15 on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business (“ASU 2017-01”). The amendments in this update clarify the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or disposals of assets or businesses. ASU 2017-01 will be effective for OSS for the year ending December 31, 2019 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for transactions that have not been reported in financial statements that have been issued or made available for issuance. We are currently evaluating the effect of the adoption of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment testing. An entity will no longer determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Instead, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. ASU 2017-04 will be effective for OSS for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We expect the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting (“ASU 2017-09”), which provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in ASC Topic 718. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the

 

F-43


Table of Contents

classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. ASU 2017-09 will be effective for OSS for the year ending December 31, 2019 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted. We expect the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2 – ACQUISITION

Magma

On July 15, 2016, we acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares of Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) from Magma’s former stockholder (“Magma Stockholder”). Magma designs, manufactures, and markets industrial grade computer systems and components and is also located in southern California. The acquisition is expected to increase our brand awareness and market share and combines the expertise of OSS in the computer hardware industry with Magma’s customer base.

We issued 1,263,749 shares of our common stock to the Magma Stockholder for 100% of Magma shares. The fair value assigned to the shares of common stock was $1,756,611, as determined by our board of directors. In determining the fair value assigned to the Magma transaction, our board of directors considered factors including recent third-party valuation reports of our common stock and estimates of discounts for a lack of marketability related to our common stock to the extent not considered in third-party valuation reports.

The transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method pursuant to ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations . Accordingly, goodwill has been measured as the excess of the total consideration over the amounts assigned to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill was attributed to management’s assessment of projected increases in overall revenues derived from greater brand awareness and certain economies of scale.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

The allocation of the total consideration to the acquired net assets as of the acquisition date is as follows:

 

Cash

   $ 68,308  

Accounts receivable

     356,499  

Prepaid expenses

     93,800  

Inventories

     1,208,675  

Property and equipment

     143,705  

Customer lists and relationships

     398,717  

Drawings and technology

     760,207  

Trademarks and URL’s

     25,000  

Other intangibles

     2,759  

Deposits and other

     17,202  

Accounts payable

     (842,843

Warranty reserve

     (15,000

Deferred tax liability

     (266,620

Accrued expenses

     (816,249

Other accrued liabilities

     (50,000

Line of credit

     (517,335

Notes payable, current portion

     (157,572

Notes payable, long-term

     (200,000
  

 

 

 

Total fair value excluding goodwill

     209,253  

Goodwill

     1,547,358  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 1,756,611  
  

 

 

 

Fair valuation methods used for the identifiable net assets acquired in the acquisition make use of quoted prices in active market, discounted cash flows for assessing the value of the customer lists and relationships and the relief from royalty method for determination of drawing and technology values, both using a risk adjusted weighted cost of capital. Management estimates that any residual value from the intangible assets listed above will not be significant. The weighted-average amortization period of each intangible asset identified above is three years.

On the acquisition date, goodwill of $1,547,358 and other intangible assets of $1,186,683 were recorded. The business combination is considered a tax-free reorganization under Section 368(a) under the Internal Revenue Code; therefore, acquired goodwill and intangibles of $2,734,041 is not tax-deductible. However, Magma had tax-deductible goodwill of $496,275 (with an original basis of $1,294,624) that will continue to be amortized for tax purposes after the acquisition. In accordance with Topic 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other , we completed our annual impairment test and determined that the goodwill was not impaired at December 31, 2016.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

The following unaudited pro forma information presents the results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, as if the acquisition of Magma had occurred on January 1, 2016.

 

Revenue

   $ 15,171,319  
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (213,367
  

 

 

 

Acquisition-related pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

  

Basic

   $ (0.04
  

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.04
  

 

 

 

The amount of revenues and net (loss) income of Magma included in our consolidated statements of operations for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 are $4,358,217 and $1,285,421 and ($56,898) and $73,870, respectively.

The definite lived intangible assets consisted of the following as of September 30, 2017:

 

Definite lived intangible assets:

   Expected
Life
     Average
Remaining
Life
     Gross
Intangible
Assets
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Intangible
Assets
 

Drawings and technology

     3 years        1.8 years      $ 760,207      $ 306,194      $ 454,013  

Customer lists and relationships

     3 years        1.8 years        398,717        160,594        238,123  

Trademarks, URLs and other

     3 years        1.8 years        27,759        12,793        14,966  
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
         $ 1,186,683      $ 479,581      $ 707,102  
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expense recognized during the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 was $296,946 and $83,222, respectively. The amortization expense of the definite lived intangible assets for the years remaining is as follows:

 

     2017      2018      2019      Total  

Total

   $ 98,614      $ 395,561      $ 212,927      $ 707,102  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ion Software and Services

On May 9, 2017, we entered into a Technology and Software Source Code License Agreement (the “Technology Agreement”) with Western Digital for its Ion flash storage software. The Technology Agreement provides OSS with the Ion source code and rights to develop and market derivative products with the intended purpose of developing and selling Ion flash storage software with our high-density storage arrays. Concurrently with the Technology Agreement, we purchased certain equipment from Western Digital, have the right to hire selected employees and to have the right to forgo certain royalty payments on purchases of solid state drives for a designated customer.

We took receipt of the licensed software and equipment in July 2017 and made payment in September 2017. The equipment has not yet been placed in service pending build-out of a facility and evaluation as to what equipment will be retained or sold.

Subsequently, on July 1, 2017, we entered into a Services Agreement (the “Services Agreement”) with Western Digital to service their existing customer base that utilizes Ion flash storage software. The Services Agreement grants the rights and obligations to OSS to provide Ion software level 1-4 support services (as defined in the agreement) to existing Western Digital software users for a three year period based upon fixed quarterly payments.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

The Ion transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method pursuant to ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations . Accordingly, the excess of the total fair value of identifiable assets value over the consideration paid is being deferred and recognized over a thirty-six month period pro-rata with the time period and the rendering of Western Digital customer support services. Deferred revenue recognized for the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 is $28,838 and is including in revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. We incurred $61,368 in shipping and storage fees related to the acquisition of this equipment. These costs which have been included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the nine month period ended September 30, 2017.

Management has determined that the activities and assets acquired from Western Digital comprise a business as defined in ASC 805-10-55-4 through 55. Consideration paid by us to Western Digital pursuant to the arrangements described above was $67,000. In addition, we are required to pay prospective royalties to Western Digital of $2,500 or $5,000 for each sale of our products that include licensed software. Western Digital is obligated to pay us for services rendered to support existing Western Digital software users the amount of $1,400,000 in defined declining quarterly amounts over a three year period. Management does not believe this business acquisition meets the significance definition provided in Regulation S-X, Rule 210.1-02(w).

The determination of fair value for the identifiable net assets acquired in the acquisition was determined by management and considered the results of a third party appraisal of the fair value of equipment purchased. Prior to July 1, 2017, there were no operations or activities associated with this acquisition.

The allocation of the total consideration to the acquired net assets as of the acquisition date for Ion is as follows:

 

Equipment

   $ 297,700  

Amount paid

     (67,000
  

 

 

 

Gain on acquisition of equipment to be recognized over the three year contract service period

   $ 230,700  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 3 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Accounts receivable, net consist of the following at September 30, 2017:

 

Accounts receivable

   $ 3,990,124  

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts

     (3,424
  

 

 

 
   $ 3,986,700  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 4 – INVENTORIES

Inventories, net consist of the following at September 30, 2017:

 

Raw materials

   $ 3,611,086  

Sub-assemblies

     1,804,941  
  

 

 

 
     5,416,027  

Less: reserves for obsolete and slow-moving inventories

     (1,076,684
  

 

 

 
   $ 4,339,343  
  

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

NOTE 5 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment, net consists of the following at September 30, 2017:

 

Computers and computer equipment

   $ 857,314  

Furniture and office equipment

     72,110  

Manufacturing equipment and engineering tools

     1,671,010  

Leasehold improvements

     109,117  
  

 

 

 
     2,709,551  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,551,630
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,157,921  
  

 

 

 

During the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, we incurred $303,898 and $177,023 of depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment, respectively.

NOTE 6 – ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other liabilities consist of the following at September 30, 2017:

 

Accrued compensation and related liabilities

   $ 467,474  

Deferred revenue and customer deposits

     1,180,412  

Warranty reserve

     55,323  

Other accrued expenses and liabilities

     887,767  
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,590,976  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 7 – DEBT

Bank Line of Credit

In May 2015, we entered into a credit agreement (“Credit Agreement”) with a financial institution which provides for a revolving line of credit and a term note payable. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are collateralized by substantially all of our assets and the personal guarantee of our chief executive officer.

Under the terms of the revolving line of credit, as amended in July 2016, we can borrow up to $3,000,000. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit bear interest at a LIBOR-based rate, as defined in the Credit Agreement, plus 2.5% (totaling 3.2% at December 31, 2016 and 3.7% as of September 30, 2017), and interest is payable monthly. The outstanding principal balance of the revolving line of credit was due and payable in full on July 31, 2017. In August 2017, we received a three-month extension on our revolving line of credit while additional terms and conditions are agreed to for the full extension of the revolving line of credit. On October 5, 2017, the line of credit was renewed and modified. The line of credit has been extended through August 31, 2018, and the unrestricted borrowing capacity was increased from $3,000,000 to $3,500,000. The outstanding balance on the line of credit as of September 30, 2017 is $2,464,320. The credit agreement is subject to certain financial and non-financial covenants with which we are not in compliance as of September 30, 2017, but for which we have received a waiver.

Notes Payable

In May 2015, we issued a note payable in connection with the Credit Agreement totaling $1,250,000 (“May 2015 Note”). Under the terms of the note agreement, interest accrued on the outstanding balance at 3.60% per

 

F-48


Table of Contents

annum. The May 2015 Note required us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $36,750 through the maturity date.

In July 2016, we refinanced the Magma note payable (Note 2) and the May 2015 Note into a new $1,600,000 note payable (“Refinanced Note”). Under the terms of the Refinanced Note, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 3.80% per annum. The Refinanced Note requires us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $47,219 through the maturity date of July 31, 2019. The balance outstanding as of September 30, 2017 was $1,001,268.

In July 2016, we issued a note payable totaling $250,000 (“July 2016 Note”) to a third party. Under the terms of the note agreement, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. The July 2016 Note requires us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $9,570 with a maturity date on January 15, 2019. The note is unsecured and guaranteed by our chief executive officer and is subordinated to borrowings under the Credit Agreement. As of September 30, 2017, the outstanding balance on the July 2016 Note is $141,811.

In connection with July 2016 Note, we issued to the noteholder warrants to purchase shares of our common stock equal to 20% of the original principal at a price per share equal to $1.78 per share. Accordingly, we issued to the noteholder warrants to purchase 28,090 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.78 per share in July 2016.

The relative fair value of the warrants was $24,830. The relative fair value of warrants was estimated using Black-Scholes with the following weighted-average assumptions: fair value of our common stock at issuance of $1.78 per share; seven year contractual term; 62% volatility; 0% dividend rate; and a risk-free interest rate of 1.42%.

Related-Party Notes Payable

In July 2016, we issued notes payable totaling $350,000 (“July 2016 Related Party Notes”) to two stockholders. Under the terms of the note agreements, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. The July 2016 Related Party Notes require us to make total monthly principal and interest payments of $13,395 with maturity dates on January 15, 2019. The notes are unsecured and guaranteed by our chief executive officer and are subordinated to borrowings under the Credit Agreement. As of September 30, 2017, the outstanding balance on the July 2016 Related Party Notes is $198,535.

In connection with July 2016 Related Party Notes, we issued to the noteholders warrants to purchase shares of our common stock equal to 20% of the original principal at a price per share equal to $1.78 per share. Accordingly, we issued to the noteholders warrants to purchase 39,326 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.78 per share in July 2016.

The relative fair value of the warrants was $34,762. The relative fair value of warrants was estimated using Black-Scholes with the following weighted-average assumptions: fair value of our common stock at issuance of $1.78 per share; seven year contractual term; 55% volatility; 0% dividend rate; and a risk-free interest rate of 1.42%.

Debt Discount

The relative fair value of the warrants were recorded as debt discounts, decreasing notes payable and related-party notes payable and increasing additional paid-in capital on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The debt discounts are being amortized to interest expense over the terms of the corresponding notes payable using the straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method. For the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, total debt discount amortization was $17,878 and $4,966, respectively, and is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

NOTE 8 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we issued 132,245 shares of common stock for proceeds of $99,594 in cash related to the exercise of stock options.

Preferred Stock

Our amended Articles of Incorporation authorize us to issue 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock and 11,000,000 shares of common stock. The authorized preferred stock have been further designated as follows: 500,000 as Series A Preferred Stock; 1,500,000 as Series B Preferred Stock; and 2,000,000 as Series C Preferred Stock.

The liquidation preferences of the preferred shares are as follows:

 

●       Series C Preferred Stock                The liquidation preference is $1.50 per share, and the shares have liquidation preference over common stock, Series A Preferred Stock, and Series B Preferred Stock.
●       Series B Preferred Stock   

The liquidation preference is $0.50 per share, and the shares have liquidation preference over common stock and Series A Preferred Stock.

 

●       Series A Preferred Stock    The liquidation preference is $0.25 per share, the shares have liquidation preference over common stock.

Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock (“Preferred Shares”) are convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of common stock. In addition, the shares automatically convert into shares of common stock upon the date specified by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of such securities, or the closing of a public offering of common stock with gross proceeds of not less than $10,000,000 at an offering price of not less than $5.00 per share.

Each of the Preferred Shares is non-redeemable, is not eligible for dividends, unless declared, and the voting rights of the Preferred Shares is equivalent to the voting rights of common stock.

Regarding unissued Preferred Shares, the board of directors is authorized to determine or alter any or all of the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon wholly unissued series of Preferred Shares, and to fix or alter the number of shares comprising any such series and the designation thereof, or any of them, and to provide for rights and terms of redemption or conversion of the shares of any such series.

Stock Options

We maintained a stock option plan that was established in 2000 (“2000 Plan”). In November 2008, we increased the maximum number of shares of our common stock that were issuable under the 2000 Plan to 3,000,000 shares of our common stock. The 2000 Plan has expired and no future grants may be awarded under the 2000 Plan.

In December 2011, we adopted a stock option plan (“2011 Plan”) under which we may issue up to 1,500,000 shares of our common stock and, as of September 30, 2017, we have 240,000 shares of common stock available for future grant under the 2011 Plan. In December 2015, we adopted a new stock option plan (“2015 Plan”) under which we may issue up to 1,500,000 shares of our common stock and, as of September 30, 2017, we have 790,000 shares of common stock available for future grant under the 2015 Plan. The terms of the 2011 Plan and 2015 Plan provide for the grant of incentive options to our employees and nonstatutory options to our employees, directors and

 

F-50


Table of Contents

consultants. The exercise price per share for options under the 2011 Plan and 2015 Plan is determined by our board of directors, but for incentive stock options the exercise price shall not be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, except that for incentive options granted to an owner/employee with a greater than 10% ownership interest in the Company, the exercise price shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.

Options under the plans expire no more than ten years after the date of grant and/or within five years after the date of the grant for incentive options granted to an owner/employee with a greater than 10% ownership interest in the Company.

A summary of stock option activity under the plans during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 is follows:

 

     Stock Options Outstanding  
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2017

     2,271,824     $ 0.82  

Granted

     360,000     $ 1.95  

Forfeited / Cancelled

     (112,160   $ 0.75  

Exercised

     (132,243   $ 0.75  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at September 30, 2017

     2,387,421     $ 1.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercisable at September 30, 2017

     1,883,245     $ 0.79  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at September 30, 2017

     2,370,581     $ 0.99  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents details of the assumptions used to calculate the weighted-average grant date fair value of common stock options granted by the Company:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2017     2016  

Expected term (in years)

     5.32 - 5.88       5.32 - 5.88  

Expected volatility

     43.5 - 43.8     43.4 - 44.0

Risk-free interest rate

     1.86 - 2.07     1.22 - 1.40

Weighted average grant date fair value per share

   $ 0.85     $ 0.40  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Grant date fair value of options vested

   $ 1,494,436     $ 1,487,159  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intrinsic value of options exercised

   $ 158,449     $ 3,746  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2017, the amount of unearned stock-based compensation estimated to be expensed during the remainder of 2017 through 2019 related to unvested common stock options is $299,790, net of estimated forfeitures. The weighted-average period over which the unearned stock-based compensation is expected to be recognized is approximately 1.16 years. If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying unvested awards, we may be required to accelerate, increase or cancel any remaining unearned stock-based compensation expense or calculate and record additional expense. Future stock-based compensation expense and unearned stock-based compensation will increase to the extent that we grant additional common stock options or other stock-based awards.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation expense for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 was comprised of the following:

 

     2017      2016  

Stock-based compensation classified as:

     

General and administrative

   $ 73,295      $  41,414  

Production

     2,821        -  

Marketing and selling

     18,362        12,308  

Research and development

     9,772        2,204  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $  104,250      $ 55,926  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Warrants

The following table summarizes our warrant activity during the nine months ended September 30, 2017:

 

     Number of
Shares
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Warrants outstanding – January 1, 2017

     198,996      $ 1.11  

Warrants granted

     -        -  

Warrants exercised

     -        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Warrants outstanding – September 30, 2017

     198,996      $ 1.11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 9 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we are subject to various legal claims and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management after consultation with legal counsel, the ultimate disposition of any such matters as of September 30, 2017, will not have a materially adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Guarantees and Indemnities

We have made certain indemnities, under which we may be required to make payments to an indemnified party, in relation to certain transactions. We indemnify our directors, officers, employees and agents to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of California. In connection with our facility lease, we have indemnified our lessor for certain claims arising from the use of the facilities. Also, in connection with our Credit Agreement (Note 7), we have agreed to indemnify our lender and others related to the use of the proceeds and other matters. The duration of the indemnities varies, and in many cases is indefinite. These indemnities do not provide for any limitation of the maximum potential future payments we could be obligated to make. Historically, we have not been obligated to make any payments for these obligations and no liabilities have been recorded for these indemnities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Leases

We lease our corporate office, manufacturing, and warehouse facilities under non-cancelable operating leases that expire through August 2018. For the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, rent expense was $356,187 and $201,615, respectively.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

NOTE 10 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We appointed certain stockholders to the board of directors. Director fees paid by OSS, including stock-based compensation, for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, totaled $73,350 and $27,566, respectively, and are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

We engaged a related-party law firm (a principal of that firm owns shares in OSS) to provide legal services. Legal fees paid to this firm are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 and totaled $79,821 and $125,752, respectively.

We issued notes payable to Series B preferred stockholders totaling $350,000 during the year ended December 31, 2016. In connection with the issuance of the July 2016 Related Party Notes during the year ended December 31, 2016, we issued warrants to purchase 39,326 shares of common stock at $1.78 per share (Notes 7 and 8).

Interest expense on all related-party notes payable for the periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 was $31,359 and $9,366, respectively.

Effective August 1, 2016, we entered into a management services agreement with a company owned by the former chief executive officer of Magma. The agreement calls for payments of $180,000 per year for the first two years paid in monthly installments. In the third year, the amount is reduced to $37,500 for the year paid in monthly installments. Additionally, we granted 30,000 nonstatutory stock options in conjunction with execution of this agreement with an exercise price of $1.78 per share. Payments for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 were $135,000 and $30,000, respectively.

NOTE 11 – UNAUDITED NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE AND PRO FORMA NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

Net Income Per Share

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share was calculated as follows for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 (unaudited):

 

     For The Nine Months Ended September 30,
For The Six Months Ended June 30,
 
             2017                      2016          

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

     

Numerator:

     

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ 217,296      $ (19,190
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

     

Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic

     5,429,997        4,586,832  

Effect of dilutive securities

     4,110,493        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted

     9,540,490        4,586,832  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders:

     

Basic

   $ 0.04      $ (0.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.02      $ (0.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The unaudited basic and diluted pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 gives effect to certain adjustments arising upon the closing of an initial public offering. Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 has been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A, Series B and Series C Preferred Stock as of September 30, 2017 into 3,037,006 shares of our common stock, as if the conversion had occurred on January 1, 2017.

NOTE 12 – FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

We use a three-tier fair value hierarchy to classify and disclose all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, in periods subsequent to their initial measurement. These tiers include:

 

    Level 1, defined as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 

    Level 2, defined as inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities; and

 

    Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

The carrying value of financial instruments including cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. Assets and liabilities assumed in the acquisition of Magma were recorded at fair value based upon our market assumptions which approximated carrying value (except for acquired intangible assets - Note 2) due to the short-term nature of the instruments.

NOTE 13 – SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

We operate in one reportable segment: the design and manufacture of high performance computer systems and components. We evaluate financial performance on a company-wide basis.

To date, a majority of our international sales relate to shipments of products to our U.S. customers’ international manufacturing sites or third- party hubs. Net product sales derived from shipments to international destinations, primarily to the United Kingdom (including foreign subsidiaries of customers that are headquartered in the United States) represented 52% and 44% of our net product sales during the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. All of our net product sales to date have been denominated in U.S. dollars. As of September 30, 2017, substantially all long-lived assets were located in the United States of America.

NOTE 14 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On October 5, 2017, we received a modification of terms extending the bank line of credit through August 31, 2018, and increased the borrowing capacity to $3,500,000 (Note 7).

On October 11, 2017, we adopted a new stock option plan (“2017 Equity Incentive Plan”) under which we may issue up to 1,500,000 shares of our common stock. No options have been issued under this plan. The 2017 Equity Incentive Plan is subject to approval by our stockholders.

We have evaluated subsequent events after the condensed consolidated balance sheet date of September 30, 2017 through the date of filing. Based upon its evaluation, management has determined that, other than as disclosed in the accompanying notes, no subsequent events have occurred that would require recognition in the accompanying consolidated financial statements or disclosure in the notes thereto.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Stockholder of

Mission Technology Group, Inc. dba Magma

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Mission Technology Group, Inc. dba Magma (the “Company”), which comprise the balance sheet as of December 31, 2015, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholder’s equity (deficit), and cash flows for the year then ended, and for the period from January 1, 2016 through July 15, 2016, and the related notes to the financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors’ judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditors consider internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (CONTINUED)

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, and for the period from January 1, 2016 through July 15, 2016, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Emphasis of Matter

As described in Note 2 to the financial statements, on July 15, 2016, One Stop Systems, Inc., acquired 100% of the outstanding common stock of the Company. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

/s/ Haskell & White LLP

HASKELL & WHITE LLP

Irvine, California

November 9, 2017

 

F-56


Table of Contents

MISSION TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. DBA MAGMA

Balance Sheet

 

     December 31,
2015
 

ASSETS

  

Current assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 80,405  

Accounts receivable

     681,935  

Inventory, net

     1,572,653  

Other current assets

     54,559  
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     2,389,552  

Property and equipment, net

     186,781  

Other assets:

  

Intangible assets, net

     16,596  

Deposits

     18,702  
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,611,631  
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

  

Current liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

   $ 624,985  

Accrued liabilities

     720,874  

Line of credit

     950,335  

Notes payable, current portion

     150,782  
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     2,446,976  

Long-term liabilities:

  

Notes payable, less current portion

     376,941  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     2,823,917  
  

 

 

 

Stockholder’s equity:

  

Common stock, no par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 4,600,000 shares issued and outstanding

     22,231  

Accumulated deficit

     (234,517
  

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s deficit

     (212,286
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,611,631  
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements and Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-57


Table of Contents

MISSION TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. DBA MAGMA

Statements of Operations

 

     Period From
January 1,
through
July 15, 2016
    Year Ended
December 31,
2015
 

Revenue

   $ 2,786,636     $ 7,684,886  

Costs of goods sold

     1,682,908       4,614,942  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,103,728       3,069,944  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative expenses

     912,549       1,283,622  

Research and development expenses

     409,472       1,093,613  

Selling expenses

     252,177       757,141  

Marketing expenses

     21,927       147,925  

Depreciation and amortization expense

     56,914       98,907  

Customer support expenses

     45,343       89,350  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     1,698,382       3,470,558  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net operating loss

     (594,654     (400,614
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

    

Other income

     43       20,892  

Interest expense

     (57,092     (84,297

Gain on sale of assets (Note 4)

     462,857       -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     405,808       (63,405
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

     5,331       1,600  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (194,177   $ (465,619
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements and Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-58


Table of Contents

MISSION TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. DBA MAGMA

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

     Common Stock               
     Shares      Amount      Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)
    Total  

Balance, January 1, 2015

     4,600,000      $ 1,000      $ 435,610     $ 436,610  

Distributions

     -        -        (204,508     (204,508

Stock-based compensation expense

     -        21,231        -       21,231  

Net loss

     -        -        (465,619     (465,619
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

     4,600,000        22,231        (234,517     (212,286

Distributions

     -        -        (35,100     (35,100

Stock-based compensation expense

     -        9,268        -       9,268  

Net loss

     -        -        (194,177     (194,177
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, July 15, 2016

     4,600,000      $ 31,499      $ (463,794   $ (432,295
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements and Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-59


Table of Contents

MISSION TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. DBA MAGMA

Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Period from
January 1,
through
July 15, 2016
    Year Ended
December 31,
2015
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (194,177   $ (465,619

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Gain on sale of assets

     (462,857     -  

Depreciation and amortization

     56,914       98,907  

Inventory reserves

       81,629  

Stock-based compensation

     9,268       21,231  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     325,436       490,949  

Inventory

     153,222       429,517  

Other current assets

     (76,384     28,547  

Other assets

     1,500       3,964  

Accounts payable

     217,859       (222,252

Accrued liabilities

     10,702       (15,686

Other liabilities

     84,672       362,979  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     126,155       814,166  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Proceeds from sale of patents

     500,000       -  

Purchase of property and equipment

     -       (415,822
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     500,000       (415,822
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from stock purchases

     -       1,000  

Net (payments) borrowings on line of credit

     (433,000     950,335  

Proceeds from borrowings on notes payable

     -       600,000  

Repayments of notes payable

     (170,152     (1,851,458

Stockholder distributions

     (35,100     (204,508
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (638,252     (504,631
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (12,097     (106,287

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     80,405       186,692  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 68,308     $ 80,405  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes and Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-60


Table of Contents

MISSION TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. DBA MAGMA

Statements of Cash Flows (Cont.)

 

     Period from
January 1,
through
July 15, 2016
     Year Ended
December 31,
2015
 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

     

Cash paid during the period for interest

   $ 56,977      $ 84,408  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for income taxes

   $ 5,600      $ 1,600  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash transactions:

     

Reclassification of other current assets to fixed assets

   $ 37,143      $ -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements and Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-61


Table of Contents

MISSION TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. DBA MAGMA

Notes to Financial Statements

NOTE 1 – NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business Activity

Mission Technology Group, Inc. dba Magma (“Magma”) is a California corporation incorporated on January 5, 2007.

On February 21, 2007, Magma entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement to acquire certain assets and assume certain liabilities of a PCI expansion and docking business in exchange for consideration of $3,800,000. The tangible and intangible assets acquired consisted primarily of inventories, cash, customer contracts, customer relationships, patents and the Magma trademark.

Magma is primarily engaged in engineering and manufacturing patented PCI (peripheral component interconnect) expansion systems which provide the capability to add additional PCI slots to computers and servers. Magma provides its technology to the entertainment production industry, federal and state governments, and the defense industry.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on an accrual basis of accounting in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”), as set forth in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”).

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit with banks and money-market accounts. Magma maintains its cash balances with high-credit-quality financial institutions. At times, such cash may be in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured limit of $250,000. Magma has not experienced any losses in such accounts, and management believes Magma is not exposed to any significant credit risk on its cash and cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable

Management closely monitors outstanding accounts receivable and presents receivables in the balance sheet, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Receivables are written off in the year that they are determined to be uncollectible. At December 31, 2015, Magma considered all accounts receivable to be fully collectible. Accordingly, there was no allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2015.

Revenue and Cost Recognition

Magma’s revenue is derived primarily from sales of PCI expansion systems. Magma’s policy is to recognize revenue from product sales upon shipment and transfer of ownership from Magma or contract manufacturer to the customer.

In addition, evidence of arrangement, a determinable sales price, and probability of collection is required before revenue is recognized. Magma records reductions to revenue for estimated future product returns based on Magma’s historical experience.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

In one instance during 2014, Magma sold products to a defense industry customer and granted such customer a right to return the sold products based on the outcome of future events. Magma does not recognize revenue in such situations until the uncertainty is resolved and the customer return period contractually ends. As of December 31, 2015, Magma has fully-reserved for related inventories of $159,830 and has recorded a customer deposit liability of $338,668.

Inventory

Magma’s inventory consists of materials purchased partially and fully assembled for computer components. All inventory is stated at the lower of cost of market with cost determined using the weighted-average method. Magma monitors usage reports to determine if the carrying value of any items should be adjusted due to lack of demand for the product. Magma adjusts down the carrying value of inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions projected by management. Inventory reserves are considered permanent adjustments to the cost basis of inventories, and are not reversed until the specific inventories are either sold or otherwise disposed. As of December 31, 2015, management determined that inventory reserves aggregating $81,629 were required.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the assets. Costs of major improvements are capitalized; costs of normal repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

Intangible Assets

In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, intangible assets with a finite life are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life. Management reviews amortizable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the asset is measured by comparing the carrying value to future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate. If the asset is considered to be impaired, a loss will be recognized equal to the excess carrying value compared to its fair value.

Patents are being amortized on a straight-line basis over terms from 10 years to 20 years.

Warranty Costs

Magma provides limited warranties on all of its products for periods not exceeding one year from the date of sale. Magma accrues for the warranty costs based on Magma’s actual claim experience, which at December 31, 2015, indicated that no accrual was necessary. Warranty expense for the period from January 1, through July 15, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015 was $4,678 and $5,254, respectively.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Total advertising and promotion expense for the period from January 1, through July 15, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015 was $21,927 and $147,925, respectively.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Magma classifies freight billed to customers as revenue and the related freight costs as cost of goods sold.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

The stockholder elected under Section 1362 of the Internal Revenue Code and a similar section of California income tax law to be treated as an S corporation for federal and state income tax purposes. The effect of this election provides that, in lieu of corporate income taxes, the stockholder is taxed on Magma’s taxable income. California franchise taxes are accrued at the greater of 1.5 percent of taxable net income less certain tax credits or a minimum tax of $800.

Magma evaluates all significant tax positions as required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. As of December 31, 2015, Magma does not believe it has taken any tax positions that would require the recording of any additional tax liability nor does it believe that there are any unrealized tax benefits that would either increase or decrease within the next year. Magma’s income tax returns are subject to examination by the appropriate tax jurisdictions and Magma’s federal and state tax returns remain open for the prior three-and four-year periods, respectively.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in FASB Topic 605, Revenue Recognition . ASU 2014-09 implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. Other major provisions include the capitalization and amortization of certain contract costs, ensuring the time value of money is considered in the transaction price, and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. On July 9, 2015, the FASB approved amendments deferring the effective date of the standard by one year to December 15, 2017 for annual reporting periods beginning after that date and permitting early adoption of the standard, but not before the original effective date or for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Magma will not early adopt the new standard and therefore the new standard will be effective for Magma in the first quarter of its fiscal 2019. Magma has not yet selected a transition method and is currently assessing the impact the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on its financial statements and disclosures

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). The amendments in this update provide guidance about management’s responsibilities to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. The main provision of the amendments are for an entity’s management, in connection with the preparation of financial statements, to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued.

Management’s evaluation should be based on relevant conditions and events that are known or reasonably knowable at the date the consolidated financial statements are issued. When management identifies conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, the entity should disclose

 

F-64


Table of Contents

information that enables users of the consolidated financial statements to understand all of the following: (1) principal conditions or events that raised substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern (before consideration of management’s plans); (2) management’s evaluation of the significance of those conditions or events in relation to the entity’s ability to meet its obligations; and (3) management’s plans that alleviated substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern or management’s plans that are intended to mitigate the conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. ASU 2014-15 is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330) (“ASU 2015-11”). The amendments in ASU 2015-11 require that an entity measure inventory within the scope of the standard at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transaction. The amendments in this update more closely align the measurement of inventory in U.S. GAAP with the measurement of inventory in International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2015-11 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. Magma will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2017 and does not expect a material impact on its financial statements or disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASU 2016-02”). Under ASU 2016-02, lessees will be required to recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date: a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. Lessees must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. Magma is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-02 on its financial statements and disclosures.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718) (“ASU 2016-09”), which simplified certain aspects of the accounting for stock-based payment transactions, including income taxes, classification of awards and classification in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those annual periods. Magma will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2017 and does not expect a material impact on its financial statements and disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”), which is intended to reduce the existing diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. Magma is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-15 on its financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business (“ASU 2017-01”). The amendments in this update clarify the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or disposals of assets or businesses. ASU 2017-01 will be effective for Magma for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for transactions that have not been reported in financial statements that have been issued or made available for issuance. Magma is currently evaluating the effect of the adoption of this guidance on Magma’s financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 simplifies the subsequent

 

F-65


Table of Contents

measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment testing. An entity will no longer determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Instead, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. ASU 2017-04 will be effective for Magma for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. Magma expects that the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on Magma’s financial statements or disclosures.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting (“ASU 2017-09”), which provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in ASC Topic 718. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. ASU 2017-09 will be effective for Magma for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted. Magma expects the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on Magma’s financial statements or footnotes.

Subsequent Events

Subsequent events are events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date, but before the financial statements are issued. Magma recognizes in the financial statements the effects of all subsequent events that provide additional evidence about conditions that existed at the date of the balance sheet, including the estimates inherent in the process of preparing the financial statements. Magma’s financial statements do not recognize subsequent events that provide evidence about the conditions that did not exist at the date of the balance sheet, but arise after the balance sheet date and before the financial statements are available to be issued.

Magma has evaluated subsequent events through November 9, 2017, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

NOTE 2 – ACQUISITION

On July 15, 2016, One Stop Systems, Inc. (“OSS”) acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares of Magma from Magma’s former stockholder.

OSS issued 1,263,749 shares of its common stock to Magma’s stockholder for 100% of Magma’s outstanding shares. The fair value assigned to the shares of common stock from OSS was $1,756,611, as determined by our board of directors. In determining the fair value assigned to the Magma transaction, our board of directors considered factors including recent third-party valuation reports of OSS’ common stock and estimates of discounts for a lack of marketability related to OSS’ common stock to the extent not considered in third-party valuation reports.

Subsequent to July 15, 2016, the financial statements of Magma are included in the consolidated financial statements of OSS.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

NOTE 3 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Major classes of property and equipment consist of the following as of December 31, 2015:

 

     Estimated
Useful Life
(Years)
   December 31,
2015
 

Computer equipment and software

   3 - 5    $ 372,688  

Manufacturing equipment

   7      601,439  

Furniture and fixtures

   5 - 7      59,321  
     

 

 

 
        1,033,448  

Less: accumulated depreciation

        (846,667
     

 

 

 
      $ 186,781  
     

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for property and equipment was $43,077 for the period from January 1, through July 15, 2016 and $90,138 for the year ended December 31, 2015.

NOTE 4 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets consist of the following as of December 31, 2015:

 

     Estimated
Useful Life
(Years)
     December 31,
2015
 

Patents

     10 – 20      $ 69,584  

Less: accumulated amortization

        (52,988
     

 

 

 
      $ 16,596  
     

 

 

 

Amortization expense for the period from January 1, through July 15, 2016 and for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $13,837 and $8,769, respectively. Based on the unamortized intangible assets net value at December 31, 2015, amortization expense expected to be recorded in the future is as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31,       

2016

   $ 15,596  

2017

     1,000  
  

 

 

 
   $ 16,596  
  

 

 

 

In May 2016, Magma entered into a Patent Purchase Agreement and sold four issued patents and one pending patent in exchange for cash of $500,000.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

NOTE 5 – ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities consist of the following:

 

     December 31,
2015
 

Accrued payroll

   $ 159,101  

Accrued vacation

     176,211  

Other liabilities

     384,708  

Accrued sales tax

     854  
  

 

 

 
   $ 720,874  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 6 – NOTES PAYABLE AND LINE OF CREDIT

 

     December 31,
2015
 

Note payable to financial institution, secured by Company assets, guaranteed by the stockholder, payable in monthly installments of $12,500 plus interest at the prime rate plus 1.25 percent, which was 4.75 percent at December 31, 2015, due June 5, 2019

   $ 512,500  

Note payable to financial institution, secured by Company assets, guaranteed by the stockholder, payable in monthly installments of $1,153 at 6.0 percent, due January 31, 2017

     15,223  
  

 

 

 
     527,723  

Less: current maturities

     (150,782
  

 

 

 
   $ 376,941  
  

 

 

 

Interest expense for the period from January 1, through July 15, 2016 and for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $56,977 and $84,408, respectively.

Annual principal payments under the above mentioned long-term debt instruments follow:

 

Years Ending December 31,       

2016

   $ 163,282  

2017

     151,941  

2018

     150,000  

2019

     62,500  
  

 

 

 
   $ 527,723  
  

 

 

 

On June 5, 2015, Magma entered into a line of credit agreement with a financial institution. The line of credit has a limit of $2,000,000 and bears interest at the prime rate plus a 1.00 percent margin. As of December 31, 2015, the applicable interest rate was 4.50 percent, and the outstanding balance was $950,335. The line of credit is payable at the demand of the financial institution. The line of credit is also subject to certain financial covenants which Magma did not meet. Magma has not obtained a waiver from the financial institution, as such, is in breach of the line of credit agreement and is not able to make additional draws. In connection with the acquisition described in Note 2, the notes payable and line of credit were repaid in full.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

NOTE 7 – CONCENTRATIONS

As of July 15, 2016 and December 31, 2015 one customer accounted for 13% and 11%, respectively of Magma’s gross accounts receivable. No customer accounted for more than 10% of Magma’s total revenue during the period from January 1, through July 15, 2016, and during the year ended December 31, 2015.

Magma rented its facility under an operating lease with an unrelated party. The six-year lease was amended on September 28, 2012 to extend the lease term to August 31, 2015. On May 12, 2015, it was amended again to extend the term through August 31, 2018. The monthly base rent was $14,947, with an annual increase of 3%. Future minimum lease payments under this agreement are as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31,       

2016

   $ 192,684  

2017

     198,464  

2018

     134,928  
  

 

 

 
   $ 526,076  
  

 

 

 

Rent expense for the period from January 1, through July 15, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015 was $111,286 and $190,448, respectively.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Steve cooper President, ceo & chairman 37 years’ experience running high-technology, high-growth businesses as a technologist, with a long record of technical innovations, including multiple patents and awards. John Morrison Chief financial officer 30 years’ experience in public accounting, and all aspects of financial reporting and financing. Began career with 15 years at PricewaterhouseCoopers in both the U.S. and Asia.

 


Table of Contents

Until                     , 2018 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

                     Shares

 

 

LOGO

 

One Stop Systems, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

Roth Capital Partners

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq exchange listing fee.

 

Item    Amount to be
paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 3,112.50  

FINRA filing fee

   $ 3,500  

Nasdaq exchange listing fee

     *  

Printing and engraving expenses

     *  

Legal fees and expenses

     *  

Accounting fees and expenses

     *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *  

Miscellaneous expenses

     *  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $         *  
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

We plan to reincorporate in Delaware prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement. As permitted by Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, we plan to adopt provisions in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. Our certificate of incorporation also authorizes us to indemnify our officers, directors and other agents to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws provide that:

 

    we may indemnify our directors, officers, and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions;

 

II-1


Table of Contents
    we may advance expenses to our directors, officers and employees in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions; and

 

    the rights provided in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.

Our certificate of incorporation, which will be effective upon the closing of the offering of our common stock pursuant to this registration statement, will provide that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

We will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since July 1, 2014, the Registrant issued the following unregistered securities:

Warrants

In November 2014, the Registrant has issued and sold warrants to purchase an aggregate of 32,895 shares of its common stock to 3 accredited investors at an exercise price of $0.76 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000.20.

In July 2016, the Registrant has issued and sold warrants to purchase an aggregate of 62,759 shares of its common stock to 3 accredited investors at an exercise price of $1.78 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $120,000.48.

Option and Common Stock Issuances

Since July 1, 2014, the Registrant granted to its directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 419,364 shares of its common stock under its 2011 Stock Option Plan at an exercise price ranging from $0.46 to $0.80 per share.

Since July 1, 2014, the Registrant granted to its directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 710,000 shares of its common stock under its 2015 Stock Option Plan at exercise prices ranging from $1.08 to $1.95 per share.

Since July 1, 2014, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 224,801 shares of its common stock to its directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers pursuant to the exercise of options to purchase shares of its common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.50 to $1.00, for an aggregate exercise price of $162,960.87.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. The Registrant believes the offers, sales and issuances of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) because the issuance of securities to the recipients did not involve a public offering, or in reliance on Rule 701 because the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans or contracts relating to compensation as provided under such rule. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

The Registrant has filed the exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index of this Registration Statement.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or in the notes thereto.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered that remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(5) For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or

 

II-4


Table of Contents

controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) that, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(d) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
2.1*    Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among One Stop Systems, Inc., Mission Technology Group, Inc. and Randy Jones, dated as of July 6, 2016
3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of One Stop Systems, Inc., as currently in effect.
3.2*    Form of Certificate of Incorporation of One Stop Systems, Inc., to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
3.3    Bylaws of One Stop Systems, Inc., as currently in effect.
3.4*    Form of Bylaws of One Stop Systems, Inc., to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
4.1*    Form of Common Stock Certificate of One Stop Systems, Inc.
4.2    Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated January 2007.
4.3    Common Shareholder Piggyback Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 15, 2016.
4.4*    Form of Warrant to be issued to Roth Capital Partners, LLC in connection with this offering.
4.5    Form of Common Stock Warrant issued to investors in connection with note financings.
5.1*    Opinion of Procopio, Cory, Hargreaves & Savitch LLP.
10.1+*    Form of Indemnification Agreement between One Stop Systems, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2+    One Stop Systems, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan and related form agreements.
10.3+    One Stop Systems, Inc. 2011 Stock Option Plan and related form agreements.
10.4+    One Stop Systems, Inc. 2015 Stock Option Plan and related form agreements.
10.5+    One Stop Systems, Inc. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements.
10.6+    Executive Employment Agreement between One Stop Systems, Inc. and Steve Cooper, dated October 1, 2017.
10.7+    Executive Employment Agreement between One Stop Systems, Inc. and Jim Ison, dated October 1, 2017.
10.8*    Business Loan Agreement and Promissory Note, dated May 6, 2015 by and between One Stop Systems, Inc. and Bank of the West, as amended.
10.9*    Lease Agreement dated February 1, 2007, as amended.
10.10    Contribution Agreement for SkyScale, LLC by and between Jacoma Investments, LLC and One Stop Systems, Inc., dated as of April 11, 2017.
10.11*    Technology Source Code License Agreement by and between Western Digital Technologies, Inc. and One Stop Systems, Inc., dated as of May 9, 2017.
10.12*    Services Agreement by and between Western Digital Technologies, Inc. and One Stop Systems, Inc., dated as of July 1, 2017.
10.13*    Original Equipment Manufacturing and Supply Agreement by and between disguise (formerly d3 Technologies) and One Stop Systems, Inc., dated as of October 1, 2015.
21.1    List of subsidiaries of One Stop Systems, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Haskell & White LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2    Consent of Haskell & White LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.3*    Consent of Procopio, Cory, Hargreaves & Savitch LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (see the signature page to this Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 

* To be submitted by amendment.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Escondido, State of California, on December 18, 2017.

 

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

By:  

/s/ Steve Cooper

  Steve Cooper
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Steve Cooper, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact, proxy, and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, proxy and agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Steve Cooper

Steve Cooper

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

(Principal Executive Officer)

  December 18, 2017

/s/ John W. Morrison, Jr.

John W. Morrison, Jr.

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

  December 18, 2017

/s/ William Carpenter

William Carpenter

   Director   December 18, 2017

/s/ Kenneth Potashner

Kenneth Potashner

   Director   December 18, 2017

/s/ John Reardon

John Reardon

   Director   December 18, 2017

/s/ Randy Jones

Randy Jones

   Director   December 18, 2017

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Jack Harrison

Jack Harrison

   Director   December 18, 2017

/s/ David Raun

David Raun

   Director   December 18, 2017

 

II-8

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

The undersigned, a natural person (the “Sole Incorporator”), for the purpose of organizing a corporation to conduct the business and promote the purposes hereunder stated, under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies that:

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is One Stop Systems, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19801. The name of its registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or any successor statute.

ARTICLE IV

: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 16,000,000 shares, consisting of (a) 11,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and (b) 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”)

The Preferred Stock authorized by this Certificate of Incorporation may be issued from time to time in one (1) or more series. The Board of Directors is authorized to determine or alter any or all of the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, and to fix or alter the number of shares comprising any such series and the designation thereof, or any of them, and to provide for rights and terms of redemption or conversion of the shares of any such series.    

Five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of Preferred Stock will be designated “Series A Preferred.” One million five hundred thousand (1,500,000) shares of Preferred Stock will be designated “Series B Preferred.” Two million (2,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock will be designated “Series C Preferred.” The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series A Preferred, the Series B Preferred and the Series C Preferred are as follows:

4.1 Liquidation Preference .

(a) Right to Liquidation Preference .

(i) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series C Preferred will be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Corporation to the holders of Series B


Preferred, Series A Preferred and Common by reason of their ownership thereof the amount of One Dollar and 50/100 ($1.50) per share of Series C Preferred (as such amount will be adjusted to reflect subdivisions and combinations of shares and stock dividends) for each share of Series C Preferred then held by them (the “Series C Liquidation Preference”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets and funds available for distribution among the holders of the Series C Preferred will be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full preferential amount, then such assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution will be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series C Preferred in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is entitled to receive.

(ii) After payment has been made to the holders of Series C Preferred of the full amounts to which they will be entitled as aforesaid, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series B Preferred will be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Corporation to the holders of Series A Preferred and Common by reason of their ownership thereof the amount of Fifty Cents ($0.50) per share of Series B Preferred (as such amount will be adjusted to reflect subdivisions and combinations of shares and stock dividends) for each share of Series B Preferred then held by them (the “Series B Liquidation Preference”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets and funds available for distribution among the holders of the Series B Preferred will be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full preferential amount, then such assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution will be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series B Preferred in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is entitled to receive.

(iii) After payment has been made to the holders of Series B Preferred of the full amounts to which they will be entitled as aforesaid, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series A Preferred will be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Corporation to the holders of Common by reason of their ownership thereof the amount of Twenty-Five Cents ($0.25) per share of Series A Preferred (as such amount will be adjusted to reflect subdivisions and combinations of shares and stock dividends) for each share of Series A Preferred then held by them (the “Series A Liquidation Preference”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets and funds available for distribution among the holders of the Series A Preferred will be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full preferential amount, then such assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution will be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is entitled to receive.

(iv) After payment has been made to the holders of the Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series A Preferred of the full amounts to which they will be entitled as aforesaid, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to shareholders, if any, will be distributed ratably among the holders of Common.

(b) Liquidation Events .

(i) For purposes of this Section 3.1, a liquidation will be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include, the Corporation’s sale of all or substantially all of its assets or the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of merger or consolidation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the holders of voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to the consolidation or merger own (immediately after the consolidation or merger) voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity, or of a parent of such entity, representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity or such parent) resulting in the exchange of the outstanding shares of the Corporation for securities or consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring entity.

(ii) In any such events, if the consideration received by the Corporation is other than cash or indebtedness, its value will be deemed to be its fair market value. In the case of publicly traded securities, fair market value will mean the closing market price for such securities on the date such consolidation, merger or sale is consummated. If the consideration is in a form other than publicly traded securities, its value will be determined in good faith by agreement between the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the holders of a

 

- 2 -


majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series A Preferred, voting together as a class.

4.2 Conversion . The holders of the Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series A Preferred will have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

(a) Right to Convert .

(i) Optional Conversion . Each share of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series A Preferred will be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series A Preferred, into one (1) share of fully paid and nonassessable Common.

(ii) Automatic Conversion . Each share of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series A Preferred will automatically be converted into shares of Common upon the earlier, as to each series, of (i) the date specified by vote or written consent of the holders of not less than a majority of the then outstanding shares of such securities, or (ii) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 (or a successor form) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common for the account of the Corporation to the public at an aggregate offering price of not less than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) (prior to deducting any underwriting discounts and commissions) and an offering price per share to the public equal to or greater than Five Dollars ($5.00) (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalization, etc.). In the event of such a public offering, the person(s) entitled to receive the Common issuable upon such conversion of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series A Preferred will not be deemed to have converted such Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series A Preferred until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of Common, at which time the Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series A Preferred will be converted automatically without any further action by holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided, however, that the Corporation will not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common issuable upon such conversion unless certificates evidencing such shares of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series A Preferred being converted are either delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent, as hereinafter provided, or the holder notifies the Corporation or any transfer agent, as hereinafter provided, that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection therewith. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series A Preferred, the holders of the Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series A Preferred will surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series A Preferred. Thereupon, there will be issued and delivered to such holder, promptly at such office and in his or her name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common into which the shares of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series A Preferred surrendered are convertible on the date on which said automatic conversion occurred.

(b) Mechanics of Conversion . Except as provided in Section 3.2(a)(ii) before any holder of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series A Preferred will be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common, he or she will surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series A Preferred, and will give written notice to the Corporation at such office he or she elects to convert the same. The Corporation will, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series A Preferred, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common to which he or she will be entitled as aforesaid and a check payable to the holder in the amount of any cash payable in lieu of fractional shares of Common (after aggregating all shares of Common issuable to such holder of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series A Preferred upon conversion of the number of share of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series A Preferred at the time being converted). In addition, if less than all of the shares represented by such certificates are surrendered for conversion pursuant to Section 3.2(a)(i), the Corporation will issue and deliver to such holder a new certificate for the balance of the shares of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series A Preferred not so converted. Except as provided in Section 3.2(a)(ii), such conversion will be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of the business on the date of the surrender of the certificate for the shares of

 

- 3 -


Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series A Preferred to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common issuable upon such conversion will be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common on such date.

4.3 Voting Rights . Except as otherwise provided herein or required by law, each share of Common, Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series C Preferred issued and outstanding will have one (1) vote. Holders of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series A Preferred will be entitled to vote on all matters as to which holders of Common will be entitled to vote, in the same manner and with the same effect as the holders of Common, voting together with the holders of Common as one (1) class.

4.4 No Reissuance of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series A Preferred . No share or shares of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series A Preferred acquired by the Corporation by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise will be reissued, and all such shares will be cancelled, retired and eliminated from the shares which the Corporation will be authorized to issue.

4.5 Residual Rights . All rights accruing to the outstanding shares of this Corporation not expressly provided for to the contrary herein will be vested in the Common.

4.6 Covenants . Except as otherwise required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, so long as at least fifty percent (50%) of the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock designated Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series A Preferred will be outstanding, the Corporation will not, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of not less than a majority of such outstanding shares of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series A Preferred voting together as a single class:

(a) Authorize or issue shares of any class or series of stock having any rights, preferences or privileges superior to the Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series A Preferred;

(b) Repurchase, redeem, acquire or retire any shares of Common, except from employees, directors or consultants of this Corporation upon termination upon terms approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

(c) Undertake or effect any consolidation or merger of this Corporation with or into another entity or any conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation to another person or persons in any transaction or series of transactions if, as a result of any consolidation, merger or conveyance, the shareholders of this Corporation will own less than a majority of the voting securities or power of the surviving entity or person; or

(d) Amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation which alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges, or increases or decreases the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series A Preferred.

ARTICLE V

The name and mailing address of the Sole Incorporator are as follows:

Steve Cooper

One Stop Systems, Inc.

2235 Enterprise Street, Suite 110

Escondido, CA 92029

ARTICLE VI

The liability of the directors of the Corporation for monetary damages will be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI, or the adoption of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VI, will only be prospective and will not adversely affect the rights under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability.

 

- 4 -


ARTICLE VII

The Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of agents through bylaw provisions, agreements with agents, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, subject only to the applicable limits on indemnification under Delaware law with respect to actions for breach of duty to the Corporation or its shareholders. Any repeal or modification of this Article VII, or the adoption of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, will only be prospective and will not adversely affect the rights under this Article VII in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act giving rise to indemnification.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and has been executed by the Sole Incorporator this 14th day of December, 2017.

 

By:  

/s/ Steve Cooper

  Steve Cooper, Sole Incorporator

 

- 5 -

Exhibit 3.3

BYLAWS

OF

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

A California corporation


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I OFFICES

     1  

Section 1.1

  

Principal Executive Offices

     1  

Section 1.2

  

Other Offices

     1  

ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

     1  

Section 2.1

  

Place of Meetings

     1  

Section 2.2

  

Annual Meetings

     1  

Section 2.3

  

Special Meetings

     1  

Section 2.4

  

Adjourned Meetings

    
2
 

Section 2.5

  

Notice and Waiver

     2  

Section 2.6

  

Validation of Meetings Held Without Proper Call or Notice

     3  

Section 2.7

  

Quorum

     3  

Section 2.8

  

Action Without a Meeting

     3  

Section 2.9

  

Elections of Directors

     4  

Section 2.10

  

Proxies

     4  

Section 2.11

  

Inspectors of Election

     5  

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS

     5  

Section 3.1

  

Powers

     5  

Section 3.2

  

Number and Qualifications of Directors

     7  

Section 3.3

  

Election and Term of Office

     7  

Section 3.4

  

Vacancies

     8  

Section 3.5

  

Place of Meetings

     8  

Section 3.6

  

Telephonic Meetings

     8  

Section 3.7

  

Organization Meeting

     8  

Section 3.8

  

Special Meetings

     8  

Section 3.9

  

Notice of Directors’ Meetings

     9  

Section 3.10

  

Quorum

     9  

Section 3.11

  

Voting

     9  

Section 3.12

  

Validation of Meetings Held Without Proper Call or Notice

     9  

Section 3.13

  

Adjournment

     9  

Section 3.14

  

Unanimous Written Consent to Actions Taken

     10  

Section 3.15

  

Fees and Compensation

     10  

Section 3.16

  

Executive Committee

     10  

ARTICLE IV OFFICERS

     10  

Section 4.1

  

Officers

     10  

Section 4.2

  

Election

     11  

Section 4.3

  

Subordinate Officers

     11  

Section 4.4

  

Removal

     11  

Section 4.5

  

Resignation

     11  

Section 4.6

  

Vacancies

     11  

Section 4.7

  

Chief Executive Officer

     11  

Section 4.8

  

President

     11  

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  

Section 4.9

  

Vice-Presidents

     11  

Section 4.10

  

Secretary

     12  

Section 4.11

  

Chief Financial Officer

     12  

ARTICLE V RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES

     12  

Section 5.1

  

Options to Purchase

     12  

Section 5.2

  

Nonmonetary Consideration

     13  

Section 5.3

  

Waiver

     14  

Section 5.4

  

Termination

     14  

ARTICLE VI MISCELLANEOUS

     15  

Section 6.1

  

Record Date

     15  

Section 6.2

  

Director Inspection of Corporate Records

     15  

Section 6.3

  

Shareholder Inspection of Corporate Records

     15  

Section 6.4

  

Annual and Financial Reports

     16  

Section 6.5

  

Share Certificates

     17  

Section 6.6

  

Representation of Shares of Other Corporations

     18  

Section 6.7

  

Registrars and Transfer Agents

     18  

Section 6.8

  

S Corporation Election

     18  

Section 6.9

  

Fiscal Year

     18  

Section 6.10

  

Checks, Drafts and Other Instruments

     18  

Section 6.11

  

Execution of Contracts and Instruments

     18  

Section 6.12

  

Construction and Definitions

     19  

Section 6.13

  

Indemnification and Liability Insurance

     19  

ARTICLE VII AMENDMENTS

     19  

Section 7.1

  

Power of Shareholders

     19  

Section 7.2

  

Power of Directors

     19  

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATOR

     20  

 

-ii-


BYLAWS

OF

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

A California corporation

(the “Corporation”)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.1 Principal Executive Offices . The principal administrative office for the transaction of business of the Corporation shall be at such place as the Board of Directors shall establish from time to time.

Section 1.2 Other Offices . Other offices of the Corporation may be established by the Board of Directors at any place or places where the Corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 2.1 Place of Meetings . All meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation, at the place specified in the notice or at any other place within or without the State of California designated either by the Board of Directors or by the written consent of all persons entitled to vote thereat and not present at the meeting, given either before or after the meeting and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation.

Section 2.2 Annual Meetings . The annual meetings of shareholders shall be held on an approximately annual basis at such place within or without the State of California as the Board of Directors shall deem appropriate; provided, however, that should said day fall on a legal holiday then any such annual meeting of shareholders shall be held at the same time and place on the next full business day thereafter ensuing. At annual meetings of shareholders, Directors shall be elected, reports of the affairs of the Corporation shall be considered, and any other business may be transacted which is within the powers of the shareholders.

Section 2.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of shareholders may be called for the purposes of taking any action permitted by shareholders under the California General Corporations Law and the Articles of Incorporation at any time by the Chairman of the Board or the President, or by the Board of Directors, or by one (1) or more shareholders holding not less than ten percent (10%) of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting. Upon request in writing that a special meeting of shareholders be called for any proper purpose, directed to the Chairman of the Board, President, vice-president or Secretary by any person or persons (other than the Board) entitled to call a special meeting of the shareholders, the officer shall cause notice to be given to shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting as set forth in Article II, Section 5 hereinbelow. In

 

-1-


the event such notice has not been given within twenty (20) days after receipt of the request, the person or persons entitled to call the meeting may give the notice. No business other than that described in the notice of the meeting may be transacted at a special meeting of shareholders.

Section 2.4 Adjourned Meetings . Any meeting of shareholders, whether or not a quorum is present or has been established, may be adjourned from time to time by the vote of a majority of the shares the holders of which are either present in person or represented by proxy. When any meeting of shareholders is adjourned for forty-five (45) days or more, or a new record date for the adjourned meeting is fixed, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting as specified in Article II, Section 5 hereof. If a meeting of shareholders is adjourned for a total of less than forty-five (45) days, notice of the time and place of the adjourned meeting or the business to be transacted need not be given in the event the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

Section 2.5 Notice and Waiver . Written notice of every meeting of shareholders shall be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting, either personally or by mail, telegram or other means of written communication, charges prepaid, addressed to such shareholder at his address appearing on the books of the Corporation or given by him to the Corporation for the purpose of notice. In the event any notice or report addressed to a shareholder at the address of such shareholder appearing on the books of the Corporation is returned to the Corporation by United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the notice or report to the shareholder at such address, all future notices or reports shall be deemed to have been fully given without further mailing if the same shall be available for the shareholder upon written demand of the shareholder at the principal executive office of the Corporation for a period of one (1) year from the date of the giving of the notice or report to any other shareholder. If no address appears on the books of the Corporation and a shareholder gives no address, notices shall be deemed to have been given to such shareholder if sent by mail, telegram or other means of written communication addressed to the place where the principal executive office of the Corporation is located, or if published at least once in a newspaper of general circulation in the County in which the principal executive office of the Corporation is located.

All notices shall be personally delivered, deposited in the mail, or sent by other means of written communication to each shareholder entitled thereto not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before such meeting. An affidavit of mailing of any such notice in accordance with the foregoing provisions, executed by the Secretary, assistant secretary or any transfer agent of the Corporation shall be prima facie evidence of the giving of the notice.

Except in special cases where other express provision is made by statute, notice of meetings shall contain the following information:

(a) The place, the date, and the hour of the meeting;

(b) The general nature of the business to be transacted or proposed, if any, including but not limited to actions with respect to the approval of (i) a contract or other

 

-2-


transaction with an interested Director, (ii) the amendment of the Articles of Incorporation, (iii) a merger, exchange or sale of assets reorganization as defined by Section 181 of the California General Corporations Law, (iv) the voluntary dissolution of the Corporation, or (v) a distribution and dissolution other than in accordance with the rights of outstanding preferred shares, if any;

(c) If Directors are to be elected, the names of nominees intended at the time of the notice to be presented by management for election, if any; and

(d) In the case of an annual meeting, those matters which the Board of Directors at the time of the mailing of the notice intends to present for action by the shareholders.

Section 2.6 Validation of Meetings Held Without Proper Call or Notice . The transactions of any meeting of shareholders, however called and noticed, and wherever held, shall be valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy, and if either before or after the meeting, each of the persons entitled to vote and not present in person or by proxy, or who though present has at the beginning of the meeting objected to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened or has objected to the consideration of particular matters of business required to have been included in the notice of the meeting but not so included, signs a written waiver of notice, a consent to the holding of such meeting, or an approval of the minutes thereof. All such waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 2.7 Quorum . The presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at any meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Shareholders present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding a withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by at least a majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.

Section 2.8 Action Without a Meeting . Except with respect to the election of Directors as hereinafter provided, any action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice except as hereinafter set forth, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize such action at a meeting at which all shareholders entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. In the event the consents of all shareholders entitled to vote have not been solicited in writing, notices shall be given in the manner as provided in Section 5 of Article II of these Bylaws as follows:

(a) At least ten (10) days before consummation of the action authorized by shareholder approval, notice shall be given of shareholder approval of (i) a contract or other transaction with an interested Director, (ii) indemnification of an agent of the Corporation, (iii) a merger, exchange or sale of assets reorganization as defined in Section 181 of the California General Corporations Law, or (iv) a distribution in dissolution other than in accordance with the rights of outstanding preferred shares, if any; and

 

-3-


(b) Promptly with respect to any other corporate action approved by shareholders without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent, to those shareholders entitled to vote who have not consented in writing.

In the event the Board of Directors has not fixed a record date as provided in Section 1 of Article V of these Bylaws, for the determination of shareholders entitled to give such written consent, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to give consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto, or the sixtieth (60th) day prior to the date of such action, whichever is later, and in the event no prior action by the Board has been taken the day on which the first written consent is given. All such written consents shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation.

Any shareholder giving a written consent, or the shareholder’s proxyholders or a transferee of the shares or personal representative of the shareholder or their respective proxyholders, may revoke the consent by a writing received by the Corporation prior to the time that written consents of the number of shares required to authorize the proposed action have been filed with the Secretary of the Corporation, but may not do so thereafter. Such revocation is effective upon its receipt by the Secretary of the Corporation.

Directors may be elected without a meeting by unanimous written consent of the persons who would be entitled to vote for the election of Directors; provided that in the event a vacancy on the Board of Directors exists and has not been filled by the Directors, a Director may be elected at any time without prior notice by the written consent of persons holding a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for the election of Directors.

Section 2.9 Elections of Directors . In any election of Directors, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes of the shares entitled to be voted for them up to the number of Directors to be elected by such shares are elected. Elections for Directors need not be by ballot unless a shareholder demands election by ballot at the meeting and before the voting begins.

Every shareholder entitled to vote at any election of Directors may cumulate such shareholder’s votes and give one (1) candidate a number of votes equal to the number of Directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which the shareholder’s shares are entitled, or distribute the shareholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as the shareholder thinks fit, provided, however, that no shareholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes unless the name of each such candidate has been placed in nomination prior to the voting and a shareholder has given notice at the meeting prior to the voting of such shareholder’s intention to cumulate such shareholder’s votes.

Section 2.10 Proxies . Every person entitled to vote shares shall have the right to do so in person or by one (1) or more agents authorized by a written proxy executed by such person or his duly authorized agent and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation. Any proxy executed is not revoked and continues in full force and effect until (i) a writing stating that the proxy is revoked or a duly executed proxy bearing a later date is filed with the Secretary of the Corporation prior to the vote pursuant thereto, (ii) the person executing the proxy attends the

 

-4-


meeting and votes in person, or (iii) written notice of the death or incapacity of the maker of such proxy is received by the Corporation before the vote pursuant thereto is counted; provided that no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date of its execution, unless the person executing it specifies therein the length of time for which such proxy is to continue in force.

Section 2.11 Inspectors of Election . In advance of any meeting of shareholders the Board may appoint inspectors of election to act at the meeting and any adjournment thereof. If inspectors of election are not so appointed, or if any person so appointed fails to appear or refuses to act, the chairman of any meeting of shareholders may, and on the request of any shareholder or a shareholder’s proxy shall, appoint inspectors of election (or persons to replace those who so fail or refuse) at the meeting. The number of inspectors shall either be one (1) or three (3). If appointed at a meeting on the request of one (1) or more shareholders or proxies, the majority of shares represented in person or by proxy shall determine whether one (1) or three (3) inspectors are to be appointed.

The inspectors of election shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum and the authenticity, validity and effectiveness of proxies, receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes or consents, determine when the polls shall close, determine the result and do such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders. In the determination of the validity and effect of proxies, the dates contained on the forms of proxy shall presumptively determine the order of execution, regardless of the postmark dates on the envelopes in which they are mailed.

The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act, or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 3.1 Powers . Subject to the limitations of the Articles of Incorporation and of the California General Corporations Law as to action to be authorized or approved by the shareholders, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and all the corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate the management of the day-to-day operation of the business of the Corporation to a management company or other person or persons provided that the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised under the ultimate direction of the Board of Directors. Without prejudice to such general powers, but subject to the same limitations, the Directors shall have the following powers:

 

-5-


First : To select and remove all the officers, agents and employees of the Corporation; prescribe such powers and duties for them as may not be inconsistent with law, with the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws; fix their compensation; and require from them security for faithful service.

Second : To conduct, manage and control the affairs and business of the Corporation, and to make such rules and regulations therefor not inconsistent with law, or the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, as they may deem best.

Third : To change the principal executive office and the principal office for the transaction of business of the Corporation from one location to another as provided in Article I, Section 1 hereof; to fix and locate from time to time one (1) or more subsidiary offices of the Corporation within or without the State of California as provided in Article I, Section 2 hereof; to designate any place within or without the state for the holding of any meeting or meetings of shareholders; to adopt, make and use the corporate seal and to prescribe the forms of certificates of shares; and to alter the form of such seal and certificates from time to time as in their judgment they deem best, provided such seal and such certificates shall at all times comply with the provisions of law.

Fourth : To authorize issuance of shares of the Corporation from time to time upon such terms as may be lawful in consideration of money paid, labor done, services actually rendered to the Corporation or for its benefit or in its formation or reorganization, debts or securities cancelled, and tangible or intangible property actually received either by the Corporation or any one of its wholly owned subsidiaries, if any, or as a share dividend or upon a stock split, reverse stock split, reclassification, conversion or exchange of shares for shares of another class or series of shares, but not in consideration of promissory notes of the purchaser (unless adequately secured by collateral other than the shares acquired or pursuant to a stock purchase plan or agreement or stock option plan or agreement authorized by section 408 of the California General Corporations Law) or future services.

Fifth : To borrow money and incur indebtedness for the purposes of the Corporation, and to cause to be executed and delivered therefor in the corporate name promissory notes, bonds, debentures, deeds of trust, mortgages, pledges, hypothecations or other evidences of debt and securities therefor.

Sixth : By resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of Directors, to designate an executive committee and other committees, each consisting of two (2) or more Directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise prescribe the manner of proceedings of any such committee, meetings of such committee (other than the executive committee whose proceedings shall be governed by Section 16 of this Article III of these Bylaws) may be regularly scheduled in advance and may be called at any time by any two (2) members thereof; otherwise, the provisions of these Bylaws with respect to notice and conduct of the meetings of the Board shall govern. Any such committee, to the extent provided in a resolution of the Board, shall have all the authority of the Board, except with respect to:

 

-6-


(i) The approval of any action for which the California General Corporations Law or the Articles of Incorporation also require shareholder approval;

(ii) The filling of vacancies on the Board of Directors or on any committee;

(iii) The fixing of compensation of the Directors for serving on the Board or on any committee;

(iv) The adoption, amendment or repeal of Bylaws;

(v) The amendment or repeal of any resolution of the Board which by its express terms is not so amendable or repealable;

(vi) The declaration of a dividend, or the authorization or ratification of the repurchase or redemption of shares, except at a rate or in a periodic amount or within a price range determined by the Board of Directors; and

(vii) The appointment of other committees of the Board or the members thereof.

Section 3.2 Number and Qualifications of Directors .

(a) The number of Directors of the corporation shall be not less than three (3) and not more than seven (7) until changed by a duly adopted amendment to the Articles of Incorporation or by a Bylaw amending this section duly adopted as provided in subparagraph b below. The exact number of Directors shall be fixed from time to time, with in the limits of this section, by a resolution of the Board of Directors. The number of Directors is hereby initially set at three (3).

(b) This Article III, Section 3 of the Bylaws and any amendment to the Articles of Incorporation affecting the number of authorized Directors may be adopted only by the vote or written consent of holders of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. Although the number of authorized Directors may be increased or decreased from time to time as provided herein, any proposal to reduce the number of Directors then authorized to a number below two (2) cannot be adopted if the votes cast against its adoption at a meeting, or the shares not consenting in the case of an action by written consent, are equal to more than sixteen and two-thirds percent (16-2/3%) of the outstanding shares entitled to vote. Directors need not be shareholders of the Corporation.

Section 3.3 Election and Term of Office . The Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting, but if any such annual meeting is not held or the Directors are not elected thereat, the Directors may be elected at any special meeting of shareholders held for that purpose. All Directors shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until their respective successors have been elected and qualified, subject to the California General Corporations Law and the provisions of these Bylaws with respect to vacancies on the Board of Directors.

 

-7-


Section 3.4 Vacancies . A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist in the event of the death, resignation or removal of any Director, an increase of the authorized number of Directors, or the failure of the shareholders at any annual or special meeting of shareholders at which any Director or Directors are to be elected to elect the full authorized number of Directors to be voted for at that meeting. The Board of Directors may declare vacant the office of a Director who has been declared of unsound mind by an order of court or convicted of a felony.

A vacancy or vacancies in the Board of Directors, except for a vacancy created by the removal of a Director, may be filled by a majority of the remaining Directors, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining Director, and each Director so elected shall hold office until his successor is elected in an annual or special meeting of shareholders called for that purpose. A vacancy in the Board of Directors created by the removal of a Director may be filled only by the vote of the majority of the shares entitled to vote represented at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present, or by the written consent of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares. The shareholders may elect a Director or Directors at any time to fill any vacancy or vacancies not filled by the Directors. Any such election by written consent shall require the consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.

Any Director may resign effective upon giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary or the Board of Directors of the Corporation, unless the notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such resignation. If the resignation is effective at a future time, a successor may be elected to take office when the resignation becomes effective. No reduction of the authorized number of Directors shall have the effect of removing any Director prior to the expiration of his term of office.

Section 3.5 Place of Meetings . All meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at any place within or without California which has been designated in the notice of the meeting, or if not stated in the notice or if there is no notice, at any place designated from time to time by resolution of the Board or by written consent of all members of the Board. In the absence of such designation, meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation.

Section 3.6 Telephonic Meetings . The members of the Board may participate in a meeting through use of conference telephone or similar communications equipment, so long as all members participating in the meeting can hear one another. Participation in a meeting as permitted in the preceding sentence constitutes presence in person at such meeting.

Section 3.7 Organization Meeting . Immediately following each annual meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors shall hold a regular meeting at the place of the annual meeting of shareholders or at such other place as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors, for the purpose of organization, election of officers, and the transaction of other business.

Section 3.8 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the President, any vice-president, the Secretary or any two (2) Directors.

 

-8-


Section 3.9 Notice of Directors’ Meetings . Call and notice of the annual organization meeting of the Board of Directors is hereby dispensed with. Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be personally delivered to each Director or communicated to each Director by telephone, telegraph or mail, charges prepaid, addressed to him at his address as is shown upon the records of the Corporation, or if it is not so shown on such records or is not readily ascertainable, at the place at which the meetings of Directors are regularly held. In the case notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least ninety-six (96) hours prior to the time of the holding of the meeting. In the event notice is communicated by telegraph, it shall be delivered to the telegraph company at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to the time of the holding of the meeting. In the event notice is delivered personally or communicated by telephone, it shall be so delivered or communicated at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to the time of the holding of a meeting.

A notice need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors. Whenever any Director has been absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors for which notice has not been dispensed with, an entry in the minutes to the effect that notice has been duly given shall be conclusive and incontrovertible evidence that due notice of such meeting was given to such Director.

Section 3.10 Quorum . The presence of a majority of the number of Directors then authorized by the Bylaws of the Corporation at a meeting of the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Directors to leave less than a quorum, provided that any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for such meeting.

Section 3.11 Voting . Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the Directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of Directors, unless a greater number, or the same number after disqualifying one (1) or more Directors from voting, is required by law, by the Articles of Incorporation or by these Bylaws.

Section 3.12 Validation of Meetings Held Without Proper Call or Notice . The transactions of any meeting of the Board of Directors, however called and noticed or wherever held, shall be valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is initially present, and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the Directors not present or who though present has prior to the meeting or at its commencement protested the lack of proper notice to him signs a written waiver of notice, a consent to holding of such meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. All such waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 3.13 Adjournment . A majority of the Directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn any Directors’ meeting to meet again at another time or place. In the event a meeting of the Board of Directors is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24) hours, notice of any adjournment to another time or place shall be given prior to the time of the adjourned meeting to the Directors who were not present at the time of the adjournment.

 

-9-


Otherwise, notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given to absent Directors if the time and place is fixed and announced at the meeting so adjourned.

Section 3.14 Unanimous Written Consent to Actions Taken . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all the members of the Board of Directors shall individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors and shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the Directors.

Section 3.15 Fees and Compensation . Directors and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for their services and such reimbursement for expenses as may be fixed or determined by resolution of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein shall be considered to preclude any Director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity, including as an officer, agent, employee or otherwise, and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 3.16 Executive Committee . In the event the Board of Directors shall appoint an executive committee and shall not provide otherwise, regular meetings of the executive committee shall be held at such times as are determined by the Board or by such committee as appointed, and notice of such regular meetings is hereby dispensed with. Meetings of the executive committee shall be held at the place designated in the notice of the meeting, or if not stated in the notice or if there is no notice, at any place which has been designated from time to time by resolution of the executive committee or by written consent of all the members thereof, or in the absence of such designation, at the principal executive office of the Corporation. Special meetings of the executive committee may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, any vice-president who is a member of the executive committee, or any two (2) members thereof, upon written notice to the members of the executive committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner and within the time provided for giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings thereof. Minutes shall be recorded of each meeting of the executive committee and kept in the book of minutes of the Corporation. Vacancies in the membership of the executive committee may be filled only by the Board of Directors. Only members of the Board of Directors shall serve as members of the executive committee. A majority of the authorized number of members of the executive committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The provisions of this Article III of these Bylaws also apply to the executive committee and action by the executive committee, mutatis mutandis . The Board of Directors may designate one (1) or more Directors as alternate members of the executive committee, who may replace and act in the stead of any absent members at any meeting of such committee.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 4.1 Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall be a President, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer (who may be called the Treasurer). The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board, one (1) or more vice-presidents, one (1) or more assistant secretaries, one (1) or more assistant financial officers,

 

-10-


and such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of this Article IV. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 4.2 Election . The officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of this Article IV, shall be chosen by the Board of Directors, and each shall hold his office until he shall resign or shall be removed by the Board of Directors or otherwise disqualified to serve, or his successor shall be elected and qualified.

Section 4.3 Subordinate Officers . The Board of Directors may appoint, and may empower the Chairman of the Board or the President to appoint, such other officers as the business of the Corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as the appointing authority may designate, subject to any limitations imposed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 4.4 Removal . Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors, at any regular or special meeting thereof or, except in case of an officer chosen by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board of Directors (subject, in each case, to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment).

Section 4.5 Resignation . Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary of the Corporation, without prejudice however to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which such officer is a party. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or any later time specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 4.6 Vacancies . A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these Bylaws for regular appointments to such office.

Section 4.7 Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shareholders, shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation, shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the Corporation and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these Bylaws.

Section 4.8 President . In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, or if there be none, the President shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors. He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of the President of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

Section 4.9 Vice-Presidents . In the absence or disability of the President, the vice-presidents, if there be any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or, if not ranked, the vice-president designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of

 

-11-


the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the President. The vice-presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

Section 4.10 Secretary . The Secretary shall record or cause to be recorded, and shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the Corporation and such other place or places as the Board of Directors may order, a book of minutes of actions taken at all meetings of Directors, committees and shareholders, with the time and place of holding, whether regular or special, and, if special, how authorized, the notice thereof given, the names of those present at Directors’ and committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at shareholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office or at the office of the Corporation’s transfer agent, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of the shareholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates issued for the same, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all the meetings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors required by these Bylaws or by law to be given, and he shall keep the seal of the Corporation in safe custody, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws.

The Secretary shall keep at the principal executive office, and if the Corporation’s principal executive office is not in California, at the Corporation’s principal business office in California, the original or a copy of these Bylaws as amended to date.

Section 4.11 Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer (who may be called the Treasurer) shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct accounts of the properties and business transactions of the Corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, income, losses, changes in financial position, capital stock, retained earnings and shares.

The Chief Financial Officer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation with such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, shall render to the President and the Directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

ARTICLE V

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES

Section 5.1 Options to Purchase . The shares of this Corporation shall be issued and held upon the condition that before there can be a valid sale or transfer of any of said shares or

 

-12-


any interest therein for value, the holder of the shares to be sold or transferred shall give notice to the Secretary of this Corporation of his intention to sell or transfer such shares. Said notice shall specify the number of shares to be sold or transferred, the purchase consideration and the price per share, the terms upon which such holder intends to make such sale or transfer, and the name of the intended purchaser or transferee. The Board of Directors shall have ten (10) days from the date of receipt of such notice by the Secretary within which to exercise an option to purchase such shares for the Corporation at the same price and upon the same terms as set forth in said notice. The right of this Corporation to exercise such option and to purchase such shares is subject to the restrictions governing the right of a corporation to purchase its own shares contained in Chapter 5 of the California General Corporations Law, and such other pertinent governmental restrictions as may from time to time be effective.

If any such shares shall not be purchased by the Corporation, the Secretary shall notify all of the shareholders of record by mail of said proposed sale or transfer. Said notice to shareholders shall contain the same information concerning the proposed sale or transfer as received by the Corporation, and the Secretary shall mail said notice to the shareholders immediately upon receipt by him of notification from the Board of Directors that the Corporation will not purchase any or all of said shares, and in no event later than ten (10) days after receipt by the Secretary of the notice of intended sale or transfer. Within twenty (20) days after the date of mailing of said notice to the shareholders, any shareholder desiring to acquire any or all of the shares referred to in said notice shall deliver to the Secretary a written offer to purchase said shares or a specified number thereof at the same price per share and upon the same terms stated in the above-mentioned notice filed with the Secretary.

If the total number of shares specified in such offers by shareholders equals but does not exceed the number of shares referred to in said notice and not purchased by this Corporation, then the offering shareholders shall be entitled to purchase the shares pursuant to their respective offers. If the total number of shares specified in said offers exceeds the number of shares referred to in said notice and not purchased by the Corporation, each offering shareholder shall be entitled to purchase such proportion of the shares available for purchase as the number of shares of the Corporation which he holds bears to the total number of shares held by all of such shareholders offering to purchase shares. If the total number of shares specified in such offers to purchase is less than the number of shares referred to in said notice and not purchased by the Corporation, the offering shareholders shall not be entitled to purchase any shares, and the exercise of any option to purchase, or election to purchase any shares by the Corporation shall be void and without force and effect. The seller or transferor in such case may sell or transfer said shares subject to the provisions and restrictions provided for below.

Any shares mentioned in such a notice of intention to transfer and not purchased by the Corporation or the shareholders, may be sold or transferred at any time within six (6) months from the date of such notice to the person and at the price and terms specified therein. Such purchaser or transferee shall receive and hold said shares subject to all of the provisions and restrictions herein contained.

Section 5.2 Nonmonetary Consideration . Notwithstanding anything in Section 1 of this Article V to the contrary, in the event that part or all of the purchase consideration specified in the notice to the Secretary of the Corporation is other than money, such notice shall also

 

-13-


specify the fair market value in monetary terms of such other consideration; and the Corporation and the shareholders shall have the right to exercise their respective options to purchase said shares by delivery of a written offer specifying a per share purchase price equal to the total of the money consideration and the fair market value of the consideration other than money specified in said notice. With regard to the terms of the offer of the Corporation or a shareholder, the fair market value of consideration other than money shall be paid in cash. As used in this section, “consideration other than money” shall not mean the proposed purchaser’s promissory note or other evidence of indebtedness.

In the event the Corporation or any shareholder, as the case may be, objects to the amount specified in the notice as the fair market value of consideration other than money, they may give within ten (10) days of the receipt of such notice written notice to the Secretary of its or his intention to submit the matter to an appraiser for a determination. Pending such determination, the time for exercising options to purchase shall be stayed. Within fifteen (15) days from the date of delivery of such notice of submission to an appraiser, the objector and the holder of the shares to be sold shall select a mutually satisfactory single neutral appraiser. In the event the parties are unable to make such a selection, then either party may at any time thereafter apply to the Superior Court of the State of California in and for the County of San Diego (pursuant to a petition to compel arbitration) for the appointment of a single neutral appraiser in accordance with the California Code of Civil Procedure.

The appraiser shall determine the fair market value of the consideration other than money. The decision of the appraiser shall be final and binding upon the objector and the holder of the shares to be sold. As soon as the purchase price has been determined, the appraiser shall given written notice thereof to the parties and to the Secretary. All expenses of appraisal and proceedings to appoint an appraiser shall be borne equally by the parties who exercise their option to purchase shares (who shall share such expenses between themselves in proportion to the number of shares each elects to purchase), on the one hand, and the holder of shares to be sold on the other, unless the Corporation and every shareholder thereafter fail to exercise their respective options, in which case the objector shall bear all such expenses.

Section 5.3 Waiver . The provisions of Sections 1 and 2 of this Article V and the options and rights therein granted may be waived in writing by the Corporation or by any shareholder (other than the selling or transferring shareholder) with respect to any proposed sale or transfer of shares. In the event any such waiver is given, the provisions of this Article as to each of the waiving parties shall not be applicable to the proposed sale or transfer of shares with respect to which such waivers shall have been executed, but shall be applicable with respect to nonwaiving parties and to any other shares or transfer of shares.

Section 5.4 Termination . The provisions of this Article V with respect to the transfer of shares shall be applicable until the earliest date on which the Corporation has ten (10) or more shareholders of record, and thereupon, shall automatically cease to be of any further force or effect. For purposes of this Section 4 of Article V, shares held by husband and wife, whether or not jointly, shall be considered to be held by one (1) person.

 

-14-


ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 6.1 Record Date . The Board of Directors may fix a time in the future as a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of shareholders, give consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, receive any report, receive any dividend or other distribution or any allotment of rights, or exercise rights in respect to any change, conversion or exchange of shares. The record date so fixed shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days prior to the date of any meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other event for the purposes of which it is fixed. In the event the Board of Directors does not fix a record date, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; the record date for determining shareholders entitled to give consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors has been taken, shall be the day on which the first written consent is given; and the record date for determining shareholders for any other purpose shall be the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto, or the sixtieth (60th) day prior to the date of such other action, whichever is later. Only shareholders of record on the record date are entitled to notice of and to vote at any such meeting, give consent without a meeting, receive any report, receive a dividend, distribution or allotment of rights, or exercise the rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of shares on the books of the Corporation after the record date, except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In the event such a meeting is adjourned for more than forty-five (45) days from the date set for the original meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date.

Section 6.2 Director Inspection of Corporate Records . Every Director shall have the absolute right at any reasonable time to inspect all books of account, records and documents of every kind and to inspect the physical properties of the Corporation and all of its subsidiaries, both domestic and foreign. Inspection by a Director may be made in person or by agent or attorney and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts.

Section 6.3 Shareholder Inspection of Corporate Records . The accounting books and records and minutes of proceedings of the shareholders and the Board of Directors and committees of the Board of the Corporation and all of its subsidiaries shall be open to inspection upon the written demand on the Corporation of any shareholder or holder of a voting trust certificate at any reasonable time during usual business hours for a purpose reasonably related to such holder’s interest as a shareholder or as a holder of such voting trust certificate. Inspection by a shareholder or a holder of a voting trust certificate may be made in person or by an agent or attorney and the right of inspection includes the right to copy and make extracts.

A shareholder or shareholders who hold at least five percent (5%) in the aggregate of the outstanding voting shares of the Corporation, or hold at least one percent (1%)

 

-15-


of such voting shares and have filed a Schedule 14B with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the election of Directors of the Corporation shall have the right, exercisable in person or by agent or attorney, to inspect and copy the record of shareholders’ names and addresses and shareholdings, as of the most recent record date for which it has been compiled or as of a date specified by the shareholder subsequent to the date of demand. The list shall be made available on or before the later of five (5) business days after the demand is received or the date specified therein as the date as of which the list is to be compiled.

Every shareholder shall have the absolute right to inspect at all reasonable times during office hours the original or a copy of these Bylaws as amended to date, at the Corporation’s principal executive office, or if its principal executive office is not in California, then at its principal business office in California. In the event the principal executive office of the Corporation is outside California and the Corporation has no principal business office in California, it shall upon the written request of any shareholder furnish to such shareholder a copy of the Bylaws as amended to date.

Section 6.4 Annual and Financial Reports .

(a) The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall cause an annual report to be sent to the shareholders not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the fiscal year of the Corporation, and at least fifteen (15) days prior to the annual meeting of the shareholders to be held during the next fiscal year. Such an annual report shall contain a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial condition for such fiscal year, accompanied by any report thereon of independent accountants, or in the event there is no such report, the certificate of the Chief Financial Officer or other officer authorized by the Board of Directors that such statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the Corporation.

(b) A shareholder or shareholders holding in the aggregate at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of any class of the Corporation may make a written request to the Corporation for an income statement of the Corporation for the three (3) month, six (6) month, or nine (9) month period of the current fiscal year ended not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date of the request and a balance sheet of the Corporation as of the end of such period, and in addition, if no annual report for the last fiscal year has been sent to shareholders, the annual report for the last fiscal year. The income statement, balance sheet, and if applicable the annual report, shall be delivered to the person making the request within thirty (30) days thereafter. In addition, the Corporation shall upon a written request of any shareholder mail to the shareholder a copy of the last annual, semiannual or quarterly income statement which it has prepared and a balance sheet as of the end of the period. The annual report, quarterly income statements and balance sheets and other financial statements referred to in this section shall be accompanied by the report thereon, if any, of any independent accountants engaged by the Corporation, or the certificate of the Chief Financial Officer or any other officer authorized by the Board of Directors that such financial statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the Corporation. A copy of any of such statements and reports shall be kept on file in the principal executive office of the Corporation for twelve (12) months and they shall be exhibited at all reasonable times to any shareholder demanding an examination of them or a copy shall be mailed to such shareholder.

 

-16-


Section 6.5 Share Certificates . Every holder of shares in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board or the President or any vice-president and by the Chief Financial Officer or any assistant financial officer or the Secretary or any assistant secretary, certifying the number of shares and the class or series of shares owned by the shareholder. Any of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile, provided that in such event at least one (1) signature, including that of any of the aforementioned officers or the Corporation’s registrar or transfer agent, if any, shall be manually signed. In the event any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate, shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were an officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

There shall appear on certificates for shares of the Corporation the following facts if, and to the extent, applicable:

(a) The shares are subject to restrictions upon transfer, including those imposed by the California Corporate Securities Law of 1968, the federal securities laws, any agreement between the Corporation and the issuee thereof, the Articles of Incorporation, these Bylaws or otherwise;

(b) The shares are assessable;

(c) The shares are not fully paid and the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount theretofore paid thereon;

(d) The shares are subject to a close corporation voting agreement;

(e) The shares are subject to restrictions upon voting rights contractually imposed by the Corporation;

(f) The shares are redeemable;

(g) The shares are convertible and the period for conversion;

(h) The Corporation has elected to be taxed pursuant to the provisions of Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; and

(i) The shares are classified or a class of the shares has two (2) or more series, and a statement setting forth the office or agency of the Corporation from which shareholders may obtain, upon request and without charge, a copy of a statement of the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon each class or series of shares authorized to be issued and upon the holders thereof.

No new certificate for shares shall be issued in lieu of an old certificate unless the latter is surrendered and cancelled at the same time; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of a new share certificate in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation and alleged to be lost, stolen or destroyed in the event that:

 

-17-


(i) the request for the issuance of the new certificate is made within a reasonable time after the holder of the old certificate has notice of its loss, destruction or theft and prior to the receipt of notice by the Corporation that the old certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser or holder in due course; and (ii) the holder of the old certificate files a sufficient indemnity bond with or provides other adequate security to the Corporation and satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Board. In the event of the issuance of a new certificate, the rights and liabilities of the Corporation and the holders of the old and new certificates shall be governed by the provisions of Sections 8104 and 8405 of the California Commercial Code.

Section 6.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations . The Chairman of the Board, the President or any vice-president, or the Chief Financial Officer, or any assistant financial officer, and the Secretary or any assistant secretary of the Corporation are authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Corporation. The authority herein granted to said officers to vote or represent on behalf of the Corporation any and all shares held by the Corporation in any other corporation or corporations may be exercised either by such officers in person or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by any of said officers.

Section 6.7 Registrars and Transfer Agents . The Board of Directors may appoint one (1) or more registrars of transfers, which shall be incorporated banks or trust companies, either domestic or foreign, and one (1) or more transfer agents or transfer clerks, who shall be appointed at such times and places as the Board of Directors shall determine.

Section 6.8 S Corporation Election . If the Corporation has elected to be taxed pursuant to the provisions of Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended, then the Corporation, any shareholder and any person to whom any of its shares are transferred shall not do any act or take any course of conduct which shall have the effect of terminating such election without the prior vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the outstanding shares of the Corporation or the written consent of the persons entitled to vote such shares.

Section 6.9 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on the last day of December of each year.

Section 6.10 Checks, Drafts and Other Instruments . All checks, drafts, or other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of or payable to the Corporation, shall be signed or endorsed by such person or persons and in such manner as from time to time shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 6.11 Execution of Contracts and Instruments . The Board of Directors, except as these Bylaws may otherwise provide, may authorize one (1) or more officers or agents of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Any instrument may also be executed on behalf of and in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or any vice-president, and the Secretary or any assistant secretary, Chief Financial Officer or any assistant financial officer.

 

-18-


Section 6.12 Construction and Definitions . Unless the context otherwise requires, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions contained in the California General Corporations Law shall govern the construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the masculine gender includes the feminine and neuter, the singular number includes the plural and the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes a corporation, partnership and trust, as well as a natural person.

Section 6.13 Indemnification and Liability Insurance . The Corporation shall indemnify any director (including any director who is also an officer of the Corporation) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by reason of the fact that such director is or was an agent of the Corporation, against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts incurred in connection with such proceeding to the fullest extent expressly permitted under Section 317 of the California Corporations Code. Further, pursuant to provisions in the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, the Corporation may provide indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by Section 317 for any agents (as defined in Section 317 of the California Corporations Code) of the Corporation for breach of duty to the Corporation or its stockholders to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as such law exists from time to time.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS

Section 7.1 Power of Shareholders . New Bylaws may be adopted or these Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote or by the written consent of shareholders entitled to vote such shares, except as otherwise provided by law or by the Articles of Incorporation.

Section 7.2 Power of Directors . Subject to the right of shareholders as provided in Section 1 of this Article VII to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws, the Board of Directors may adopt, amend or repeal these Bylaws provided, however, that the Board of Directors may not adopt, amend or repeal a Bylaw changing the authorized number of Directors except for the purpose of fixing the exact number of Directors within the limits specified in Section 2 of Article III of these Bylaws if said section provides for a variable number of Directors.

 

-19-


CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATOR

The undersigned does hereby certify that:

1. I am the Incorporator of One Stop Systems, Inc., a California corporation; and

2. The foregoing twenty (20) pages of Bylaws constitute the Bylaws of the Corporation as duly adopted by me this day.

 

Dated:                        , 1999    

/s/ Stephen D. Cooper

      Stephen D. Cooper, Incorporator

 

-20-

Exhibit 4.2

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR

RIGHTS AGREEMENT

January, 2007


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

RECITALS

     3  

AGREEMENT

     4  

1.          REGISTRATION RIGHTS

     4  

1.1        Definitions

     4  

1.2        Demand Registration

     5  

1.3        Piggyback Registrations

     6  

1.4        Form S-3 Registration

     7  

1.5        Obligations Of The Company

     8  

1.6        Furnish Information

     10  

1.7        Delay Of Registration

     10  

1.8        Indemnification

     10  

1.9        “Market Stand-Off” Agreement

     12  

1.10      Rule 144 Reporting

     13  

1.11      Termination Of The Company’s Obligations

     13  

1.12      Limitations On Subsequent Registration Rights

     13  

2.          ASSIGNMENT AND AMENDMENT

     14  

2.1        Assignment

     14  

2.2        Amendment Of Rights

     14  

2.3        New Investors

     14  

3.          INFORMATION AND BOARD RIGHTS

     14  

3.1        Financial Statements And Reports

     14  

3.2        Termination

     15  

4.          GENERAL PROVISIONS

     15  

4.1        Notices

     15  

4.2        Entire Agreement

     16  

4.3        Governing Law

     16  

4.4        Severability

     16  

4.5        Third Parties

     16  

4.6        Successors And Assigns

     16  

4.7        Captions

     16  

4.8        Counterparts

     16  

4.9        Costs And Attorneys’ Fees

     16  

4.10      Adjustments For Stock Splits And Certain Other Changes

     16  

4.11      Aggregation Of Stock

     17  

Exhibit A- Investors

     21  

Exhibit B- Founders

     22  


ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

January 2007

This Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the date set forth above (the “Effective Date”) by and among One Stop Systems, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), the holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (“ Series A Preferred ”) listed on Exhibit A hereto, the holders of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock (“ Series B Preferred ”) listed on Exhibit A hereto, the purchasers of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock (“Series C Preferred” and collectively with the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred, the “Securities”) and the individuals listed on Exhibit B hereto (each referred to herein as a “ Founder ” and collectively as the “ Founders ”). The holders of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred and the purchasers of Series C Preferred will be referred to herein after as “ Investors ” or “ Purchasers ” and each individually as “ Investor or “ Purchaser ”. This Agreement will supercede any prior Investor Rights Agreements entered into between the Company and any Purchaser.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the holders of the Series A Preferred and the Founders were granted rights and privileges set forth in that certain Investors Rights Agreement dated as of April 12, 2000 (the “ Original Rights Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the holders of the Series A Preferred, Series B and the Founders were granted rights and privileges set forth in that certain Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of December 2000 (the “Prior Rights Agreement’);

WHEREAS, the Prior Rights Agreement superceded the Original Rights Agreement.

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Company to enter into that certain Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) dated as of or prior to the date hereof between the Company and the purchasers of Series C Preferred Stock set forth on the Schedule of Purchasers attached thereto as Exhibit A and to induce certain Investors to invest in the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement and to provide registration and other rights to the Investors.

WHEREAS, the Company, the Investors and the Founders desire to enter into this Agreement to amend, restate and replace their rights under the Prior Rights Agreement with the rights set forth in this Agreement. Section 2.2 of the Prior Rights Agreement provides the Prior Rights Agreement may be amended by the written consent of the Company and holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities. The undersigned parties to this Agreement, and their respective assignees, hold the required amount of such securities.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:


AGREEMENT

1. REGISTRATION RIGHTS

1.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Section 1:

(a) Registration . The terms “ register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement.

(b) Registrable Securities . The term “ Registrable Securities ” means: (i) any and all shares of the Company’s common stock ( Common Stock ”) issued or issuable upon the conversion of Securities and (ii) any shares of Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, in exchange for or in replacement of, all such shares of Common Stock described in clause (i) of this subsection (b); excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which rights under this Section 1 are not assigned in accordance with this Agreement or any Registrable Securities sold to the public or sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (“ Excluded Shares ”).

(c) Registrable Securities Then Outstanding . “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” will mean the number of shares of Common Stock which are Registrable Securities and (1) are then issued and outstanding or (2) are then issuable pursuant to the exercise or conversion of then outstanding and then exercisable options, warrants or convertible securities.

(d) Holder . For purposes of this Section 1 and Section 2 hereof, the term “ Holder ” or “ Holders ” means any person or persons owning of record Registrable Securities that have not been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities to whom rights under this Section 1 have been duly assigned in accordance with this Agreement; provided , however , that for purposes of this Agreement, a record holder of Securities convertible into such Registrable Securities will be deemed to be the Holder of such Registrable Securities; provided further , that a holder of Excluded Shares will not be a Holder with respect to such Excluded Shares for purposes of Section 1.2 or Section 1.4 of this Agreement; and provided , further , that the Company will in no event be obligated to register Securities and that Holders of Registrable Securities will not be required to convert their Securities into Common Stock in order to exercise the registration rights granted hereunder, until immediately before the closing of the offering to which the registration relates.

(e) Form S-3 . The term “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as is in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC (as defined below) which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

 

4


(f) SEC . The term “ SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.2 Demand Registration .

(a) Request by Holders . If the Company will receive a written request from the Holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1.2, then the Company will, within ten (10) business days of the receipt of such written request, give written notice of such request (“ Request Notice ”) to all Holders, and effect, as soon as practicable, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities which Holders request to be registered and included in such registration by written notice given by such Holders to the Company within twenty (20) days after receipt of the Request Notice, subject only to the limitations of this Section 1 .2; provided that the Registrable Securities requested by all Holders to be registered pursuant to such request must have an anticipated aggregate public offering price (before any underwriting discounts and commissions) of not less than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000).

(b) Underwriting . If the Holders initiating the registration request under this Section 1.2 (“ Initiating Holders ”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, then they will so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 1.2 and the Company will include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 1.2(a). In such event, the right of any Holder to include his Registrable Securities in such registration will be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting will enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter(s) advise(s) the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten then the Company will so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be registered and underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting will be reduced as required by the underwriter(s) and allocated among the Holders of Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis according to the number of Registrable Securities then outstanding held by each Holder requesting registration (including the Initiating Holders); provided , however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration will not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration. Any Registrable Securities excluded and withdrawn from such underwriting will be withdrawn from the registration.

(c) Maximum Number of Demand Registrations . The Company is obligated to effect only one (1) such registration pursuant to this Section 1.2 and will not be obligated to effect such a registration during the six (6) month period after the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering of its securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

 

5


(d) Deferral . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company will furnish to Holders requesting the filing of a registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.2, a certificate signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, then the Company will have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period.

(e) Expenses . All expenses incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1 .2, including without limitation all registration and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one (1) counsel for the selling Holder or Holders, (but excluding underwriters’ discounts and commissions), will be borne by the Company. Each Holder participating in a registration pursuant to this Section 1.2 will bear such Holder’s proportionate share (based on the total number of shares sold in such registration other than for the account of the Company) of all discounts, commissions or other amounts payable to underwriters or brokers in connection with such offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to this Section 1.2 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered; provided , further , however , that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company not known to the Holders at the time of their request for such registration and have withdrawn their request for registration with reasonable promptness after learning of such material adverse change, then the Holders will not be required to pay any of such expenses and will retain their rights pursuant to this Section 1.2.

1.3 Piggyback Registrations . The Company will notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to filing any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of effecting a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding registration statements relating to any registration under Section 1.2 or Section 1.4 of this Agreement or to any employee benefit plan or a corporate reorganization) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities then held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder will, within twenty (20) days after receipt of the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing, and in such notice will inform the Company of the number of Registrable Securities such Holder wishes to include in such registration statement. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder will nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

6


(a) Underwriting . If a registration statement under which the Company gives notice under this Section 1.3 is for an underwritten offering, then the Company will so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder’s Registrable Securities to be included in a registration pursuant to this Section 1.3 will be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting will enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter or underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the managing underwriter(s) determine(s) in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the managing underwriter(s) may exclude shares (including Registrable Securities) from the registration and the underwriting, and the number of shares that may be included in the registration and the underwriting will be allocated, first , to the Company, and second , to each of the Holders requesting inclusion of their Registrable Securities in such registration statement on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting will be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder which is a partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners and shareholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons will be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” will be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(b) Expenses . All expenses incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1.3 (excluding underwriters’ and brokers’ discounts and commissions), including, without limitation all federal and “blue sky” registration and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one (1) counsel for the selling Holder or Holders will be borne by the Company.

1.4 Form S-3 Registration . In case the Company will receive from any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, then the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration and the Holder’s or Holders’ request therefor, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders ’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any

 

7


other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within twenty (20) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company will not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 1.4:

(1) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders;

(2) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000);

(3) if the Company will furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company will have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement no more than once during any twelve (12) month period for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days following receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.4;

(4) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected one (1) registration on Form S-3 for Holders pursuant to this Section 1.4; or

(5) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(c) Expenses . Subject to the foregoing, the Company will file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered pursuant to this Section 1.4 as soon as practicable after receipt of the request(s) of the Holder(s) for such registration. The Holders who wish to participate in an S-3 registration will pay all expenses incurred in connection with each registration requested pursuant to this Section 1.4 except the first registration pursuant to this Section 1.4, (excluding underwriters’ or brokers’ discounts and commissions), including without limitation all filing, registration and qualification, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one (1) counsel for the selling Holder or Holders (the “ Form S-3 Registration Expenses ”). For the first such registration pursuant to this Section 1.4, the Company will pay the Form S-3 Registration Expenses.

(d) Not Demand Registration . Form S-3 registrations will not be deemed to be demand registrations as described in Section 1.2 above.

1.5 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under this Agreement, the Company will, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

8


(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to ninety (90) days;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by them that are included in such registration;

(d) use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as will be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company will not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering (it being understood and agreed that, as a condition to the Company’s obligations under this clause (e), each Holder participating in such underwriting will also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement);

(f) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing; and

(g) furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders requesting registration, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a “comfort” letter dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in

 

9


interest of the Holders requesting registration, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

1.6 Furnish Information . It will be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Sections 1.2, 1.3 or 1.4 hereof that the selling Holders will furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as will be required to timely effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

1.7 Delay of Registration . No Holder will have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

1.8 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 1.2, 1.3 or 1.4 hereof:

(a) By the Company . To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “ Exchange Act ”), against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”):

(i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto;

(ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or

(iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any federal or state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any federal or state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement;

and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, officer or director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them, as incurred, in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.8(a) will not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld), nor will the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for

 

10


use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

(b) By Selling Holders . To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who have signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, partner or director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, partner, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.8(b) will not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further , that the total amounts payable in indemnity by a Holder under this Section 1.8(b) in respect of any Violation will not exceed the net proceeds received by such Holder in the registered offering out of which such Violation arises.

(c) Notice . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party will have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party will have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential conflict of interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, will relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.8, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.8.

(d) Defect Eliminated in Final Prospectus . The foregoing indemnity agreements of the Company and Holders are subject to the condition that, insofar as they relate

 

11


to any Violation made in a preliminary prospectus but eliminated or remedied in the amended prospectus on file with the SEC at the time the registration statement in question becomes effective or the amended prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to SEC Rule 424(b) (the “ Final Prospectus ”), such indemnity agreement will not inure to the benefit of any person if a copy of the Final Prospectus (i) was furnished to the indemnified party and (ii) was not furnished to the person asserting the loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the time such action is required by the Securities Act.

(e) Contribution . In order to provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any Holder exercising rights under this Agreement, or any controlling person of any such Holder, makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 1.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 1.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any such selling Holder or any such controlling person in circumstances for which indemnification is provided under this Section 1.8; then, and in each such case, the Company and such Holder will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion so that such Holder is responsible for the portion represented by the percentage that the public offering price of its Registrable Securities offered by and sold under the registration statement bears to the public offering price of all securities offered by and sold under such registration statement, and the Company and other selling Holders are responsible for the remaining portion; provided , however , that, in any such case, (A) no such Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement and (B) no person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(f) Survival . The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.8 will survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement, and otherwise.

1.9 “ Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, to the extent requested by the Company or an underwriter of securities of the Company, sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of or engage in any other transaction regarding any Registrable Securities or other shares of stock of the Company then owned by such Holder (other than to donees or partners of the Holder who agree to be similarly bound) for up to one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, however, that all executive officers and directors of the Company then holding Common Stock of the Company enter into similar agreements.

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, (i) the Company will have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the shares subject to this Section 1.9 and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities and such other shares of stock of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the

 

12


foregoing restriction) until the end of such period and (ii) the Holder agrees to execute the form of agreement requested by the Company and/or underwriter.

1.10 Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may at any time permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, after such time as a public market exists for the Common Stock of the Company, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) use its best efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) as long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, to furnish to the Holder forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents of the Company as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act).

1.11 Termination of the Company’s Obligations . The Company will have no obligations pursuant to Sections 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4 with respect to: (i) any request or requests for registration made by any Holder on a date more than two (2) years after the closing date of the first firmly underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to a Registration Statement filed with, and declared effective by, the SEC under the Securities Act, on the terms and conditions approved by the Board of Directors (an “ Initial Public Offering ”) or (ii) any Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by a Holder in a registration pursuant to Section 1.2, 1.3 or 1.4 if, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, all such Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by a Holder may be sold in a three-month period without registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

1.12 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that provides such holder or prospective holder with registration rights superior to the registration rights provided to the Investors pursuant to this Section 1.

 

13


2. ASSIGNMENT AND AMENDMENT .

2.1 Assignment . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the registration rights of a Holder under Section 1, and the information rights under Section 3 may be assigned only to (i) a party who acquires at least two hundred fifty thousand (250,000) shares of Registrable Securities or (ii)(A) a shareholder, partner, member, or beneficiary of such Holder; (B) a spouse, child, parent or beneficiary of the estate of such Holder or (C) a trust for the benefit of the persons set forth in (A) or (B); provided , however , that no party may be assigned any of the foregoing rights unless the Company is given written notice by the assigning party at the time of such assignment stating the name, address and tax identification number of the assignee and identifying the securities of the Company as to which the rights in question are being assigned; and provided further that any such assignee will receive such assigned rights subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of this Section 2.

2.2 Amendment of Rights . Subject to Section 2.3, any provision of this Agreement may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and Investors (and/or any of their permitted successors or assigns) holding shares of Registrable Securities and/or Common Stock representing and/or convertible into a majority of all the Investors’ Shares (as defined below). As used herein, the term “ Investors’ Shares ” will mean the shares of Common Stock then issuable upon conversion of all then outstanding Securities, plus all then outstanding shares of Common Stock that were issued upon the conversion of any Securities. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 2.2 will be binding upon each Investor, each Holder, each permitted successor or assignee of such Investor or Holder and the Company.

2.3 New Investors . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if additional parties purchase shares of Series B Preferred Stock from the Company (each such person or entity, a “ New Investor ”), then each such New Investor will become a party to this Agreement as an “Investor” hereunder, without the need for any consent, approval or signature of any Investor when such New Investor has both: (i) purchased shares of Series B Preferred Stock and paid the Company all consideration payable for such shares and (ii) executed one or more counterpart signature pages to this Agreement as an “Investor,” with the Company’s consent.

3. INFORMATION AND BOARD RIGHTS .

3.1 Financial Statements and Reports . So long as the Investors continue to hold Registrable Securities or Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Registrable Securities, the Company will deliver to the Investors:

(a) As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred fifty (150) days thereafter, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of such year and unaudited consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such

 

14


year, which year-end financial reports will be in reasonable detail prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; and

(b) As soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company and in any event within thirty (30) days thereafter, an unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such quarterly period and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such period and for the current fiscal year to date, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, all in reasonable detail, subject to changes resulting from year-end audit adjustments, and signed by the principal financial or accounting officer of the Company.

(c) Each Investor agrees that any information obtained by the Investor pursuant to this Section 3 which is reasonably perceived to be proprietary to the Company or otherwise confidential will not, unless such Investor will otherwise be required by law or the rules of any national securities exchange or association, be disclosed without the prior written consent of the Company. Each Investor further acknowledges and understands that any information will not be utilized by the Investor in connection with purchases and sales of the Company’s securities except in compliance with applicable state and federal antifraud statutes.

(d) For so long as an Investor is eligible to receive reports under this Section 4, such Investor will have the right to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company with the Company’s officers, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested; provided, however, that the Company will not be obligated to provide any information that it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or to contain confidential information. Each Investor will pay any expenses incurred by them in connection with their discussions of the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company.

3.2 Termination . The covenants set forth in this Section 3 will terminate and be of no further force and effect after the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

4. GENERAL PROVISIONS

4.1 Notices . Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered, deposited in the U.S. mail by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, electronic-mail or facsimile when receipt is electronically confirmed (i) if to Investor, as set forth below Investor’s name on the signature page of this Agreement, and (ii) if to the Company, to the address set forth below:

One Stop Systems, Inc.

2235 Enterprise Street, Suite 110

Escondido, California 92029

Attention: Stephen D. Cooper

President and Chief Executive Officer

Fax: (760) 745-9824

 

15


Any party hereto (and such party’s permitted assigns) may by notice so given change its address for future notices hereunder. Notice will be deemed conclusively given when personally delivered or when deposited in the mail in the manner set forth above.

4.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with all the exhibits hereto, constitutes and contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior negotiations, correspondence, agreements, understandings, duties or obligations between the parties respecting the subject matter hereof.

4.3 Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California, excluding that body of law relating to conflict of laws and choice of law.

4.4 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, then such provision(s) will be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of this Agreement will be interpreted as if such provision(s) were so excluded and will be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

4.5 Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

4.6 Successors and Assigns . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.1, the provisions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and will be binding upon, the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto.

4.7 Captions . The captions to sections of this Agreement have been inserted for identification and reference purposes only and will not be used to construe or interpret this Agreement.

4.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

4.9 Costs and Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that any action, suit or other proceeding is instituted concerning or arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereunder, the prevailing party will recover all of such party’s costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in each such action, suit or other proceeding, including any and all appeals or petitions therefrom.

4.10 Adjustments for Stock Splits and Certain Other Changes . Wherever in this Agreement there is a reference to a specific number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company of any class or series, then, upon the occurrence of any subdivision, combination or stock dividend of such class or series of stock, the specific number of shares so referenced in this Agreement will automatically be proportionally adjusted to reflect the affect on the outstanding shares of such class or series of stock by such subdivision, combination or stock dividend.

 

16


4.11 Aggregation of Stock . All shares held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons will be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Stephen D. Cooper

  Stephen D. Cooper
  President and Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

17


Exhibit A

Investors

Series A Holders

1. Kenneth Olson, Trustee of the Kenneth E. Olson Trust dated 3/16/89

2. David Flowers

3. Mark Gunn and Brooks Gunn,

husband and wife as joint tenants

Series B Holders

1. Franklin Antonio

2. Rita Bassi

3. Carpenter/Long Family Trust dated 6/19/1992

4. Dale O. Cooper and Shirley Cooper, Trustees of the Cooper Trust dated November 11, 1998

5. John C. Cooper

6. Richard J. Dadamo

7. Orchids Investments, LLC

8. David R. and Patricia M. Flowers, co-trustees, Flowers Family Trust, dated 7/14/87, U.A

9. Arthur and Barbara Friedman Revocable Trust

10. Jonas Family Limited Partnership

11. The Imig Family Trust, dated August, 8, 1991, John K. Imig and Marilyn M. Imig, Trustees

12. Gary Lazar, trustee for the Lazar Family Trust

13. David B. Marino

14. Michael J. Napoli, Jr.

15. Kenneth E. Olson Trust dated 3/16/89, Kenneth E. Olson, Trustee

16. The Reuth Family 1994 Trust, Timothy I. Rueth and Susan B. Rueth, Co-Trustees

17. Edward D. Jones & Co., Custodian FBO Clair A. Simmons IRA FAO 883-91686-17

18. California National Bank Cust. FBO Carl Bergstrom

19. James Lizzio

20. The Reardon Family Trust

21. Verbatim Investments and Participations BV

22. James M. Reardon


Exhibit B

Founders

Stephen D. Cooper

Mark J. Gunn

Exhibit 4.3

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

COMMON SHAREHOLDER

PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

July 15, 2016


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

RECITALS

     1  

1.

 

R EGISTRATION R IGHTS

     1  
 

1.1

  

Definitions

     1  
 

1.2

  

Piggyback Registrations

     2  
 

1.3

  

Obligations of the Company

     3  
 

1.4

  

Furnish Information

     4  
 

1.5

  

Delay of Registration

     4  
 

1.6

  

Indemnification

     4  
 

1.7

  

“Market Stand-Off” Agreement

     7  
 

1.8

  

Rule 144 Reporting

     7  
 

1.9

  

Termination of the Company’s Obligations

     7  
 

1.10

  

Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

     8  

2.

 

ASSIGNMENT AND AMENDMENT

     8  
 

2.1

  

Assignment

     8  
 

2.2

  

Amendment of Rights

     8  
 

2.3

  

New Common Shareholders

     8  

3.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     9  
 

3.1

  

Notices

     9  
 

3.2

  

Entire Agreement

     9  
 

3.3

  

Governing Law

     9  
 

3.4

  

Severability

     9  
 

3.5

  

Third Parties

     9  
 

3.6

  

Successors and Assigns

     9  
 

3.7

  

Captions

     9  
 

3.8

  

Counterparts

     10  
 

3.9

  

Costs and Attorneys’ Fees

     10  
 

3.10

  

Adjustments for Stock Splits and Certain Other Changes

     10  
 

3.11

  

Aggregation of Stock

     10  


ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

COMMON SHAREHOLDER PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

 

This Common Shareholder Piggyback Registration Rights Agreement ( “Agreement” ) is made and entered into as of July 15, 2016 by and among One Stop Systems, Inc., a California corporation ( “Company” ) and the holders of the Company’s common stock ( “Common Stock” ) listed on Exhibit A hereto. The holders of Common Stock will be referred to herein as “Common Shareholders” and each individually as a “Common Shareholder.”

RECITALS

WHEREAS, this Agreement is being executed and delivered pursuant to the Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated July 6, 2016 ( “Merger Agreement” ) by and among the Company, as buyer; Mission Technology Group, Inc., a California corporation, as target, and Randy Jones, target shareholder.

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, the Company has agreed to grant Common Shareholders the piggyback registration rights set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. R EGISTRATION R IGHTS .

1.1 Definitions . For purposes of Agreement:

Registration. “Register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ( “Securities Act” ), and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement.

Registrable Securities. “Registrable Securities” means: (a) any and all shares of the Company’s Common Stock and (b) any shares of Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, in exchange for or in replacement of, all such shares of Common Stock described in clause (a); excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which rights under this Section 1 are not assigned in accordance with this Agreement or any Registrable Securities sold to the public or sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act ( “Excluded Shares” ).

Registrable Securities Then Outstanding. “Registrable Securities then Outstanding” will mean the number of shares of Common Stock which are Registrable Securities and (a) are then


C OMMON S HAREHOLDER P IGGYBACK R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT

 

 

issued and outstanding or (b) are then issuable pursuant to the exercise or conversion of then outstanding and then exercisable options, warrants or convertible securities.

Holder. “Holder” or “Holders” means any person or persons owning of record Registrable Securities that have not been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities to whom rights under this Section 1 have been duly assigned in accordance with this Agreement; provided, however, the Company will in no event be obligated to register Common Stock.

SEC. “SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.2 Piggyback Registrations .

(a) Piggyback Registrations . The Company will notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to filing any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of effecting a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding registration statements relating to any demand or Form S-3 registration of the Company’s preferred shareholders or to any employee benefit plan or a corporate reorganization) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities then held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder will, within twenty (20) days after receipt of the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing, and in such notice will inform the Company of the number of Registrable Securities such Holder wishes to include in such registration statement. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder will nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(b) Underwriting . If a registration statement under which the Company gives notice under this Section 1.2 is for an underwritten offering, then the Company will so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder’s Registrable Securities to be included in a registration pursuant to this Section 1.2 will be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting will enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter or underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the managing underwriter(s) determine(s) in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the managing underwriter(s) may exclude shares (including Registrable Securities) from the registration and the underwriting, and the number of shares that may be included in the registration and the underwriting will be allocated, first, to the Company, and second, to each of the Holders requesting inclusion of their Registrable Securities in such registration statement on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by

 

2


C OMMON S HAREHOLDER P IGGYBACK R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT

 

 

written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting will be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder which is a partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners and shareholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons will be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” will be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(c) Expenses . All expenses incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1.2 (excluding underwriters’ and brokers’ discounts and commissions), including, without limitation all federal and “blue sky” registration and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one (1) counsel for the selling Holder or Holders will be borne by the Company.

1.3 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under this Agreement, the Company will, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to ninety (90) days;

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by them that are included in such registration;

(d) Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as will be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided the Company will not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering (it being understood and agreed, as a condition to the Company’s obligations under this clause (e), each Holder participating in such underwriting will also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement);

 

3


C OMMON S HAREHOLDER P IGGYBACK R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT

 

 

(f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing; and

(g) Furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities, on the date such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders requesting registration, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a “comfort” letter dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders requesting registration, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

1.4 Furnish Information . It will be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 1.2 hereof that the selling Holders will furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as will be required to timely effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

1.5 Delay of Registration . No Holder will have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

1.6 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Section 1.2 hereof:

(a) By the Company . To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, ( “Exchange Act” ), against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “Violation” ):

(i) Any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto;

 

4


C OMMON S HAREHOLDER P IGGYBACK R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT

 

 

(ii) The omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or

(iii) Any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any federal or state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any federal or state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement;

and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, officer or director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them, as incurred, in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 1.6(a) will not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld), nor will the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

(b) By Selling Holders . To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who have signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, partner or director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, partner, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 1.6(b) will not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further, the total amounts payable in indemnity by a Holder under this Subsection 1.6(b) in respect of any Violation will not exceed the net proceeds received by such Holder in the registered offering out of which such Violation arises.

(c) Notice . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.6 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.6, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party will have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the

 

5


C OMMON S HAREHOLDER P IGGYBACK R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT

 

 

indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, an indemnified party will have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential conflict of interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, will relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.6, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.6.

(d) Defect Eliminated in Final Prospectus . The foregoing indemnity agreements of the Company and Holders are subject to the condition that, insofar as they relate to any Violation made in a preliminary prospectus but eliminated or remedied in the amended prospectus on file with the SEC at the time the registration statement in question becomes effective or the amended prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to SEC Rule 424(b) ( “Final Prospectus” ), such indemnity agreement will not inure to the benefit of any person if a copy of the Final Prospectus (i) was furnished to the indemnified party and (ii) was not furnished to the person asserting the loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the time such action is required by the Securities Act.

(e) Contribution . In order to provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any Holder exercising rights under this Agreement, or any controlling person of any such Holder, makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 1.6 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact this Section 1.6 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any such selling Holder or any such controlling person in circumstances for which indemnification is provided under this Section 1.6; then, and in each such case, the Company and such Holder will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion so such Holder is responsible for the portion represented by the percentage that the public offering price of its Registrable Securities offered by and sold under the registration statement bears to the public offering price of all securities offered by and sold under such registration statement, and the Company and other selling Holders are responsible for the remaining portion; provided, however, in any such case, (A) no such Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement and (B) no person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(f) Survival . The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.6 will survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement, and otherwise.

 

6


C OMMON S HAREHOLDER P IGGYBACK R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT

 

 

1.7 “ Market Stand-Off” Agreement .

(a) Each Holder hereby agrees it will not, to the extent requested by the Company or an underwriter of securities of the Company, sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of or engage in any other transaction regarding any Registrable Securities or other shares of stock of the Company then owned by such Holder (other than to donees or partners of the Holder who agree to be similarly bound) for up to one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, however, all executive officers and directors of the Company then holding Common Stock of the Company enter into similar agreements.

(b) In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, (i) the Company will have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the shares subject to this Section 1.7 and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities and such other shares of stock of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period and (ii) the Holder agrees to execute the form of agreement requested by the Company and/or underwriter.

1.8 Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may at any time permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, after such time as a public market exists for the Common Stock of the Company, the Company agrees to:

(a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) Use its best efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) As long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, to furnish to the Holder forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents of the Company as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act).

1.9 Termination of the Company’s Obligations . The Company will have no obligations pursuant to Section 1.2 with respect to: (a) any request or requests for registration made by any Holder on a date more than two (2) years after the closing date of the first firmly underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to a Registration

 

7


C OMMON S HAREHOLDER P IGGYBACK R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT

 

 

Statement filed with, and declared effective by, the SEC under the Securities Act, on the terms and conditions approved by the Company’s board of directors (an “Initial Public Offering” ) or (b) any Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by a Holder in a registration pursuant to Section 1.2 if, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, all such Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by a Holder may be sold in a three-month period without registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

1.10 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that provides such holder or prospective holder with registration rights superior to the registration rights provided to the Common Shareholders pursuant to this Section 1.

2. A SSIGNMENT AND A MENDMENT .

2.1 Assignment . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the registration rights of a Holder under Section 1 may be assigned only to (a) a party who acquires at least two hundred fifty thousand (250,000) shares of Registrable Securities or (b)(i) a shareholder, partner, member, or beneficiary of such Holder; (ii) a spouse, child, parent or beneficiary of the estate of such Holder or (iii) a trust for the benefit of the persons set forth in (i) or (ii); provided, however, no party may be assigned any of the foregoing rights unless the Company is given written notice by the assigning party at the time of such assignment stating the name, address and tax identification number of the assignee and identifying the securities of the Company as to which the rights in question are being assigned; and provided further any such assignee will receive such assigned rights subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of this Section 2.

2.2 Amendment of Rights . Subject to Section 2.3, any provision of this Agreement may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and Common Shareholders (and/or any of their permitted successors or assigns) holding shares of Registrable Securities representing and/or convertible into a majority of all Registrable Securities. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 2.2 will be binding upon each Common Shareholder, each Holder, each permitted successor or assignee of such Common Shareholder or Holder and the Company.

2.3 New Common Shareholders . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if additional parties purchase shares of Common Stock from the Company (each such person or entity, a “New Common Shareholder” ), then each such New Common Shareholder will become a party to this Agreement as a “Common Shareholder” hereunder, without the need for any consent, approval or signature of any Common Shareholder when such New Common Shareholder has both: (a) purchased shares of Common Stock and paid the Company all consideration payable for such shares and (b) executed one or more counterpart signature pages to this Agreement as a “Common Shareholder,” with the Company’s consent.

 

8


C OMMON S HAREHOLDER P IGGYBACK R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT

 

 

3. G ENERAL P ROVISIONS .

3.1 Notices . Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered, deposited in the U.S. mail by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, electronic-mail or facsimile when receipt is electronically confirmed (a) if to a Common Shareholder, as set forth below the Common Shareholder’s name on the signature page of this Agreement, and (ii) if to the Company, to the address set forth below:

One Stop Systems, Inc.

2235 Enterprise Street, Suite 110

Escondido, California 92029

Attention: Stephen D. Cooper

President and Chief Executive Officer

Fax: (760) 745-9824

Any party hereto (and such party’s permitted assigns) may by notice so given change its address for future notices hereunder. Notice will be deemed conclusively given when personally delivered or when deposited in the mail in the manner set forth above.

3.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with all the exhibits hereto, constitutes and contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior negotiations, correspondence, agreements, understandings, duties or obligations between the parties respecting the subject matter hereof.

3.3 Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California, excluding that body of law relating to conflict of laws and choice of law.

3.4 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, then such provision(s) will be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of this Agreement will be interpreted as if such provision(s) were so excluded and will be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

3.5 Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

3.6 Successors and Assigns . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.1, the provisions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and will be binding upon, the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto.

3.7 Captions . The captions to sections and subsections of this Agreement have been inserted for identification and reference purposes only and will not be used to construe or interpret this Agreement.

 

9


C OMMON S HAREHOLDER P IGGYBACK R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT

 

 

3.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Executed counterparts of this Agreement may be delivered by facsimile transmission or by delivery of a scanned counterpart in portable document format (PDF) by e-mail. The signatures in the facsimile or PDF data file will be deemed to have the same force and effect as if the manually signed counterpart had been delivered to the other party in person.

3.9 Costs and Attorneys’ Fees . In the event any action, suit or other proceeding is instituted concerning or arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereunder, the prevailing party will recover all of such party’s costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in each such action, suit or other proceeding, including any and all appeals or petitions therefrom.

3.10 Adjustments for Stock Splits and Certain Other Chang es. Wherever in this Agreement there is a reference to a specific number of shares of Common Stock of the Company, then, upon the occurrence of any subdivision, combination or stock dividend of such Common Stock, the specific number of shares so referenced in this Agreement will automatically be proportionally adjusted to reflect the affect on the outstanding shares of such Common Stock by such subdivision, combination or stock dividend.

3.11 Aggregation of Stock . All shares held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons will be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Common Shareholder Piggyback Registration Rights Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

COMPANY

 

One Stop Systems, Inc.,

a California corporation

By:  

/s/ Stephen D. Cooper

  Stephen D. Cooper, President and Chief Executive Officer

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDER PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 

10


C OMMON S HAREHOLDER P IGGYBACK R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT

 

 

                                     COMMON SHAREHOLDER
    Signed:                                                                           
    Printed Name:                                                                
    Title (if applicable):                                                       
    Address:                                                                         
                                                                                            

[COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDER PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 

11

Exhibit 4.5

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

OF ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.     D EFINITIONS

     3  

1.1        Company

     3  

1.2        Common Stock

     3  

1.3        Securities Act

     3  

1.4        Warrant Holder

     3  

2.     R EGISTRATION R IGHTS

     3  

3.     E XERCISE

     4  

3.1        Subscription

     4  

3.2        Investor Certificate

     4  

3.3        Partial Exercise

     4  

3.4        Payment

     4  

3.5        Continuing Obligations

     4  

4.     D ELIVERY OF S TOCK C ERTIFICATE

     4  

5.     S TOCK S PLITS AND C OMBINATIONS

     5  

6.     R ECLASSIFICATIONS , EXCHANGES AND SUBSTITUTIONS

     5  

7.     R EORGANIZATIONS , MERGERS , CONSOLIDATIONS , OR SALE OF ASSETS

     5  

8.     N O D ILUTION OR I MPAIRMENT

     6  

9.     N OTICE OF A DJUSTMENTS

     6  

10.   M ISCELLANEOUS

     6  

10.1      Reservation of Stock

     6  

10.2      No Rights as a Shareholder

     6  

10.3      Modification

     7  

10.4      Governing Law

     7  

10.5      Expiration

     7  

EXHIBIT A

     8  

 


WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

OF ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

 

 

This Warrant issued on             , certifies, for value received             , or registered assigns, is entitled, subject to the terms set forth below, to purchase from O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC ., a California corporation (“Company”),              fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock of the Company at the purchase price of              per share (“Per Share Purchase Price”) at any time or from time to time from the date of this Warrant to and including              such price and number of shares being subject to adjustment as provided herein.

1. D EFINITIONS

As used in this warrant, the following terms, unless the context requires otherwise, have the following meanings:

1.1 Company . “Company” includes any corporation that will succeed to or assume the obligations of the Company under this warrant.

1.2 Common Stock . “Common Stock,” when used with reference to stock of the Company, means all shares, now or hereafter authorized, of the class of the Common Stock of the Company presently authorized and stock of any other class into which those shares may later be changed.

1.3 Securities Act . “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any other federal agency then administering the Securities Act) under that legislation, all as they may be in effect at the time.

1.4 Warrant Holder . The terms “warrant holder,” “holder of warrants,” “holder,” or similar terms when the context refers to a holder of the warrants, mean anyone who at the time is the registered holder of any of the warrants.

2. R EGISTRATION R IGHTS

Notwithstanding any provision of this Warrant to the contrary, each certificate representing any Common Stock issued pursuant to exercise of warrant hereunder will bear the following legend:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS.


W ARRANT TO P URCHASE C OMMON S TOCK

 

 

3. E XERCISE

3.1 Subscription . The holder of this Warrant may exercise it in full, or in part, by surrender of this Warrant, with delivery of a Subscription in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , duly executed by the holder, to the Company at its principal office in Escondido, California accompanied by payment in the amount obtained by multiplying the Purchase Price by the number of shares of Common Stock specified on the face of this Warrant.

3.2 Investor Certificate . Company may request a written statement that the holder is purchasing the Common Stock or that the transferee is acquiring the Warrant or Common Stock for such holder’s or transferee’s own account, for investment and not with a view to the sale or distribution of the Warrant or Common Stock nor with any then-present intention of distributing or selling the Warrant or Common Stock. Any such Warrant or Common Stock certificate may, at the Company’s option, include any legend considered necessary or desirable to comply with the Securities Act.

3.3 Partial Exercise . On partial exercise, the Company will promptly issue and deliver to the holder of this Warrant a new warrant in the name of the Warrant Holder, providing for the right to purchase that number of shares of Common Stock (without giving effect to any adjustment of that number) for which this Warrant has not been exercised.

3.4 Payment . Payment may be in cash or by official bank check payable to the order of the Company.

3.5 Continuing Obligations . At the time this Warrant is exercised, the Company will, at the holder’s request, acknowledge in writing its continuing obligation to afford to that holder any rights to which that holder will continue to be entitled after such exercise in accordance with this Warrant, provided that, if the holder fails to make such request, that failure will not affect the Company’s continuing obligation to afford to such holder any such rights.

4. D ELIVERY OF S TOCK C ERTIFICATE

As soon as possible after full or partial exercise of this Warrant, the Company at its expense will cause to be issued in the name of and delivered to the holder of this Warrant, a certificate for the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock to which that holder will be entitled on such exercise, together with any other securities and property to which that holder is entitled on such exercise under the terms of this Warrant. No fractional share will be issued on exercise of rights to purchase under this Warrant. If on any exercise of this Warrant a fraction of a share results, the Company will pay the cash value of that fractional share, calculated on the basis of the exercise price.

 

4


W ARRANT TO P URCHASE C OMMON S TOCK

 

 

5. S TOCK S PLITS AND C OMBINATIONS

If the Company at any time subdivides or combines its outstanding shares of Common Stock, this Warrant will, after that subdivision or combination, be evidence of the right to purchase the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issuable as a result of that change with respect to the shares of Common Stock that were purchasable under this Warrant immediately before that subdivision or combination. If the Company at any time subdivides the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Purchase Price then in effect immediately before that subdivision will be proportionately decreased, and, if the Company at any time combines the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Purchase Price then in effect immediately before that combination will be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this provision will become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

6. R ECLASSIFICATIONS , EXCHANGES AND SUBSTITUTIONS

If the Common Stock issuable on exercise of this Warrant is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification, or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares, provided for above), the holder of this Warrant, will on its exercise, be entitled to purchase, in lieu of the Common Stock that that holder would have become entitled to purchase but for such change, a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock equivalent to the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been subject to purchase by the holder on exercise of this Warrant immediately before that change.

7. R EORGANIZATIONS , MERGERS , CONSOLIDATIONS , OR SALE OF ASSETS

If at any time there is a capital reorganization of the Company’s Common Stock (other than a combination, reclassification, exchange, or subdivision of shares provided for elsewhere in this Warrant) or a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation, or the sale of all or substantially all the Company’s properties and assets as, or substantially as, an entirety to another person, then, as a part of such reorganization, merger, consolidation, or sale, lawful provision will be made so that the holder of this Warrant will thereafter be entitled to receive on exercise of this Warrant, during the period specified in this Warrant and on payment of the Purchase Price then in effect, the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Company, or of the successor corporation resulting from such merger or consolidation, to which a holder of the Common Stock deliverable on exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled on that event if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before that event. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined by the Company’s board of directors) will be made in applying this Warrant to the rights and interests of the holder of this Warrant after the reorganization, merger, consolidation, or sale to the end that this Warrant (including adjustment of the Purchase Price then in effect and number of shares purchasable on exercise of this warrant) will be applicable after that event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other property deliverable after that event on exercise of this Warrant. The Company will, within thirty (30) days after making such adjustment, give written notice (by first-class mail, postage prepaid) to the Warrant Holder.

 

5


W ARRANT TO P URCHASE C OMMON S TOCK

 

 

The notice will set forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment and the method by which the adjustment was calculated and will specify the Purchase Price then in effect after the adjustment and the increased or decreased number of purchasable shares on exercise of this Warrant. When appropriate, advance notice may be given and included as part of the notice required under other provisions of this Warrant.

8. N O D ILUTION OR I MPAIRMENT

The Company covenants that it will not, by voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but it will at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all those terms and take all action necessary or appropriate to protect the rights of the holder of this Warrant against dilution or other impairment.

9. N OTICE OF A DJUSTMENTS

The Company will promptly give written notice of each adjustment or readjustment of the Purchase Price or the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable on exercise of this Warrant, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the registered holder of this Warrant at that holder’s address as shown on the Company’s books.

The notice will state the amount of that adjustment or readjustment and show in reasonable detail the facts on which that adjustment or readjustment is based, including a statement of (1) the consideration received or to be received by the Company for any additional shares of Common Stock issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (2) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding or deemed to be outstanding, and (3) the Purchase Price in effect immediately before that issue or sale and as adjusted or readjusted because of that issue or sale.

The form of this Warrant need not be changed because of any adjustment in the Purchase Price or in the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable on its exercise. A Warrant issued after any such adjustment on any partial exercise or in replacement may continue to express the same Purchase Price and the same number of shares of Common Stock (appropriately reduced in the case of partial exercise) as are stated on the face of this Warrant as initially issued, and that Purchase Price and number of shares will be considered to have been so changed as of the close of business on the date of adjustment.

10. M ISCELLANEOUS

10.1 Reservation of Stock . The Company covenants that it will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance on exercise of this Warrant, all shares of Common Stock or other securities from time to time issuable on exercise of this Warrant.

10.2 No Rights as a Shareholder . No holder of this Warrant, as such, will be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be considered a shareholder of the Company for any purpose, nor will anything in this Warrant be construed to confer on any holder of this Warrant, as such, any rights of a shareholder of the Company or any right to vote, to give or withhold consent to corporate action, to receive notice of meetings of shareholders, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise.

 

6


W ARRANT TO P URCHASE C OMMON S TOCK

 

 

10.3 Modification . This Warrant and any of its terms may be changed, waived, or terminated only by a written instrument signed by the party against which enforcement of that change, waiver, or termination is sought.

10.4 Governing Law . This Warrant will be governed by, construed, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California as applied to contracts executed, delivered, and performed solely in that state.

10.5 Expiration . The right to exercise this Warrant will expire on                 .

In WITNESS WHEREOF, this Warrant is signed on the day and year first above written.

 

O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC ., a California corporation
By:  

 

  S TEPHEN D. C OOPER , President and CEO
T IMOTHY R UETH
By:  

 

 

7


EXHIBIT A

SUBSCRIPTION

 

 

To: O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC .

The undersigned, the holder of the attached Warrant, hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the purchase right represented by that Warrant for, and to purchase under that Warrant              shares of Common Stock of O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC ., a California corporation and herewith makes payment of $             for those shares, and requests that the certificates for those shares be issued in the name of, and delivered to                  at the address below.

 

Date:                                                              
    By:    
      __________________________ PRINT NAME
    Address:
                            
                            

Exhibit 10.2

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN

1. E STABLISHMENT , P URPOSE AND T ERM OF P LAN .

1.1 Establishment . The One Stop Systems, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan” ) is hereby established effective as of January 1, 2000.

1.2 Purpose . The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract and retain persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group.

1.3 Term of Plan . The Plan shall continue in effect until the earlier of its termination by the Board or the date on which all of the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan have been issued and all restrictions on such shares under the terms of the Plan and the agreements evidencing Options granted under the Plan have lapsed. However, all Options shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is duly approved by the stockholders of the Company.

2. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

2.1 Definitions . Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

(a) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company. If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, “Board” also means such Committee(s).

(b) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

(c) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee or other committee of the Board duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board. Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law.

(d) “Company” means One Stop Systems, Inc., a California corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

(e) “Consultant” means a person engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than as an Employee or a Director) to a Participating Company, provided that the identity of such person, the nature of such services or the entity to which such services are provided would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such

 

- 1 -


person pursuant to the Plan in reliance on either the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 under the Securities Act or, if the Company is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, registration on a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

(f) “Director” means a member of the Board or of the board of directors of any other Participating Company.

(g) “Disability” means the permanent and total disability of the Optionee within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(h) “Employee” means any person treated as an employee (including an officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan.

(i) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(j) “Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

(i) If, on such date, the Stock is listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock (or the mean of the closing bid and asked prices of a share of Stock if the Stock is so quoted instead) as quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, The Nasdaq SmallCap Market or such other national or regional securities exchange or market system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or market system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion.

(ii) If, on such date, the Stock is not listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Board in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse.

(k) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

 

- 2 -


(l) “Insider” means an officer or a Director of the Company or any other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(m) “Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) or which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(n) “Option” means a right to purchase Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan. An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(o) “Option Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionee setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Option granted to the Optionee and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. An Option Agreement may consist of a form of “Notice of Grant of Stock Option” and a form of “Stock Option Agreement” incorporated therein by reference, or such other form or forms as the Board may approve from time to time.

(p) “Optionee means a person who has been granted one or more Options.

(q) Parent Corporation means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(r) “Participating Company” means the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.

(s) “Participating Company Group means, at any point in time, all corporations collectively which are then Participating Companies.

(t) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.

(u) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(v) “Service means an Optionee’s employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. An Optionee’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Optionee renders Service to the Participating Company Group or a change in the Participating Company for which the Optionee renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Optionee’s Service. Furthermore, an Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Optionee takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company; provided, however, that if any such leave exceeds ninety (90) days, on the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave the Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated unless the Optionee’s right to return to Service with the Participating Company Group is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, a leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Optionee’s Option Agreement. The Optionee’s

 

- 3 -


Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the corporation for which the Optionee performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Optionee’s Service has terminated and the effective date of such termination.

(w) “Stock” means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.

(x) “Subsidiary Corporation” means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(y) “Ten Percent Owner Optionee means an Optionee who, at the time an Option is granted to the Optionee, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a Participating Company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

2.2 Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

3. A DMINISTRATION .

3.1 Administration by the Board . The Plan shall be administered by the Board. All questions of interpretation of the Plan or of any Option shall be determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Option.

3.2 Authority of Officers . Any officer of a Participating Company shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

3.3 Powers of the Board . In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:

(a) to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Options shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock to be subject to each Option;

(b) to designate Options as Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options;

(c) to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;

 

- 4 -


(d) to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Option (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise price of the Option, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with the Option or such shares, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability of the Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, (v) the time of the expiration of the Option, (vi) the effect of the Optionee’s termination of Service with the Participating Company Group on any of the foregoing, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Option or such shares not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

(e) to approve one or more forms of Option Agreement;

(f) to amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any Option or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Option or any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof;

(g) to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability of any Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including with respect to the period following an Optionee’s termination of Service with the Participating Company Group;

(h) to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Board deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose citizens may be granted Options; and

(i) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Option Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Option as the Board may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or applicable law.

3.4 Administration with Respect to Insiders . With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.

3.5 Indemnification . In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted

 

- 5 -


hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

4. S HARES S UBJECT TO P LAN .

4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be One Million Five Hundred Thousand (1,500,000) and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof. If an outstanding Option for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled or if shares of Stock are acquired upon the exercise of an Option subject to a Company repurchase option and are repurchased by the Company at the Optionee’s exercise price, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or such repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan.

4.2 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number and class of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Options and in the exercise price per share of any outstanding Options. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Options are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, as defined in Section 8.1) shares of another corporation (the “New Shares ), the Board may unilaterally amend the outstanding Options to provide that such Options are exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise price per share of, the outstanding Options shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the exercise price of any Option be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

5. E LIGIBILITY AND O PTION L IMITATIONS .

5.1 Persons Eligible for Options . Options may be granted only to Employees, Consultants, and Directors. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, “Employees,” “Consultants” and “Directors” shall include prospective Employees, prospective Consultants and prospective Directors to whom Options are granted in connection with written offers of an employment or other service relationship with the Participating Company Group. Eligible persons may be granted more than one (1) Option.

 

- 6 -


5.2 Option Grant Restrictions. Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option granted to a prospective Employee upon the condition that such person become an Employee shall be deemed granted effective on the date such person commences Service with a Participating Company, with an exercise price determined as of such date in accordance with Section 6.1.

5.3 Fair Market Value Limitation. To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by an Optionee for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portions of such options which exceed such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5.3, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 5.3, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 5.3, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option.

6. T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS OF O PTIONS .

Options shall be evidenced by Option Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. No Option or purported Option shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Option Agreement. Option Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1 Exercise Price. The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share for an Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Incentive Stock Option, and (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

6.2 Exercisability and Term of Options. Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions,

 

- 7 -


performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, and (c) no Option granted to a prospective Employee, prospective Consultant or prospective Director may become exercisable prior to the date on which such person commences Service with a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Board in the grant of an Option, any Option granted hereunder shall terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the Option, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions.

6.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value (as determined by the Company without regard to any restrictions on transferability applicable to such stock by reason of federal or state securities laws or agreements with an underwriter for the Company) not less than the exercise price, (iii) by delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) (a “Cashless Exercise” ), (iv) by delivery of the Optionee’s promissory note in a form approved by the Company, (v) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (vi) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time, by approval of or by amendment to the standard forms of Option Agreement described in Section 7, or by other means, grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration .

(i) Tender of Stock . Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise . The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or

 

- 8 -


terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise.

(iii) Payment by Promissory Note . No promissory note shall be permitted if the exercise of an Option using a promissory note would be a violation of any law. Any permitted promissory note shall be on such terms as the Board shall determine at the time the Option is granted. The Board shall have the authority to permit or require the Optionee to secure any promissory note used to exercise an Option with the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option or with other collateral acceptable to the Company. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if the Company at any time is subject to the regulations promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental entity affecting the extension of credit in connection with the Company’s securities, any promissory note shall comply with such applicable regulations, and the Optionee shall pay the unpaid principal and accrued interest, if any, to the extent necessary to comply with such applicable regulations.

6.4 Tax Withholding . The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of an Option, or to accept from the Optionee the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the federal, state, local and foreign taxes, if any, required by law to be withheld by the Participating Company Group with respect to such Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. Alternatively or in addition, in its discretion, the Company shall have the right to require the Optionee, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, including by means of a Cashless Exercise, to make adequate provision for any such tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group arising in connection with the Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. The Fair Market Value of any shares of Stock withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to the Option Agreement until the Participating Company Group’s tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Optionee.

6.5 Repurchase Rights . Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Option is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Optionee shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

6.6 Effect of Termination of Service.

(a) Option Exercisability . Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise provided by the Board in the grant of an Option and set forth in the Option Agreement, an Option shall be exercisable after an Optionee’s

 

- 9 -


termination of Service only during the applicable time period determined in accordance with this Section 6.6 and thereafter shall terminate:

(i) Disability. If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group terminates because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such other period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option’s term as set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option (the “Option Expiration Date” ).

(ii) Death. If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group terminates because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such other period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within three (3) months (or such other period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the Optionee’s termination of Service (unless the termination was for Cause).

(iii) Other Termination of Service . If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group terminates for any reason, except Disability or death, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such other period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 10 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(c) Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee’s termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.

 

- 10 -


6.7 Transferability of Options. During the lifetime of the Optionee, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative. No Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Optionee, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

7. S TANDARD F ORM OF O PTION A GREEMENT .

7.1 Option Agreement. Unless otherwise provided by the Board at the time the Option is granted, an Option shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the form of Option Agreement approved by the Board concurrently with its adoption of the Plan and as amended from time to time.

7.2 Authority to Vary Terms. The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any standard form of Option Agreement described in this Section 7 either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Option or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Option Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

8. C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

8.1 Definitions.

(a) An “Ownership Change Event” shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(b) A “Change in Control” shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a “Transaction ) wherein the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the Company or the corporation or corporations to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the “Transferee Corporation(s)” ) , as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting stock of one or more corporations which, as a result of the Transaction, own the Company or the Transferee Corporation(s), as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting stock of the

 

- 11 -


Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8.2 Effect of Change in Control on Options. In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or parent corporation thereof, as the case may be (the “Acquiring Corporation ), may either assume the Company’s rights and obligations under outstanding Options or substitute for outstanding Options substantially equivalent options for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock. In the event the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume or substitute for outstanding Options in connection with a Change in Control, any unexercisable or unvested portions of outstanding Options held by Optionees whose Service has not terminated prior to such date shall be immediately exercisable and vested in full as of the date ten (10) days prior to the date of the Change in Control. The exercise or vesting of any Option that was permissible solely by reason of this Section 8.2 shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control. Any Options which are neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of an Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Option Agreement evidencing such Option except as otherwise provided in such Option Agreement.

9. P ROVISION OF I NFORMATION .

At least annually, copies of the Company’s balance sheet and income statement for the just completed fiscal year shall be made available to each Optionee and purchaser of Shares upon exercise of an Option. The Company shall not be required to provide such information to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

10. C OMPLIANCE WITH S ECURITIES L AW .

The grant of Options and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of Options shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities. Options may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Option may be exercised unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue, or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of any Option, the Company may require the

 

- 12 -


Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

11. T ERMINATION OR A MENDMENT OF P LAN .

The Board may terminate or amend the Plan at any time. However, subject to changes in applicable law, regulations or rules that would permit otherwise, without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Section 4.2), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company’s stockholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule. No termination or amendment of the Plan shall affect any then outstanding Option unless expressly provided by the Board. In any event, no termination or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Option without the consent of the Optionee, unless such termination or amendment is required to enable an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule.

12. S TOCKHOLDER A PPROVAL .

The Plan or any increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock issuable thereunder as provided in Section 4.1 (the “Authorized Shares ) shall be approved by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the date of adoption thereof by the Board. Options granted prior to stockholder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Authorized Shares previously approved by the stockholders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of stockholder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Authorized Shares, as the case may be.

 

- 13 -


PLAN HISTORY

 

January 2000    Board adopts Plan, with an initial reserve of 1,500,000 shares.
January 2000    Stockholders approve Plan, with an initial reserve of 1,500,000 shares.

 

- 14 -


ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Stock Option Agreement

One Stop Systems, Inc. has granted to the individual (the “Optionee” ) named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the Notice ) to which this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement” ) is attached an option (the “Option ) to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the One Stop Systems, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan ), as amended to the Date of Option Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Notice, the Optionee: (a) represents that the Optionee has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, including the Right of First Refusal set forth in Section 8 and the Vested Share Repurchase Option set forth in Section 9, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement, and (d) acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement.

1. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

1.1 Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

2. T AX C ONSEQUENCES .

2.1 Tax Status of Option . This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option. If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or Disability, the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

 

- 1 -


(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2 ISO Fair Market Value Limitation. If the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option , then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Optionee under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 2.2, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 2.2, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 2.2, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

3. E XERCISE OF THE O PTION .

3.1 Right to Exercise . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 5) in an amount not to exceed the number of Vested Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 8 and Section 9. In no event shall the Option be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares.

3.2 Method of Exercise. Exercise of the Option shall be by written notice to the Company which must state the election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Optionee’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The written notice must be signed by the Optionee and must be delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, or other authorized representative of the Participating Company Group, prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 5, accompanied by (i) full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased and (ii) an executed copy, if required herein, of the then current form of escrow

 

- 2 -


agreement referenced below. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice, the aggregate Exercise Price, and, if required by the Company, such executed agreement.

3.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized . Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value (as determined by the Company without regard to any restrictions on transferability applicable to such stock by reason of federal or state securities laws or agreements with an underwriter for the Company) not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, (iv) by means of a promissory note, if permitted by the Company at the time of exercise, or (v) by any combination of the foregoing.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration. The use of the methods of consideration described in Sections 3.3(a)(ii), (iii) and (iv) shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 6.3(b) of the Plan.

3.4 Tax Withholding . At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Optionee hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Optionee, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the exercise, in whole or in part, of the Option, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in part, of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, (iii) the operation of any law or regulation providing for the imputation of interest, or (iv) the lapsing of any restriction with respect to any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Optionee.

3.5 Certificate Registration . Except in the event the Exercise Price is paid by means of a Cashless Exercise, the certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Optionee.

3.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares . The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with

 

- 3 -


respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE OPTIONEE IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

3.7 Fractional Shares . The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

4. N ONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE O PTION .

The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative and may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent provided in the Plan, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

5. T ERMINATION OF THE O PTION .

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised on the first to occur of (a) the Option Expiration Date, (b) the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Optionee’s Service as described in the Plan, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in the Plan.

6. E FFECT OF T ERMINATION OF S ERVICE .

6.1 Option Exercisability.

(a) Disability . If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Death. If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the

 

- 4 -


Optionee’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within three (3) months after the Optionee’s termination of Service.

(c) Other Termination of Service. If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group terminates for any reason, except Disability or death, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

6.2 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 3.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Company makes no representation as to the tax consequences of any such delayed exercise. The Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s own tax advisor as to the tax consequences of any such delayed exercise.

6.3 Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b) . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.1 of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee’s termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date. The Company makes no representation as to the tax consequences of any such delayed exercise. The Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s own tax advisor as to the tax consequences of any such delayed exercise.

7. R IGHTS AS A S HAREHOLDER , E MPLOYEE OR C ONSULTANT .

The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of a certificate for the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 4.2 of the Plan. If the Optionee is an Employee, the Optionee understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Optionee, the Optionee’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Optionee’s Service as an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

 

- 5 -


8. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL .

8.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal . Except as provided in Section 8.7 below, in the event the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option (the “Transfer Shares ) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any shareholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 8 (the “Right of First Refusal” ).

8.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer. Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Optionee shall deliver written notice (the “Transfer Notice” ) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “Proposed Transferee” ) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Optionee proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Optionee shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

8.3 Bona Fide Transfer. If the Company determines that the information provided by the Optionee in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Optionee written notice of the Optionee’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 8, and the Optionee shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 8. The Optionee shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

8.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal. If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all or a portion of the Transfer Shares at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Optionee of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Optionee or issued by a person other than the Optionee with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Optionee shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the

 

- 6 -


option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

8.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal. If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 8.4 above, the Optionee may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in this Section 8.

8.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares. All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 8 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 8 are met.

8.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 8.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

8.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

8.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal. The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiring Corporation assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A “public market shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities

 

- 7 -


exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

9. V ESTED S HARE R EPURCHASE O PTION .

9.1 Grant of Vested Share Repurchase Option. Except as provided in Section 9.4 below, in the event of the occurrence of any Repurchase Event, as defined below, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the shares acquired by the Optionee pursuant to the Option (the “Repurchase Shares ) under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 9 (the “Vested Share Repurchase Option ”). Each of the following events shall constitute a “Repurchase Event” :

(a) Termination of the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, including death or Disability. The Repurchase Period, as defined below, shall commence on the date of termination of the Optionee’s Service.

(b) The Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option attempts to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any Repurchase Shares without complying with the provisions of Section 8. The Repurchase Period, as defined below, shall commence on the date the Company receives actual notice of such attempted sale, exchange, transfer, pledge or other disposition.

(c) The receivership, bankruptcy or other creditor’s proceeding regarding the Optionee or the taking of any of the Optionee’s shares of Stock by legal process, such as a levy of execution. The Repurchase Period, as defined below, shall commence on the date the Company receives actual notice of the commencement of pendency of the receivership, bankruptcy or other creditor’s proceeding or the date of such taking, as the case may be. The Fair Market Value of the Repurchase Shares shall be determined as of the last day of the month preceding the month in which the proceeding involved commenced or the taking occurred.

9.2 Exercise of Vested Share Repurchase Option. The Company may exercise the Vested Share Repurchase Option by written notice to the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of the Repurchase Shares, as the case may be, during the Repurchase Period. The “Repurchase Period” shall be the period commencing at the time set forth in Section 9.1 above and ending on the later of (a) the date ninety (90) days after the commencement of the Repurchase Period or (b) the date ninety (90) days after the Option is last exercised. If the Company fails to give notice during the Repurchase Period, the Vested Share Repurchase Option shall terminate (unless the Company and the Optionee have extended the time for the exercise of the Vested Share Repurchase Option) unless and until there is a subsequent Repurchase Event. Notwithstanding a termination of the Vested Share Repurchase Option, the remaining provisions of this Option Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, including, without limitation, the Right of First Refusal set forth in Section 8. If there is a subsequent Repurchase Event, the Vested Share Repurchase Option shall again become exercisable as provided in this Section 9. The Vested Share Repurchase Option must be

 

- 8 -


exercised, if at all, for all of the Repurchase Shares, except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree.

9.3 Payment for Repurchase Shares . The repurchase price per share being repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Vested Share Repurchase Option shall be an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares determined as of the date of the Repurchase Event (except as otherwise provided in Section 9.1(c) above) by the Board in good faith. Payment by the Company to the Optionee shall be made in cash on or before the last day of the Repurchase Period. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to the Company shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

9.4 Transfers Not Subject to Vested Share Repurchase Option . The Vested Share Repurchase Option shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration will remain subject to the Vested Share Repurchase Option unless the provisions of Section 9.6 below result in a termination of the Vested Share Repurchase Option.

9.5 Assignment of Vested Share Repurchase Option . The Company shall have the right to assign the Vested Share Repurchase Option at any time, whether or not such option is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

9.6 Early Termination of Vested Share Repurchase Option . The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Vested Share Repurchase Option shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiring Corporation assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market, as defined in Section 8.9, for the class of shares subject to the Vested Share Repurchase Option.

10. E SCROW .

10.1 Establishment of Escrow. To ensure that shares subject to the Right of First Refusal, the Vested Repurchase Option or securing any promissory note will be available for repurchase, the Company may require the Optionee to deposit the certificate evidencing the shares which the Optionee purchases upon exercise of the Option with an agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of an escrow agreement approved by the Company. If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of exercise of the Option, the Company reserves the right at any time to require the Optionee to so deposit the certificate in escrow. Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event or a change, as described in Section 4.2 of the Plan, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option that remain, following such Ownership Change Event or change described in Section 4.2 of the Plan,

 

- 9 -


subject to any security interest held by the Company shall be immediately subject to the escrow to the same extent as such shares of Stock immediately before such event. The Company shall bear the expenses of the escrow.

10.2 Delivery of Shares to Optionee. As soon as practicable after the expiration of the Right of First Refusal, the Vested Share Repurchase and after full repayment of any promissory note secured by the shares or other property held in escrow, the escrow agent shall deliver to the Optionee the shares and any other property no longer subject to such restrictions and no longer securing any promissory note.

10.3 Notices and Payments. In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company’s exercise of the Vested Share Repurchase Option or the Right of First Refusal, the notices required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent, and any payment required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent. Within thirty (30) days after payment by the Company, the escrow agent shall deliver the shares and any other property which the Company has purchased to the Company and shall deliver the payment received from the Company to the Optionee.

11. S TOCK D ISTRIBUTIONS S UBJECT T O O PTION A GREEMENT .

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 4.2 of the Plan, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal, the Vested Share Repurchase Option and any security interest held by the Company with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the such restrictions immediately before such event.

12. N OTICE O F S ALES U PON D ISQUALIFYING D ISPOSITION .

The Optionee shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option , the Optionee shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Optionee disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Optionee exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Option Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Optionee disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Optionee shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Optionee’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Option Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Optionee to notify the Company of any such transfer shall

 

- 10 -


continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

13. R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES .

In connection with the receipt of the Option and any acquisition of shares upon the exercise thereof, the Optionee hereby agrees, represents and warrants as follows:

13.1 The Optionee is acquiring the Option and will acquire any shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option for the Optionee’s own account, and not on behalf of any other person or as a nominee, for investment and not with a view to, or sale in connection with, any distribution of the Option or such shares.

13.2 The Optionee was not presented with or solicited by any form of general solicitation or general advertising, including, but not limited to, any advertisement, article, notice, or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine, or similar media, or broadcast over television, radio or similar communications media, or presented at any seminar or meeting whose attendees have been invited by any general solicitation or general advertising.

13.3 The Optionee has either (a) a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company or any of its officers, directors, or controlling persons, consisting of personal or business contacts of a nature and duration to enable the Optionee to be aware of the character, business acumen and general business and financial circumstances of the person with whom such relationship exists, or (b) such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters (or has relied on the financial and business knowledge and experience of the Optionee’s professional advisor who is unaffiliated with and who is not, directly or indirectly, compensated by the Company or any affiliate or selling agent of the Company) as to make the Optionee capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the Option and any investment in shares acquired pursuant to the Option and to protect the Optionee’s own interests in the transaction, or (c) both such relationship and such knowledge and experience.

13.4 The Optionee understands that the Option and any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option have not been qualified under the Corporate Securities Law of 1968, as amended, of the State of California by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Optionee’s representations as expressed herein. The Optionee understands that the Company is relying on the Optionee’s representations and warrants that the Company is entitled to rely on such representations and that such reliance is reasonable.

14. L EGENDS .

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal, the Vested Share Repurchase Option and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise

 

- 11 -


specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

14.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

14.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A VESTED SHARE REPURCHASE OPTION AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

14.3 If the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option : “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO”). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [INSERTLATER OF TWO YEARS AFTER THE DATE OF OPTION GRANT OR ONE YEAR AFTER THE DATE OF EXERCISE HERE ] . SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

15. L OCK - UP A GREEMENT .

The Optionee hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Optionee shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

 

- 12 -


  16. R ESTRICTIONS ON T RANSFER OF S HARES .

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Optionee), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law, in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

17. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

17.1 Binding Effect. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

17.2 Termination or Amendment. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in the Plan in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Optionee unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation or is required to enable the Option, if designated an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice, to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

17.3 Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address shown below that party’s signature or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

17.4 Integrated Agreement. The Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersedes any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter other than those as set forth or provided for herein or therein. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Notice and the Option Agreement shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

17.5 Applicable Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

 

- 13 -


17.6 Counterparts . The Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

- 14 -


☐ Incentive Stock Option     Optionee:   

 

☐ Nonstatutory Stock Option             Date:   

 

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

One Stop Systems, Inc.

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

735 South Vinewood Street

Escondido, CA 92029

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Option . I was granted an option (the “Option ) to purchase shares of the common stock (the “Shares” ) of One Stop Systems, Inc. (the “Company” ) pursuant to the Company’s 2000 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan ), my Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Notice ) and my Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement” ) as follows:

 

  Grant Number:     

 

  
  Date of Option Grant:     

 

  
  Number of Option Shares:     

 

  
  Exercise Price per Share:      $                                                           

2. Exercise of Option . I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares, all of which are Vested Shares in accordance with the Notice and the Option Agreement:

 

  Total Shares Purchased:     

 

  
  Total Exercise Price (Total Shares X Price per Share)    $                                                           

3. Payments . I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:

 

  ☐ Cash:     $                                                              
  ☐ Check:     $                                                              
  ☐ Tender of Company Stock:   Contact Plan Administrator  
  ☐ Promissory Note:     Contact Plan Administrator  

4. Tax Withholding . I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with the Option.

 

- 15 -


5. Optionee Information .

 

  My address is:   

 

    

 

  My Social Security Number is:   

 

6. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition . If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, I agree that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Option Grant.

7. Binding Effect . I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Option Agreement, including the Right of First Refusal and the Vested Share Repurchase Option set forth therein, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

8. Transfer . I understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act ), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. I further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company. I am aware that Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Notice and my Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Signature)

 

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.
ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.
By:    
Title:  

 

Dated:  

 

 

- 16 -

Exhibit 10.3

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

2011 STOCK OPTION PLAN

December 6, 2011


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.           E STABLISHMENT , P URPOSE AND T ERM OF P LAN

     3  

1.1        Establishment

     3  

1.2        Purpose

     3  

1.3        Term of Plan

     3  

2.           D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION

     3  

2.1        Definitions

     3  

2.2        Construction

     6  

3.           A DMINISTRATION

     6  

3.1        Administration by the Board

     6  

3.2        Authority of Officers

     6  

3.3        Powers of the Board

     6  

3.4        Administration with Respect to Insiders

     7  

3.5        Indemnification

     7  

4.           S HARES S UBJECT TO P LAN

     7  

4.1        Maximum Number of Shares Issuable

     7  

4.2        Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure

     8  

5.           E LIGIBILITY AND O PTION L IMITATIONS

     8  

5.1        Persons Eligible for Options

     8  

5.2        Option Grant Restrictions

     8  

5.3        Fair Market Value Limitation

     8  

6.           T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS OF O PTIONS

     9  

6.1        Exercise Price

     9  

6.2        Exercisability and Term of Options

     9  

6.3        Payment of Exercise Price

     9  

6.4        Tax Withholding

     10  

6.5        Repurchase Rights

     11  

6.6        Effect of Termination of Service

     11  

6.7        Transferability of Options

     12  

7.           S TANDARD F ORM OF O PTION A GREEMENT

     12  

7.1        Option Agreement

     12  

7.2        Authority to Vary Terms

     12  

8.           C HANGE IN C ONTROL

     12  

8.1        Definitions

     12  

8.2        Effect of Change in Control on Options

     13  

9.           P ROVISION OF I NFORMATION

     13  

10.        C OMPLIANCE WITH S ECURITIES L AW

     14  

11.        T ERMINATION OR A MENDMENT OF P LAN

     14  

12.        S TOCKHOLDER A PPROVAL

     14  

P LAN H ISTORY

     15  


ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

2011 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

 

1. E STABLISHMENT , P URPOSE AND T ERM OF P LAN .

1.1 Establishment. The One Stop Systems, Inc. 2011 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby established effective as of December 6, 2011.

1.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract and retain persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group.

1.3 Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until the earlier of its termination by the Board or the date on which all of the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan have been issued and all restrictions on such shares under the terms of the Plan and the agreements evidencing Options granted under the Plan have lapsed. However, all Options shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is duly approved by the stockholders of the Company.

2. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

2.1 Definitions. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

(a) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company. If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, “Board” also means such Committee(s).

(b) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

(c) “Committee” means the Compensation Committee or other committee of the Board duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board. Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law.

(d) “Company” means One Stop Systems, Inc., a California corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

(e) “Consultant” means a person engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than as an Employee or a Director) to a Participating Company, provided that the identity of such person, the nature of such services or the entity to which such services are provided


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2011 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such person pursuant to the Plan in reliance on either the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 under the Securities Act or, if the Company is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, registration on a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

(f) “Director” means a member of the Board or of the board of directors of any other Participating Company.

(g) “Disability” means the permanent and total disability of the Optionee within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(h) “Employee” means any person treated as an employee (including an officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan.

(i) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(j) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

(i) If, on such date, the Stock is listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock (or the mean of the closing bid and asked prices of a share of Stock if the Stock is so quoted instead) as quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, The Nasdaq SmallCap Market or such other national or regional securities exchange or market system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or market system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion.

(ii) If, on such date, the Stock is not listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Board in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse.

(k) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

(l) “Insider” means an officer or a Director of the Company or any other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(m) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) or which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

 

4


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2011 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

(n) “Option” means a right to purchase Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan. An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(o) “Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionee setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Option granted to the Optionee and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. An Option Agreement may consist of a form of “Notice of Grant of Stock Option” and a form of “Stock Option Agreement” incorporated therein by reference or such other form or forms as the Board may approve from time to time.

(p) “Optionee” means a person who has been granted one or more Options.

(q) “Parent Corporation” means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(r) “Participating Company” means the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.

(s) “Participating Company Group” means, at any point in time, all corporations collectively which are then Participating Companies.

(t) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.

(u) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(v) “Service” means an Optionee’s employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. An Optionee’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Optionee renders Service to the Participating Company Group or a change in the Participating Company for which the Optionee renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Optionee’s Service. Furthermore, an Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Optionee takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company; provided, however, that if any such leave exceeds ninety (90) days, on the ninety-first (91 st ) day of such leave the Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated unless the Optionee’s right to return to Service with the Participating Company Group is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, a leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Optionee’s Option Agreement. The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the corporation for which the Optionee performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Optionee’s Service has terminated and the effective date of such termination.

(w) “Stock” means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted form time to time in accordance with Section 4.2

 

5


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2011 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

(x) “Subsidiary Corporation” means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(y) “Ten Percent Owner Optionee” means an Optionee who, at the time an Option is granted to the Optionee, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Participating Company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

2.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

3. A DMINISTRATION .

3.1 Administration by the Board. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. All questions of interpretation of the Plan or of any Option shall be determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Option.

3.2 Authority of Officers. Any officer of a Participating Company shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

3.3 Powers of the Board. In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:

(a) to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Options shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock to be subject to each Option;

(b) to designate Options as Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options;

(c) to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;

(d) to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Option (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise price of the Option, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with the Option or such shares, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability of the Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, (v) the time of the expiration of the Option, (vi) the effect of the Optionee’s termination of Service with the Participating Company

 

6


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2011 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

Group on any of the foregoing, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Option or such shares not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

(e) to approve or one or more forms of Option Agreement;

(f) to amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any Option or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Option or any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof;

(g) to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability of any Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including with respect to the period following an Optionee’s termination of Service with the Participating Company Group;

(h) to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Board deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose citizens may be granted Options; and

(i) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Option Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Option as the Board may deem advisable to the extent no inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or applicable law.

3.4 Administration with Respect to Insiders. With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered with compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.

3.5 Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity as its own expense to handle and defend the same.

4. S HARES S UBJECT TO P LAN .

4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan

 

7


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2011 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

shall be One Million Five Hundred Thousand (1,500,000) and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof. If an outstanding Option for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled or if shares of Stock are acquired upon the exercise of an Option subject to a Company repurchase option and are repurchased by the Company at the Optionee’s exercise price, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or such repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan.

4.2 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number and class of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Options and in the exercise price per share of any outstanding Options. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Options are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, as defined in Section 8.1) shares of another corporation (the “New Shares”), the Board may unilaterally amend the outstanding Options to provide that such Options are exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise price per share of, the outstanding Options shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the exercise price of any Option be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

5. E LIGIBILITY AND O PTION L IMITATIONS .

5.1 Persons Eligible for Options. Options may be granted only to Employees, Consultants, and Directors. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, “Employees,” “Consultants” and “Directors” shall include prospective Employees, prospective Consultants and prospective Directors to whom Options are granted in connection with written offers of an employment or other service relationship with the Participating Company Group. Eligible persons may be granted more than one (1) Option.

5.2 Option Grant Restrictions. Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option granted to a prospective Employee upon the condition that such person become an Employee shall be deemed granted effective on the date such person commences Service with a Participating Company, with an exercise price determined as of such date in accordance with Section 6.1.

5.3 Fair Market Value Limitation. To the extent that Options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by an Optionee for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portions of such Options which exceed such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5.3, Options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is

 

8


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2011 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 5.3, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 5.3, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option.

6. T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS OF O PTIONS .

Options shall be evidenced by Option Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. No Option or purported Option shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Option Agreement. Option Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1 Exercise Price. The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share for an Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Incentive Stock Option, and (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstading the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

6.2 Exercisability and Term of Options. Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, and (c) no Option granted to a prospective Employee, prospective Consultant or prospective Director may become exercisable prior to the date on which such person commences Service with a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Board in the grant of an Option, any Option granted hereunder shall terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the Option, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions.

6.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the

 

9


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2011 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value (as determined by the Company without regard to any restrictions on transferability applicable to such stock by reason of federal or state securities laws or agreements with an underwriter for the Company) not less than the exercise price, (iii) by delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors with the Federal Reserve System) (a “Cashless Exercise” ), (iv) by delivery of the Optionee’s promissory note in a form approved by the Company, (v) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (vi) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time, by approval of or by amendment to the standard forms of Option Agreement described in Section 7, or by other means, grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise.

(iii) Payment by Promissory Note. No promissory note shall be permitted if the exercise of an Option using a promissory note would be a violation of any law. Any permitted promissory note shall be on such terms as the Board shall determine at the time the Option is granted. The Board shall have the authority to permit or require the Optionee to secure any promissory note used to exercise an Option with the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option or with other collateral acceptable to the Company. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if the Company at any time is subject to the regulations promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental entity affecting the extension of credit in connection with the Company’s securities, any promissory note shall comply with such applicable regulations, and the Optionee shall pay the unpaid principal and accrued interest, if any, to the extent necessary to comply with such applicable regulations.

6.4 Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of an Option, or to accept from the Optionee the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the federal, state, local and foreign taxes, if any, required by law to be withheld by the Participating Company Group with respect to such Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. Alternatively or in addition, in its

 

10


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2011 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

discretion, the Company shall have the right to require the Optionee, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, including by means of Cashless Exercise, to make adequate provision for any such tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group arising in connection with the Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. The Fair Market Value of any shares of Stock withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to the Option Agreement until the Participating Company Group’s tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Optionee.

6.5 Repurchase Rights. Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Option is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Optionee shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

6.6 Effect of Termination of Service.

(a) Option Exercisability. Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise provided by the Board in the grant of an Option and set forth in the Option Agreement, an Option shall be exercisable after an Optionee’s termination of Service only during the applicable time period determined in accordance with this Section 6.6 and thereafter shall terminate:

(i) Disability. If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group terminates because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such other period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option’s term as set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option (the “Option Expiration Date” ).

(ii) Death. If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group terminates because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such other period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within three (3) months (or such other period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the Optionee’s termination of Service (unless the termination was for cause).

 

11


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2011 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

(iii) Other Termination of Service. If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group terminates for any reason, except Disability or death, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such other period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 10 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(c) Extension of Optionee Subject to Section 16(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10 th ) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190 th ) day after the Optionee’s termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.

6.7 Transferability of Options. During the lifetime of the Optionee, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative. No Optionee shall be assignable or transferable by the Optionee, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any described in Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

7. S TANDARD F ORM OF O PTION A GREEMENT .

7.1 Option Agreement. Unless otherwise provided by the Board at the time the Option is granted, an Option shall comply with and be the subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the form of Option Agreement approved by the Board concurrently with its adoption of the Plan and as amended from time to time.

7.2 Authority to Vary Terms. The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any standard form of Option Agreement described in this Section 7 either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Option or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Option Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

8. C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

8.1 Definitions.

 

12


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2011 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

(a) An “Ownership Change Event” shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(b) A “Change in Control” shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a “Transaction”) wherein the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the Company or the corporation or corporations to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the “Transferee Corporation(s)”), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting stock of one or more corporations which, as a result of the Transaction, own the Company or the Transferee Corporation(s), as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting stock of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8.2 Effect of Change in Control on Options. In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or parent corporation thereof, as the case may be (the “Acquiring Corporation”), may either assume the Company’s rights and obligations under outstanding Options or substitute for outstanding Options substantially equivalent options for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock. In the event the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume or substitute for outstanding Options in connection with a Change in Control, any unexercisable or unvested portions of outstanding Options held by Optionees whose Service has not terminated prior to such date shall be immediately exercisable and vested in full as of the date ten (10) days prior to the date of the Change in Control. The exercise or vesting of any Option that was permissible solely by reason of this Section 8.2 shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control. Any Options which are neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of an Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Option Agreement evidencing such Option except as otherwise provided in such Option Agreement.

9. P ROVISION OF I NFORMATION .

At least annually, copies of the Company’s balance sheet and income statement for the just completed fiscal year shall be made available to each Optionee and purchaser of Shares upon exercise of an Option. The Company shall not be required to provide such information to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

 

13


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2011 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

10. C OMPLIANCE WITH S ECURITIES L AW .

The grant of Options and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of Options shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities. Options may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Option may be exercised unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of any Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

11. T ERMINATION O R A MENDMENT O F P LAN .

The Board may terminate or amend the Plan at any time. However, subject to changes in applicable law, regulations or rules that would permit otherwise, without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Section 4.2), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company’s stockholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule. No termination or amendment of the Plan shall affect any then outstanding Option unless expressly provided by the Board. In any event, no termination or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Option without the consent of the Optionee, unless such termination or amendment is required to enable an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule.

12. S TOCKHOLDER A PPROVAL .

The Plan or any increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock issuable thereunder as provided in Section 4.1 (the “Authorized Shares” ) shall be approved by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the date of adoption thereof by the Board. Options granted prior to stockholder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Authorized Shares previously approved by the stockholders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of stockholder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Authorized Shares, as the case may be.

 

14


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2011 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

P LAN H ISTORY

 

December 6, 2011    Board adopts Plan, with an initial reserve of 1,500,000 shares.
December 6, 2011    Stockholders approve Plan, with an initial reserve of 1,500,000 shares.

 

15


ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  1.        D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION

     1  

1.1        Definitions

     1  

1.2        Construction

     1  

  2.        T AX C ONSEQUENCES

     1  

2.1        Tax Status of Option

     1  

2.2        ISO Fair Market Value Limitation

     2  

  3.        E XERCISE OF THE O PTION

     2  

3.1        Right to Exercise

     2  

3.2        Method of Exercise

     2  

3.3        Payment of Exercise Price

     3  

3.4        Tax Withholding

     3  

3.5        Certificate Registration

     3  

3.6        Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares

     3  

3.7        Fractional Shares

     4  

  4.        N ONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE O PTION

     4  

  5.        T ERMINATION OF THE O PTION

     4  

  6.        E FFECT OF T ERMINATION OF S ERVICE

     4  

6.1        Option Exercisability

     4  

6.2        Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law

     5  

6.3        Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b)

     5  

  7.        R IGHTS AS A S HAREHOLDER , E MPLOYEE OR C ONSULTANT

     5  

  8.        R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL

     5  

8.1        Grant of Right of First Refusal

     5  

8.2        Notice of Proposed Transfer

     6  

8.3        Bona Fide Transfer

     6  

8.4        Exercise of Right of First Refusal

     6  

8.5        Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal

     7  

8.6        Transferees of Transfer Shares

     7  

8.7        Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal

     7  

8.8        Assignment of Right of First Refusal

     7  

8.9        Early Termination of Right of First Refusal

     7  

  9.        V ESTED S HARE R EPURCHASE O PTION

     7  

9.1        Grant of Vested Share Repurchase Option

     7  

9.2        Exercise of Vested Share Repurchase Option

     8  

9.3        Payment for Repurchase Shares

     8  

9.4        Transfers Not Subject to Vested Share Repurchase Option

     9  

9.5        Assignment of Vested Share Repurchase Option

     9  

9.6        Early Termination of Vested Share Repurchase Option

     9  

10.        E SCROW

     9  

10.1      Establishment of Escrow

     9  

10.2      Delivery of Shares to Optionee

     9  

10.3      Notices and Payments

     9  

11.        S TOCK D ISTRIBUTIONS S UBJECT TO O PTION A GREEMENT

     10  

12.        N OTICE OF S ALES U PON D ISQUALIFYING D ISPOSITION

     10  

13.        R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES

     10  


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . – S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

14.        L EGENDS

     11  

15.        L OCK -U P A GREEMENT

     12  

16.        R ESTRICTIONS ON T RANSFER OF S HARES

     12  

17.        M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS

     12  

17.1      Binding Effect

     12  

17.2      Termination or Amendment

     12  

17.3      Notices

     13  

17.4      Integrated Agreement

     13  

17.5      Applicable Law

     13  

17.6      Counterparts

     13  
STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE      14  

 

2


ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

 

O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . has granted to the individual (the “Optionee” ) named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Notice” ) to which this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement” ) is attached an option (the “Option” ) to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC. 2011 STOCK OPTION PLAN (the “Plan” ), as amended to the Date of Option Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Notice, the Optionee: (a) represents that the Optionee has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, including the Right of First Refusal set forth in Section 8 and the Vested Share Repurchase Option set forth in Section 9, (b) accepts the Option subject to all the terms and conditions of the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement, and (d) acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement.

1. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

1.1 Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

2. T AX C ONSEQUENCES .

2.1 Tax Status of Option. This Option is intended to have the tax status designate in the Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option. If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or Disability, the Option will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

 


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . – S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2 ISO Fair Market Value Limitation. If the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Optionee under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 2.2, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 2.2, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 2.2, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option).

3. E XERCISE OF THE O PTION .

3.1 Right to Exercise. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 5) in an amount not to exceed the number of Vested Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 8 and Section 9. In no event shall the Option be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares.

3.2 Method of Exercise. Exercise of the Option shall be by written notice to the Company which must state the election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Optionee’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The written notice must be signed by the Optionee and must be delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, or other authorized representative of the Participating Company Group, prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 5, accompanied by (i) full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased and (ii) an executed copy, if required herein, of the then current form of escrow agreement referenced below. The

 

2


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . – S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice, the aggregate Exercise Price, and, if required by the Company, such executed agreement.

3.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value (as determined by the Company without regard to any restrictions on transferability applicable to such stock by reason of federal or state securities laws or agreements with an underwriter for the Company) not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, (iv) by means of a promissory note, if permitted by the Company at the time of exercise, or (v) by any combination of the foregoing.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration. The use of the methods of consideration described in Sections 3.3(a)(ii), (iii) and (iv) shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 6.3(b) of the Plan.

3.4 Tax Withholding. At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Optionee hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Optionee, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provisions for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the exercise, in whole or in part, of the Option, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in part, of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, (iii) the operation of any law or regulation providing for the imputation of interest, or (iv) the lapsing of any restriction with respect to any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Optionee.

3.5 Certificate Registration. Except in the event the Exercise Price is paid by means of a Cashless Exercise, the certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Optionee.

3.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares. The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercises of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE OPTIONEE IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE

 

3


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . – S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

3.7 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

4. N ONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE O PTION .

The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative and may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent provided in the Plan, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

5. T ERMINATION OF THE O PTION .

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised on the first to occur of (a) the Option Expiration Date, (b) the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Optionee’s Service as described in the Plan, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in the Plan.

6. E FFECT OF T ERMINATION OF S ERVICE .

6.1 Option Exercisability.

(a) Disability. If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Death. If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option

 

4


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . – S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

Expiration Date. The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of the death if the Optionee dies within three (3) months after the Optionee’s termination of Service.

(c) Other Termination of Service. If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group terminates for any reason, except Disability or death, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

6.2 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 3.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Company makes no representation as to the tax consequences of any such delayed exercise. The Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s own tax advisor as to the tax consequences of any such delayed exercise.

6.3 Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.1 of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10 th ) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190 th ) day after the Optionee’s termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date. The Company makes no representation as to the tax consequences of any such delayed exercise. The Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s own tax advisor as the tax consequences of any such delayed exercise.

7. R IGHTS AS A S HAREHOLDER , E MPLOYEE OR C ONSULTANT .

The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of a certificate for the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 4.2 of the Plan. If the Optionee is an Employee, the Optionee understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Optionee, the Optionee’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Optionee’s Service as an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

8. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL .

8.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal. Except as provided in Section 8.7 below, in the event the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any

 

5


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . – S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

shares acquired upon exercise of the Option (the “Transfer Shares” ) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any shareholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 8 (the “Right of First Refusal” ).

8.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer. Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Optionee shall deliver written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “Proposed Transferee”) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Optionee proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Optionee shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

8.3 Bona Fide Transfer. If the Company determines that the information provided by the Optionee in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Optionee written notice of the Optionee’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 8, and the Optionee shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 8. The Optionee shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

8.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal. If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all or a portion of the Transfer Shares at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Optionee of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date of the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Optionee or issued by a person other than the Optionee with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Optionee shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date of the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

 

6


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . – S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

8.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal. If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 8.4 above, the Optionee may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in this Section 8.

8.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares. All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 8 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 8 are met.

8.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 8.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

8.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

8.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal. The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiring Corporation assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A “public market” shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefore are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

9. V ESTED S HARE R EPURCHASE O PTION .

9.1 Grant of Vested Share Repurchase Option. Except as provided in Section 9.4 below, in the event of the occurrence of any Repurchase Event, as defined below, the Company

 

7


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . – S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

shall have the right to repurchase the shares acquired by the Optionee pursuant to the Option (the “Repurchase Shares” ) under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 9 (the “ Vested Share Repurchase Option” ). Each of the following events shall constitute a “Repurchase Event” ):

(a) Termination of the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, including death or Disability. The Repurchase Period, as defined below, shall commence on the date of termination of the Optionee’s Service.

(b) The Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option attempts to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any Repurchase Shares without complying with the provisions of Section 8. The Repurchase Period, as defined below, shall commence on the date the Company receives actual notice of such attempted sale, exchange, transfer, pledge or other disposition.

(c) The receivership, bankruptcy or other creditor’s proceeding regarding the Optionee or the taking of any of the Optionee’s shares of Stock by legal process, such as a levy of execution. The Repurchase Period, as defined below, shall commence on the date the Company receives actual notice of the commencement of pendency of the receivership, bankruptcy or other creditor’s proceeding or the date of such taking, as the case may be. The Fair Market Value of the Repurchase Shares shall be determined as of the last day of the month preceding the month in which the proceeding involved commenced or the taking occurred.

9.2 Exercise of Vested Share Repurchase Option. The Company may exercise the Vested Share Repurchase Option by written notice to the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of the Repurchase Shares, as the case may be, during the Repurchase Period. The “Repurchase Period” shall be the period commencing at the time set forth in Section 9.1 above and ending on the later of (a) the date ninety (90) days after the commencement of the Repurchase Period or (b) the date ninety (90) days after the Option is last exercised. If the Company fails to give notice during the Repurchase Period, the Vested Share Repurchase Option shall terminate (unless the Company and the Optionee have extended the time for the exercise of the Vested Share Repurchase Option) unless and until there is a subsequent Repurchase Event. Notwithstanding a termination of the Vested Share Repurchase Option, the remaining provisions of this Option Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, including, without limitation, the Right of First Refusal set forth in Section 8. If there is a subsequent Repurchase Event, the Vested Share Repurchase Option shall again become exercisable as provided in this Section 9. The Vested Share Repurchase Option must be exercised, if at all, for all of the Repurchase Shares, except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree.

9.3 Payment for Repurchase Shares. The repurchase price per share being repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Vested Share Repurchase Option shall be an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares determined as of the date of the Repurchase Event (except as otherwise provided in Section 9.1(c) above) by the Board in good faith. Payment by the Company to the Optionee shall be made in cash on or before the last day of the Repurchase Period. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to the Company shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest cancelled.

 

8


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . – S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

9.4 Transfers Not Subject to Vested Share Repurchase Option. The Vested Share Repurchase Option shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration will remain subject to the Vested Share Repurchase Option unless the provisions of Section 9.6 below result in a termination of the Vested Share Repurchase Option.

9.5 Assignment of Vested Share Repurchase Option. The Company shall have the right to assign the Vested Share Repurchase Option at any time, whether or not such option is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

9.6 Early Termination of Vested Share Repurchase Option. The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Vested Share Repurchase Option shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiring Corporation assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market, as defined in Section 8.9, for the class of shares subject to the Vested Share Repurchase Option.

10. E SCROW .

10.1 Establishment of Escrow. To ensure that shares subject to the Right of First Refusal, the Vested Repurchase Option or securing any promissory note will be available for repurchase, the Company may require the Optionee to deposit the certificate evidencing the shares which the Optionee purchases upon exercise of the Option with an agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of an escrow agreement approved by the Company. If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of exercise of the Option, the Company reserves the right at any time to require the Optionee to so deposit the certificate in escrow. Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event or a change, as described in Section 4.2 of the Plan, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option that remain, following such Ownership Change Event or change described in Section 4.2 of the Plan, subject to any security interest held by the Company shall be immediately subject to the escrow to the same extend as such shares of Stock immediately before such event. The Company shall bear the expenses of the escrow.

10.2 Delivery of Shares to Optionee. As soon as practicable after the expiration of the Right of First Refusal, the Vested Share Repurchase and after full repayment of any promissory note secured by the shares or other property held in escrow, the escrow agent shall deliver to the Optionee the shares and any other property no longer subject to such restrictions and no longer securing any promissory note.

10.3 Notices and Payments. In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company’s exercise of the Vested Share Repurchase Option or the Right of First Refusal, the notices required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent, and any payment required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent. Within

 

9


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . – S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

thirty (30) days after payment by the Company, the escrow agent shall deliver the shares and any other property which the Company has purchased to the Company and shall deliver the payment received from the Company to the Optionee.

11. S TOCK D ISTRIBUTIONS S UBJECT TO O PTION A GREEMENT .

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 4.2 of the Plan, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal, the Vested Share Repurchase Option and any security interest held by the Company with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the restrictions immediately before such event.

12. N OTICE OF S ALES U PON D ISQUALIFYING D ISPOSITION .

The Optionee shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Optionee shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Optionee disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Optionee exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Option Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Optionee disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Optionee shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Optionee’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Option Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Optionee to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

13. R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES .

In connection with the receipt of the Option and any acquisition of shares upon the exercise thereof, the Optionee hereby agrees, represents and warrants as follows:

13.1 The Optionee is acquiring the Option and will acquire any shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option for the Optionee’s own account, and not on behalf of any other person or as a nominee, for investment and not with a view to, or sale in connection with, any distribution of the Option or such shares.

13.2 The Optionee was not presented with or solicited by any form of general solicitation or general advertising, including, but not limited to, any advertisement, article, notice, or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine, or similar media, or broadcast over

 

10


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . – S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

television, radio or similar communications media, or presented at any seminar or meeting whose attendees have been invited by any general solicitation or general advertising.

13.3 The Optionee has either (a) a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company or any of its officers, directors, or controlling persons, consisting of personal or business contacts of a nature and duration to enable the Optionee to be aware of the character, business acumen and general business and financial circumstances of the person with whom such relationship exists, or (b) such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters (or has relied on the financial and business knowledge and experience of the Optionee’s professional advisor who is unaffiliated with and who is not, directly or indirectly, compensated by the Company or any affiliate or selling agent of the Company) as to make the Optionee capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the Option and any investment in shares acquired pursuant to the Option and to protect the Optionee’s own interests in the transaction, or (c) both such relationship and such knowledge and experience.

13.4 The Optionee understands that the Option and any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option have not been qualified under the Corporate Securities Law of 1968, as amended, of the State of California by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Optionee’s representations as expressed herein. The Optionee understands that the Company is relying on the Optionee’s representations and warrants that the Company is entitled to rely on such representations and that such reliance is reasonable.

14. L EGENDS .

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal, the Vested Share Repurchase Option and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

14.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

14.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A VESTED SHARE REPURCHASE OPTION AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

 

11


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . – S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

14.3 If the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option: “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO”). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOS, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [ INSERT LATER OF TWO YEARS AFTER THE DATE OF OPTION GRANT OR ONE YEAR AFTER THE DATE OF EXERCISE HERE ]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

15. L OCK -U P A GREEMENT .

The Optionee hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Optionee shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of , or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

16. R ESTRICTIONS ON T RANSFER OF S HARES .

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Optionee), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law, in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

17. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

17.1 Binding Effect. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

17.2 Termination or Amendment. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in the Plan in connection with a

 

12


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . – S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Optionee unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation or is required to enable the Option, if designated an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice, to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

17.3 Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address shown below that party’s signature or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

17.4 Integrated Agreement. The Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersedes any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter other than those as set forth or provided for herein or therein. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Notice and the Option Agreement shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

17.5 Applicable Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

17.6 Counterparts. The Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

13


€ Incentive Stock Option    Optionee:_____________________
€ Nonstatutory Stock Option    Date: ___________________________

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

One Stop Systems, Inc.

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

2235 Enterprise Street, Suite 110

Escondido, California 92029

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Option . I was granted an option (the “Option ) to purchase shares of the common stock (the “Shares” ) of One Stop Systems, Inc. (the “Company” ) pursuant to the Company’s 2011 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), my Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Notice” ) and my Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement” ) as follows:

 

Grant Number:                                          
Date of Option Grant:                                          
Number of Option Shares:                                          
Exercise Price per Share:    $                                     

2. Exercise of Option . I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares, all of which are Vested Shares in accordance with the Notice and the Option Agreement:

 

Total Shares Purchased:                                          
Total Exercise Price (Total Shares X Price Per Share)    $                                     

3. Payments . I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:

 

€ Cash:    $                                     
€ Check:    $                                     
€ Tender of Company Stock:    Contact Plan Administrator
€ Promissory Note:    Contact Plan Administrator

4. Tax Withholding . I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with the Option.


5. Optionee Information .

My address is:______________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________________________

My Social Security Number is: _________________________________________________________________

6. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition . If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, I agree that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Option Grant.

7. Binding Effect . I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Option Agreement, including the Right of First Refusal and the Vested Share Repurchase Option set forth therein, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

8. Transfer . I understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act” ), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. I further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate or the certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company. I am aware that Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Notice and my Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

 

Very Truly Yours,
 

 

(Signature)

 

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.

 

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

By:    
Title:    
Dated:    

 

15

Exhibit 10.4

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

2015 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

November 6, 2015

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.     P URPOSES OF THE P LAN

     1  

2.     D EFINITIONS

     1  

3.     S TOCK S UBJECT TO THE P LAN

     4  

3.1       Maximum Number of Shares

     4  

3.2       Issued Shares Only

     4  

4.     A DMINISTRATION OF THE P LAN

     5  

4.1       Plan Administrator.

     5  

4.2       Powers of the Administrator

     5  

4.3       Limitation of Liability

     6  

5.     E LIGIBILITY

     6  

6.     G ENERAL T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS OF A WARDS

     6  

6.1       Type of Awards

     6  

6.2       Conditions of Award

     6  

6.3       Acquisitions and Other Transactions

     7  

6.4       Option Exchange Programs

     7  

6.5       Separate Programs

     7  

6.6       Time of Granting Awards

     7  

7.     T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS OF O PTIONS

     7  

7.1       Designation of Option

     7  

7.2       Term of Option

     7  

7.3       Transferability of Options

     7  

7.4       Exercise Price

     8  

7.5       Exercise of Option

     8  

8.     C ONSIDERATION AND T AXES

     10  

8.1       Consideration

     10  

8.2       Taxes

     10  

9.     C ONDITIONS ON I SSUANCE OF A WARDS OR S HARES

     11  

10.   A DJUSTMENTS ON C HANGES IN C APITALIZATION OR C ORPORATE T RANSACTION

     11  

10.1     Adjustments on Changes in Capitalization

     11  

10.2     Termination of Option in Event of Corporate Transaction

     12  

10.3     Acceleration of Option in Event of Corporate Transaction

     13  

11.   E FFECTIVE D ATE AND T ERM OF P LAN

     13  

12.   A MENDMENT , S USPENSION , OR T ERMINATION OF THE P LAN

     13  

13.   R ESERVATION OF S HARES

     14  

14.   N O E FFECT ON T ERMS OF E MPLOYMENT OR C ONSULTING R ELATIONSHIP

     14  

15.   N OT AN E RISA P LAN OR D EFERRED C OMPENSATION P LAN

     14  

16.   S HAREHOLDER A PPROVAL

     14  

17.   T AX T REATMENT

     14  

18.   I NFORMATION TO G RANTEE

     15  

EXHIBIT A: PLAN HISTORY

     16  

 


ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

2015 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

 

 

1.         P URPOSES OF THE P LAN . The purposes of this Stock Option Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel; to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors, and Consultants; and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Exhibit A lists the dates the Plan and any amendments are adopted and approved.

2.         DEFINITIONS . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

“Administrator” means the Board of Directors or any committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.

“Applicable Laws” means the legal requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans, if any, under applicable provisions of federal and state securities laws, the corporate laws of the state of the Company’s incorporation, the Code, the rules of any applicable stock exchange or national market system, and the rules of any foreign jurisdiction applicable to Options granted to residents of that jurisdiction.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Cause” will have the same meaning as such term is expressly defined in the then-effective written agreement between the Grantee and the Company or a Related Entity with respect to the termination by the Company or a Related Entity of the Grantee’s Continuous Service (unless a different definition is specified in the Option Agreement). In the absence of such a then-effective written agreement or definition, “Cause” will mean such termination is based on, in the determination of the Administrator, the Grantee’s: (a) refusal or failure to act in accordance with any specific, lawful direction or order of the Company or Grantee’s employer; (b) performance of any act or failure to perform any act in bad faith and to the material detriment of the Company or Grantee’s employer; (c) dishonesty, intentional misconduct, or material breach of any agreement with the Company or Grantee’s employer; or (d) commission of embezzlement, misappropriation of trade secrets, or any felony involving dishonesty, breach of trust, or physical or emotional harm to any person. At least fourteen (14) calendar days prior to the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service under (a) above, the Company will provide the Grantee with notice of the Company’s or such Related Entity’s intent to terminate, the reason therefor, and an opportunity for the Grantee to cure such defects in the Grantee’s service to the Company’s or such Related Entity’s satisfaction. During this fourteen (14)-day (or longer) period, no Award issued to the Grantee under the Plan may be exercised.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including the applicable regulations.

“Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

“Company” means One Stop Systems, Inc., a California corporation.


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2015 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

 

“Consultant” means any person (other than an Employee or a Director, solely with respect to rendering services in such person’s capacity as a Director) who is engaged by the Company or any Related Entity to render services to the Company or such Related Entity as an independent contractor.

“Continuous Service” means the provision of services to the Company or a Related Entity in any capacity of Employee, Director, or Consultant is not interrupted or terminated. Continuous Service will not be considered interrupted in the case of (a) any approved leave of absence; (b) transfers among the Company and any Related Entity, in any capacity of Employee, Director, or Consultant; (c) transfers to any successor to the Company’s business or assets in any Corporate Transaction or to any Parent, Subsidiary, or similar related entity of such successor, in any capacity of Employee, Director, or Consultant, to the extent determined by the Administrator; or (d) any change in status as long as the individual remains in the service of the Company or a Related Entity in any capacity of Employee, Director, or Consultant (except as otherwise provided in the Option Agreement). An approved leave of absence will include sick leave, military leave, or any other authorized personal leave. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment on expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. The Administrator may, in its discretion, determine the transfer of a Grantee to an entity that does not qualify as a Related Entity will not terminate the Grantee’s Continuous Service.

“Corporate Transaction” means any of the following transactions to which the Company is a party:

(a)         merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is to change the state in which the Company is incorporated or to create a holding company that will be owned, directly or indirectly, by the persons who held the securities immediately before such transaction;

(b)         The sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (including the capital stock of the Company’s subsidiary corporations) in connection with the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

(c)         Any reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities are transferred to persons different from those who held such securities immediately before such merger, but excluding any such transition if the Administrator determines such transaction will not be a Corporate Transaction; or

(d)         Acquisition by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or by a Company-sponsored employee benefit plan) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of SEC Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, as defined below) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities, but excluding any such transaction if (i) such transaction is a debt or equity financing transaction approved by the Board, (ii) such transaction is a public offering, or (iii) the Administrator determines such transaction will not be a Corporate Transaction.

“Director” means a member of the Board or the board of directors of any Related Entity.

 

2


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2015 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

 

“Disability” means a Grantee would qualify for benefit payments under the long-term disability policy of the Company or the Related Entity to which the Grantee provides services regardless of whether the Grantee is covered by such policy; provided, however, if no such policy is in effect, Disability will mean a Grantee is permanently unable to carry out the responsibilities and functions of the position held by the Grantee by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment. A Grantee will not be considered to have incurred a Disability unless he or she furnishes proof of such impairment sufficient to satisfy the Administrator in its discretion.

“Employee” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is an employee of the Company or any Related Entity. The payment of a director’s fee by the Company or a Related Entity will not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(a)         If there exists a public market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Administrator in accordance with applicable law and in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code; or

(b)         In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock of the type described in (a) above, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Administrator in good faith and in a manner consistent with Section 260.140.50 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations and with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

“Grantee” means an Employee, Director, or Consultant who receives an Option under the Plan.

“Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

“Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

“Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Entity within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Option” means an option to purchase Shares granted under the Plan.

“Option Agreement” means the written agreement evidencing the grant of an Option executed by the Company and the Grantee, including any amendments thereto.

“Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

“Plan” means this One Stop Systems, Inc. 2015 Stock Option Plan.

 

3


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2015 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

 

“Post-Termination Exercise Period” means the applicable period specified in the Option Agreement commencing on the date of termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service. The applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period will depend on the reason for the termination of Continuous Service.

“Registration Date” means the first to occur of:

(a)         The closing of the first sale to the general public of (i) the Common Stock or (ii) the same class of securities of a successor corporation (or its Parent) issued in a Corporate Transaction in exchange for or in substitution of the Common Stock, in accordance with a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; and

(b)         In the event of a Corporate Transaction, the date of the consummation of the Corporate Transaction if the same class of securities of the successor corporation (or its Parent) issuable in such Corporate Transaction will have been sold to the general public in accordance with a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on or prior to the date of consummation of such Corporate Transaction.

“Related Entity” means any Parent, any Subsidiary, or any business, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other entity in which the Company, a Parent, or a Subsidiary holds a substantial ownership interest, directly or indirectly.

“Share” means a share of the Common Stock.

“Subsidiary” means a subsidiary corporation, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3.         S TOCK S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

3.1         Maximum Number of Shares . Subject to the provisions of Subsection 11.1 below, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued in connection with all Options (including Incentive Stock Options) is one million five hundred thousand (1,500,000) Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

3.2         Issued Shares Only . Only Shares actually issued under the Plan in connection with an Option will be counted against the maximum aggregate numbers above. Any Shares (covered by an Option) that are forfeited or canceled, expire, are surrendered, or otherwise become unexercisable before the Shares have been issued under the Plan will be deemed not to have been issued for purposes of determining the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan, and such unissued Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares that have been issued under the Plan will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future issuance under the Plan.

 

4


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2015 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

 

4.         A DMINISTRATION OF THE P LAN .

4.1       Plan Administrator . With respect to grants of Options to Employees, Directors, or Consultants, the Plan will be administered by (a) the Board or (b) a committee or subcommittee designated by the Board, which committee will be constituted in such a manner as to satisfy Applicable Laws and will consist of at least two individuals. Once appointed, the Administrator will continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. Any action of the Administrator with respect to the Plan will be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, including the Company, any Related Entity, any Grantee, and any other person claiming any rights under the Plan. The express grant of any specific power to the Administrator, a committee, or an Officer and the taking of any action by such Administrator, a committee, or an Officer will not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Administrator or the Board.

4.2       Powers of the Administrator . Subject to Applicable Laws and the provisions of the Plan (including any other powers given to the Administrator hereunder), and except as otherwise provided by the Board, the Administrator will have the authority, in its sole discretion.

(a)         To select the Employees, Directors, and Consultants to whom Options may be granted from time to time hereunder;

(b)         To determine whether and to what extent Options are granted hereunder;

(c)         To determine the number of Shares or the amount of other consideration to be covered by each Option granted hereunder;

(d)         To approve forms of Option Agreements for use under the Plan;

(e)         To determine the terms and conditions of any Option granted hereunder;

(f)         For Grantees in foreign jurisdictions only, to establish different or additional terms, conditions, rules, or procedures to accommodate the applicable rules or laws of such jurisdictions and to afford Grantees favorable treatment under such rules or laws; provided, however, any such term, condition, rule, or procedure that is inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan must be approved by the Board;

(g)         To establish additional terms, conditions, rules, or procedures to accommodate the terms of any Corporate Transaction, Option exchange program, Option deferral program, or other such program; provided, however, no Option will be subject to any such additional terms, conditions, rules, or procedures that are inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan;

(h)         To amend the terms of any outstanding Option granted under the Plan; provided, however, any amendment that would adversely affect the Grantee’s rights under an outstanding Option will not be made without the Grantee’s written consent, unless the Administrator determines the amendment is necessary to comply with any Applicable Law or accounting standard or to avoid adverse accounting treatment;

 

5


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2015 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

 

(i)         To define terms not otherwise defined in the Plan and to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Options, including, without limitation, any notice of award or Option Agreement granted under the Plan;

(j)         To prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan and Options that are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan; and

(k)         To take such other action, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator deems appropriate.

4.3       Limitation of Liability . Each member of the Administrator, each member of the Board, and any Officer with authority to grant Options or administer the Plan in any way will be entitled to, in good faith, rely or act on any report or other information furnished to him or her by any Officer, Employee, Director, or Consultant of the Company or any Related Entity, the Company’s accountants, or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan. No member of the Administrator or the Board, nor any Officer or Employee of the Company acting on behalf of the Administrator, will be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Administrator and the Board, and any Officer or Employee of the Company acting on their behalf, will, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Company with respect to any such action, determination, or interpretation.

5.         E LIGIBILITY . Options other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors, and Consultants. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees of the Company, a Parent, or a Subsidiary. Any Options issued to an Employee, Director, or Consultant of a Related Entity must comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. An Employee, Director, or Consultant who has been granted an Option may, if otherwise eligible, be granted additional Options. Options may be granted to such Employees, Directors, or Consultants who are residing in foreign jurisdictions, as the Administrator may determine from time to time.

6.         G ENERAL T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS OF A WARDS .

6.1       Type of Awards . The Administrator is authorized under the Plan to award any type of arrangement to an Employee, Director, or Consultant that is not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan and that by its terms involves or might involve the issuance of an Option.

6.2       Conditions of Award . Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Administrator will determine the provisions, terms, and conditions of each Option including, but not limited to, the Option vesting schedule, repurchase provisions, rights of first refusal, forfeiture provisions, form of payment (cash, Shares, or other consideration) on settlement of the Option, payment contingencies, and satisfaction of any performance criteria. The Administrator may impose such restrictions, conditions, and limitations it determines are appropriate as to the timing and manner of exercise, sale, or transfer of any Options or Shares issued under an Option, including, without limitation, restrictions under an insider trading policy, restrictions with respect to the use of a specific brokerage firm, restrictions during any period the Administrator determines the prospectus for such Option may not contain all required information, restrictions requested by the underwriter engaged in a public offering of the Company’s securities, and clawback provisions. To the extent any terms in

 

6


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2015 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

 

an Option Agreement (or any other agreement relating to the Option) conflict with the terms of this Plan, the terms of this Plan will control.

6.3       Acquisitions and Other Transactions . The Administrator may issue Options under the Plan in settlement, assumption, or substitution for outstanding obligations to grant future awards in connection with the Company or a Related Entity acquiring another entity, an interest in another entity, or an additional interest in a Related Entity whether by merger, stock purchase, asset purchase, or other form of transaction.

6.4       Option Exchange Programs . The Administrator may establish one or more programs under the Plan to permit selected Grantees to exchange an Option under the Plan for other types of Options under the Plan on such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator from time to time.

6.5       Separate Programs . The Administrator may establish one or more separate programs under the Plan for the purpose of issuing particular forms of Options to one or more classes of Grantees on such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator from time to time.

6.6       Time of Granting Awards . The date of grant of an Option will for all purposes be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination to grant such Option. Notice of the grant determination will be given to each Employee, Director, or Consultant to whom an Option is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

7.          T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS OF O PTIONS .

7.1       Designation of Option . An Option will be designated as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares subject to Options designated as Incentive Stock Options that become exercisable for the first time by a Grantee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), such excess Options, to the extent of the Shares covered thereby in excess of the foregoing limitation, will be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. For this purpose, Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the grant date of the relevant Option.

7.2       Term of Option . The term of each Option will be the term stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. However, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Grantee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

7.3       Transferability of Options . Nonqualified Stock Options will be transferable by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, to a revocable trust, or (to the extent provided in the Option Agreement) in a manner consistent with Rule 701(b) under the Securities Act or any successor rule. Incentive Stock Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated,

 

7


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2015 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

 

transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Grantee, only by the Grantee.

7.4       Exercise Price . The exercise price for an Option will be as follows:

(a)       In the case of an Incentive Stock Option:

(i)       If granted to an Employee who at the time of the grant of such Incentive Stock Option owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per-Share exercise price will be not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; or

(ii)       If granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in the preceding paragraph, the per-Share exercise price will be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(b)       In the case of a Nonqualified Stock Option granted to any person, the per-Share exercise price will be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(c)       Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8, in the case of an Option issued in accordance with Subsection 6.3 above, the exercise price for the Option will be determined in accordance with the principles of Sections 424(a) and 409A of the Code.

7.5         Exercise of Option .

(a)       Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder .

(i)       Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as specified in the Option Agreement or later authorized by the Administrator under the terms of the Plan.

(ii)       An Option will be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option Agreement by the person entitled to exercise the Option and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, subject to the Grantee satisfying all other terms and conditions in the Plan or the Option Agreement. Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder will exist with respect to Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date falls prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in the Option Agreement or in Subsection 10.1 below.

(b)       Exercise of Option Following Termination of Continuous Service . In the event of termination of a Grantee’s Continuous Service (but not in the event of a Grantee’s change of status from Employee, Director, or Consultant to any other status of Employee, Director, or

 

8


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2015 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

 

Consultant), such Grantee may exercise the Option to the extent the Grantee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination, or to such other extent as may be determined by the Administrator, during the periods set forth below. To the extent the Grantee is not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of termination, or if the Grantee does not exercise the Option to the extent so entitled within the applicable period, the Option will terminate.

(i)       The Grantee’s Option Agreement may provide in the event of termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service for Cause, the Grantee’s right to exercise the Option will terminate concurrently with the termination of Grantee’s Continuous Service. The Grantee’s Option Agreement may specify a definition of Cause applicable to such Option (which may or may not be the same as the definition of Cause in Section 2 above).

(ii)       In the event of termination of a Grantee’s Continuous Service as a result of the Grantee’s Disability, the Grantee may exercise the Option within six (6) months from the date of such termination or such longer Post-Termination Exercise Period as may be set forth in the Option Agreement or subsequently approved by the Administrator in accordance with this Plan; provided, however, (A) in no event will the Option be exercisable after the expiration of the term as set forth in the Option Agreement and (B) if such Disability is not a “disability” as such term is defined in Section 422(e)(3) of the Code, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such Incentive Stock Option will automatically convert to a Nonqualified Stock Option after three (3) months following such termination.

(iii)       In the event of a termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service as a result of the Grantee’s death, or in the event of the death of the Grantee during the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period, the Grantee’s estate or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance may exercise the Option within six (6) months from the date of the Grantee’s death or such longer Post-Termination Exercise Period as may be set forth in the Option Agreement or subsequently approved by the Administrator in accordance with this Plan, provided in no event will the Option be exercisable after the expiration of the term as set forth in the Option Agreement.

(iv)       In the event of termination of a Grantee’s Continuous Service as a result of the Grantee’s transfer by the Company to an entity that is not a Related Entity or as a result of Grantee’s employer ceasing to be a Related Entity, the Grantee may exercise the Option within thirty (30) days from the date of such termination or such longer Post-Termination Exercise Period as may be set forth in the Option Agreement or subsequently approved by the Administrator in accordance with this Plan, provided in no event will the Option be exercisable after the expiration of the term as set forth in the Option Agreement.

(v)       In the event of termination of a Grantee’s Continuous Service for any other reason, the Grantee may exercise the Option within thirty (30) days from the date of such termination or such longer Post-Termination Exercise Period as may be set forth in the Option Agreement or subsequently approved by the Administrator in accordance with this Plan, provided in no event will the Option be exercisable after the expiration of the term as set forth in the Option Agreement.

 

9


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2015 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

 

(c)       Change of Status . In the event of a Grantee’s change of status from Employee, Director, or Consultant to any other status of Employee, Director, or Consultant, the Administrator will determine the extent to which the Option Agreement will continue to be exercisable and the extent to which the Option will continue to vest. In the event of a Grantee’s change of status from Employee to Consultant, an Employee’s Incentive Stock Option will convert automatically to a Nonqualified Stock Option after three (3) months following such change of status.

8.         C ONSIDERATION AND T AXES .

8.1       Consideration . Subject to Applicable Laws, the consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued on exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, will be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, will be determined at the time of grant). In addition to any other types of consideration the Administrator may determine, the Administrator is authorized to accept as consideration for Shares issued under the Plan the following:

(a)       Cash or check;

(b)       Surrender of Shares, by delivery of a properly executed form of attestation of ownership of Shares as the Administrator may require (or directing the Company to withhold Shares otherwise deliverable on exercise of the Option), which have a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which the Option will be exercised; provided, however, no such exercise of the Option will be allowed if the exercise would result in an accounting compensation charge with respect to the Shares used to pay the exercise price, unless otherwise specifically approved by the Administrator;

(c)       If the exercise occurs on or after the Registration Date, payment through a broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure in accordance with which the Grantee (i) will provide written instructions to a Company-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of some or all of the purchased Shares and remit to the Company, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased Shares and (ii) will provide written directives to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased Shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale transaction; or

(d)       Any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

8.2       Taxes . No Shares will be delivered under the Plan to any Grantee or other person until such Grantee or other person has made arrangements acceptable to the Administrator for the satisfaction of any foreign, federal, state, or local income and employment tax withholding obligations, including, without limitation, obligations incident to the receipt of Shares or the disqualifying disposition of Shares received on exercise of an Incentive Stock Option. On exercise of an Option, the Company will withhold or collect from the Grantee an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations. If the Administrator allows the surrender or withholding of Shares to satisfy any tax withholding obligations, any such surrender or withholding will be limited to the extent necessary to avoid a minimum statutory withholding (based on minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes) that could be imposed on the transaction, and in any case in which it would not result in an additional accounting compensation charge to the

 

10


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2015 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

 

Company, tax obligations in excess of the minimum statutory withholding amounts as determined by the Company.

9.         C ONDITIONS ON I SSUANCE OF O PTIONS OR S HARES .

(a)         Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan or any Option Agreement, Options will not be granted and Shares will not be issued in accordance with any Option unless the issuance and delivery of such Option or Shares comply with all Applicable Laws and are approved by any regulatory body as may be required, and such issuance and delivery will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. The Company reserves the right to restrict the delivery of Shares pursuant to any Option until all requirements of this section are satisfied as determined by the Company, in its sole discretion.

(b)         As a condition to the issuance of Shares in accordance with any Option, the Company may require the person receiving such Shares to represent and warrant at the time of such issuance that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any Applicable Law.

(c)         As a condition to the issuance of Shares in connection with any Option, the Grantee agrees to comply with any applicable policies or procedures adopted by the Company regarding its stock (including, but not limited to, insider trader restrictions and pre-clearance procedures) that, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, are necessary or desirable for compliance with any Applicable Law.

(d)         As a condition to the grant of any Option, the Grantee agrees to forfeit all Options granted to the Grantee and to repay any gain realized and any benefit obtained from all such Options under the following circumstances: (i) any circumstances requiring a clawback (or required to be covered in a clawback policy) under any Applicable Law, or (ii) any circumstances set forth in a clawback or similar policy that is approved by the Administrator and applies generally to a class of Employees, Consultants, and/or Directors that includes the Grantee, including any such policy that may be approved after the date the Option was granted or exercised. The manner of repaying an amount subject to this clawback provision will be set forth in the applicable policy or determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

10.         A DJUSTMENTS ON C HANGES IN C APITALIZATION OR C ORPORATE T RANSACTION .

10.1         Adjustments on Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of Shares that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options have yet been granted or that have been returned to the Plan, any limits on the maximum number of Shares that may be issued to any Grantee or as a specific type of Option, the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option, the exercise price of each such outstanding Option, and any other terms the Administrator determines require adjustment will be proportionately adjusted for (a) any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Shares, or similar transaction affecting the Shares; (b) any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; or, (c) as the Administrator may determine in its discretion, any other transaction with respect to Common Stock to which Section

 

11


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2015 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

 

424(a) of the Code applies or a similar transaction; provided, however, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment will be made by the Administrator, and its determination will be final, binding, and conclusive. Except as the Administrator determines, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, will affect, and no adjustment by reason hereof will be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to an Option.

10.2       Termination of Option in Event of Corporate Transaction . In the event of a Corporate Transaction, all Options will be subject to the agreement governing the Corporate Transaction, which need not treat Options identically and which will treat all Options in accordance with one or more of the following approaches:

(a)       The assumption of the Option (or portion) by the successor corporation or Parent thereof in connection with the Corporate Transaction.

(b)       The substitution of the Option (or portion) by the successor corporation or Parent thereof in connection with the Corporate Transaction, in which case the Option (or portion that has been substituted) will terminate on the consummation of the Corporate Transaction.

(c)       The Company will provide the Grantee with written notice of the Corporate Transaction and an exercise period for the Option of not less than ten (10) full days preceding the closing date of the Corporate Transaction, unless (A) a shorter period is required to permit a timely closing of the Corporate Transaction and (B) such shorter period still offers the Grantee a reasonable opportunity to exercise the Option. Any exercise of the Option during such period will be contingent on the closing of the Corporate Transaction. Any portion of the Option that is unexercised as of the closing of the Corporate Transaction will be terminated and will cease to be exercisable, subject to the consummation of the Corporate Transaction.

(d)       The Company or successor, or its Affiliate, will terminate the Option (or portion) and pay the Grantee an amount equal to the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of the vested Shares subject to the Option (as of the effective date of the Corporate Transaction) over (B) the aggregate exercise price for such Shares; provided, however, if the exercise price exceeds the Fair Market Value, the Option may be terminated without any payment. The payment will be made in the same form—that is, cash, securities of the surviving corporation or its Affiliate, or other property with a Fair Market Value equal to the required amount—that is being paid to the Company’s shareholders in the Corporate Transaction, except as otherwise approved by the Administrator. If any portion of the consideration received by the Company’s shareholders in accordance with the Corporate Transaction will be paid on a contingent or delayed basis, the Administrator may, subject to Section 409A of the Code, either subject the payment to the same timing and conditions that apply to the shareholders’ consideration or determine the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the time of the Corporate Transaction on the basis of the Administrator’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable future payment of such consideration. Any termination of the Option and any payment for such Option will be contingent on the consummation of the Corporate Transaction.

 

12


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2015 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

 

10.3         Acceleration of Option in Event of Corporate Transaction .

(a)       Except as provided otherwise in an individual Option Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction, each Option that is at the time outstanding under the Plan will automatically become fully vested and exercisable and be released from any restrictions on transfer (other than transfer restrictions applicable to Options) and repurchase or forfeiture rights, immediately before the specified effective date of the Corporate Transaction, for all of the Shares at the time represented by such Option if the Option is not assumed or substituted by the successor corporation or the Parent thereof in connection with the Corporate Transaction. For the purposes of accelerating the vesting and the release of restrictions applicable to Options under this Subsection (but not for purposes of termination of such Options), the Option will be considered substituted if, in connection with the Corporate Transaction, the Option is replaced with a comparable Option with respect to shares of capital stock of the successor corporation or Parent thereof or is replaced with a cash incentive program of the successor corporation or Parent thereof that preserves the compensation element of such Option existing at the time of the Corporate Transaction and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to such Option. The determination of Option comparability above will be made by the Administrator, and its determination will be final, binding, and conclusive.

(b)       The Grantee’s Option Agreement may provide acceleration of vesting or exercisability of an Option in the event of any Corporate Transaction; provided, however, (i) such acceleration will be conditioned on the definition of a Corporate Transaction in this Plan, which will control over any different definition in an Option Agreement or employment agreement; (ii) such acceleration will not occur if the Option is either assumed by the successor corporation or Parent thereof or replaced with a comparable Option with respect to shares of the capital stock of the successor corporation or Parent thereof; and (iii) unless the shareholder approval requirements of Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder are satisfied, such acceleration will be limited so no Grantee receives any benefit hereunder that constitutes an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G, as determined by the Company’s accountants in their sole discretion, taking into account the aggregate value of all compensation payments or benefits to be paid or provided to the Grantee in connection with such Corporate Transaction under any other plan, agreement, or arrangement with the Company. The requirements of this Section may be waived only by the Board.

11.       E FFECTIVE D ATE AND T ERM OF P LAN . The Plan will become effective on the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the shareholders of the Company, which dates are listed on Exhibit A. It will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated by the Board. Subject to Section 16 below and Applicable Laws, Options may be granted under the Plan at and after the time it becomes effective.

12.       A MENDMENT , S USPENSION , OR T ERMINATION OF THE P LAN .

(a)       The Board may at any time amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan. To the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Laws, the Company will obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

(b)       No Option may be granted during any suspension of the Plan or after termination of the Plan.

 

13


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2015 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

 

(c)       Any amendment, suspension, or termination of the Plan (including termination of the Plan under Section 11 above) will not affect Options already granted, and such Options will remain in full force and effect as if the Plan had not been amended, suspended, or terminated, unless (i) mutually agreed otherwise between the Grantee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Grantee and the Company; (ii) the Administrator determines the amendment, suspension, or termination is necessary to comply with any Applicable Law or to avoid adverse accounting treatment; or (iii) the Administrator determines the amendment, suspension, or termination is not reasonably likely to diminish the benefits provided under such Options or any such diminishment has been or will be reasonably compensated.

13.       R ESERVATION OF S HARES .

(a)         The Company, during the term of the Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

(b)         The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

14.       N O E FFECT ON T ERMS OF E MPLOYMENT OR C ONSULTING R ELATIONSHIP . The Plan will not confer on any Grantee any right with respect to the Grantee’s Continuous Service, nor will it interfere in any way with the Grantee’s right or the Company’s right to terminate the Grantee’s Continuous Service at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.

15.       N OT AN E RISA P LAN OR D EFERRED C OMPENSATION P LAN . The Plan is not a “Retirement Plan” or “Welfare Plan” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. The Plan is not a deferred compensation plan and is not intended to provide for the deferral of compensation under Section 409A of the Code. Except as specifically provided in a retirement or other benefit plan of the Company or a Related Entity, Options will not be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits or contributions under any retirement plan or deferred compensation plan of the Company or a Related Entity and will not affect any benefits under any other benefit plan of any kind or any benefit plan subsequently instituted under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to level of compensation.

16.       S HAREHOLDER A PPROVAL . Continuance of the Plan will be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted. Such shareholder approval will be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws. Any Option that is granted or exercised before shareholder approval is obtained will be rescinded if shareholder approval is not obtained within the time prescribed, and Shares issued on the exercise of any such Option will not be counted in determining whether shareholder approval is obtained.

17.       T AX T REATMENT . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, although the Administrator will use its best efforts to avoid the imposition of taxation, penalties, and interest under Section 409A of the Code and other provisions of the Code, the tax treatment of Options under the Plan will not be, and is not, warranted or guaranteed. Although the Company or its agents may provide information regarding tax consequence to Grantees for the convenience of Grantees

 

14


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2015 S TOCK O PTION P LAN

 

 

 

and their tax advisors, the Company and its advisors cannot give Grantees tax advice, and no Grantee may rely on such information or any other information from the Company or its advisors regarding the tax consequences of Options. All Grantees are advised to consult with their own tax consultants in connection with the purchase or disposition of Shares in accordance with an Option. Neither the Company, the Administrator, the Board, nor any of their agents or designees will be held liable for any taxes, penalties, or other monetary amounts owed by a Grantee, beneficiary, or other person as a result of any exercise, purchase, or payment under the Plan or the administration of the Plan. For example, the Administrator will in good faith determine the Fair Market Value of its Common Stock in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A and grant Options at or above such Fair Market Value on the date of grant so the Options are exempt from Section 409A, but there is no guarantee the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the Administrator’s determination, and if any taxing authority challenges the Fair Market Value determination and finds an Option is subject to Section 409A, the Grantee will not make any claim against the Administrator, the Board, the Company, or any valuation firm engaged by the Company.

18.       I NFORMATION TO G RANTEE . During the term of any Option granted under the Plan, the Company will provide or otherwise make available to each Grantee a copy of such financial statements as it generally provides to its shareholders, at least annually; provided, however, the foregoing will not apply to the extent the Company complies with Rule 701 of the Securities Act with respect to the Plan; and provided further for purposes of determining compliance, any registered domestic partner will be considered a “family member,” as that term is defined in Rule 701.

 

15


EXHIBIT A

PLAN HISTORY

 

 

 

November 6, 2015: Board adopts Plan with an initial reserve of one million five hundred thousand (1,500,000) shares.

November __, 2015: Shareholders approve Plan with an initial reserve of one million five hundred thousand (1,500,000) shares.

 

16


ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC. 2015 STOCK OPTION PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

November __, 2015

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

A.    N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION A WARD

     1  

1.          Grant of Option

     1  

2.          Vesting Schedule

     1  

3.          Termination of the Option

     1  

B.     T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS OF O PTION

     2  

1.          Terms of Option

     2  

2.          Exercise of Option

     3  

3.          Grantee’s Representations

     4  

4.          Method of Payment

     4  

5.          Restrictions on Exercise

     5  

6.          Terminations, Leaves, and Changes in Continuous Service

     5  

7.          Transferability of Option

     6  

8.          Company’s Right of First Refusal

     6  

9.           Lock-up Agreement

     8  

10.       Stop-Transfer Notices and Refusal to Transfer

     8  

11.       Clawbacks

     8  

12.       Tax Consequences

     9  

13.       Restrictive Legends

     9  

14.       Notices

     10  

15.       Electronic Delivery of Documents

     10  

16.       Interpretation, Modification, and Enforcement of Option Agreement

     10  

17.       No Rights as Shareholder Prior to Exercise

     11  

18.       No Rights to Partial Vesting, Future Awards, or Continuous Service

     11  

19.       Acknowledgment

     12  

CONSENT OF SPOUSE OR DOMESTIC PARTNER

     13  

EXHIBIT A: EXERCISE NOTICE

     1  


ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC. 2015 STOCK OPTION PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

 

 

This Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) between One Stop Systems, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”) and the Grantee named in the Notice of Stock Option Award below (the “Notice”) is effective as of the Date of Award and sets forth the terms and conditions governing the Award Number set forth in the Notice.

A.         N OTICE OF S TOCK O PTION A WARD .

1.         Grant of Option .

Grantee: ___________________

The Company grants to you an option (the “Option”) to purchase the Shares of the Company’s Common Stock at the Exercise Price as follows:

 

Award Number   

                           

  
Date of Award   

                           

  
Vesting Commencement Date   

                           

  
Exercise Price per Share   

$                          

  
Total Number of Shares (“Shares”)   

                           

  
Total Exercise Price   

$                          

  
Type of Option (check one)   

☐ Incentive Stock Option

  

☐ Nonqualified Stock Option

2.         Vesting Schedule . The Shares subject to the Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, after they become vested in accordance with the vesting schedule below, and unvested Shares may not be exercised, except as otherwise set forth in this Option Agreement and the Plan. Subject to the Grantee’s Continuous Service through the applicable vesting date, the Option will vest in accordance with the following schedule: thirty three and one-third percent (33 1/3 %) of the Shares subject to the Option will vest twelve (12) months after the Vesting Commencement Date, and 1/12 of the Shares subject to the Option will vest each quarter thereafter.

3.         Termination of the Option .

(a)         This Option will terminate on the date that is ten (10) years after the Date of Award (the “Expiration Date”), unless terminated sooner as set forth below. Notwithstanding any provision of this Option Agreement to the contrary, if the Grantee holds more than ten percent

 


S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

(10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company as of the Date of Award set forth above, the Expiration Date of any Incentive Stock Option issued to the Grantee will be five (5) years after the Date of Award.

(b)         If the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason, the Option will terminate, to the extent the Option has not been exercised, on completion of the applicable period set forth below (the “Post-Termination Exercise Period”), except as provided in Section B.6. of this Option Agreement.

(c)         If the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Grantee’s Disability, the Grantee may, to the extent the Option had vested on the date of such termination (the “Termination Date”), exercise the Option for twelve (12) months after the Termination Date.

(d)        If the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Grantee’s death, the Grantee’s successor in interest may, to the extent the Option had vested on the date of the Termination Date, exercise the Option for twelve (12) months after the Termination Date.

(e)         If the Grantee’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Grantee’s right to exercise the Option will terminate on the Termination Date, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(f)         If the Grantee’s Continuous Service terminates for any other reason, the Grantee may, to the extent the Option had vested on the Termination Date, exercise the Option for three (3) months after the Termination Date.

(g)         Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, in no event will the Option be exercised later than the Expiration Date.

(h)         To the extent the Grantee is not entitled to exercise the Option on the Termination Date and to the extent the Grantee does not exercise the Option within the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period, the Option will terminate. The Grantee will have no right to exercise any portion of the unvested Shares, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

B.         T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS OF O PTION .

1.         Terms of Option .

(a)         This Option is granted under the One Stop Systems, Inc. 2015 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), and is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement (including both the Notice and the following Terms and Conditions). Both the Plan and Option Agreement contain important terms and restrictions covering this Option. The Plan is incorporated into this Option Agreement by reference in its entirety. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan will have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.

(b)         If designated in the Notice as an Incentive Stock Option, the Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. However, to the extent

 

2


S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

the Option exceeds the One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) limit in Section 422, such excess Option will be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option.

(c)         The Exercise Price designated in the Notice must not be less than the Fair Market Value on the Date of Award. The Exercise Price is intended to be at least the Fair Market Value on the Date of Award, but if it is subsequently determined the Exercise Price was less than the actual Fair Market Value on the Date of Award, the parties agree to work in good faith and in compliance with Applicable Laws to adjust the Exercise Price to the extent possible so it is no less than the Fair Market Value on the Date of Award.

(d)         The Fair Market Value has been determined by the Board of Directors, and the Company believes the valuation is in good faith compliance with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code (so the Option, if designated as an Incentive Stock Option, will qualify as an Incentive Stock Option) and Section 409A of the Code (so the Option will be exempt from Section 409A). The Grantee understands, however, there is no guarantee the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) will agree with the Fair Market Value determination, and it is possible the IRS could successfully assert the Fair Market Value on the Date of Award is greater than the value determined by the Board of Directors. If the Internal Revenue Service were to succeed in a determination the Fair Market Value on the Date of Award is greater than the Exercise Price, the Option, if designated as an Incentive Stock Option, would no longer qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, and the Option would no longer be exempt from Section 409A and would likely violate Section 409A. Any additional taxes, interest, and penalties due would be payable by the Grantee, and the Company has no obligation to reimburse the Grantee for that tax liability. The Grantee assumes all responsibility for such potential tax liability.

2.         Exercise of Option .

2.1         Right to Exercise . The Option will be exercisable during its term to the extent it has vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice. The Option will be subject to the provisions of Section 10 of the Plan relating to the exercisability or termination of the Option in the event of a Corporate Transaction. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of the Shares subject to the Option at the time of such exercise would constitute a violation of any Applicable Laws and any applicable provision of the Plan and Option Agreement. No partial exercise of the Option may be for less than the lesser of five percent (5%) of the total number of Shares subject to the Option or the remaining number of Shares subject to the Option. In no event will the Company issue fractional Shares.

2.2         Method of Exercise . Any exercise of the Option will occur at the principal office of the Company. To exercise the Option, the Grantee and, if applicable, Grantee’s spouse must do the following:

(a)         Complete and sign the Exercise Notice (attached as Exhibit A);

(b)         Deliver the Exercise Notice and full payment of the Exercise Price (in a manner authorized by Section B.4. below) either in person, by certified mail, or by any other method approved by the Administrator; and

 

3


S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

(c)       Make arrangements acceptable to the Company for satisfaction of any applicable taxes as described in Subsection B.2.4 below.

2.3       Exercise Date . Any exercise of the Option will be deemed effective on the date that the Company has received a fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the full Exercise Price. The Shares will be considered transferred on such exercise date.

2.4       Taxes . No Shares will be delivered to the Grantee or other person in accordance with the exercise of the Option until the Grantee or other person has made arrangements acceptable to the Company for the satisfaction of all applicable income tax, employment tax, and social security tax withholding obligations. On exercise of the Option, the Company or the Grantee’s employer may offset or withhold (from any amount owed by the Company or the Grantee’s employer to the Grantee) or collect from the Grantee or other person an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax withholding obligations. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Grantee also agrees, as partial consideration for the designation of the Option as an Incentive Stock Option, to notify the Company in writing within thirty (30) days of any disposition of any shares acquired by exercise of the Option if such disposition occurs within two (2) years from the Award Date or within one (1) year from the date that the Shares were transferred to the Grantee. If the Company is required to satisfy any federal, state, or local income or employment tax withholding obligations as a result of such an early disposition, the Grantee agrees to satisfy the amount of such withholding in a manner prescribed by the Company.

2.5       Certificate . Except as otherwise provided in this Option Agreement or the Plan, as soon as practicable after the Grantee has satisfied all of the obligations of this Section, the Company will prepare a certificate representing the Shares purchased by the Grantee in the names set forth in the Exercise Notice. If required by the Option Agreement or any attachments, the Shares will be held in escrow.

3.         Grantee’s Representations .

(a)       The Grantee understands neither the Option nor the Shares exercisable in accordance with the Option have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any other United States securities laws.

(b)       The Grantee represents the person who signs the spousal consent for this Option Agreement, as well as any Exercise Notice, is the Grantee’s spouse or domestic partner. If no one has signed the spousal consent, the Grantee represents the Grantee has no spouse or domestic partner.

4.         Method of Payment . Payment of the Exercise Price will be made by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Grantee; provided, however, such exercise method does not then violate any Applicable Law:

(a)       Cash or check;

(b)       Surrender of Shares, or directing the Company to withhold Shares otherwise deliverable on exercise of the Option, in a manner acceptable to the Administrator, which have a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares as to

 

4


S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

which the Option is being exercised (but only to the extent such use of Shares would not result in an accounting compensation charge with respect to the Shares used to pay the exercise price); or

(c)         If the exercise occurs on or after the Registration Date, payment through any cashless exercise program that may be established by the Company or a Company-designated brokerage firm under the Plan;

5.         Restrictions on Exercise . The Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company. If the Grantee is an employee of the Company or a Related Entity and is not exempt from the overtime requirements under either federal or state wage and hour law, Grantee may not exercise any Shares during the six (6)-month period following the Date of Award, except as authorized by Grantee’s employer in its sole discretion.

6.         Terminations, Leaves, and Changes in Continuous Service .

6.1         Changes in Continuous Service . In the event of the Grantee’s change in status from Employee, Director, or Consultant to any other status as Employee, Director, or Consultant, the Option will remain in effect and will continue to vest, except if the Grantee changes from an Employee to a Consultant or Director or from an Employee whose customary employment is twenty (20) hours or more per week to an Employee whose customary employment is fewer than twenty (20) hours per week, the Administrator may, in its discretion, cease the vesting of the Option as of such change in status. An Incentive Stock Option will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option following a change in status to the extent required by the Code.

6.2         Leaves of Absence . During any leave of absence authorized by the Grantee’s employer, the Option will remain in effect, and the vesting of the Option will cease after the leave of absence exceeds a period of ninety (90) days, unless continued vesting is required by applicable law. Vesting of the Option will resume on the Grantee’s termination of the leave of absence and return to service to the Company or a Related Entity. If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option and the leave of absence does not satisfy the applicable provisions of the Code, the Grantee must exercise the Incentive Stock Option within the time period required by the Code, or the Option will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option.

6.3         Transfers and Reorganizations . If a transfer of the Grantee or any spinoff, sale, transaction, or other change in the Grantee’s employer does not interrupt the Grantee’s Continuous Service, the Option will remain in effect and will continue to vest, except to the extent otherwise determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. If a transfer of the Grantee or any spinoff, sale, transaction, or other change in the Grantee’s employer results in a termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service, the Grantee’s Continuous Service will be deemed terminated on the date of such transfer, transaction, or change, except to the extent otherwise determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

6.4         Disability of Grantee . If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option and the Grantee’s employment terminates as a result of a Disability that does not qualify as a “disability” under the applicable provisions of the Code, the Grantee must exercise the Incentive Stock Option within the time period required by the Code, or the Option will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

5


S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

6.5          Post-Termination Death of Grantee . In the event of the Grantee’s death during the Post-Termination Exercise Period, the Grantee’s estate, or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, may exercise the Option, but only to the extent the Grantee could exercise the Option on the Termination Date, within the Post-Termination Exercise Period set forth in the Notice applicable if the Grantee’s Continuous Service had terminated as a result of the Grantee’s death, except such Post-Termination Exercise Period will commence on the date of death rather than termination. The Option may not be exercised later than the Expiration Date. If the Option is not exercised to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate.

7.         Transferability of Option . The Option , if an Incentive Stock Option, may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Grantee only by the Grantee. The Option, if a Nonqualified Stock Option, may be transferred by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, and to the extent and in the manner authorized by the Administrator, to members of the Grantee’s immediate family (as determined by the Administrator) or under a domestic relations order. The terms of the Option will be binding on any executors, administrators, heirs, successors, and assigns of the Grantee.

8.         Company’s Right of First Refusal . Neither the Grantee nor a transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) will sell, pledge, encumber, or otherwise transfer (including transfers by operation of law) any Shares or any right or interest therein without first complying with the provisions of this Section or obtaining the prior written consent of the Company.

(a)       Transfer Notice . The Holder will provide the Company with written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) stating:

(i)       The Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Shares;

(ii)       The name of the proposed transferee;

(iii)       The number of Shares to be transferred (the “Offered Shares”); and

(iv)       The bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares, and the terms thereof.

(b)       Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time during the forty-five (45) day period after receipt of the Transfer Notice (the “Option Period”), the Company will have the right to purchase (the “Right of First Refusal”) all, but not less than all, of the Offered Shares at a price determined by Subsection (c) below, which Right of First Refusal will be exercised by written notice (the “First Refusal Exercise Notice”) to the Holder.

(c)       Payment Terms . The purchase price for the Offered Shares will be the price stated in the Transfer Notice. In the event the Transfer Notice provides for payment in consideration other than cash, the Company (or its assign(s) as provided in Section B.8(d) below) will have the right to pay for the Offered Shares by the cash equivalent value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as determined by the Administrator in good faith. The Company (or its assign(s)) will pay the purchase price for the Offered Shares to the Holder by cash, check, cancellation of any

 

6


S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

indebtedness to the Company, any consideration stated in the Transfer Notice, or a combination thereof, within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the First Refusal Exercise Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Transfer Notice. On payment for the Offered Shares to the Holder or into escrow for the benefit of the Holder, the Company (or its assign(s)) will become the legal and beneficial owner of the Offered Shares and all rights and interest therein or related thereto, and the Company will have the right to transfer the Offered Shares to its own name or its assigns without further action by the Holder.

(d)         Assignment . Whenever the Company has the right to purchase Shares under this Right of First Refusal, the Company may designate or assign one or more employees, officers, directors, or shareholders of the Company or other persons or organizations to exercise all or a part of the Company’s Right of First Refusal.

(e)         Holder’s Right to Transfer . If the Company (or its assign(s)) does not elect to exercise the Right of First Refusal within the Option Period or such earlier time in which the Company (or its assign(s)) notifies the Holder it will not exercise the Right of First Refusal, then the Holder may transfer the Shares on the terms and conditions stated in the Transfer Notice, provided the transfer is made within one hundred twenty (120) days of the expiration of the Option Period, the transfer complies with all Applicable Laws, and the transferee agrees in writing such Shares will be held subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. No transfer of the Offered Shares following such one hundred twenty (120) day period and no transfer in accordance with terms that are different than the terms stated in the Transfer Notice (including the name of the proposed transferee) will be permitted without a new written Transfer Notice prepared and submitted in accordance with the requirements of this Right of First Refusal.

(f)         Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary in this Section B.8 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Grantee’s lifetime or on the Grantee’s death by will or intestacy to the Grantee’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of the Grantee or the Grantee’s Immediate Family will be exempt from the provisions of this Right of First Refusal (a “Permitted Transfer”). In a Permitted Transfer, the transferee will receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, and there will be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Option Agreement. “Immediate Family” as used herein will mean spouse, domestic partner (as determined by the Administrator), child, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother, or sister, and the lineal descendants of such individuals.

(g)         Termination of Right of First Refusal . The provisions of this Right of First Refusal will terminate as to all Shares on the Registration Date.

(h)         Additional Shares or Substituted Securities . In the event of any transaction described in Section 10 of the Plan, any new, substituted, or additional securities or other property that by reason of any such transaction is distributed with respect to the Shares will be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal, but only to the extent the Shares are at the time covered by such right.

(i)         Corporate Transaction . Immediately prior to the consummation of a Corporate Transaction, the Right of First Refusal will automatically lapse in its entirety, except to the extent this Option Agreement is assumed by the successor corporation (or its Parent) in connection with such Corporate Transaction, in which case the Right of First Refusal will apply to the new capital

 

7


S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

stock or other property received in exchange for the Shares in consummation of the Corporate Transaction, but only to the extent the Shares are at the time covered by such right.

9.          Lock-up Agreement . The Grantee, if requested by the Company and lead underwriter of any public offering of the Common Stock or other securities of the Company (the “Lead Underwriter”), hereby irrevocably agrees not to sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, transfer the economic risk of ownership in, make any short sale of, pledge, or otherwise transfer or dispose of any interest in any Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, or any other rights to purchase or acquire, Common Stock (except Common Stock included in such public offering or acquired on the public market after such offering or as authorized in writing by the Company and the Lead Underwriter) during the period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as the Lead Underwriter will specify, which will not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days (plus any additional period as may be reasonably requested by the Company or Lead Underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (a) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (b) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto). The Grantee further agrees the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to such Common Stock until the end of such period. The Grantee agrees to sign such documents as may be requested by the Lead Underwriter to effect the foregoing and, if requested by the Company or Lead Underwriter, to provide such information as may be required by the Company or Lead Underwriter in connection with the completion of the public offering. The Company and Grantee acknowledge each Lead Underwriter of a public offering of the Company’s stock, during the period of such offering and for the 180-day period thereafter, is an intended beneficiary of this Section.

10.          Stop-Transfer Notices and Refusal to Transfer .

10.1        Stop-Transfer Notices . To ensure compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Option Agreement or the Plan, the Company may issue appropriate stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

10.2        Refusal to Transfer . The Company will not be required (a) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.

11.          Clawbacks . Grantee irrevocably agrees this Option is conditioned on Grantee’s obligation to repay any amount received or benefit obtained from the Option (including proceeds from the sale of the Shares or amounts received on the termination of the Option pursuant to a Corporate Transaction) under the following circumstances: (a) any circumstances requiring a clawback (or required to be covered in a clawback policy) under any Applicable Law; or (b) any circumstances set forth in a clawback or similar policy that is approved by the Administrator and applies generally to a class of Employees, Consultants, or Directors that includes the Grantee, including any such policy that may be approved after the date the Option is granted or exercised. The manner of repaying an amount subject to this clawback provision will be set forth in the applicable policy or determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

8


S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

12.       Tax Consequences . Set forth below is a brief summary, as of the date of this Option Agreement, of some of the federal tax consequences of exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares. This summary is necessarily incomplete, and the tax laws and regulations are subject to change. The Grantee should consult the Grantee’s own tax adviser before exercising the option or disposing of the Shares. The Company and its advisors cannot give Grantee tax advice, and the Grantee may not rely on the information in this Section or any other information from the Company or its advisors regarding the tax consequences of Awards.

(a)        Exercise of Incentive Stock Option . If the Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option, there will be no regular federal income tax liability on the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as income for purposes of the alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject the Grantee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise. The option will lose its Incentive Stock Option treatment if it is exercised later than (i) the date that is three (3) months after termination of the Grantee’s employment with the Company or (ii) in the event of Disability, the date that is one (1) year after termination of employment. In the event of the Grantee’s death, the option would be eligible for Incentive Stock Option treatment only if the Grantee dies while employed by the Company or within the three (3) month period after the Grantee’s employment terminates.

(b)        Exercise of Nonqualified Stock Option . On exercise of a Nonqualified Stock Option, the Grantee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If the Grantee is an Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from the Grantee’s compensation or collect from the Grantee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(c)        Disposition of Shares . In the case of a Nonqualified Stock Option, if Shares are held for more than one (1) year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, if Shares transferred in accordance with the Option are held for more than one (1) year after receipt of the Shares and are disposed of more than two (2) years after the Date of Award, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will also be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If Shares purchased under an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of before the expiration of such one (1) year or two (2) year periods, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise or (ii) the sale price of the Shares. Any additional gain will be treated as capital gain for federal income tax purposes.

13.       Restrictive Legends . On exercise of the Option, the Grantee understands and agrees the Company will cause the legends set forth below, or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed on any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

 

9


S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

(a)       Securities Law Restrictions :

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

(b)       Option Agreement Restrictions :

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS SET FORTH IN THE OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

(c)       Removal of Legend . If, in the opinion of the Company and its counsel (in their sole discretion), any of the legends on a certificate representing the Shares is no longer required, the Grantee will be entitled to exchange such certificate for a new certificate representing the Shares without such legend.

14.       Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder will be given in writing and will be deemed effectively given on personal delivery, on deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (if the parties are within the United States), or on deposit for delivery by a mail courier service, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed as follows: (a) to the Company at the then-current address of the Company’s headquarters, or (b) to the Grantee or any subsequent Holder at the last address on record with the Company. Grantee and any subsequent Holder will be obligated to notify the Company in writing of any change in address.

15.       Electronic Delivery of Documents . Grantee consents to electronic delivery of any documents relating to this Option and the Plan, any documents required to be delivered to the Company’s shareholders or option holders, and any disclosures required by Applicable Laws. This consent may be withdrawn at any time on written notice to the Company.

16.       Interpretation, Modification, and Enforcement of Option Agreement .

16.1       Entire Agreement, Choice of Law . The Plan and Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement with respect to this Option and supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements and representations of the Company and Grantee with respect to this Option (including, but not limited to, any prior notices or option agreements with the same Award Number and any references to this Option in an offer letter or employment agreement). The Plan and Option Agreement are to be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of California, without giving effect to any choice-of-law rule that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

10


S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

16.2         Assignment, Binding Effect . The Company may assign any of its rights under the Option Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and the Plan and Option Agreement will be binding on and will inure to the benefit of the successors, heirs, executors, administrators, permitted transferees, and permitted assigns of the parties.

16.3         Captions, Decisions of Administrator . The captions used in the Plan and Option Agreement are inserted for convenience and will not be deemed a part of the agreement for construction or interpretation. The parties agree to accept as final and binding all decisions and interpretations of the Administrator on any issues arising under the Plan or this Option.

16.4         Modification, Waiver, No Third Party Rights . The Option Agreement may not be modified adversely to the Grantee’s interest except in a writing signed by the Company and Grantee, unless the Administrator determines the amendment is necessary to comply with any Applicable Law or to avoid adverse accounting treatment. The Option will be subject to any modifications to the Plan that are made in accordance with the terms of the Plan. No waiver of any right in the Option Agreement will be effective unless in writing. Nothing in the Plan and Option Agreement (except as expressly provided therein) is intended to confer any rights or remedies on any persons other than the parties.

16.5         Enforceability . Should any provision of the Plan or Option Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, such provision will be enforced to the fullest extent allowed by law and the other provisions will nevertheless remain effective and will remain enforceable.

16.6         Further Assurances . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of the Plan and Option Agreement.

17.        No Rights as Shareholder Prior to Exercise . Until the stock certificate evidencing such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder will exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Subsection 10.1 of the Plan. The Grantee will enjoy rights as a shareholder until such time as the Grantee disposes of the Shares or the Company (or its assign(s)) exercises the Right of First Refusal.

18.        No Rights to Partial Vesting, Future Awards, or Continuous Service . The Grantee acknowledges and agrees as follows:

(a)      The Grantee’s right to any Shares subject to the Option will vest, if at all, only as set forth in the vesting schedule in the Notice, and Grantee will not have any rights at all with respect to Shares before they have vested, except as otherwise provided in this Option Agreement. If Grantee’s Continuous Service is terminated, with or without cause, prior to any vesting date or event, Grantee will not be entitled to any vesting of any portion of the Shares that would have vested on the vesting date or event, except as otherwise provided in this Option Agreement.

 

11


S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

(b)         Nothing in the Option Agreement or the Plan (including, but not limited to, the Administrator’s past history of granting Awards under the Plan) will confer on the Grantee any right with respect to future awards.

(c)         Except as otherwise provided in a written agreement signed by an authorized officer of the Company (or any Related Entity for which Grantee is providing services), both the Grantee and Company have the right to terminate Grantee’s Continuous Service at will, with or without cause, and at any time, with or without notice, and nothing in the Option Agreement or the Plan will confer on the Grantee any right with respect to the continuation of Grantee’s Continuous Service.

19.       Acknowledgment . By signing this Option Agreement, the Grantee acknowledges the Grantee has received a copy of the Plan and this Option Agreement, represents the Grantee has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirety, acknowledges the Grantee has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel before executing this Option Agreement, and accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. This Option Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which together will constitute one instrument.

The Grantee represents the Grantee is a bona fide resident of the state of                              .

 

Offered by:

   

COMPANY

Date:                     

   

One Stop Systems, Inc.,

   

a California corporation

   

By:

 

 

     

Stephen D. Cooper, President and Chief Executive Officer

   

Address: 2235 Enterprise Street, Suite 110

   

               Escondido, California 92029

 

Accepted by:

   

GRANTEE

Date:                     

   

Signature:                                                      

   

Printed Name:                                               

   

Address:

 

                                                       

     

                                                       

 

 

 

12


CONSENT OF SPOUSE OR DOMESTIC PARTNER

 

 

 

 

I,                          , spouse or domestic partner of the Grantee, have read and hereby approve the Option Agreement. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse or domestic partner the Option, I hereby agree any community property or similar interest I may have in the Shares will be bound irrevocably by the Option Agreement and Plan. I hereby appoint my spouse or domestic partner as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights regarding the Option.

 

Date:                             

  

Signature:                                                                                       

  

Printed Name:                                                                               

 

13


EXHIBIT A

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC. 2015 STOCK OPTION PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

 

 

USE THIS FORM WHEN YOU EXERCISE SHARES

(SEE SUBSECTION B.2.2 IN THE OPTION AGREEMENT)

To One Stop Systems, Inc.:

I hereby elect to exercise my option to purchase shares of Common Stock under the One Stop Systems, Inc. 2015 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), and in accordance with the Stock Option Agreement for Award Number                      dated                      (the “Option Agreement”), as follows:

 

Total Number of Shares Purchased (“Shares”):

  

                                             

  

Exercise Price per Share:

  

$                                            

  

Total Purchase Price (“Purchase Price”):

  

$                                            

  

1.       Method of Exercise . The Purchase Price must be paid by one or more of the methods set forth in Section B.4 of the Option Agreement. I select the following method(s) of payment:                                                                                                                                                                                              

2.       Name on Certificate . The Certificate(s) for the Shares will be issued in my name as written at the end of the Option Agreement or, with the approval of the Company, in the following names:

                                                                                                                                                                    

3.       Terms of Exercise . This exercise of the Option is subject to the terms and conditions of this Exercise Notice as well as the terms and conditions of the Plan and Option Agreement, both of which are incorporated into this Exercise Notice by reference in their entirety. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan and Option Agreement will have the same defined meanings in this Exercise Notice. I acknowledge I am acquiring the Shares subject to all of the terms and restrictions in the Option Agreement, including, but not limited to, the Right of First Refusal and the Lock-up Agreement, and the Shares will be printed with the legends set forth in Section B.13 of the Option Agreement.

4.       Taxes . I understand I may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of my purchase or disposition of the Shares. Some of the tax consequences are summarized in Section B.12 of the Option Agreement. The Company advises me to consult with my own tax consultants in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares, and I have done so to the extent I consider advisable. I am not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

1


E XERCISE N OTICE

 

 

 

5.         Risk of Investment . I am aware my purchase of the Shares is a speculative investment that has limited liquidity and may be completely lost. I am willing and able to take the risk of a complete loss of my investment.

6.         Investment Representations . I understand the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 in reliance on a specific exemption therefrom and the exemption depends on, among other things, the bona fide nature of my investment representations below. On the basis of this understanding, I make the following representations to the Company, and the Company will rely on these representations unless the Shares have been registered under the Securities Act at the time of exercise:

(a)      I am aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and have acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares.

(b)      I am acquiring and will hold the Shares for investment for my own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act.

(c)      I understand the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or unless I obtain an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company that registration is not required. I further understand the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares.

(d)      I understand the Shares, which were acquired in a nonpublic offering, are considered “restricted securities” under the Securities Act, and the Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. These conditions may include, but are not limited to, the following: certain current public information about the Company is available, the sale occur after a particular holding period, the sale be made through an unsolicited broker’s transaction, the amount of securities being sold during any three (3)-month period not exceed specific limits, and certain forms published by the Securities and Exchange Commission have been timely filed. I understand these conditions have not been satisfied and the Company is under no obligation to satisfy these conditions.

(e)      I agree not to sell or otherwise dispose of the Shares except in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and any other applicable rule under the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any other Applicable Law, and in compliance with any applicable policies or procedures adopted by the Company (including, but not limited to, insider trader restrictions and pre-clearance procedures) that, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, are necessary or desirable for compliance with any Applicable Law.

7.         Exercise Date . The effective date of this exercise will be as set forth in Subsection B.2.3 of the Option Agreement.

8.         Acknowledgment . By signing this Exercise Notice, I acknowledge I have received, read, and understood this Exercise Notice, the Plan, and the Option Agreement and agree to be bound by

 

2


E XERCISE N OTICE

 

 

 

their terms. This Exercise Notice may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which together will constitute one instrument.

 

Submitted by:

   

GRANTEE

Date:                          

   

Signature:                                                            

   

Printed Name:                                                     

   

Address:                                                              

   

                                                                              

Accepted by:

   

COMPANY

Date:                         

   

One Stop Systems, Inc.,

   

a California corporation

   

By:

 

                                                                                  

     

Stephen D. Cooper, President and Chief Executive Officer

   

Address: 2235 Enterprise Street, Suite 110

   

               Escondido, California 92029

 

3


CONSENT OF SPOUSE OR DOMESTIC PARTNER

 

 

 

 

I,                                          , spouse or domestic partner of the Grantee, have read and hereby approve the foregoing Exercise Notice. In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse or domestic partner the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Exercise Notice, I agree any community property or similar interest I may have in the Shares will be bound irrevocably by the Exercise Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan. I hereby appoint my spouse or domestic partner as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights with respect to the Option.

 

Date:                             

  

Signature:                                                                                       

  

Printed Name:                                                                               

 

4

Exhibit 10.5

 

 

 

2017 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

OF

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

1.

  G ENERAL      1  

2.

  D EFINITIONS      1  

3.

  A DMINISTRATION      7  

4.

  S HARES S UBJECT TO THE P LAN ; O VERALL L IMITATION      10  

5.

  E LIGIBILITY      11  

6.

  O PTION A GREEMENT P ROVISIONS      11  

7.

  P ROVISIONS OF S TOCK A WARDS O THER T HAN O PTIONS      14  

8.

  P ERFORMANCE -B ASED A WARDS      16  

9.

  C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY      17  

10.

  U SE OF P ROCEEDS      17  

11.

  A DJUSTMENTS U PON C HANGE IN C OMMON S TOCK      17  

12.

  A DJUSTMENTS U PON C HANGE IN C ONTROL      17  

13.

  A CCELERATION OF E XERCISABILITY AND V ESTING      18  

14.

  D ISSOLUTION OR L IQUIDATION      18  

15.

  M ISCELLANEOUS      18  

16.

  A MENDMENT OF THE P LAN      20  

17.

  T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN      20  

18.

  E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN      21  

19.

  N ON -E XCLUSIVITY OF THE P LAN      21  

20.

  L IABILITY OF THE C OMPANY      21  

21.

  C HOICE OF L AW      21  

 

i


ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

2017 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

T ERMINATION D ATE : O CTOBER  9, 2027

 

1. G ENERAL .

(a) Purposes . The purposes of the Plan are as follows:

(i) To provide additional incentive for selected Employees, Directors and Consultants to further the growth, development and financial success of the Company by providing a means by which such persons can personally benefit through the ownership of capital stock of the Company; and

(ii) To enable the Company to secure and retain key Employees, Directors and Consultants considered important to the long-term success of the Company by offering such persons an opportunity to own capital stock of the Company.

(b) Eligible Stock Award Recipients . The persons eligible to receive Stock Awards under the Plan are the Employees, Directors and Consultants of the Company and its Affiliates.

(c) Available Stock Awards . The following Stock Awards are available under the Plan: (i) Incentive Stock Options; (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options; (iii) Restricted Stock awards, (iv) Restricted Stock Units; (v) Stock Bonus awards; and (vi) Performance-Based Awards.

 

2. D EFINI TIONS .

(a) Administrator ” means the entity that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided herein. The term “Administrator” shall refer to the Board unless the Board has delegated administration to a Committee as provided in Article 3.

(b) Affiliate ” means:

(i) with respect to Incentive Stock Options, any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, whether now existing or hereafter created or acquired, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code, respectively; and

(ii) with respect to Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, any entity described in paragraph (a) of this Section 2(b), plus any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership or joint venture, whether now existing or hereafter created or acquired, with respect to which the Company beneficially owns more than fifty percent (50%) of: (1) the total combined voting power of all outstanding voting securities or (2) the capital or profits interests of a limited liability company, partnership or joint venture.

(c) “Award Shares ” means the shares of Common Stock of the Company issued or issuable pursuant to a Stock Award, including Option Shares issued or issuable pursuant to an Option.


(d) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) Change in Control ” shall mean:

(i) The direct or indirect sale or transfer, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, by the stockholders of the Company of voting securities, in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions hold, as a result of holding Company securities prior to such transaction, in the aggregate, securities possessing less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power all outstanding voting securities of the Company or of the acquiring entity immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions;

(ii) A merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation hold as a result of holding Company securities prior to such transaction, in the aggregate, securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity (or the parent of the surviving entity) immediately after such merger or consolidation;

(iii) A reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such merger hold as a result of holding Company securities prior to such transaction, in the aggregate, securities possessing less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the Company or of the acquiring entity immediately after such merger;

(iv) The sale, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, except for a transaction in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction(s) receive as a distribution with respect to securities of the Company, in the aggregate, securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the acquiring entity immediately after such transaction(s); or

(v) Any time individuals who, on the date this Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however , that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

(f) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(g) Committee ” means a committee appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 3(c).

(h) Common Stock ” means the shares of common stock of the Company.

 

2


( i ) Company ” means One Stop Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(j) Consultant ” means any consultant or adviser if:

(a) The consultant or adviser renders bona fide services to the Company or any Affiliate;

(b) The services rendered by the consultant or adviser are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities; and

(i) The consultant or adviser is a natural person who has contracted directly with the Company or any Affiliate to render such services.

(k) Covered Employee ” means an Employee who is, or is likely to become, a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

(l) Director ” means a member of the Board.

(m) Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code and as interpreted by the Administrator in each case.

(n) Effective Date ” shall have the meaning given in Section 18 herein.

(o) Employee ” means a regular employee of the Company or an Affiliate, including an Officer or Director, who is treated as an employee in the personnel records of the Company or an Affiliate, but not individuals who are classified by the Company or an Affiliate as: (i) leased from or otherwise employed by a third party, (ii) independent contractors, or (iii) intermittent or temporary workers. The Company’s or an Affiliate’s classification of an individual as an “Employee” (or as not an “Employee”) for purposes of this Plan shall not be altered retroactively even if that classification is changed retroactively for another purpose as a result of an audit, litigation or otherwise. Neither service as a Director nor receipt of a director’s fee shall be sufficient to make a Director an “Employee.”

(p) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

(q) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock of the Company determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is then listed or admitted to trading on a Nasdaq market system or a stock exchange which reports closing sale prices, the Fair Market Value shall be the closing sale price on the date of valuation on such Nasdaq market system or principal stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or admitted to trading, or, if no closing sale price is quoted on such day, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing sale price of the Common Stock on such Nasdaq market system or such exchange on the next preceding day for which a closing sale price is reported;

 

3


(ii) If the Common Stock is not then listed or admitted to trading on a Nasdaq market system or a stock exchange which reports closing sale prices, the Fair Market Value shall be the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock in the over-the-counter market on the date of valuation; or

(iii) If neither (i) nor (ii) is applicable as of the date of valuation, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Administrator in good faith using any reasonable method of valuation, which determination shall be conclusive and binding on all interested parties.

(r) Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) Non-Employee Director ” means a member of the Board who qualifies as a “Non-Employee Director” as defined in Rule 16b-3(b)(3) of the Exchange Act, or any successor rule.

(t) Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(u) Officer means any person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(v) Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(w) Option Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and any rules and regulations adopted by the Administrator and incorporated therein.

(x) Optionee ” means the Participant to whom an Option is granted or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(y) Option Shares ” means the shares of Common Stock of the Company issued or issuable pursuant to the exercise of an Option.

(z) Outside Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” who receives compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the taxable year, has not been an officer of the Company or an “affiliated corporation”, and does not receive remuneration from the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” either directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a Director or (ii) is otherwise considered an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

4


(aa) Participant ” means an Optionee or any other person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(bb) Performance-Based Award ” means a Stock Award granted to selected Covered Employees pursuant to Article 7, but which is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Article 8.

(cc) Performance Criteria ” means the criteria that the Administrator selects for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for a Participant for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish Performance Goals are limited to the following: net earnings (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), sales or revenue, net income (either before or after taxes), operating earnings, cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on net assets, return on stockholders’ equity, return on sales, gross or net profit margin, working capital, earnings per share and price per share of Common Stock, the achievement of certain milestones, customer retention rates, licensing, partnership or other strategic transactions, obtaining a specified level of financing for the Company, as determined by the Administrator, including the issuance of securities, or the achievement of one or more corporate, divisional or individual scientific or inventive measures. Any of the criteria identified above may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group. The Administrator shall, within the time prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code, define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period for such Participant.

(dd) Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the goals established in writing by the Administrator for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a Subsidiary, division or other operational unit, or an individual. The Administrator, in its discretion, may, within the time prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code, adjust or modify the calculation of Performance Goals for such Performance Period in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants (i) in the event of, or in anticipation of, any unusual or extraordinary corporate item, transaction, event, or development, or (ii) in recognition of, or in anticipation of, any other unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company, or the financial statements of the Company, or in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, or business conditions.

(ee) Performance Period ” means the one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Administrator may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to, and the payment of, a Performance-Based Award.

( ff ) Plan ” means this 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

5


(gg) Qualified Performance-Based Compensation ” means any compensation that is intended to qualify as “qualified performance-based compensation” as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code

(hh) Restricted Stock ” means Common Stock awarded to a Participant pursuant to Section 7(b) that is subject to certain restrictions and may be subject to risk of forfeiture or repurchase.

(ii) Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock award. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and any rules and regulations adopted by the Administrator and incorporated therein.

(jj) Restricted Stock Unit ” means a right to receive a share of Common Stock during specified time periods granted pursuant to Section 7(c).

(kk) Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

( ll ) Stock Award means any right granted under the Plan, including an Option, a right to acquire Restricted Stock, a Restricted Stock Unit, a Stock Bonus or a Performance-Based Award.

(mm) Stock Award Agreement means any written or electronic agreement, including an Option Agreement, Stock Bonus Agreement, or Restricted Stock Award Agreement, between the Company and a holder of a Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and any additional rules and regulations adopted by the Administrator and incorporated therein.

( nn ) Stock Bonus ” means a payment in the form of shares of Common Stock, or as part of any bonus, deferred compensation or other arrangement, made in lieu of all or any portion of the compensation, granted pursuant to Section 7(a).

(oo) Stock Bonus Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Bonus. Each Stock Bonus Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and any rules and regulations adopted by the Administrator and incorporated therein.

(pp) “Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who owns (or is deemed to own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any of its Affiliates.

( qq ) Termination of Service ” means:

(i) With respect to Stock Awards granted to a Participant in his or her capacity as an Employee, the time when the employer-employee relationship between the

 

6


Participant and the Company (or an Affiliate) is terminated for any reason, including, without limitation a termination by resignation, discharge, death or retirement;

(ii) With respect to Stock Awards granted to a Participant in his or her capacity as a Director, the time when the Participant ceases to be a Director for any reason, including without limitation a cessation by resignation, removal, failure to be reelected, death or retirement, but excluding cessations where there is a simultaneous or continuing employment of the former Director by the Company (or an Affiliate) and the Administrator expressly deems such cessation not to be a Termination of Service;

(iii) With respect to Stock Awards granted to a Participant in his or her capacity as a Consultant, the time when the contractual relationship between the Participant and the Company (or an Affiliate) is terminated for any reason; and

(iv) With respect to Stock Awards granted to a Participant in his or her capacity as an Employee, Director or Consultant of an Affiliate, when such entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate under this Plan, unless earlier terminated as set forth above.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein set forth, a change in status from an Employee to a Consultant or from a Consultant to an Employee shall not constitute a Termination of Service for the purposes hereof, if and to the extent so determined by the Administrator. The Administrator, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all other matters and issues relating to a Termination of Service.

 

3. A DMI NISTRATION .

(a) Administration by Board . The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator unless and until the Board delegates administration to a Committee or an Officer, as provided in Section 3(c) below.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . The Administrator shall have the power, except as otherwise provided herein:

(i) To determine from time to time (A) which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Stock Awards; (B) when and how the Stock Awards shall be granted; (C) what type or combination of types of Stock Awards will be granted; (D) the terms and conditions of each Stock Award granted (which need not be identical), including, without limitation, the transferability or repurchase of such Stock Awards or Award Shares issuable thereunder, as applicable, and the circumstances under which Stock Awards become exercisable or vested or are forfeited or expire, which terms may but need not be conditioned upon the passage of time, continued employment, the satisfaction of performance criteria, the occurrence of certain events, or other factors; and (E) the number of Award Shares subject to a Stock Award that shall be granted to a Participant.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to make exceptions to any such provisions in good faith and for the benefit of the Company, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for the Plan’s administration. The Administrator, in the exercise of its power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in

 

7


the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate the time at which a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

(vi) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval.

(vii) To amend the Plan in any respect the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to provide Participants with the maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to Incentive Stock Options or to bring the Plan or Incentive Stock Options granted under it into compliance therewith.

(viii) To amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable than previously provided in the Stock Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Administrator discretion; provided, however, that the rights under any Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (a) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (b) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, and without the affected Participant’s consent, the Administrator may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards if necessary to maintain the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option or to bring the Stock Award into compliance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder.

(ix) To amend the Plan as provided in Section 16.

(x) To prescribe and amend the terms of the agreements or other documents evidencing Stock Awards made under this Plan (which need not be identical).

(xi) To place such restrictions on the sale or other disposition of Award Shares as may be deemed appropriate by the Administrator.

(xii) To determine whether, and the extent to which, adjustments are required pursuant to Section 11.

(xiii) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Administrator deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company.

 

8


(c) Delegation to a Committee .

(i) General. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a committee of the Board composed of not fewer than two (2) members (the “ Committee ”). If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board (and references in the Plan to the Administrator shall thereafter be deemed to be references to the Committee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and revest in the Board the administration of the Plan. Appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment. In its sole discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Administrator under the Plan except with respect to matters which under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or Section 162(m) of the Code, or any regulations or rules issued thereunder, are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee. Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Board. Vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board.

(ii) Section 162(m) and Rule 16b-3 Compliance.  In the discretion of the Board, the Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, and/or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act. In addition, the Board or the Committee, in its discretion, may (1) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who need not be Outside Directors the authority to grant Stock Awards to eligible persons who are either (a) not then Covered Employees and are not expected to be Covered Employees at the time of recognition of income resulting from such Stock Award, or (b) not persons with respect to whom the Company wishes to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, and/or (2) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who need not be Non-Employee Directors the authority to grant Stock Awards to eligible persons who are not then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(d) Delegation to an Officer.  The board may delegate to one or more Officers of the Company the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Officers and Employees of the Company or any of its Affiliates to be recipients of Stock Awards and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Officers and Employees of the Company; provided, however , that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation shall specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3(d), the Board may not delegate to an Officer authority to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock.

(e) Effect of Change in Status . The Administrator shall have the absolute discretion to determine the effect upon a Stock Award, and upon an individual’s status as an Employee, Consultant or Director under the Plan, including whether a Participant shall be deemed to have experienced a Termination of Service or other change in status, and upon the vesting, expiration or forfeiture of a Stock Award or Award Shares issuable in respect thereof, in the case of (i) a Termination of Service for cause, (ii) any leave of absence approved by the Company or an Affiliate, (iii) any transfer between the Company and any Affiliate or between any Affiliates, (iii)

 

9


any change in the Participant’s status from an Employee to a Consultant or member of the Administrator of Directors, or vice versa, and (v) any Employee who becomes employed by any partnership, joint venture, corporation or other entity not meeting the requirements of an Affiliate.

(f) Determinations of the Administrator . All decisions, determinations and interpretations by the Administrator regarding this Plan shall be final and binding on all Participants or other persons claiming rights under the Plan or any Stock Award. The Administrator shall consider such factors as it deems relevant to making such decisions, determinations and interpretations including, without limitation, the recommendations or advice of any Director, Officer or Employee of the Company and such attorneys, consultants and accountants as it may select. A Participant or other holder of a Stock Award may contest a decision or action by the Administrator with respect to such person or Stock Award only on the grounds that such decision or action was arbitrary or capricious or was unlawful, and any review of such decision or action shall be limited to determining whether the Administrator’s decision or action was arbitrary or capricious or was unlawful.

(g) Arbitration . Any dispute or claim concerning any Stock Awards granted (or not granted) pursuant to the Plan or any disputes or claims relating to or arising out of the Plan shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding and confidential arbitration conducted pursuant to the rules of Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. (“ JAMS ”) in the County of San Diego, California. In addition to any other relief, the arbitrator may award to the prevailing party recovery of its attorneys’ fees and costs. By accepting a Stock Award, Participants and the Company waive their respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried by a judge or jury.

 

4. S HARES S UBJECT T O THE P LAN ; O VERALL L IMITATION .

(a) Shares Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 11 relating to adjustments upon changes in stock, the Award Shares that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards shall not exceed in the aggregate One Million Five Hundred Thousand (1,500,000) shares of the Company’s Common Stock. Of such amount, One Million Five Hundred Thousand (1,500,000) Award Shares may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. In the event that (a) all or any portion of any Stock Award granted or offered under the Plan can no longer under any circumstances be exercised or otherwise become vested, or (b) any Award Shares are reacquired by the Company which were initially the subject of a Stock Award Agreement, the Award Shares allocable to the unexercised or unvested portion of such Stock Award, or the Award Shares so reacquired, shall again be available for grant or issuance under the Plan.

(b) Individual Participant Limitations . Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, and subject to Article 11 below, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to one or more Stock Awards that may be granted to any one Participant during any calendar year shall be Five Hundred Thousand (500,000).

 

10


5. E LI GIBILITY .

(a) General . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees; all other Stock Awards may be granted only to Employees, Directors and Consultants. In the event a Participant is both an Employee and a Director, or a Participant is both a Director and a Consultant, the Stock Award Agreement shall specify the capacity in which the Participant is granted the Stock Award; provided, however , if the Stock Award Agreement is silent as to such capacity, the Stock Award shall be deemed to be granted to the Participant as an Employee or as a Consultant, as applicable.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders . A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

 

6. O PTION A GREE MENT P ROVISIONS .

Each Option shall be granted pursuant to a written Option Agreement, signed by an Officer of the Company and by the Optionee, which shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall deem appropriate. The provisions of separate Option Agreements need not be identical, but each Option Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Option Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions (except to the extent that any such provision indicates it is permissible rather than mandatory):

(a) Term . No Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Option Agreement; provided, however , that an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall be subject to the provisions of Section 5(b).

(b) Exercise Price of an Option . Subject to the provisions of Section 5(b) regarding Incentive Stock Options granted to Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. The Administrator shall determine the exercise price of each Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Incentive Stock Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option if such Incentive Stock Option is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

(c) Consideration . The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Administrator shall have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The methods of payment permitted by this Section 6(c) are:

 

11


(i) by cash or check;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Administrator that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided, further, however, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or

(v) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Administrator.

(d) Transferability . The following restrictions on the transferability of Options shall apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer . An Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee; provided, however, that the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, permit transfer of the Option to a revocable trust. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, an Incentive Stock Option shall not be transferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable only by the Optionee during the Optionee’s lifetime, except as otherwise permitted by the Administrator and by Sections 421, 422 and 424 of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders . Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order; provided, however , that if an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option shall be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii) Beneficiary Designation . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionee, shall thereafter be the beneficiary of an Option with the right to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from an Option exercise. In the absence of such a designation, the executor or administrator of the Optionee’s estate shall be

 

12


entitled to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from an Option exercise.

(e) Vesting . Each Option shall vest and become exercisable in one or more installments, at such time or times and subject to such conditions, including without limitation the achievement of specified performance goals or objectives established with respect to one or more performance criteria, as shall be determined by the Administrator.

(f) Termination of Service . In the event of the Termination of Service of an Optionee for any reason (other than for “Cause,” as defined in an Option Agreement, or upon the Optionee’s death or Disability), the Optionee may exercise his or her Option, but only within such period of time as is set forth in the Option Agreement (and in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such exercise period provided in the Option Agreement shall not exceed three (3) months from the date of termination.

(g) Disability of Optionee . In the event of a Termination of Service of an Optionee as a result of the Optionee’s Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within the period specified in the Option Agreement (in no event to exceed twelve (12) months from the date of such termination in the case of an Incentive Stock Option), and only to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option at the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement).

(h) Death of Optionee . In the event that (i) an Optionee’s Termination of Service occurs as a result of the Optionee’s death, or (ii) an Optionee dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the Optionee’s Termination of Service for a reason other than death, then, notwithstanding Section 6(f) above, the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionee’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the option upon the Optionee’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of Termination of Service, or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.

( i ) Termination for Cause . In the event of the Termination of Service of an Optionee for Cause, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator in the specific situation, all Options granted to such Optionee shall expire as set forth in the Option Agreement.

(j) Extension of Termination Date . An Optionee’s Option Agreement may provide that if the exercise of the Option following an Optionee’s Termination of Service (other than for Cause or upon the Optionee’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Optionee’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.

 

13


(k) Non-Exempt Employees . Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator of Directors, no Option granted to an Employee that is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

(l) Early Exercise . The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionee may elect at any time prior to a Termination of Service to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the Option Shares prior to the full vesting of the Option. Any unvested Option Shares so purchased may be subject to an unvested share repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Administrator determines to be appropriate.

 

7. P R OVISIONS OF S TOCK A WARDS O THER T HAN O PTIONS .

(a) Stock Bonus Awards . Stock Bonus awards shall be made pursuant to Stock Bonus Agreements in such form and containing such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Stock Bonus Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Stock Bonus Agreements need not be identical, but each Stock Bonus Agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions (except to the extent that any such provision indicates it is permissible rather than mandatory):

(i) Consideration . A Stock Bonus may be awarded in consideration for past services actually rendered to the Company or an Affiliate for its benefit, provided that the Participant remains eligible to receive Stock Awards hereunder at the time of the award.

(ii) Vesting . Award Shares issued pursuant to a Stock Bonus Agreement may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in favor of the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Administrator.

(iii) Termination of Service . In the event of a Termination of Service, the Company may reacquire any or all of the Award Shares held by the Participant which have or have not vested as of the date of termination under the terms of the Stock Bonus Agreement.

(iv) Transferability . Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, rights to acquire Award Shares under the Stock Bonus Agreement shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or, to the extent permitted by the Administrator, to a revocable trust.

( b ) Restricted Stock Awards . Each Restricted Stock award shall be made pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award Agreement in such form and containing such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical, but each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the

 

14


agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions (except to the extent that any such provision indicates it is permissible rather than mandatory):

(i) Purchase Price . The purchase price under each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be such amount as the Administrator shall determine and designate in such Restricted Stock Award Agreement, including no consideration or such minimum consideration as may be required by applicable law.

(ii) Consideration . The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, if any, shall be paid either: (a) in cash at the time of purchase; (b) at the discretion of the Administrator, according to a deferred payment or other similar arrangement with the Participant; or (c) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Administrator in its discretion.

(iii) Vesting . Award Shares acquired under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in favor of the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Administrator.

(iv) Termination of Service . In the event of a Participant’s Termination of Service, the Company may repurchase or otherwise reacquire any or all of the Award Shares held by the Participant which have or have not vested as of the date of termination under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(v) Transferability . Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, rights to acquire Award Shares under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall not be transferable except by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, to the extent permitted by the Administrator, to a revocable trust.

(c) Restricted Stock Units . The Administrator is authorized to make Awards of Restricted Stock Units to any Participant selected by the Administrator in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator. At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the date or dates on which the Restricted Stock Units shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it deems appropriate. Alternatively, Restricted Stock Units may become fully vested and nonforfeitable pursuant to the satisfaction of one or more Performance Goals or other specific performance goals as the Administrator determines to be appropriate at the time of the grant of the Restricted Stock Units or thereafter, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator. At the time of grant, the Administrator shall specify the maturity date applicable to each grant of Restricted Stock Units which shall be no earlier than the vesting date or dates of the Award and may be determined at the election of the Participant to whom the Award is granted. On the maturity date, the Company shall transfer to the Participant one unrestricted, fully transferable share of Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit that is vested and scheduled to be distributed on such date and not previously forfeited. The Administrator shall specify the purchase price, if any, to be paid by the Participant to the Company for such shares of Stock. All Restricted Stock Unit awards shall be subject to such additional terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator and shall be evidenced by a written Stock Award Agreement.

 

15


8. P ERF ORMANCE -B ASED A WARDS .

(a) Purpose . The purpose of this Article 8 is to provide the Administrator the ability to qualify Stock Awards other than Options as Qualified Performance-Based Compensation. If the Administrator, in its discretion, decides to grant a Performance-Based Award to a Covered Employee, the provisions of this Article 8 shall control over any contrary provision contained in Article 7; provided, however , that the Administrator may in its discretion grant Stock Awards to Covered Employees that are based on Performance Criteria or Performance Goals but that do not satisfy the requirements of this Article 8.

(b) Applicability . This Article 8 shall apply only to those Covered Employees selected by the Administrator to receive Performance-Based Awards. The designation of a Covered Employee as a Participant for a Performance Period shall not in any manner entitle the Participant to receive an Award for the period. Moreover, designation of a Covered Employee as a Participant for a particular Performance Period shall not require designation of such Covered Employee as a Participant in any subsequent Performance Period and designation of one Covered Employee as a Participant shall not require designation of any other Covered Employees as a Participant in such period or in any other period.

(c) Procedures with Respect to Performance-Based Awards . To the extent necessary to comply with the Qualified Performance-Based Compensation requirements of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, with respect to any Award granted under Article 7 which may be granted to one or more Covered Employees, no later than ninety (90) days following the commencement of any fiscal year in question or any other designated fiscal period or period of service (or such other time as may be required or permitted by Section 162(m) of the Code), the Administrator shall, in writing, (a) designate one or more Covered Employees, (b) select the Performance Criteria applicable to the Performance Period, (c) establish the Performance Goals, and amounts of such Awards, as applicable, which may be earned for such Performance Period, and (d) specify the relationship between Performance Criteria and the Performance Goals and the amounts of such Awards, as applicable, to be earned by each Covered Employee for such Performance Period. Following the completion of each Performance Period, the Administrator shall certify in writing whether the applicable Performance Goals have been achieved for such Performance Period. In determining the amount earned by a Covered Employee, the Administrator shall have the right to reduce or eliminate (but not to increase) the amount payable at a given level of performance to take into account additional factors that the Administrator may deem relevant to the assessment of individual or corporate performance for the Performance Period.

(d) Payment of Performance-Based Awards . Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement, a Participant must be employed by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary on the day a Performance-Based Award for such Performance Period is paid to the Participant. Furthermore, a Participant shall be eligible to receive payment pursuant to a Performance-Based Award for a Performance Period only if the Performance Goals for such period are achieved.

(e) Additional Limitations . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any Award which is granted to a Covered Employee and is intended to constitute Qualified

 

16


Performance-Based Compensation shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in Section 162(m) of the Code (including any amendment to Section 162(m) of the Code) or any regulations or rulings issued thereunder that are requirements for qualification as qualified performance-based compensation as described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, and the Plan shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.

 

9. C OVENAN TS OF THE C OMPANY .

(a) Availability of Shares . During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock required to satisfy such Stock Awards.

(b) Compliance with Laws and Regulations . This Plan, the grant and exercise of Stock Awards thereunder, and the obligation of the Company to sell, issue or deliver Award Shares under such Stock Awards, shall be subject to all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations and to such approvals by any governmental or regulatory agency as may be required. The Company shall not be required to register in a Participant’s name or deliver any Award Shares prior to the completion of any registration or qualification of such Shares under any federal, state or local law or any ruling or regulation of any government body which the Administrator shall determine to be necessary or advisable. To the extent the Company is unable to or the Administrator deems it infeasible to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the lawful issuance and sale of any Award Shares hereunder, the Company shall be relieved of any liability with respect to the failure to issue or sell such Award Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. No Option shall be exercisable and no Award Shares shall be issued and/or transferable under any other Stock Award unless a registration statement with respect to the Award Shares underlying such Stock Award is effective and current or the Company has determined that such registration is unnecessary.

 

10. U S E OF P ROCEEDS .

Proceeds from the sale of Award Shares shall constitute general funds of the Company and shall be used for general operating capital of the Company.

 

11. A DJUSTMENTS U PON C HANGE IN C OMMON S TOCK .

If any change is made in the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other distribution of the Company’s equity securities), the Plan and all outstanding Stock Awards will be appropriately adjusted in the class and maximum number of shares subject to the Plan and the class and number of shares and price per share of Common Stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, the determination of which shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

12. A DJUSTMENTS U PON C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

 

17


(a) The Administrator shall have the discretion to provide in each Stock Award Agreement the terms and conditions that relate to (i) vesting of such Stock Award in the event of a Change in Control, and (ii) assumption of such Stock Award Agreements or issuance of comparable securities under an incentive program in the event of a Change in Control. The aforementioned terms and conditions may vary in each Stock Award Agreement.

(b) If the terms of an outstanding Option Agreement provide for accelerated vesting in the event of a Change in Control, or to the extent that an Option is vested and not yet exercised, the Administrator in its discretion may provide, in connection with the Change in Control transaction, for the purchase or exchange of each Option for an amount of cash or other property having a value equal to the difference (or “spread”) between: (x) the value of the cash or other property that the Optionee would have received pursuant to the Change in Control transaction in exchange for the vested Option Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option had the Option been exercised immediately prior to the Change in Control, and (y) the aggregate exercise price of the vested Option Shares. If in such case the aggregate exercise price of the vested Option Shares is greater than or equal to the value of the cash or other property that the Optionee would have received pursuant to the Change in Control transaction in exchange for the vested Option Shares had the Option been exercised immediately prior to the Change in Control, then the Option shall be cancelled and Optionee shall receive no payment for such Option Shares. Upon such purchase, exchange or cancellation, the Option shall be terminated and Optionee shall have no further rights with respect to such Option.

(c) Outstanding Options shall terminate and cease to be exercisable upon consummation of a Change in Control except to the extent that the Options are assumed by the successor entity (or parent thereof) pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction.

13. A CCELERATION OF E XERCISABILITY AND V ESTING .

The Administrator shall have the power to accelerate the time at which any or all Stock Awards may first be exercised or the time during which any or all Stock Awards or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in any Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest. By approval of the Plan, the Company’s stockholders consent to any such accelerations in the Administrator’s sole discretion.

 

14. D ISSOLUTION OR L IQUIDA TION .

In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, then all outstanding Stock Awards shall terminate immediately prior to such event.

 

15. M ISCELLANE OUS .

(a) Stockholder Rights . Neither a Participant nor any person to whom a Stock Award is transferred shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any Award Shares unless and until such person has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms and the Company has duly issued a stock certificate for such Award Shares.

 

18


(b) No Employment or Other Service Rights . Nothing in the Plan or any Stock Award Agreement shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without Cause; (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate; or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws or Certificate of Incorporation of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(c) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation . To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(d) Withholding Obligations . The Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to a Stock Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Stock Award, provided that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability); or (iii) by such other method as may be set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.

(e) Compliance with Section  409A of the Code . To the extent applicable, the Plan and Stock Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the Effective Date (as defined in Section 18 below). Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or Stock Award to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Administrator determines that any Stock Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the Effective Date), the Administrator may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Stock Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to (i) exempt the Stock Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Stock Award; or (ii) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the Effective Date.

 

19


16. A ME NDMENT OF THE P LAN .

(a) In General . The Administrator at any time, and from time to time, may amend the Plan. However, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the adoption of the amendment where the amendment will:

(i) Increase the number of shares reserved for Stock Awards under the Plan, except as provided in Section 11 relating to adjustments upon changes in Common Stock;

(ii) Modify the requirements as to eligibility for participation in the Plan (to the extent such modification requires stockholder approval in order for the Plan to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code); or

(iii) Modify the Plan in any other way if such modification requires stockholder approval in order for the Plan to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

(b) Amendment to Maximize Benefits . It is expressly contemplated that the Administrator may amend the Plan in any respect the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to provide Participants with the maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to Incentive Stock Options and/or to bring the Plan and/or Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan into compliance therewith.

(c) No Impairment . The rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted before any amendment of the Plan shall not be altered or impaired by such amendment unless the Company requests the consent of the person to whom the Stock Award was granted and such person consents in writing; provided , however , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 16 or elsewhere in this Plan, no such consent shall be required with respect to any amendment or alteration if the Administrator determines in its sole discretion that such amendment or alteration either (i) is required or advisable in order for the Company, the Plan or the Stock Award to satisfy or conform to any law or regulation or to meet the requirements of any accounting standard, or (ii) is not reasonably likely to significantly diminish the benefits provided under such Award, or that any such diminishment has been adequately compensated.

17. T ERMINATION OR S US PENSION OF THE P LAN .

(a) Termination or Suspension . The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate on October 9, 2027 (which shall be within ten (10) years from the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or approved by the stockholders of the Company, whichever is earlier), and no Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated, but Stock Awards and Stock Award Agreements then outstanding shall continue in effect in accordance with their respective terms.

(b) No Impairment . Rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect shall not be altered or impaired by suspension or termination of the Plan, except as otherwise provided herein or with the consent of the person to whom the Stock Award was granted.

 

20


18. E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

The Plan became effective on October 10, 2017, which is the date that the Plan was originally adopted by the Board (the “Effective Date”).

 

19. N ON -E XCLUSIVITY O F THE P LAN

Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board nor the submission of this Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as either may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options or restricted stock otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

20. L IABILITY OF T HE C OMPANY .

The Company and the members of the Board shall not be liable to a Participant or any other persons as to: (a) the non-issuance or non-transfer, or any delay of issuance or transfer, of any Award Shares which results from the inability of the Company to comply with, or to obtain, or from any delay in obtaining from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, all requisite authority to issue or transfer Award Shares if counsel for the Company deems such authority reasonably necessary for lawful issuance or transfer of any such shares and, in furtherance thereof, appropriate legends may be placed on the stock certificates evidencing Award Shares to reflect such transfer restrictions; and (b) any tax consequence expected, but not realized, by any Participant or other person due to the receipt, exercise or settlement of any Option or other Stock Award granted hereunder.

 

21. C HOICE OF L AW .

The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to such state’s conflict of laws rules.

 

21


A TTACHMENT I

O PTION A GREEMENT


S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

(I NCENTIVE S TOCK O PTION OR N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION )

O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC . 2017 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

Effective as of October 10, 2017

Pursuant to the Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement (“ Option Agreement ”), One Stop Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) has granted to Optionee an option under its 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in Optionee’s Grant Notice, at the exercise price indicated in such Grant Notice. This Option Agreement is incorporated by reference into and made a part of the Grant Notice. Whenever capitalized terms are used in this Option Agreement, they shall have the meaning specified (i) in the Plan, (ii) in the relevant Grant Notice, or (iii) below, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

The details of the Option granted to Optionee are as follows:

1. Term of Option . Subject to the maximum time limitations in Sections 5(b) and 6(a) of the Plan, the term of the Option shall be the period commencing on the Date of Grant and ending on the Expiration Date (as defined in the Grant Notice), unless terminated earlier as provided herein or in the Plan.

2. Exercise Price . The Exercise Price of the Option granted hereby shall be as provided in the Grant Notice.

3. Exercise of Option .

(a) The Grant Notice sets forth the rate at which the Option Shares shall become subject to purchase (“ vest ”) by Optionee.

(b) In the event of a Change in Control of the Company, except as otherwise may be provided in the Plan or Grant Notice, the vesting of the Option shall not accelerate, and the Option shall terminate if not exercised (to the extent then vested and exercisable) at or prior to such Change in Control.

(c) Optionee shall exercise the Option, to the extent exercisable, in whole or in part, by sending written notice to the Company on a Notice of Exercise in the form attached to the Grant Notice of his or her intention to purchase Option Shares hereunder, together with a check in the amount of the full purchase price of the Option Shares to be purchased, or such other form of payment as permitted by the Grant Notice. Except as otherwise consented to by the Company, Optionee shall not exercise the Option at any one time with respect to less than five percent (5%) of the total Option Shares set forth in the Grant Notice unless Optionee exercises all of the Option then vested and exercisable.


(d) If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, by Optionee’s exercise of the Option, Optionee agrees that he or she will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of the Option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of the Date of Grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of the Option.

(e) Optionee agrees to complete and execute any additional documents which the Company reasonably requests that Optionee complete in order to comply with applicable federal, state and local securities laws, rules and regulations.

(f) Subject to the Company’s compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations relating to the issuance of such Option Shares and Optionee’s compliance with all the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, and the Plan, the Company shall promptly deliver the Option Shares to Optionee.

(g) Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Plan, the Option may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee.

(h) In the event that Optionee is an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended ( i.e. , a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), Optionee may not exercise his or her Option until the later of (i) the date that he or she shall have completed at least six (6) months of service to the Company measured from the Date of Grant specified in Optionee’s Grant Notice, or (ii) the date set forth in the Grant Notice for when the Option is first exercisable.

4. Exercise Prior to Vesting (“Early Exercise”) . If expressly permitted by the Grant Notice and subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, Optionee may, at any time that is both (i) prior to a Termination of Service; and (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, elect to exercise all or part of the Option, including the nonvested portion of the Option; provided, however , that:

(a) a partial exercise of the Option shall be deemed to cover first any vested Option Shares and then the earliest vesting installment(s) of unvested Option Shares;

(b) any Option Shares so purchased from installments which have not vested as of the date of exercise shall be subject to a purchase option in favor of the Company, pursuant to an Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement in form satisfactory to the Company;

(c) Optionee shall enter into the Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

(d) as provided in the Plan, if the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which the Option plus all other Incentive Stock Options held by Optionee are exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof

 

2


that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

5. Option Not Transferable . The Option granted hereunder shall not be transferable in any manner other than as provided in Section 6(d) of the Plan. More particularly (but without limiting the foregoing), the Option may not be assigned, transferred (except as expressly provided in the Plan), pledged or hypothecated in any way, shall not be assignable by operation of law and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of the Option contrary to the provisions hereof, or the levy of any execution, attachment or similar process upon the Option, shall be null and void and without effect.

6. Termination of Option .

(a) To the extent not previously exercised, the Option shall terminate on the Expiration Date; provided, however , that except as otherwise provided in this Section 6, the Option may not be exercised more than sixty (60)  days after the Termination of Service of Optionee for any reason (other than for Cause, as defined below, or upon Optionee’s death or Disability) . Within such sixty (60) - day period, except as may otherwise be specifically provided in this Option Agreement or any other agreement between Optionee and the Company which has been approved by the Board, Optionee may exercise the Option only to the extent the same was exercisable on the date of such termination and said right to exercise shall terminate at the end of such period.

(b) In the event of the Termination of Service of Optionee as a result of Optionee’s Disability, the Option shall be exercisable for a period of six (6) months from the date of such termination, but in no event later than the Expiration Date and only to the extent that the Option was exercisable on the date of such termination.

(c) In the event of the Termination of Service of Optionee as a result of Optionee’s death, the Option shall be exercisable by Optionee’s estate (or by the person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by will or by the laws of descent and distribution) for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of such termination, but in no event later than the Expiration Date and only to the extent that Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option on the date of death.

(d) In the event of the Termination of Service of Optionee for Cause (as defined below), unless otherwise determined by the Board, (A) the Option shall expire as of the date of the first occurrence giving rise to such termination or upon the Expiration Date, whichever is earlier; (B) Optionee shall have no rights with respect to any unexercised portion of the Option; and (C) any Option Shares issued in respect of the exercise of the Option on or after the date of the first act and/or event constituting Cause shall have occurred shall be deemed to have been issued in respect of an expired option, and shall thereupon be deemed null and void ab initio , and Optionee shall have no claims to, or rights in, any such Option Shares. “Cause” means with respect to Optionee, the occurrence of any of the following events, as reasonably determined by the Board in each case: (i) Optionee’s commission of any felony or any crime

 

3


involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) Optionee’s commission, or attempted commission, of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company or any Affiliate, or any of their respective employees, officers or directors; (iii) Optionee’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any Affiliate or of any statutory duty owed to the Company or any Affiliate; (iv) Optionee’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s or an Affiliate’s material confidential information or trade secrets; (v) Optionee’s gross misconduct in connection with Optionee’s service to the Company or an Affiliate; or (vi) Optionee’s failure to promptly return all documents and other tangible items belonging to the Company or its Affiliates in the Participant’s possession or control, including all complete or partial copies, recordings, abstracts, notes or reproductions of any kind made from or about such documents or information contained therein, upon a Termination of Service for any reason. “Cause” shall not require that a civil judgment or criminal conviction have been entered against, or guilty plea shall have been made by, Optionee regarding any of the matters referred to in clauses (i) through (vi). Accordingly, the Board shall be entitled to determine “Cause” based on the its good faith belief. If the Optionee is criminally charged with a felony or similar offense, that shall be a sufficient, but not a necessary, basis for such a belief. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Grant Notice, the foregoing definition of “Cause” shall apply for all purposes relating to the Option, notwithstanding any employment or other agreement by and between Optionee and the Company or any Affiliate thereof that defines a termination on account of “Cause” (or a term having similar meaning).

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option is subject to earlier termination upon a Change in Control, as provided in Section 3(b) above and in Section 11 of the Plan, or upon the dissolution of the Company. If the Option will terminate in connection with a Change in Control, the Company shall provide written notice to Optionee of a proposed transaction constituting a Change in Control, not less than ten (10) days prior to the anticipated effective date of the proposed transaction.

(f) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no portion of any Option which is not exercisable by Optionee upon the Termination of Service of such Optionee shall thereafter become exercisable, regardless of the reason for such termination, except as may otherwise be specifically provided in this Option Agreement or any other agreement between Optionee and the Company which has been approved by the Board.

7. No Right to Continued Service . The Option does not confer upon Optionee any right to continue as an Employee or Director of, or Consultant to, the Company or an Affiliate, nor does it limit in any way the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate Optionee’s employment or other relationship with the Company or an Affiliate, at any time, with or without Cause.

8. Notice of Tax Election . If Optionee makes any tax election relating to the treatment of the Option Shares under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Optionee shall promptly notify the Company of such election.

9. Acknowledgments of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges and agrees that:

 

4


(a) Although the Company has made a good faith attempt to qualify the Option as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Sections 421, 422 and 424 of the Code (if the Grant Notice provides that the Option is an Incentive Stock Option), the Company does not warrant that the Option granted herein constitutes an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of such sections, or that the transfer of Option Shares will be treated for federal income tax purposes as specified in Section 421 of the Code.

(b) Optionee shall notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days of each disposition (including a sale, exchange, gift or a transfer of legal title) of the Option Shares made within two years after the issuance of such Option Shares.

(c) If the Grant Notice provides that the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, Optionee understands that if, among other things, he or she disposes of any Option Shares granted within two years of the granting of the Option to him or her or within one year of the issuance of such shares to him or her, then such Option Shares will not qualify for the beneficial treatment which Optionee might otherwise receive under Sections 421 and 422 of the Code.

(d) Optionee and his or her transferees shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any Option Shares until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate evidencing such Option Shares. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property) or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 10 of the Plan.

(e) Certificates representing Option Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be imprinted with the following legend:

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO”). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO THE LATER OF (A) TWO YEARS AFTER THE DATE OF GRANT OF SUCH ISO, OR (B) ONE YEAR AFTER THE DATE OF EXERCISE OF SUCH ISO. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO SUCH DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.

 

5


10. Withholding Obligations . Whenever Option Shares are to be issued under the Option Agreement, the Company shall have the right to require Optionee to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements prior to issuance and/or delivery of any certificate or certificates for such Option Shares.

11. No Obligation to Notify . The Company shall have no duty or obligation to Optionee to advise Optionee as to the time or manner of exercising the Option. Furthermore, except as specifically set forth herein or in the Plan, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise Optionee of a pending termination or expiration of the Option or a possible period in which the Option may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of the Option granted to Optionee.

12. Miscellaneous .

(a) This Option Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties’ heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

(b) This Option Agreement, the Grant Notice and the Plan, constitute the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter contained herein and they supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations and understandings of the parties. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Option Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by all of the parties. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Option Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions, whether or not similar, nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No waiver shall be binding unless executed in writing by the party making the waiver. In the event there exists any conflict or discrepancy between any of the terms in the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall be controlling. A copy of the Plan has been delivered to Optionee and also may be inspected by Optionee at the principal office of the Company.

(c) Should any portion of the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Option Agreement be declared invalid and unenforceable, then such portion shall be deemed to be severable from this Option Agreement and shall not affect the remainder hereof.

(d) All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) three (3) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iii) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the Company at its principal executive office, and to Optionee at the address set forth in the Company’s records, or at such other address as the Company or Optionee may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other party hereto.

(e) This Option Agreement shall be construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

6


A TTACHMENT II

2017 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN


O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC .

S TOCK O PTION G RANT N OTICE

2017 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION , One Stop Systems, Inc. (the “ Company ”), hereby grants to the Optionee named below, a stock option (the “ Option ”) to purchase any part or all of the specified number of shares of its Common Stock (“ Option Shares ”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Stock Option Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”), at the specified purchase price per share without commission or other charge. The Option is granted pursuant to the Company’s 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”), promulgated under the Plan and in effect as of the date of this Grant Notice.

 

Optionee:   

 

Date of Grant:   

 

Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

Number of Option Shares :   

 

Exercise Price (Per Share):   

 

Total Exercise Price:   

 

Expiration Date:   

Ten years after Date of Grant

1. Type of Grant:                      ☐ Incentive Stock Option 1             ☐ Nonstatutory Stock Option

2. Exercise Schedule :               ☐ Same as Vesting Schedule         ☐ Early Exercise Permitted

3. Vesting Schedule: Except as otherwise provided in the Option Agreement, the number of Option Shares that are vested (disregarding any resulting fractional share) as of any date shall be determined as follows: (i) no Option Shares will be vested prior to the Vesting Commencement Date; (ii) on the Vesting Commencement Date and on each monthly anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, 1/36th of the Option Shares shall vest; provided, however, that there has not been a Termination of Service as of each such date. In no event will the Option become exercisable for any additional Option Shares after a Termination of Service.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 2 of the Plan):

(a) The right to exercise this Option shall accelerate automatically and vest in full (notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3 above) effective as of immediately prior to the consummation of the Change in Control unless this Option is to be assumed by the acquiring or successor entity (or parent thereof) or a new option or New Incentives (as defined below) are to be issued in exchange therefor, as provided in subsection (b) below.

(b) The vesting of this Option shall not accelerate if and to the extent that: (i) this Option (including the unvested portion thereof) is to be assumed by the acquiring or successor entity (or parent thereof) or a new option of comparable value is to be issued in exchange therefor pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction, or (ii) this Option (including the unvested portion thereof) is to be replaced by the acquiring or successor entity (or parent thereof) with other incentives of comparable value under a new incentive program (“ New Incentives ”) containing such terms and provisions as the Company’s Board of Directors in its discretion may consider equitable. If this Option is assumed, or if a new option of comparable value is issued in exchange therefor, then this Option or the new option shall be appropriately adjusted, concurrently with the Change in Control, to apply to the number and class of securities or other property that the Optionee would have received pursuant to the Change in Control transaction in exchange for the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Option had this Option been exercised immediately prior to the Change in Control, and appropriate adjustment also shall be made to the Exercise Price such that the aggregate Exercise Price of this Option or the new option shall remain the same as nearly as practicable.

 

1   If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.


(c) If the provisions of subsection (b) above apply, then this Option, the new option or the New Incentives shall continue to vest as provided above for the remainder of the term of this Option in accordance with the provisions of the Option Agreement. However, in the event of an Involuntary Termination (as defined below) of Optionee’s service with the Company or the acquiring or successor entity (or parent thereof) within twelve (12) months following such Change in Control, then vesting of this Option, the new option or the New Incentives shall accelerate in full automatically effective upon such Involuntary Termination.

Involuntary Termination ” shall mean a Termination of Service by reason Optionee’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Company, or by the acquiring or successor entity (or parent or any subsidiary thereof employing the Optionee) for reasons other than Misconduct (as defined below).

Misconduct ” shall mean (A) the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by Optionee which affects the business of the Company, the acquiring or successor entity (or parent or any subsidiary thereof), (B) any unauthorized use or disclosure by Optionee of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company, the acquiring or successor entity (or parent or any subsidiary thereof), (C) conduct on the part of Optionee which constitutes the breach of any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the Company, the acquiring or successor entity (or parent or any subsidiary thereof), or (D) any illegal act by Optionee which materially and adversely affects the business of the Company, the acquiring or successor entity (or parent or any subsidiary thereof), or any felony committed by Optionee, as evidenced by conviction or plea of nolo contendre thereof. The provisions of this paragraph shall not limit the grounds for the dismissal or discharge of Optionee or any other individual in the service of the Company, the acquiring or successor entity (or parent or any subsidiary thereof).

4. Payment:             By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Plan):

  ☐ By cash or check

  ☐ By net exercise, if the Company has established procedures for net exercise

5. Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionee acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan.

[signature page follows]


Further, by their signatures below, the Company and the Optionee agree that the Option is governed by this Grant Notice and by the provisions of the Plan and Option Agreement, both of which are attached to and made a part of this Grant Notice. Optionee acknowledges receipt of copies of the Plan and the Option Agreement, represents that the Optionee has read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their terms and conditions. Optionee further acknowledges that, as of the Date of Grant, this Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionee and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject, with the exception of options previously granted under the Plan.

 

O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC .

   

O PTIONEE :

By:  

 

   

 

        Signature
Date:  

 

    Date:  

 

Attachments : (I) Option Agreement; (II) 2017 Equity Incentive Plan; and (III) Notice of Exercise


A TTACHMENT III

N OTICE O F E XERCISE

O NE S TOP S YSTEMS , I NC .

2235 Enterprise Street, Suite #110

Escondido, CA 92029

Date of Exercise:                         

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This constitutes notice under my stock option that I elect to purchase the number of shares for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):    Incentive ☐      Nonstatutory ☐
Stock option dated:      
Number of shares as to which option is exercised:                                                                    
Certificates to be issued in name of:                                                                    
Total exercise price:    $                              $                              
Cash or check payment delivered herewith:    $                              $                              

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”) issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are issued upon exercise of this option.

I acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the provisions of the Option shall have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Option Agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

LOGO

Employment Agreement

Steve Cooper – President and CEO

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between One Stop Systems, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and Steve Cooper, an individual (“ Executive ”), and shall be effective as of October 1, 2017 (the “ Effective Date ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company desires assurance of the association and services of Executive to the Company in order to retain Executive’s experience, skills, abilities, background and knowledge, and is willing to engage Executive’s services on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

WHEREAS, Executive desires to be employed by the Company, and is willing to continue such employment on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the foregoing Recitals and the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Employment.

1.1 Title and Duties.

(a) Executive shall have the titles of President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company (“ CEO ”). In Executive’s capacity as CEO, Executive shall have the responsibilities typically required of a CEO, as well as any other services, acts and things as may be required from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”).

(b) At all times during Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive shall: (i) comply with all policies and procedures of the Company as in effect or as amended from time to time; (ii) perform the duties assigned to Executive in a diligent, trustworthy, professional and efficient manner, to the best of Executive’s abilities and in the best interests of the Company; (iii) devote Executive’s full business time, attention and effort to the affairs of the Company; and (iv) not engage in any other business activities (whether or not for gain, profit, or other pecuniary advantage) or any other actions that could harm the business or reputation of the Company or any of its affiliates. In performing his duties hereunder, Executive shall support and implement the business, operational and strategic plans approved from time to time by the Board and shall support and cooperate with the Company’s efforts to operate in conformity with the business and strategic plans approved by the Board.


(c) During the Term, Executive shall not serve as an officer or director of, or otherwise perform services for compensation for, any other entity without prior written consent of the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, Executive shall be permitted to, (i) engage in charitable and community activities, (ii) participate in industry and trade organization activities, and (iii) manage his personal investments and affairs; provided, that (A) such activities do not conflict with or impair the execution of Executive’s duties and (B) Executive shall not have any ownership interest (of record or beneficial) in any firm, corporation, partnership, proprietorship or other business that competes directly or indirectly with the business of Parent and its subsidiaries except for (x) an investment of not more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding securities of a publicly-held company or (y) investments made through public mutual funds.

1.2 Location. Executive’s principal place of employment shall be the Company’s facility in Escondido, California, provided that Executive will be required to travel from time to time to other locations in connection with the Company’s business.

1.3 Policies and Practices. Executive’s employment shall be governed by this Agreement and by the written policies and practices established by the Company and the Board. In the event that the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s policies or practices or the Company’s Executive Handbook, this Agreement shall control.

1.4 Term . Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue for a period of three (3) years. The period of employment as so provided is referred to herein as the “ Term ”. Notwithstanding said Term, either Executive or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time and for any reason or no reason, with or without Cause (as defined below) or prior notice.

2. Compensation.

2.1 Base Salary. For his service as CEO, Executive shall receive a base salary of Two hundred ninety seven thousand Dollars ($297,000) per year from the Company, effective as of the Effective Date and less any required withholdings and deductions (the “ Base Salary ”). Such Base Salary shall be prorated for any partial year of employment on the basis of a 365-day fiscal year. Executive will receive Executive’s Base Salary incrementally in semi-monthly payments on the Company’s regular payroll dates.

2.2 Bonus. In addition to the Base Salary, during each fiscal quarter of employment with the Company, Executive also will be eligible to receive a quarterly bonus with a target amount of fifty percent (50%) of Executive’s then-current quarterly Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus ”) based on Executive’s performance, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, against fundamental corporate and/or individual objectives to be determined by the Board. The Board shall have the sole discretion to determine the amount of the bonus, if any, for a given quarter. Executive must be employed on the date any bonus is awarded to be eligible for the bonus. Bonus amounts may be pro-rated for partial quarter service as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

 

- 2 -


2.3 Benefits. Executive is also eligible to participate in the Company’s benefit plans, including health, dental and vision insurance plans, subject to Company policy and the terms and conditions of the applicable plans. Executive shall have unlimited Personal Time Off (PTO) so long as the PTO does not interfere with the Executive’s ability to complete his corporate obligations. Executive will be deemed to receive income attributable to the benefits provided pursuant to this Section 2.3 in accordance with and to the extent required by applicable law and Internal Revenue Service regulations, and shall be responsible for any and all applicable tax liability arising from such benefits. The Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to alter, suspend, amend, or discontinue any and all of its Executive benefits, and Executive policies and procedures, in whole or in part, at any time with or without notice.

2.4 Equity Incentive Plans . Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Equity Incentive Plan (as defined below) subject to the discretion of the Board if and when the Board determines to make grants to Executive.

2.5 Expenses . Upon submission of expense reports in the manner specified by the Company, the Company will pay Executive’s reasonable travel and other reasonable business expenses incurred in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company in accordance with the policies of the Company set forth in the Company’s Executive Handbook. To the extent that any payments or reimbursements provided to Executive under this Agreement, including, without limitation, pursuant to this Section 2.5, are deemed to constitute compensation to Executive to which Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) would apply, such amounts shall be paid or reimbursed reasonably promptly, but not later than December 31 st of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of any such payments eligible for reimbursement in one year shall not affect the payments or expenses that are eligible for payment or reimbursement in any other taxable year, and Executive’s right to such payments or reimbursement of any such expenses shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

2.6 Changes to Compensation and Benefits . Executive’s compensation and benefits (exclusive of the Company’s obligations under Section 3), including Executive’s Base Salary and Target Bonus, are subject to annual review by the Board and may be changed from time to time in the Company’s discretion.

3. Termination.

3.1 Termination for Death or Complete Disability . Executive’s employment with the Company shall automatically terminate effective upon the date of Executive’s death or Complete Disability (defined below). In the event of a termination for death or Complete Disability, the Company shall pay to Executive or to Executive’s estate all Base Salary, any accrued bonuses determined by the Board to have been earned by Executive in accordance with Section 2.2 and any other accrued benefits, in each case as earned through the date of termination, and any unreimbursed expenses incurred in accordance with Company policy, at the rates in effect at the time of termination, less standard deductions and withholdings. In addition, the Company shall pay to Executive or to Executive’s estate five hundred thousand Dollars ($500,000). The Company shall thereafter have no further obligations to Executive, Executive’s estate, or Executive’s heirs under this Agreement, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

- 3 -


3.2 Termination for Cause or Resignation Without Good Reason . If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or if Executive voluntarily resigns Executive’s employment without Good Reason (as defined below), the Company shall pay Executive all Base Salary, accrued and unused paid time off benefits and any accrued bonuses determined by the Board to have been earned by Executive in accordance with Section 2.2 and any other accrued benefits, in each case as earned through the date of termination, and any unreimbursed expenses incurred in accordance with Company policy, at the rates in effect at the time of termination, less standard deductions and withholdings. The Company shall thereafter have no further obligations to Executive under this Agreement.

3.3 Termination Without Cause or Resignation For Good Reason Not in Connection with a Change in Control . If, at any time other than within the three (3) months immediately preceding or twelve (12) months immediately following the effective date of a Change in Control (as defined below), Executive’s employment terminates due to an involuntary termination (not including death or Complete Disability) without Cause, or due to Executive’s voluntary resignation for Good Reason, the Company shall pay Executive all Base Salary, accrued and unused paid time off benefits and any accrued bonuses determined by the Board to have been earned by Executive in accordance with Section 2.2 and any other accrued benefits, in each case as earned through the date of termination, and any unreimbursed expenses incurred in accordance with Company policy, at the rates in effect at the time of termination, less standard deductions and withholdings. In addition, upon Executive’s furnishing to the Company an effective waiver and release of claims substantially similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit  A (the “ Release and Waiver ”) within the time frame set forth therein, but in no event later than forty-five (45) days following Executive’s termination date, Executive shall be entitled to: (1) severance payments in an aggregate amount up to twelve (12) months of Executive’s then-current Base Salary, paid to Executive on the Company’s regular paydays until the earlier of (i) the date that is twelve (12) months following Executive’s termination or (ii) the date as of which Executive commences employment with another employer, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings, with the first such payment being made on the first payday following the date the Release and Waiver becomes effective (it being understood that such first payment shall include any amounts otherwise payable hereunder on paydays that occur prior to the date the Release and Waiver becomes effective); (2) provided that Executive timely elect such coverage, the continuation of Executive’s group health continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986 (“ COBRA ”) at the Company’s expense for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination date; provided, however , that in the event Executive becomes eligible for comparable group insurance coverage in connection with new employment, such COBRA premium payments by the Company shall terminate immediately; and (3) a lump sum payment equal to Executive’s then-current Target Bonus, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings, payable within thirty (30) days of the date the Release and Waiver becomes effective / the vesting of the shares subject to each of Executive’s Equity Awards and Stock Options shall be accelerated as of the date of such termination, such that a number of such shares shall be vested as if Executive had continued to be employed until the twelve (12) month anniversary of the date of such termination (collectively, the “ Severance Benefits ”). In the event Executive is eligible for Severance Benefits under this Section 3.3, Executive is not eligible for any Change In Control Severance Benefits under Section 3.4 below.

 

- 4 -


3.4 Termination Without Cause or Resignation For Good Reason in Connection with a Change in Control . If, within the three (3) months immediately preceding or twelve (12) months immediately following the effective date of a Change in Control, Executive’s employment terminates due to an involuntary termination (not including death or Complete Disability) without Cause, or due to Executive’s voluntary resignation for Good Reason, the Company shall pay Executive all Base Salary, accrued and unused paid time off benefits and any accrued bonuses determined by the Board to have been earned by Executive in accordance with Section 2.2 and any other accrued benefits, in each case as earned through the date of termination, and any unreimbursed expenses incurred in accordance with Company policy, at the rates in effect at the time of such termination, less standard deductions and withholdings. In addition, upon Executive’s furnishing to the Company the Release and Waiver within the time frame set forth therein, but in no event later than forty-five (45) days following Executive’s termination date, Executive shall be entitled to: (1) a single lump-sum payment in an amount equal to twelve (12) months of Executive’s then-current Base Salary, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings, payable within ten (10) business days of the date the Release and Waiver becomes effective; and (2) provided that Executive timely elect such coverage, the continuation of Executive’s group health continuation coverage under COBRA at the Company’s expense for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination date; provided, however , that in the event Executive becomes eligible for comparable group insurance coverage in connection with new employment, such COBRA premium payments by the Company shall terminate immediately; and (3) the vesting of the shares subject to each of Executive’s Equity Awards and Stock Options shall be accelerated such that one hundred percent (100%) of said shares shall be deemed fully-vested and, if applicable, immediately exercisable effective as of the date of such termination. In the event Executive is eligible for Change In Control Severance Benefits under this Section 3.4, Executive is not eligible for any Severance Benefits under Section 3.3 above.

3.5 Automatic Removal From Officer Positions . Any termination of Executive’s employment shall automatically effectuate Executive’s removal from any and all officer positions that Executive then holds with the Company, the Parent or any of their affiliates as of the effective termination date.

3.6 Application of Internal Revenue Code Section  409A .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the following provisions apply to the extent severance benefits provided herein are subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively “ Section  409A ”). To the extent required by Section 409A, Severance Benefits shall not commence until Executive has a “separation from service” for purposes of Section 409A. Each installment of Severance Benefits is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i), and the Severance Benefits are intended to satisfy the exemptions from application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9). However, if such exemptions are not available and Executive is, upon separation from service, a “specified Executive” for purposes of Section 409A, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the Severance Benefits payments

 

- 5 -


shall be delayed until the earlier of (i) twelve (12) months and one day after Executive’s separation from service, or (ii) Executive’s death.

(b) Executive shall receive Severance Benefits only if Executive executes and return to the Company, within the applicable time period set forth therein but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the date of Executive’s termination of employment, the Release and Waiver attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A, and permits the Release and Waiver to become effective in accordance with its terms (such latest permitted date, the “ Release and Waiver Deadline ”). If the Severance Benefits are not covered by one or more exemptions from the application of Section 409A and the Release and Waiver could become effective in the calendar year following the calendar year in which Executive separates from service, the Release and Waiver will not be deemed effective any earlier than the Release and Waiver Deadline. None of the Severance Benefits will be paid or otherwise delivered prior to the effective date of the Release and Waiver. Except to the minimum extent that payments must be delayed because Executive is a “specified Executive” or until the effectiveness of the Release and Waiver, all amounts will be paid as soon as practicable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices.

(c) The Severance Benefits are intended to qualify for an exemption from application of Section 409A or comply with its requirements to the extent necessary to avoid adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein shall be interpreted accordingly.

3.7 Limitation on Payments .

(a) If any payment or benefit Executive will or may receive from the Company or otherwise (a “ 280G Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then any such 280G Payment pursuant to this Agreement (a “ Payment ”) shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “ Reduced Amount ” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount (i.e., the amount determined by clause (x) or by clause (y)), after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in a Payment is required pursuant to the preceding sentence and the Reduced Amount is determined pursuant to clause (x) of the preceding sentence, the reduction shall occur in the manner (the “ Reduction Method ”) that results in the greatest economic benefit for Executive. If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata (the “ Pro Rata Reduction Method ”).

(b) Notwithstanding any provision of paragraph (a) to the contrary, if the Reduction Method or the Pro Rata Reduction Method would result in any portion of the Payment being subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code that would not otherwise be subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code, then the Reduction Method and/or the Pro Rata

 

- 6 -


Reduction Method, as the case may be, shall be modified so as to avoid the imposition of taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code as follows: (A) as a first priority, the modification shall preserve to the greatest extent possible, the greatest economic benefit for Executive as determined on an after-tax basis; (B) as a second priority, Payments that are contingent on future events (e.g., being terminated without cause), shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not contingent on future events; and (C) as a third priority, Payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

(c) Unless Executive and the Company agree on an alternative accounting firm or law firm, the accounting firm engaged by the Company for general tax compliance purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting or law firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting or law firm required to be made hereunder. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the accounting or law firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder to provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to Executive and the Company within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which Executive’s right to a 280G Payment becomes reasonably likely to occur (if requested at that time by Executive or the Company) or such other time as requested by Executive or the Company.

(d) If Executive receives a Payment for which the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (x) of Section 3.6(a) and the Internal Revenue Service determines thereafter that some portion of the Payment is subject to the Excise Tax, Executive shall promptly return to the Company a sufficient amount of the Payment (after reduction pursuant to clause (x) of Section 3.6(a)) so that no portion of the remaining Payment is subject to the Excise Tax. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (y) Section 3.6(a), Executive shall have no obligation to return any portion of the Payment pursuant to the preceding sentence.

3.8 Definitions .

(a) Change in Control . “ Change in Control ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2(d) of the Equity Incentive Plan; provided , however , that a merger or other transaction effected solely for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company shall not constitute a “Change in Control” for purposes of this Agreement.

(b) Cause . “ Cause ” means, as determined in the sole discretion of the Board following written notice (the “ Cause Notice ”) of the condition(s) believed to constitute Cause, which notice shall briefly describe such condition(s), one or more of the following condition(s): (i) Executive’s failure to substantially perform Executive’s job duties (other than any such failure resulting from Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness or any such actual or anticipated failure after his issuance of written notice of the occurrence of an event alleged by

 

- 7 -


Executive to constitute Good Reason); (ii) Executive’s failure to comply with all material applicable laws in performing Executive’s job duties or in directing the conduct of the Company’s business; (iii) Executive’s commission of any felony or intentionally fraudulent acts against the Company or the Parent, their affiliates, Executives, agents or customers; (iv) Executive’s participation in any activity that is directly competitive with or intentionally injurious to the Company, the Parent or any of their affiliates or which violates the terms of Executive’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (defined below); (iv) Executive’s material breach of the terms of Executive’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (as defined below); (v) Executive’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty against the Company, the Parent or any of their affiliates, or use or intentional appropriation for Executive’s personal use or benefit of any funds or material properties of the Company, the Parent or any of their affiliates not authorized by the Board to be so used or appropriated; (vi) Executive’s breach of any material provision of this Agreement; and (vii) Executive’s gross negligence, insubordination or material violation of any duty of loyalty to the Company or any other demonstrable material misconduct on the part of Executive; provided, however , that, termination by the Company under subsections (i) or (vi) of this Section 3.8(c), shall only be deemed for “Cause” pursuant to the foregoing definition if Executive fails to remedy such condition(s) within thirty (30) days following delivery of the Cause Notice.

(c) Good Reason . “ Good Reason ” for Executive to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s consent: (i) a material adverse change in Executive’s duties, authority or responsibilities relative to the duties, authority or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction, the removal of Executive as CEO of the Company; provided , however , that a reduction in duties, position or responsibilities solely by virtue of the Company being acquired and made part of a larger entity (as, for example, when Executive retains a similar position with a subsidiary of the acquiring entity following a Change of Control, but Executive does not hold the same position in the acquiring entity) shall not constitute “Good Reason;” and, provided , further that Executive’s removal from the Board or the Parent Board shall not constitute “Good Reason;” (ii) a material diminution in Executive’s base compensation; or (iii) a material breach by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however , that, such termination by Executive shall only be deemed for “Good Reason” pursuant to the foregoing definition if: (A) Executive gives the Company written notice of Executive’s intent to terminate for Good Reason within sixty (60) days following the first occurrence of the condition(s) that Executive believes constitute(s) Good Reason, which notice shall describe such condition(s); (B) the Company fails to remedy such condition(s) within thirty (30) days following receipt of the written notice (the “ Cure Period ”); and (C) Executive voluntarily terminates Executive’s employment within sixty (60) days following the end of the Cure Period.

(d) Complete Disability . “ Complete Disability ” means Executive’s inability to perform Executive’s duties under this Agreement, whether with or without reasonable accommodation, by reason of any incapacity, physical or mental, which the Board, based upon medical advice or an opinion provided by a licensed physician acceptable to the Board, determines to have incapacitated Executive from satisfactorily performing all of Executive’s usual services for the Company, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of at least one hundred eighty (180) days during any twelve (12) month period (whether or not consecutive). Based upon such medical advice or opinion, the determination of the Board shall

 

- 8 -


be final and binding and the date such determination is made shall be the date of such Complete Disability for purposes of this Agreement.

(e) Equity Awards . “ Equity Awards ” means all stock options and such other equity awards granted pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan.

(f) Equity Incentive Plan . “ Equity Incentive Plan ” means that certain 2017 Equity Incentive Plan established by the Parent for the benefit of Executives, officers, directors and consultants of the Company and the Parent.

(g) Stock Options . “ Stock Options ” means the options granted to the Executive to purchase common shares of the Company at a fixed price.

4. Certain Covenants.

4.1 Noncompetition . Except as may otherwise be approved by the Board, during the Term of Executive’s employment, Executive shall not have any ownership interest (of record or beneficial) in, or have any interest as an Executive, salesman, consultant, officer or director in, or otherwise aid or assist in any manner, any firm, corporation, partnership, proprietorship or other business that engages in any county, city or part thereof in the United States and/or any foreign country in a business which competes directly or indirectly (as determined by the Board) with the business of the Company in such county, city or part thereof, so long as the Company or any successors in interest to the business and goodwill of the Company, remains engaged in such business in such county, city or part thereof or continues to solicit customers or potential customers therein; provided , however , that Executive may own, directly or indirectly, solely as an investment, securities of any entity which are traded on any national securities exchange if Executive (x) is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such entity; or (y) does not, directly or indirectly, own one percent (1%) or more of any class of securities of any such entity.

4.2 Confidential Information . Executive and the Company have entered into the Company’s standard Executive proprietary Inventions and Invention Assignment Agreement, or such similar document as commonly used by the Company (the “ Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement ”). Executive agrees to perform each and every obligation of Executive therein contained.

4.3 Solicitation of Executives . Executive shall not during the Term of Executive’s employment and for the applicable severance period for which Executive receives severance benefits following any termination hereof pursuant to Section 3 above (regardless of whether Executive receives such severance benefits in a lump sum payment) (the “ Restricted Period ”), directly or indirectly, solicit or encourage to leave the employment of the Company, any Executive of the Company.

4.4 Rights and Remedies Upon Breach . If Executive breaches or threatens to commit a breach of any of the provisions of this Section 4 (the “ Restrictive Covenants ”), the Company shall have the following rights and remedies, each of which rights and remedies shall be independent of the other and severally enforceable, and all of which rights and remedies shall

 

- 9 -


be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company under law or in equity:

(a) Specific Performance . The right and remedy to have the Restrictive Covenants specifically enforced by any court having equity jurisdiction, all without the need to post a bond or any other security or to prove any amount of actual damage or that money damages would not provide an adequate remedy, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to the Company and that money damages will not provide adequate remedy to the Company; and

(b) Accounting and Indemnification . The right and remedy to require Executive (i) to account for and pay over to the Company all compensation, profits, monies, accruals, increments or other benefits derived or received by Executive or any associated party deriving such benefits as a result of any such breach of the Restrictive Covenants; and (ii) to indemnify the Company against any other losses, damages (including special and consequential damages), costs and expenses, including actual attorneys’ fees and court costs, which may be incurred by them and which result from or arise out of any such breach or threatened breach of the Restrictive Covenants.

4.5 Severability of Covenants/Blue Penciling . If any court determines that any of the Restrictive Covenants, or any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Restrictive Covenants shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full effect, without regard to the invalid portions. If any court determines that any of the Restrictive Covenants, or any part thereof, are unenforceable because of the duration of such provision or the area covered thereby, such court shall have the power to reduce the duration or area of such provision and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced. Executive hereby waives any and all right to attack the validity of the Restrictive Covenants on the grounds of the breadth of their geographic scope or the length of their term.

4.6 Enforceability in Jurisdictions . The Company and Executive intend to and do hereby confer jurisdiction to enforce the Restrictive Covenants upon the courts of any jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such covenants. If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Restrictive Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of the breadth of such scope or otherwise, it is the intention of the Company and Executive that such determination not bar or in any way affect the right of the Company to the relief provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such covenants, as to breaches of such covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction being, for this purpose, severable into diverse and independent covenants.

4.7 Arbitration . Executive and the Company have entered into the Company’s standard arbitration agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Arbitration Agreement ”). Executive agrees to perform each and every obligation of Executive therein contained.

 

- 10 -


5. Trade Secrets of Others . It is the understanding of Executive and the Company that Executive shall not divulge to the Company or its affiliates any confidential information or trade secrets belonging to others, including Executive’s former employers, nor shall the Company or its affiliates seek to elicit from Executive any such information. Consistent with the foregoing, Executive shall not provide to the Company or its affiliates, and the Company and/or its affiliates shall not request, any documents or copies of documents containing such information.

6. Insurance . The Company may, in its sole discretion, apply for and procure in its own name and for its own benefit life, health, accident, “key-man” and/or disability insurance on Executive in any amount or amounts considered advisable. Executive agrees to cooperate in any medical or other examination, supply any information and execute and deliver any applications or other instruments in writing as may be reasonably necessary to obtain and constitute such insurance.

7. Miscellaneous.

7.1 Assignment and Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Executive and Executive’s heirs, executors, personal representatives, assigns, administrators and legal representatives. Because of the unique and personal nature of Executive’s duties under this Agreement, neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations under this Agreement shall be assignable by Executive. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors, assigns and legal representatives. The rights of the Company under this Agreement may, without the consent of Executive, be assigned by the Company, in its sole and unfettered discretion, to any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly, acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company, and the Company will require any such successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, the “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law or otherwise.

7.2 Choice of Law . This Agreement is made in the State of California. This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California.

7.3 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the Exhibits hereto, contains the complete, final and exclusive agreement of the parties hereto relating to the terms and conditions of Executive’s employment and the termination of Executive’s employment, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written employment agreements or arrangements between the parties hereto. To the extent this Agreement conflicts with the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement controls.

7.4 Notices . All notices, requests and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by courier or other means of personal service (including by means of a nationally recognized courier service or professional messenger service), or sent by telex or

 

- 11 -


telecopy or mailed first class, postage prepaid, by certified mail, return receipt requested, in all cases, addressed to:

 

If to the Company or the Board:   

One Stop Systems, Inc.

2235 Enterprise Street

Suite 110

Escondido, CA 92029

 

Attention: John Morrison, CFO

If to Executive:    At the residence address on file with the Company

All notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed given on the date of actual receipt or delivery as evidenced by written receipt, acknowledgement or other evidence of actual receipt or delivery to the address. In case of service by telecopy, a copy of such notice shall be personally delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, in the manner set forth above, within three business days thereafter. Any party hereto may from time to time by notice in writing served as set forth above designate a different address or a different or additional person to which all such notices or communications thereafter are to be given.

7.5 No Third-Party Rights . Except for the rights set forth in Section 4, nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement will be construed to give any Person other than the parties to this Agreement any legal or equitable right, remedy, or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement.

7.6 Survival . The covenants, agreements, representations and warranties contained in or made in Sections 3, 4, and 6 of this Agreement shall survive any termination of Executive’s employment.

7.7 Amendment . This Agreement cannot be amended or modified except by a written agreement signed by Executive and the Company’s Chairman of the Board.

7.8 Waiver . No term, covenant or condition of this Agreement or any breach thereof shall be deemed waived, except with the written consent of the party against whom the wavier is claimed, and any waiver or any such term, covenant, condition or breach shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other term, covenant, condition or breach.

7.9 Severability . The finding by a court of competent jurisdiction of the unenforceability, invalidity or illegality of any provision of this Agreement shall not render any other provision of this Agreement unenforceable, invalid or illegal. Such court shall have the authority to modify or replace the invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a valid and enforceable term or provision which most accurately represents the intention of the parties hereto with respect to the invalid or unenforceable term or provision.

 

- 12 -


7.10 Interpretation; Construction . The headings set forth in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be used in interpreting this Agreement. This Agreement has been drafted by legal counsel representing the Company, but Executive has been encouraged to consult with, and have consulted with, Executive’s own independent counsel and tax advisors with respect to the terms of this Agreement. The parties hereto acknowledge that each party hereto and its counsel has reviewed and revised, or had an opportunity to review and revise, this Agreement, and any rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.

7.11 Representations and Warranties . Executive represent and warrant that Executive is not restricted or prohibited, contractually or otherwise, from entering into and performing each of the terms and covenants contained in this Agreement, and that Executive’s execution and performance of this Agreement will not violate or breach any other agreements between Executive and any other person or entity.

7.12 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, all of which together shall contribute one and the same instrument. Facsimile signatures shall be treated the same as original signatures.

7.13 Dispute Costs . Should any claim be commenced between the parties hereto or their personal representatives concerning any provision of this Agreement or the rights and duties of any person in relation to this Agreement, the party prevailing in such action shall be entitled, in addition to such other relief as may be granted to a reasonable sum as and for that party’s attorney’s fees in such action to the extent consistent with law.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank. Signature page to follow.]

 

- 13 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:
One Stop Systems
By:  

/s/ John Reardon

Name:  

John Reardon

Title:  

Compensation Committee Chair

EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Steve Cooper

Steve Cooper

 

- 14 -


EXHIBIT A

RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS

TO BE SIGNED FOLLOWING TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE

OR RESIGNATION FOR GOOD REASON

In consideration of the payments and other benefits set forth in the Employment Agreement dated October 1, 2017, to which this form is attached (the “ Employment Agreement ”), I, Steve Cooper hereby furnish One Stop Systems, Inc. (the “ Company ”), with the following release and waiver (“ Release and Waiver ”).

In exchange for the consideration provided to me by the Employment Agreement that I am not otherwise entitled to receive, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its directors, officers, Executives, shareholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Release and Waiver. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits from the Company, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, equity awards, or any other ownership interests in the Company; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ ADEA ”), and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (as amended). Notwithstanding the foregoing, released claims shall not include (i) any claims based on obligations created by or reaffirmed in this Release and Waiver; (ii) any vested compensation or benefits; (iii) any claims which by law cannot be released, including without limitation unemployment compensation claims, claims for any state disability insurance benefits and workers’ compensation claims (the settlement of which would require approval by the California Workers’ Compensation Appeals Board); (iv) any claim for indemnification under the Employment Agreement, the Company’s bylaws or certificate of incorporation, or any agreement providing for the indemnification of Executive; (v) any rights Executive might have under the Company’s Equity Incentive Plan (as defined in the Employment Agreement) or similar plan or arrangement regarding equity awards to Executive or equity interests owned by Executive; (vi) any claim related to the Company’s executory obligations under the Employment Agreement; and (vii) claims for administrative relief from the United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission and/or the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing (or any similar agency in any applicable jurisdiction other than California) ( provided that Executive shall not be entitled to obtain any monetary relief through such agencies).


I also acknowledge that I have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code which reads as follows: “ A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor. ” I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law of any jurisdiction of similar effect with respect to any claims I may have against the Company.

I acknowledge that, among other rights, I am waiving and releasing any rights I may have under ADEA, that this Release and Waiver is knowing and voluntary, and that the consideration given for this Release and Waiver is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled as an executive of the Company. I further acknowledge that I have been advised, as required by the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, that: (a) the release and waiver granted herein does not relate to claims under the ADEA which may arise after this Release and Waiver is executed; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release and Waiver; and (c) I have 21 days from the date of termination of my employment with the Company in which to consider this Release and Waiver (although I may choose voluntarily to execute this Release and Waiver earlier); (d) I have seven days following the execution of this Release and Waiver to revoke my consent to this Release and Waiver; and (e) this Release and Waiver shall not be effective until the seven day revocation period has expired without my having earlier revoked this Release and Waiver, and I shall not be entitled to receive any of the benefits provided by the Employment Agreement unless and until this Release and Waiver becomes effective.

I acknowledge my continuing obligations under my Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. Pursuant to the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement I understand that among other things, I must not use or disclose any confidential or proprietary information of the Company and I must immediately return all Company property and documents (including all embodiments of proprietary information) and all copies thereof in my possession or control. I understand and agree that my right to the severance benefits I am receiving in exchange for my agreement to the terms of this Release and Waiver is contingent upon my continued compliance with my Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement.

This Release and Waiver constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company that is not expressly stated herein. This Release and Waiver may only be modified by a writing signed by both me and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

 

Date: __________________    By:                                                               
           Steve Cooper


EXHIBIT B

ARBITRATION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.7

 

LOGO

Employment Agreement

Jim Ison – Vice President, Sales and Marketing

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between One Stop Systems, Inc. (the “ Company ”), and Jim Ison, an individual (“ Executive ”), and shall be effective as of October 1, 2017 (the “ Effective Date ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company desires assurance of the association and services of Executive to the Company in order to retain Executive’s experience, skills, abilities, background and knowledge, and is willing to engage Executive’s services on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

WHEREAS, Executive desires to be employed by the Company, and is willing to continue such employment on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the foregoing Recitals and the mutual promises and covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Employment.

1.1 Title and Duties.

(a) Executive shall have the titles of Vice President, Sales and Marketing. In Executive’s capacity as Vice President, Sales and Marketing, Executive shall have the responsibilities typically required of a senior executive in charge of sales and marketing, as well as any other services, acts and things as may be required from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”).

(b) At all times during Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive shall: (i) comply with all policies and procedures of the Company as in effect or as amended from time to time; (ii) perform the duties assigned to Executive in a diligent, trustworthy, professional and efficient manner, to the best of Executive’s abilities and in the best interests of the Company; (iii) devote Executive’s full business time, attention and effort to the affairs of the Company; and (iv) not engage in any other business activities (whether or not for gain, profit, or other pecuniary advantage) or any other actions that could harm the business or reputation of the Company or any of its affiliates. In performing his duties hereunder, Executive shall support and implement the business, operational and strategic plans approved from time to time by the Board and shall support and cooperate with the Company’s efforts to operate in conformity with the business and strategic plans approved by the Board.


(c) During the Term, Executive shall not serve as an officer or director of, or otherwise perform services for compensation for, any other entity without prior written consent of the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, Executive shall be permitted to, (i) engage in charitable and community activities, (ii) participate in industry and trade organization activities, and (iii) manage his personal investments and affairs; provided, that (A) such activities do not conflict with or impair the execution of Executive’s duties and (B) Executive shall not have any ownership interest (of record or beneficial) in any firm, corporation, partnership, proprietorship or other business that competes directly or indirectly with the business of Parent and its subsidiaries except for (x) an investment of not more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding securities of a publicly-held company or (y) investments made through public mutual funds.

1.2 Location. Executive’s principal place of employment shall be the Company’s facility in San Diego, California, provided that Executive will be required to travel from time to time to other locations in connection with the Company’s business.

1.3 Policies and Practices. Executive’s employment shall be governed by this Agreement and by the written policies and practices established by the Company and the Board. In the event that the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s policies or practices or the Company’s Executive Handbook, this Agreement shall control.

1.4 Term . Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue for a period of three (3) years. The period of employment as so provided is referred to herein as the “ Term ”. Notwithstanding said Term, either Executive or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time and for any reason or no reason, with or without Cause (as defined below) or prior notice.

2. Compensation.

2.1 Base Salary. For his service, Executive shall receive a base salary of Two hundred twenty thousand Dollars ($220,000) per year from the Company, effective as of the Effective Date and less any required withholdings and deductions (the “ Base Salary ”). Such Base Salary shall be prorated for any partial year of employment on the basis of a 365-day fiscal year. Executive will receive Executive’s Base Salary incrementally in semi-monthly payments on the Company’s regular payroll dates.

2.2 Bonus. In addition to the Base Salary, during each fiscal quarter of employment with the Company, Executive also will be eligible to receive a quarterly bonus with a target amount of twenty five percent (25%) of Executive’s then-current quarterly Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus ”) based on Executive’s performance, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, against fundamental corporate and/or individual objectives to be determined by the Board. The Board shall have the sole discretion to determine the amount of the bonus, if any, for a given quarter. Executive must be employed on the date any bonus is awarded to be eligible for the bonus. Bonus amounts may be pro-rated for partial quarter service as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

 

- 2 -


2.3 Benefits. Executive is also eligible to participate in the Company’s benefit plans, including health, dental and vision insurance plans, subject to Company policy and the terms and conditions of the applicable plans. Executive shall have unlimited Personal Time Off (PTO) so long as the PTO does not interfere with the Executive’s ability to complete his corporate obligations. Executive will be deemed to receive income attributable to the benefits provided pursuant to this Section 2.3 in accordance with and to the extent required by applicable law and Internal Revenue Service regulations, and shall be responsible for any and all applicable tax liability arising from such benefits. The Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to alter, suspend, amend, or discontinue any and all of its Executive benefits, and Executive policies and procedures, in whole or in part, at any time with or without notice.

2.4 Equity Incentive Plans . Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Equity Incentive Plan (as defined below) subject to the discretion of the Board if and when the Board determines to make grants to Executive.

2.5 Expenses . Upon submission of expense reports in the manner specified by the Company, the Company will pay Executive’s reasonable travel and other reasonable business expenses incurred in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company in accordance with the policies of the Company set forth in the Company’s Executive Handbook. To the extent that any payments or reimbursements provided to Executive under this Agreement, including, without limitation, pursuant to this Section 2.5, are deemed to constitute compensation to Executive to which Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv) would apply, such amounts shall be paid or reimbursed reasonably promptly, but not later than December 31 st of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred. The amount of any such payments eligible for reimbursement in one year shall not affect the payments or expenses that are eligible for payment or reimbursement in any other taxable year, and Executive’s right to such payments or reimbursement of any such expenses shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

2.6 Changes to Compensation and Benefits . Executive’s compensation and benefits (exclusive of the Company’s obligations under Section 3), including Executive’s Base Salary and Target Bonus, are subject to annual review by the Board and may be changed from time to time in the Company’s discretion.

3. Termination.

3.1 Termination for Death or Complete Disability . Executive’s employment with the Company shall automatically terminate effective upon the date of Executive’s death or Complete Disability (defined below). In the event of a termination for death or Complete Disability, the Company shall pay to Executive or to Executive’s estate all Base Salary, any accrued bonuses determined by the Board to have been earned by Executive in accordance with Section 2.2 and any other accrued benefits, in each case as earned through the date of termination, and any unreimbursed expenses incurred in accordance with Company policy, at the rates in effect at the time of termination, less standard deductions and withholdings. The Company shall thereafter have no further obligations to Executive, Executive’s estate, or Executive’s heirs under this Agreement, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

- 3 -


3.2 Termination for Cause or Resignation Without Good Reason . If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or if Executive voluntarily resigns Executive’s employment without Good Reason (as defined below), the Company shall pay Executive all Base Salary, accrued and unused paid time off benefits and any accrued bonuses determined by the Board to have been earned by Executive in accordance with Section 2.2 and any other accrued benefits, in each case as earned through the date of termination, and any unreimbursed expenses incurred in accordance with Company policy, at the rates in effect at the time of termination, less standard deductions and withholdings. The Company shall thereafter have no further obligations to Executive under this Agreement.

3.3 Termination Without Cause or Resignation For Good Reason Not in Connection with a Change in Control . If, at any time other than within the three (3) months immediately preceding or twelve (12) months immediately following the effective date of a Change in Control (as defined below), Executive’s employment terminates due to an involuntary termination (not including death or Complete Disability) without Cause, or due to Executive’s voluntary resignation for Good Reason, the Company shall pay Executive all Base Salary, accrued and unused paid time off benefits and any accrued bonuses determined by the Board to have been earned by Executive in accordance with Section 2.2 and any other accrued benefits, in each case as earned through the date of termination, and any unreimbursed expenses incurred in accordance with Company policy, at the rates in effect at the time of termination, less standard deductions and withholdings. In addition, upon Executive’s furnishing to the Company an effective waiver and release of claims substantially similar to the form attached hereto as Exhibit  A (the “ Release and Waiver ”) within the time frame set forth therein, but in no event later than forty-five (45) days following Executive’s termination date, Executive shall be entitled to: (1) severance payments in an aggregate amount up to six (6) months of Executive’s then-current Base Salary, paid to Executive on the Company’s regular paydays until the earlier of (i) the date that is six (6) months following Executive’s termination or (ii) the date as of which Executive commences employment with another employer, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings, with the first such payment being made on the first payday following the date the Release and Waiver becomes effective (it being understood that such first payment shall include any amounts otherwise payable hereunder on paydays that occur prior to the date the Release and Waiver becomes effective); (2) provided that Executive timely elect such coverage, the continuation of Executive’s group health continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986 (“ COBRA ”) at the Company’s expense for a period of six (6) months following the termination date; provided, however , that in the event Executive becomes eligible for comparable group insurance coverage in connection with new employment, such COBRA premium payments by the Company shall terminate immediately; and (3) a lump sum payment equal to Executive’s then-current Target Bonus, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings, payable within thirty (30) days of the date the Release and Waiver becomes effective / the vesting of the shares subject to each of Executive’s Equity Awards and Stock Options shall be accelerated as of the date of such termination, such that a number of such shares shall be vested as if Executive had continued to be employed until the six (6) month anniversary of the date of such termination (collectively, the “ Severance Benefits ”). In the event Executive is eligible for Severance Benefits under this Section 3.3, Executive is not eligible for any Change In Control Severance Benefits under Section 3.4 below.

 

- 4 -


3.4 Termination Without Cause or Resignation For Good Reason in Connection with a Change in Control . If, within the three (3) months immediately preceding or twelve (12) months immediately following the effective date of a Change in Control, Executive’s employment terminates due to an involuntary termination (not including death or Complete Disability) without Cause, or due to Executive’s voluntary resignation for Good Reason, the Company shall pay Executive all Base Salary, accrued and unused paid time off benefits and any accrued bonuses determined by the Board to have been earned by Executive in accordance with Section 2.2 and any other accrued benefits, in each case as earned through the date of termination, and any unreimbursed expenses incurred in accordance with Company policy, at the rates in effect at the time of such termination, less standard deductions and withholdings. In addition, upon Executive’s furnishing to the Company the Release and Waiver within the time frame set forth therein, but in no event later than forty-five (45) days following Executive’s termination date, Executive shall be entitled to: (1) a single lump-sum payment in an amount equal to six (6) months of Executive’s then-current Base Salary, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings, payable within ten (10) business days of the date the Release and Waiver becomes effective; and (2) provided that Executive timely elect such coverage, the continuation of Executive’s group health continuation coverage under COBRA at the Company’s expense for a period of six (6) months following the termination date; provided, however , that in the event Executive becomes eligible for comparable group insurance coverage in connection with new employment, such COBRA premium payments by the Company shall terminate immediately; and (3) the vesting of the shares subject to each of Executive’s Equity Awards and Stock Options shall be accelerated such that one hundred percent (100%) of said shares shall be deemed fully-vested and, if applicable, immediately exercisable effective as of the date of such termination. In the event Executive is eligible for Change In Control Severance Benefits under this Section 3.4, Executive is not eligible for any Severance Benefits under Section 3.3 above. 1

3.5 Automatic Removal From Officer Positions . Any termination of Executive’s employment shall automatically effectuate Executive’s removal from any and all officer positions that Executive then holds with the Company, the Parent or any of their affiliates as of the effective termination date.

3.6 Application of Internal Revenue Code Section  409A .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the following provisions apply to the extent severance benefits provided herein are subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively “ Section  409A ”). To the extent required by Section 409A, Severance Benefits shall not commence until Executive has a “separation from service” for purposes of Section 409A. Each installment of Severance Benefits is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i), and the Severance Benefits are intended to satisfy the exemptions from application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9). However, if such exemptions are not available and Executive is, upon separation from service, a “specified Executive” for purposes of Section 409A, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the Severance Benefits payments

 

- 5 -


shall be delayed until the earlier of (i) six (6) months and one day after Executive’s separation from service, or (ii) Executive’s death.

(b) Executive shall receive Severance Benefits only if Executive executes and return to the Company, within the applicable time period set forth therein but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following the date of Executive’s termination of employment, the Release and Waiver attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A, and permits the Release and Waiver to become effective in accordance with its terms (such latest permitted date, the “ Release and Waiver Deadline ”). If the Severance Benefits are not covered by one or more exemptions from the application of Section 409A and the Release and Waiver could become effective in the calendar year following the calendar year in which Executive separates from service, the Release and Waiver will not be deemed effective any earlier than the Release and Waiver Deadline. None of the Severance Benefits will be paid or otherwise delivered prior to the effective date of the Release and Waiver. Except to the minimum extent that payments must be delayed because Executive is a “specified Executive” or until the effectiveness of the Release and Waiver, all amounts will be paid as soon as practicable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices.

(c) The Severance Benefits are intended to qualify for an exemption from application of Section 409A or comply with its requirements to the extent necessary to avoid adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein shall be interpreted accordingly.

3.7 Limitation on Payments .

(a) If any payment or benefit Executive will or may receive from the Company or otherwise (a “ 280G Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then any such 280G Payment pursuant to this Agreement (a “ Payment ”) shall be equal to the Reduced Amount. The “ Reduced Amount ” shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment (after reduction) being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount (i.e., the amount determined by clause (x) or by clause (y)), after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater economic benefit notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in a Payment is required pursuant to the preceding sentence and the Reduced Amount is determined pursuant to clause (x) of the preceding sentence, the reduction shall occur in the manner (the “ Reduction Method ”) that results in the greatest economic benefit for Executive. If more than one method of reduction will result in the same economic benefit, the items so reduced will be reduced pro rata (the “ Pro Rata Reduction Method ”).

(b) Notwithstanding any provision of paragraph (a) to the contrary, if the Reduction Method or the Pro Rata Reduction Method would result in any portion of the Payment being subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code that would not otherwise be subject to taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code, then the Reduction Method and/or the Pro Rata

 

- 6 -


Reduction Method, as the case may be, shall be modified so as to avoid the imposition of taxes pursuant to Section 409A of the Code as follows: (A) as a first priority, the modification shall preserve to the greatest extent possible, the greatest economic benefit for Executive as determined on an after-tax basis; (B) as a second priority, Payments that are contingent on future events (e.g., being terminated without cause), shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not contingent on future events; and (C) as a third priority, Payments that are “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code shall be reduced (or eliminated) before Payments that are not deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

(c) Unless Executive and the Company agree on an alternative accounting firm or law firm, the accounting firm engaged by the Company for general tax compliance purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting or law firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting or law firm required to be made hereunder. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the accounting or law firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder to provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to Executive and the Company within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which Executive’s right to a 280G Payment becomes reasonably likely to occur (if requested at that time by Executive or the Company) or such other time as requested by Executive or the Company.

(d) If Executive receives a Payment for which the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (x) of Section 3.6(a) and the Internal Revenue Service determines thereafter that some portion of the Payment is subject to the Excise Tax, Executive shall promptly return to the Company a sufficient amount of the Payment (after reduction pursuant to clause (x) of Section 3.6(a)) so that no portion of the remaining Payment is subject to the Excise Tax. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Reduced Amount was determined pursuant to clause (y) Section 3.6(a), Executive shall have no obligation to return any portion of the Payment pursuant to the preceding sentence.

3.8 Definitions .

(a) Change in Control . “ Change in Control ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2(d) of the Equity Incentive Plan; provided , however , that a merger or other transaction effected solely for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company shall not constitute a “Change in Control” for purposes of this Agreement.

(b) Cause . “ Cause ” means, as determined in the sole discretion of the Board following written notice (the “ Cause Notice ”) of the condition(s) believed to constitute Cause, which notice shall briefly describe such condition(s), one or more of the following condition(s): (i) Executive’s failure to substantially perform Executive’s job duties (other than any such failure resulting from Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness or any such actual or anticipated failure after his issuance of written notice of the occurrence of an event alleged by

 

- 7 -


Executive to constitute Good Reason); (ii) Executive’s failure to comply with all material applicable laws in performing Executive’s job duties or in directing the conduct of the Company’s business; (iii) Executive’s commission of any felony or intentionally fraudulent acts against the Company or the Parent, their affiliates, Executives, agents or customers; (iv) Executive’s participation in any activity that is directly competitive with or intentionally injurious to the Company, the Parent or any of their affiliates or which violates the terms of Executive’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (defined below); (iv) Executive’s material breach of the terms of Executive’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement (as defined below); (v) Executive’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty against the Company, the Parent or any of their affiliates, or use or intentional appropriation for Executive’s personal use or benefit of any funds or material properties of the Company, the Parent or any of their affiliates not authorized by the Board to be so used or appropriated; (vi) Executive’s breach of any material provision of this Agreement; and (vii) Executive’s gross negligence, insubordination or material violation of any duty of loyalty to the Company or any other demonstrable material misconduct on the part of Executive; provided, however , that, termination by the Company under subsections (i) or (vi) of this Section 3.8(c), shall only be deemed for “Cause” pursuant to the foregoing definition if Executive fails to remedy such condition(s) within thirty (30) days following delivery of the Cause Notice.

(c) Good Reason . “ Good Reason ” for Executive to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s consent: (i) a material adverse change in Executive’s duties, authority or responsibilities relative to the duties, authority or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction, the removal of Executive as VP, Sales and Marketing of the Company; provided , however , that a reduction in duties, position or responsibilities solely by virtue of the Company being acquired and made part of a larger entity (as, for example, when Executive retains a similar position with a subsidiary of the acquiring entity following a Change of Control, but Executive does not hold the same position in the acquiring entity) shall not constitute “Good Reason;” and, provided , further that Executive’s removal from the Board or the Parent Board shall not constitute “Good Reason;” (ii) a material diminution in Executive’s base compensation; or (iii) a material breach by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however , that, such termination by Executive shall only be deemed for “Good Reason” pursuant to the foregoing definition if: (A) Executive gives the Company written notice of Executive’s intent to terminate for Good Reason within sixty (60) days following the first occurrence of the condition(s) that Executive believes constitute(s) Good Reason, which notice shall describe such condition(s); (B) the Company fails to remedy such condition(s) within thirty (30) days following receipt of the written notice (the “ Cure Period ”); and (C) Executive voluntarily terminates Executive’s employment within sixty (60) days following the end of the Cure Period.

(d) Complete Disability . “ Complete Disability ” means Executive’s inability to perform Executive’s duties under this Agreement, whether with or without reasonable accommodation, by reason of any incapacity, physical or mental, which the Board, based upon medical advice or an opinion provided by a licensed physician acceptable to the Board, determines to have incapacitated Executive from satisfactorily performing all of Executive’s usual services for the Company, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of at least one hundred eighty (180) days during any twelve (12) month period (whether or not consecutive). Based upon such medical advice or opinion, the determination of the Board shall

 

- 8 -


be final and binding and the date such determination is made shall be the date of such Complete Disability for purposes of this Agreement.

(e) Equity Awards . “ Equity Awards ” means all stock options and such other equity awards granted pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan.

(f) Equity Incentive Plan . “ Equity Incentive Plan ” means that certain 2017 Equity Incentive Plan established by the Parent for the benefit of Executives, officers, directors and consultants of the Company and the Parent.

(g) Stock Options . “ Stock Options ” means the options granted to the Executive to purchase common shares of the Company at a fixed price.

4. Certain Covenants.

4.1 Noncompetition . Except as may otherwise be approved by the Board, during the Term of Executive’s employment, Executive shall not have any ownership interest (of record or beneficial) in, or have any interest as an Executive, salesman, consultant, officer or director in, or otherwise aid or assist in any manner, any firm, corporation, partnership, proprietorship or other business that engages in any county, city or part thereof in the United States and/or any foreign country in a business which competes directly or indirectly (as determined by the Board) with the business of the Company in such county, city or part thereof, so long as the Company or any successors in interest to the business and goodwill of the Company, remains engaged in such business in such county, city or part thereof or continues to solicit customers or potential customers therein; provided , however , that Executive may own, directly or indirectly, solely as an investment, securities of any entity which are traded on any national securities exchange if Executive (x) is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such entity; or (y) does not, directly or indirectly, own one percent (1%) or more of any class of securities of any such entity.

4.2 Confidential Information . Executive and the Company have entered into the Company’s standard Executive proprietary inventions and invention assignment agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement ”). Executive agrees to perform each and every obligation of Executive therein contained.

4.3 Solicitation of Executives . Executive shall not during the Term of Executive’s employment and for the applicable severance period for which Executive receives severance benefits following any termination hereof pursuant to Section 3 above (regardless of whether Executive receives such severance benefits in a lump sum payment) (the “ Restricted Period ”), directly or indirectly, solicit or encourage to leave the employment of the Company, any Executive of the Company.

4.4 Rights and Remedies Upon Breach . If Executive breaches or threatens to commit a breach of any of the provisions of this Section 4 (the “ Restrictive Covenants ”), the Company shall have the following rights and remedies, each of which rights and remedies shall be independent of the other and severally enforceable, and all of which rights and remedies shall

 

- 9 -


be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company under law or in equity:

(a) Specific Performance . The right and remedy to have the Restrictive Covenants specifically enforced by any court having equity jurisdiction, all without the need to post a bond or any other security or to prove any amount of actual damage or that money damages would not provide an adequate remedy, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to the Company and that money damages will not provide adequate remedy to the Company; and

(b) Accounting and Indemnification . The right and remedy to require Executive (i) to account for and pay over to the Company all compensation, profits, monies, accruals, increments or other benefits derived or received by Executive or any associated party deriving such benefits as a result of any such breach of the Restrictive Covenants; and (ii) to indemnify the Company against any other losses, damages (including special and consequential damages), costs and expenses, including actual attorneys’ fees and court costs, which may be incurred by them and which result from or arise out of any such breach or threatened breach of the Restrictive Covenants.

4.5 Severability of Covenants/Blue Penciling . If any court determines that any of the Restrictive Covenants, or any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Restrictive Covenants shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full effect, without regard to the invalid portions. If any court determines that any of the Restrictive Covenants, or any part thereof, are unenforceable because of the duration of such provision or the area covered thereby, such court shall have the power to reduce the duration or area of such provision and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced. Executive hereby waives any and all right to attack the validity of the Restrictive Covenants on the grounds of the breadth of their geographic scope or the length of their term.

4.6 Enforceability in Jurisdictions . The Company and Executive intend to and do hereby confer jurisdiction to enforce the Restrictive Covenants upon the courts of any jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such covenants. If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Restrictive Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of the breadth of such scope or otherwise, it is the intention of the Company and Executive that such determination not bar or in any way affect the right of the Company to the relief provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such covenants, as to breaches of such covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction being, for this purpose, severable into diverse and independent covenants.

4.7 Arbitration . Executive and the Company have entered into the Company’s standard arbitration agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Arbitration Agreement ”). Executive agrees to perform each and every obligation of Executive therein contained.

 

- 10 -


5. Trade Secrets of Others . It is the understanding of Executive and the Company that Executive shall not divulge to the Company or its affiliates any confidential information or trade secrets belonging to others, including Executive’s former employers, nor shall the Company or its affiliates seek to elicit from Executive any such information. Consistent with the foregoing, Executive shall not provide to the Company or its affiliates, and the Company and/or its affiliates shall not request, any documents or copies of documents containing such information.

6. Insurance . The Company may, in its sole discretion, apply for and procure in its own name and for its own benefit life, health, accident, “key-man” and/or disability insurance on Executive in any amount or amounts considered advisable. Executive agrees to cooperate in any medical or other examination, supply any information and execute and deliver any applications or other instruments in writing as may be reasonably necessary to obtain and constitute such insurance.

7. Miscellaneous.

7.1 Assignment and Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Executive and Executive’s heirs, executors, personal representatives, assigns, administrators and legal representatives. Because of the unique and personal nature of Executive’s duties under this Agreement, neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations under this Agreement shall be assignable by Executive. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors, assigns and legal representatives. The rights of the Company under this Agreement may, without the consent of Executive, be assigned by the Company, in its sole and unfettered discretion, to any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly, acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company, and the Company will require any such successor to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, the “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law or otherwise.

7.2 Choice of Law . This Agreement is made in the State of California. This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California.

7.3 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the Exhibits hereto, contains the complete, final and exclusive agreement of the parties hereto relating to the terms and conditions of Executive’s employment and the termination of Executive’s employment, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written employment agreements or arrangements between the parties hereto. To the extent this Agreement conflicts with the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement controls.

7.4 Notices . All notices, requests and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by courier or other means of personal service (including by means of a nationally recognized courier service or professional messenger service), or sent by telex or

 

- 11 -


telecopy or mailed first class, postage prepaid, by certified mail, return receipt requested, in all cases, addressed to:

 

If to the Company or the Board:   

One Stop Systems, Inc.

 

2235 Enterprise Street

 

Suite 110

 

Escondido, CA 92029

If to Executive:    At the residence address on file with the Company

All notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed given on the date of actual receipt or delivery as evidenced by written receipt, acknowledgement or other evidence of actual receipt or delivery to the address. In case of service by telecopy, a copy of such notice shall be personally delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, in the manner set forth above, within three business days thereafter. Any party hereto may from time to time by notice in writing served as set forth above designate a different address or a different or additional person to which all such notices or communications thereafter are to be given.

7.5 No Third-Party Rights . Except for the rights set forth in Section 4, nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement will be construed to give any Person other than the parties to this Agreement any legal or equitable right, remedy, or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement.

7.6 Survival . The covenants, agreements, representations and warranties contained in or made in Sections 3, 4, and 6 of this Agreement shall survive any termination of Executive’s employment.

7.7 Amendment . This Agreement cannot be amended or modified except by a written agreement signed by Executive and the Company’s Chairman of the Board.

7.8 Waiver . No term, covenant or condition of this Agreement or any breach thereof shall be deemed waived, except with the written consent of the party against whom the wavier is claimed, and any waiver or any such term, covenant, condition or breach shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other term, covenant, condition or breach.

7.9 Severability . The finding by a court of competent jurisdiction of the unenforceability, invalidity or illegality of any provision of this Agreement shall not render any other provision of this Agreement unenforceable, invalid or illegal. Such court shall have the authority to modify or replace the invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a valid and

 

- 12 -


enforceable term or provision which most accurately represents the intention of the parties hereto with respect to the invalid or unenforceable term or provision.

7.10 Interpretation; Construction . The headings set forth in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be used in interpreting this Agreement. This Agreement has been drafted by legal counsel representing the Company, but Executive has been encouraged to consult with, and have consulted with, Executive’s own independent counsel and tax advisors with respect to the terms of this Agreement. The parties hereto acknowledge that each party hereto and its counsel has reviewed and revised, or had an opportunity to review and revise, this Agreement, and any rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.

7.11 Representations and Warranties . Executive represent and warrant that Executive is not restricted or prohibited, contractually or otherwise, from entering into and performing each of the terms and covenants contained in this Agreement, and that Executive’s execution and performance of this Agreement will not violate or breach any other agreements between Executive and any other person or entity.

7.12 Counterparts; Facsimile . This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, all of which together shall contribute one and the same instrument. Facsimile signatures shall be treated the same as original signatures.

7.13 Dispute Costs . Should any claim be commenced between the parties hereto or their personal representatives concerning any provision of this Agreement or the rights and duties of any person in relation to this Agreement, the party prevailing in such action shall be entitled, in addition to such other relief as may be granted to a reasonable sum as and for that party’s attorney’s fees in such action to the extent consistent with law.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank. Signature page to follow.]

 

- 13 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:
One Stop Systems
By:  

/s/ John Reardon

Name:   John Reardon
Title:   Compensation Committee Chair
EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Jim Ison

Jim Ison

 

- 14 -


EXHIBIT A

RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS

TO BE SIGNED FOLLOWING TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE

OR RESIGNATION FOR GOOD REASON

In consideration of the payments and other benefits set forth in the Employment Agreement dated October 1, 2017, to which this form is attached (the “ Employment Agreement ”), I, Steve Cooper hereby furnish One Stop Systems, Inc. (the “ Company ”), with the following release and waiver (“ Release and Waiver ”).

In exchange for the consideration provided to me by the Employment Agreement that I am not otherwise entitled to receive, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its directors, officers, Executives, shareholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Release and Waiver. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits from the Company, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, equity awards, or any other ownership interests in the Company; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ ADEA ”), and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (as amended). Notwithstanding the foregoing, released claims shall not include (i) any claims based on obligations created by or reaffirmed in this Release and Waiver; (ii) any vested compensation or benefits; (iii) any claims which by law cannot be released, including without limitation unemployment compensation claims, claims for any state disability insurance benefits and workers’ compensation claims (the settlement of which would require approval by the California Workers’ Compensation Appeals Board); (iv) any claim for indemnification under the Employment Agreement, the Company’s bylaws or certificate of incorporation, or any agreement providing for the indemnification of Executive; (v) any rights Executive might have under the Company’s Equity Incentive Plan (as defined in the Employment Agreement) or similar plan or arrangement regarding equity awards to Executive or equity interests owned by Executive; (vi) any claim related to the Company’s executory obligations under the Employment Agreement; and (vii) claims for administrative relief from the United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission and/or the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing (or any similar agency in any applicable jurisdiction other than California) ( provided that Executive shall not be entitled to obtain any monetary relief through such agencies).


I also acknowledge that I have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code which reads as follows: “ A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor. ” I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law of any jurisdiction of similar effect with respect to any claims I may have against the Company.

I acknowledge that, among other rights, I am waiving and releasing any rights I may have under ADEA, that this Release and Waiver is knowing and voluntary, and that the consideration given for this Release and Waiver is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled as an executive of the Company. I further acknowledge that I have been advised, as required by the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, that: (a) the release and waiver granted herein does not relate to claims under the ADEA which may arise after this Release and Waiver is executed; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release and Waiver; and (c) I have 21 days from the date of termination of my employment with the Company in which to consider this Release and Waiver (although I may choose voluntarily to execute this Release and Waiver earlier); (d) I have seven days following the execution of this Release and Waiver to revoke my consent to this Release and Waiver; and (e) this Release and Waiver shall not be effective until the seven day revocation period has expired without my having earlier revoked this Release and Waiver, and I shall not be entitled to receive any of the benefits provided by the Employment Agreement unless and until this Release and Waiver becomes effective.

I acknowledge my continuing obligations under my Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. Pursuant to the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement I understand that among other things, I must not use or disclose any confidential or proprietary information of the Company and I must immediately return all Company property and documents (including all embodiments of proprietary information) and all copies thereof in my possession or control. I understand and agree that my right to the severance benefits I am receiving in exchange for my agreement to the terms of this Release and Waiver is contingent upon my continued compliance with my Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement.

This Release and Waiver constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company that is not expressly stated herein. This Release and Waiver may only be modified by a writing signed by both me and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

 

Date:                                                                                   By:                                                                             


EXHIBIT B

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT


EXHIBIT C

ARBITRATION AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.10

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

among

SKYSCALE, LLC,

a California limited liability company

and

THE JOINT VENTURE PARTIES NAMED HEREIN

dated as of

April  11 , 2017

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1  

ARTICLE II CONTRIBUTIONS

     3  

Section 2.01 Contributions by One Stop

     3  

Section 2.02 Contributions by Jacoma

     3  

Section 2.03 No Liabilities

     3  

Section 2.04 Consideration

     3  

ARTICLE III CLOSING

     4  

Section 3.01 Closing

     4  

Section 3.02 Closing Deliverables

     4  

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ONE STOP

     5  

Section 4.01 Organization of One Stop

     5  

Section 4.02 Authority of One Stop; Enforceability

     6  

Section 4.03 No Conflicts; Consents

     6  

Section 4.04 Legal Proceedings

     6  

Section 4.05 Brokers

     6  

Section 4.06 Securities Matters

     6  

ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF JACOMA

     7  

Section 5.01 Organization of Jacoma

     7  

Section 5.02 Authority of Jacoma; Enforceability

     7  

Section 5.03 No Conflicts; Consents

     7  

Section 5.04 Legal Proceedings

     7  

Section 5.05 Brokers

     8  

Section 5.06 Securities Matters

     8  

ARTICLE VI COVENANTS

     8  

Section 6.01 Public Announcements

     8  

Section 6.02 Transfer Taxes

     8  

Section 6.03 Further Assurances

     8  

ARTICLE VII INDEMNIFICATION

     8  

Section 7.01 Survival

     8  

Section 7.02 Indemnification By One Stop

     8  

Section 7.03 Indemnification By Jacoma

     9  

Section 7.04 Certain Limitations

     9  

Section 7.05 Effect of Investigation

     9  

Section 7.06 Remedies

     9  

ARTICLE VIII INDEPENDENT INVESTIGATION; ADVICE OF COUNSEL

     10  

Section 8.01 Independent Investigation; Advice of Counsel

     10  

ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS

     10  

Section 9.01 Expenses

     10  

Section 9.02 Notices

     10  

Section 9.03 Interpretation

     11  

Section 9.04 Headings

     11  

Section 9.05 Severability

     11  

Section 9.06 Entire Agreement

     11  

Section 9.07 Successors and Assigns

     12  

Section 9.08 No Third-Party Beneficiaries

     12  

Section 9.09 Amendment and Modification

     12  

Section 9.10 Waiver

     12  

Section 9.11 Governing Law

     12  

Section 9.12 Submission to Jurisdiction

     12  

Section 9.13 Waiver of Jury Trial

     12  


C ONTRIBUTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

Section 9.14 Specific Performance

     13  

Section 9.15 Counterparts

     13  

EXHIBIT A: PRIMARY SKYSCALE AGREEMENT

     15  

EXHIBIT B: PRODUCTS AND SERVICES AGREEMENT

     16  

 

ii


CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

 

 

This Contribution Agreement ( “Agreement” ) , dated as of April  11 , 2017, is entered into among SkyScale, LLC, a California limited liability company ( “SkyScale” ) , One Stop Systems, Inc., a California corporation ( “One Stop” ) , and Jacoma Investments, LLC, a California limited liability company ( “Jacoma” ) . Jacoma and One Stop may individually be referred to herein as a “SkyScale Party” or collectively, the “SkyScale Parties”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, One Stop wishes to contribute to SkyScale cash in exchange for an equity interest in SkyScale, as further described and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, Jacoma wishes to contribute to SkyScale cash in exchange for an equity interest in SkyScale, as further described and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I: DEFINITIONS

The following terms when used in this Agreement have the meanings specified or referred to in this ARTICLE I:

“Action” means any claim, action, cause of action, demand, lawsuit, arbitration, inquiry, audit, notice of violation, proceeding, litigation, citation, summons, subpoena or investigation of any nature, civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or otherwise, whether at law or in equity.

“Affiliate” of a Person means any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. The term “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Business Day” means any day except Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks located in San Diego, CA are authorized or required by Law to be closed for business.

Cap ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.04(a).

“Closing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01.

“Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01.


C ONTRIBUTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

“Disclosure Schedules” means the Disclosure Schedules to this Agreement delivered by a SkyScale Party concurrently with its execution and delivery of this Agreement.

“Encumbrance” means any pledge, lien, charge, security interest, mortgage, claim or other encumbrance.

“Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, local or foreign government or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of such government or political subdivision, or any self-regulated organization or other non-governmental regulatory authority or quasi-governmental authority (to the extent that the rules, regulations or orders of such organization or authority have the force of Law), or any arbitrator, court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction.

“Jacoma” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Jacoma Indemnified Parties” means, collectively, Jacoma, its Affiliates, and their respective equity holders, directors, officers and employees.

“Jacoma Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(b).

“Knowledge of One Stop or One Stop’s Knowledge” or any other similar knowledge qualification, means the actual or constructive knowledge of any director or officer of One Stop, after due inquiry.

“Knowledge of Jacoma or Jacoma’s Knowledge” or any other similar knowledge qualification, means the actual or constructive knowledge of any director or officer of Jacoma, after due inquiry.

“Law” means any statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, order, constitution, treaty, common law, judgment, decree, other requirement or rule of law of any Governmental Authority.

“Losses” means losses, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, Actions, judgments, interest, awards, penalties, fines, costs or expenses of whatever kind, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and the costs of enforcing any right to indemnification hereunder or pursuing any insurance providers; provided, however, “Losses” will not include punitive damages, except in the case of fraud, or to the extent actually awarded to a Governmental Authority or other third party.

“One Stop” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“One Stop Indemnified Parties” means, collectively, One Stop, its Affiliates, and their respective equity holders, directors, officers and employees.

“One Stop Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(a).

“Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, Governmental Authority, unincorporated organization, trust, association or other entity.

“Primary SkyScale Agreement” means the operating agreement of SkyScale in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto.

“Product and Services Agreement” means the products and services agreement between SkyScale and One Stop in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto.

 

2


C ONTRIBUTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“SkyScale” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“SkyScale Agreements ” means the Primary SkyScale Agreement and the Products and Services Agreement.

“SkyScale Interests” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04(b).

“SkyScale Parties” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

“Transaction Agreements” means, collectively, this Agreement and the SkyScale Agreements.

ARTICLE II: CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 2.01   Contributions by One Stop . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, at the Closing, One Stop will make a capital contribution to SkyScale in the amount of $750,000, payable in the form of a credit to purchase equipment, personnel or support services from One Stop.

Section 2.02   Contributions by Jacoma . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, at the Closing, Jacoma will make a capital contribution to SkyScale in the amount of $750,000, payable in cash in immediately available funds. If SkyScale is unable to open a bank account by the Closing, (a) Jacoma’s capital contribution will temporarily be deposited in One Stop’s bank account, and (b) upon the opening of SkyScale’s bank account, One Stop will promptly transfer such funds to SkyScale’s bank account.

Section 2.03   No Liabilities . SkyScale will not assume any liabilities or obligations of the SkyScale Parties or their Affiliates of any kind, whether known or unknown, contingent, matured or otherwise, whether currently existing or hereinafter created.

Section 2.04   Consideration .

(a)     In consideration for its capital contribution pursuant to Section 2.01, at the Closing, SkyScale agrees to issue to One Stop 750,000 membership interest units in SkyScale ( “One Stop Interest” ) , free and clear of all Encumbrances except for those Encumbrances set forth in the Primary SkyScale Agreement. Upon issuance by SkyScale of the One Stop Interest to One Stop, the One Stop Interest (i) will be duly authorized and validly issued and (ii) represent a 50% ownership interest in the SkyScale.

(b)     In consideration for its capital contribution pursuant to Section 2.02, at the Closing, SkyScale agrees to issue to Jacoma 750,000 membership interest units in SkyScale ( Jacoma Interest”; and together with the One Stop Interest, the “SkyScale Interests” ) , free and clear of all Encumbrances except for those Encumbrances set forth in the Primary SkyScale Agreement. Upon issuance by SkyScale of the Jacoma Interest to Jacoma, the Jacoma Interest (i) will be duly authorized and validly issued and (ii) represent a 50% ownership interest in the SkyScale.

 

3


C ONTRIBUTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

ARTICLE III: CLOSING

Section 3.01   Closing . The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement ( “Closing” ) will take place simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement on the date of this Agreement ( “Closing Date” ) at the offices of Alan Rich & Associates, A.P.L.C., 2784 Gateway Road, Suite 104, Carlsbad, California 92009, or at such other place as the SkyScale Parties may agree to in writing. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will be deemed to occur at 12:01 a.m. on the Closing Date.

Section 3.02   Closing Deliverables .

(a)       At the Closing, One Stop will deliver to Jacoma or SkyScale, as applicable, the following:

(i)       Its contribution to the SkyScale pursuant to Section 2.01, by issuance of a credit note or memorandum to SkyScale;

(ii)      An executed counterpart signature page of One Stop to each of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party;

(iii)    Copies of all required consents, approvals, waivers and authorizations referred to in Section 4.03 of the Disclosure Schedules, duly executed by all applicable parties;

(iv)      A certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary (or equivalent officer) of One Stop certifying as to (A) the resolutions of the board of directors of One Stop, duly adopted and in effect, which authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby by One Stop, and (B) the names and signatures of the officers of One Stop authorized to sign such Transaction Agreements and the documents to be delivered by One Stop hereunder and thereunder;

(v)       A certificate evidencing the good standing of One Stop from the State of California as of a date no earlier than ten days before the Closing Date; and

(vi)      Such other customary instruments of contribution, transfer, assumption, filings or documents, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Jacoma, as may be required to give effect to this Agreement.

(b)       At the Closing, Jacoma will deliver to One Stop or SkyScale, as applicable, the following:

(i)       Its contribution to the SkyScale pursuant to Section 2.02, by wire transfer in immediately available funds;

(ii)      An executed counterpart signature page of Jacoma to each of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party;

 

4


C ONTRIBUTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

(iii)    Copies of all required consents, approvals, waivers and authorizations referred to in Section 5.03 of the Disclosure Schedules, duly executed by all applicable parties;

(iv)      A certificate of the Members or Managers (or equivalent officer) of Jacoma certifying as to (A) the resolutions of the members and managers of Jacoma, duly adopted and in effect, which authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby by Jacoma, and (B) the names and signatures of the officers of Jacoma authorized to sign such Transaction Agreements and the documents to be delivered by Jacoma hereunder and thereunder;

(v)       A certificate evidencing the good standing of Jacoma from the State of California as of a date no earlier than ten days before the Closing Date; and

(vi)      Such other customary instruments of contribution, transfer, assumption, filings or documents, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to One Stop, as may be required to give effect to this Agreement.

(c)       At the Closing, SkyScale will deliver the following:

(i)       To each SkyScale Party, a certificate registered in its name evidencing the SkyScale Interest to be issued to it pursuant to Section 2.04;

(ii)      An executed counterpart signature page of SkyScale to each of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party;

(iii)      A certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary (or equivalent officer) of SkyScale certifying as to (A) the resolutions of the members and managers of SkyScale, duly adopted and in effect, which authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby by SkyScale, and (B) the names and signatures of the officers of SkyScale authorized to sign such Transaction Agreements and the documents to be delivered by SkyScale hereunder and thereunder; and

(iv)      To each SkyScale Party, a certificate evidencing the good standing of SkyScale in its jurisdiction of organization as of a date no earlier than ten days prior to the Closing Date.

ARTICLE IV: REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ONE STOP

One Stop represents and warrants to the other parties hereto that the statements contained in this ARTICLE IV are true and correct as of the date hereof.

Section 4.01 Organization of One Stop . One Stop is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of California.

 

5


C ONTRIBUTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

Section 4.02   Authority of One Stop; Enforceability . One Stop has full corporate power and authority to enter into the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party, to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution, delivery and performance by One Stop of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all requisite entity action on the part of One Stop. The Transaction Agreements to which it is a party have been duly executed and delivered by One Stop, and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by any other parties thereto) constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of One Stop, enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited by any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity.

Section 4.03   No Conflicts; Consents . The execution, delivery and performance by One Stop of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, do not and will not: (a) violate or conflict with the articles of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents of One Stop; (b) violate or conflict with any Law or Governmental Order applicable to One Stop; or (c) except as set forth on Section 4.03 of the Disclosure Schedules, conflict with, or result in (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) any violation of, or default under, or give rise to a right of termination, acceleration or modification of any obligation or loss of any benefit under any Contract to which One Stop is a party. Except as set forth on Section 4.03 of the Disclosure Schedules, no consent, approval, waiver or authorization is required to be obtained by One Stop from any Person in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by One Stop of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except such consents, approvals, waivers or authorizations which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on One Stop’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or under the other Transaction Agreements to which it is a party on a timely basis.

Section 4.04   Legal Proceedings . There is no Action of any nature pending or, to One Stop’s Knowledge, threatened against or by One Stop that challenges or seeks to prevent, enjoin or otherwise delay the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements to which One Stop is a party. To One Stop’s Knowledge, no event has occurred or circumstances exist that could reasonably be expected to give rise to, or serve as a basis for, any such Action.

Section 4.05   Brokers . No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements based on arrangements made by or on behalf of One Stop or any of its Affiliates.

Section 4.06   Securities Matters . One Stop is acquiring the One Stop Interest solely for its own account for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof. One Stop acknowledges the One Stop Interest is not registered under the Securities Act, or any state securities laws, and the One Stop Interest may not be transferred or sold except pursuant to the registration provisions of the Securities Act or pursuant to an applicable exemption therefrom and subject to state securities laws and regulations, as applicable. One Stop is able to bear the economic risk of holding the One Stop Interest for an indefinite period (including

 

6


C ONTRIBUTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

total loss of its investment), and has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risk of its investment.

ARTICLE V: REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF JACOMA

Jacoma represents and warrants to the other parties hereto that the statements contained in this ARTICLE V are true and correct as of the date hereof.

Section 5.01   Organization of Jacoma . Jacoma is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of California.

Section 5.02   Authority of Jacoma; Enforceability . Jacoma has full limited liability company power and authority to enter into the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party, to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution, delivery and performance by Jacoma of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all requisite entity action on the part of Jacoma. This Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements to which it is a party have been duly executed and delivered by Jacoma, and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto) constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of Jacoma, enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited by any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by general principles of equity.

Section 5.03   No Conflicts; Consents . The execution, delivery and performance by Jacoma of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, do not and will not: (a) violate or conflict with the articles of organization, operating agreement or other organizational documents of Jacoma; (b) violate or conflict with any provision of Law or Governmental Order applicable to Jacoma; or (c) except as set forth on Section 5.03 of the Disclosure Schedules conflict with, or result in (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) any violation of, or default under, or give rise to a right of termination, acceleration or modification of any obligation or loss of any benefit under any contract or other instrument to which Jacoma is a party. Except as set forth on Section 5.03 of the Disclosure Schedules, no consent, approval, waiver or authorization is required to be obtained by Jacoma from any Person (including any Governmental Authority) in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by Jacoma of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except such consents, approvals, waivers or authorizations which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on Jacoma’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or under the other Transaction Agreements to which it is a party on a timely basis.

Section 5.04   Legal Proceedings . There is no Action of any nature pending or, to Jacoma’s Knowledge, threatened against or by Jacoma that challenges or seeks to prevent, enjoin or otherwise delay the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements to which Jacoma is a party. To Jacoma’s Knowledge, no event has occurred or circumstances exist that may give rise to, or serve as a basis for, any such Action.

 

7


C ONTRIBUTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

Section 5.05   Brokers . No broker, finder or investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Jacoma or any of its Affiliates.

Section 5.06   Securities Matters . Jacoma is acquiring the Jacoma Interest solely for its own account for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution thereof. Jacoma acknowledges the Jacoma Interest is not registered under the Securities Act, or any state securities laws, and the Jacoma Interest may not be transferred or sold except pursuant to the registration provisions of the Securities Act or pursuant to an applicable exemption therefrom and subject to state securities laws and regulations, as applicable. Jacoma is able to bear the economic risk of holding the Jacoma Interest for an indefinite period (including total loss of its investment), and has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risk of its investment.

ARTICLE VI: COVENANTS

Section 6.01   Public Announcements . No party will cause the publication of any press release or public announcement regarding this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without the prior written consent of the other parties (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), except as may be required by applicable Law, in which case the party required to publish such press release or public announcement will allow the other parties a reasonable opportunity to comment on such press release or public announcement in advance of such publication, to the extent practicable.

Section   6.02   Transfer Taxes . All transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration, value added and other such taxes and fees (including any penalties and interest) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the documents to be delivered hereunder will be borne and paid by SkyScale, when due.

Section 6.03   Further Assurances . Following the Closing, each of the parties hereto will execute and deliver such additional documents, instruments, conveyances and assurances and take such further actions as may be reasonably required to carry out the provisions hereof and give effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the documents to be delivered hereunder.

ARTICLE VII: INDEMNIFICATION

Section 7.01   Survival . All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein and all related rights to indemnification will survive the Closing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any claims asserted in good faith with reasonable specificity (to the extent known at such time) and in writing by notice from the non-breaching party to the breaching party before the expiration date of the applicable survival period will not thereafter be barred by the expiration of the relevant representation or warranty and such claims will survive until finally resolved.

Section 7.02   Indemnification By One Stop . Subject to the other terms and conditions of this ARTICLE VII, One Stop will indemnify and defend each of SkyScale and the Jacoma Indemnified Parties against, and will hold each of them harmless from and against, and will pay and reimburse

 

8


C ONTRIBUTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

each of them for, any and all Losses incurred or sustained by, or imposed upon, any of them based upon, arising out of, with respect to or by reason of:

(a)       Any inaccuracy in or breach of any of the representations or warranties of One Stop contained in this Agreement; or

(b)       Any breach or non-fulfillment of any covenant, agreement or obligation to be performed by One Stop pursuant to this Agreement.

Section   7.03   Indemnification By Jacoma . Subject to the other terms and conditions of this ARTICLE VII, Jacoma will indemnify and defend each of SkyScale and the One Stop Indemnified Parties against, and will hold each of them harmless from and against, and will pay and reimburse each of them for, any and all Losses incurred or sustained by, or imposed upon, any of them based upon, arising out of, with respect to or by reason of:

(a)       Any inaccuracy in or breach of any of the representations or warranties of Jacoma contained in this Agreement; or

(b)       Any breach or non-fulfillment of any covenant, agreement or obligation to be performed by Jacoma pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 7.04   Certain Limitations . The indemnification provided for in Section 7.02 and Section 7.03 will be subject to the following limitations:

(a)       The aggregate amount of all Losses for which One Stop will be liable pursuant to Section 7.02(a) will not exceed $750,000 ( “Cap” ) .

(b)       The aggregate amount of all Losses for which Jacoma will be liable pursuant to Section 7.03(a) will not exceed the Cap.

(c)       The Jacoma Indemnified Parties will only be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 7.02 with respect to a Loss directly incurred by SkyScale to the extent any indemnification of, or payments to, SkyScale with respect to the matter giving rise to such Loss do not constitute full payment of all Losses suffered or incurred by such Jacoma Indemnified Parties with respect thereto.

(d)       The One Stop Indemnified Parties will only be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 7.03 with respect to a Loss directly incurred by SkyScale to the extent any indemnification of, or payments to, SkyScale with respect to the matter giving rise to such Loss do not constitute full payment of all Losses suffered or incurred by such One Stop Indemnified Parties with respect thereto.

Section 7.05   Effect of Investigation . An indemnifying party will not be liable under this ARTICLE VII with respect to any Losses arising out of matters within the knowledge of an indemnified party at the Closing Date.

Section 7.06   Remedies . Subject to Section 9.14, the parties acknowledge and agree their sole and exclusive remedy with respect to any and all claims (other than claims arising from fraud, criminal activity or willful misconduct on the part of a party hereto in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) for any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant,

 

9


C ONTRIBUTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

agreement or obligation set forth in this Agreement will be pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in this ARTICLE VII. Nothing in this Section 7.06 will limit any Person’s right to seek and obtain any equitable relief to which any Person will be entitled or to seek any remedy on account of any party’s fraudulent, criminal or intentional misconduct. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the fact a party has an indemnification right under this ARTICLE VII will not preclude the exercise of its rights the Primary SkyScale Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII: INDEPENDENT INVESTIGATION; ADVICE OF COUNSEL

Section 8.01   Independent Investigation; Advice of Counsel . Each of the parties acknowledges they have made, or have had the opportunity to make personally, an investigation of facts and circumstances surrounding the matters set forth herein and it is their independent conclusion, based upon such investigation, all of the terms of this Agreement are fair and satisfactory. Further, Jacoma acknowledges (a) One Stop and SkyScale has selected Alan Rich & Associates, A Professional Law Corporation as One Stop and SkyScale’s legal counsel, (b) Alan Rich & Associates, A Professional Law Corporation has not provided any advice or assistance to Jacoma regarding this Agreement or any of the Transaction Agreements, (c) Jacoma had the opportunity to consult with its own independent legal counsel before signing this Agreement and the Transaction Agreements, and (d) Jacoma has read and understands all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the Transaction Agreement. This Agreement and the Transaction Agreements will not be construed against any party by reason of the drafting or preparation hereof or thereof.

ARTICLE IX: MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.01   Expenses . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will be paid by the party incurring such costs and expenses. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, at Closing, the SkyScale will reimburse each of One Stop and Jacoma for all legal fees and expenses incurred by such party in connection with this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements.

Section 9.02   Notices . All notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers, and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given: (a) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (b) when received by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier (receipt requested); (c) on the date sent by facsimile or email of a PDF document (with confirmation of transmission) if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next Business Day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient; or (d) on the third day after the date mailed, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Such communications must be sent to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as will be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 9.02):

 

If to One Stop:

  

2235 Enterprise Street, Suite 110

  

Escondido, California 92029

  

Email: scooper@onestopsystems.com

  

Attention: Stephen Cooper

 

10


C ONTRIBUTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

If to Jacoma

  

18519 Calle La Serra

Rancho Santa Fe, California 92091

Email: jdh2@me.com

Attention: Jack Harrison

 

If to SkyScale:

  

2235 Enterprise Street, Suite 110

Escondido, California 92029

Email: scooper@onestopsystems.com; jdh2@me.com

Attention: Stephen Cooper and Jack Harrison

Section 9.03   Interpretation . For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the words “include,” “includes,” and “including” will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation;” (b) the word “or” is not exclusive; and (c) the words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,’ “hereto,” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole. Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein: (x) to Articles, Sections, Disclosure Schedules, and Exhibits mean the Articles and Sections of, and Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits attached to, this Agreement; (y) to an agreement, instrument, or other document means such agreement, instrument, or other document as amended, supplemented, and modified from time to time to the extent permitted by the provisions thereof, and (z) to a statute means such statute as amended from time to time and includes any successor legislation thereto and any regulations promulgated thereunder. This Agreement will be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the party drafting an instrument or causing any instrument to be drafted. The Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits referred to herein will be construed with, and as an integral part of, this Agreement to the same extent as if they were set forth verbatim herein.

Section 9.04   Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for reference only and will not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 9.05   Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability will not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the parties hereto will negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

Section   9.06   Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the other Transaction Agreements and the Confidentiality Agreement, dated March 31, 2017, between One Stop and Jacoma ( “Confidentiality Agreement” ) constitute the sole and entire agreement of the parties with respect to their subject matter, and supersede all prior and contemporaneous understandings and agreements, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter, including the OSS and Jacoma Investment Term Sheet dated February 23, 2017. In the event of any inconsistency between the statements in the body of this Agreement and those in any other Transaction Agreement, the Confidentiality Agreement or the Disclosure Schedules (other than an exception expressly set forth as such in the Disclosure Schedules), the statements in the body of this Agreement will control.

 

11


C ONTRIBUTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

Section 9.07   Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon and will inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. No party may assign its rights or obligations hereunder, including by operation of law, without the prior written consent of the other parties. No assignment will relieve the assigning party of any of its obligations hereunder.

Section 9.08   No Third-Party Beneficiaries . Except as provided in ARTICLE VII, this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and nothing herein or in any other Transaction Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or will confer upon any other Person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever, including any rights of employment for any specified period under or by reason of this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement. Subject to Section 9.09, the parties hereto reserve their right to vary or rescind at any time and in any way the rights, if any, granted under this Agreement to any person not a party hereto, including any indemnified person under ARTICLE VII, without notice to or consent of such Person.

Section 9.09   Amendment and Modification . This Agreement, including any Exhibit or Disclosure Schedule, may only be amended, modified, or supplemented by an agreement in writing signed by each party hereto.

Section 9.10   Waiver . No waiver by any party of any of the provisions hereof will be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the party so waiving. No waiver by any party will operate or be construed as a waiver in respect of any failure, breach, or default not expressly identified by such written waiver, whether of a similar or different character, and whether occurring before or after that waiver. No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any right, remedy, power, or privilege arising from this Agreement will operate or be construed as a waiver thereof; nor will any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power, or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power, or privilege.

Section 9.11   Governing Law . This Agreement and each other Transaction Agreement (and any claims, causes of action or disputes that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, to the negotiation, execution or performance hereof or thereof, or to the inducement of any party to enter herein or therein, whether for breach of contract, tortious conduct or otherwise and whether predicated on common law, statute, or otherwise) will in all respects be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of California or any other jurisdiction).

Section 9.12   Submission to Jurisdiction . Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement [, any other Transaction Agreement] or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America or the courts of the State of California in each case located in the city of San Diego, California, and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding.

Section 9.13 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER TRANSACTION AGREEMENT, OR

 

12


C ONTRIBUTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LEGAL ACTION ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION AGREEMENTS, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES (A) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT, OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER IN THE EVENT OF A LEGAL ACTION, (B) SUCH PARTY HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (C) SUCH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (D) SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 9.13.

Section 9.14   Specific Performance . The parties agree irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement was not performed in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof, and the parties will be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof and thereof, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

Section 9.15   Counterparts . This Agreement and each of the other Transaction Agreements may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will be deemed to be one and the same agreement. A signed copy of this Agreement or any Transaction Agreement delivered by facsimile, email, or other means of electronic transmission will be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Agreement or such other Transaction Agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

13


C ONTRIBUTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

SKYSCALE

SkyScale, LLC

a California limited liability company

By:

 

LOGO

 

Stephen Cooper, Manager

By:

 

LOGO

 

Jack Harrison, Manager

ONE STOP

One Stop Systems, Inc.,

a California corporation

By:

 

LOGO

 

Stephen Cooper, Chief Executive Officer

JACOMA

Jacoma Investments, LLC

a California limited liability company

By:

 

LOGO

Printed Name: Jack Harrison

Title:

 

LOGO

 

14


C ONTRIBUTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

PRIMARY SKYSCALE AGREEMENT

 

 

 

[Attached]

 

15


C ONTRIBUTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

 

 

[Attached]

 

16


C ONTRIBUTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE: SCHEDULE 4.03

 

Required Third Party Consent to be Obtained by One Stop:

  

Bank of the West                     

  

 

17


C ONTRIBUTION A GREEMENT

 

 

 

DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE: SCHEDULE 5.03

There are no agreements to which Jacoma is a party which conflict with the terms of the Transaction Agreements.

The entering into the Transaction Agreements by Jacoma does not require the approval or consent of any third party.

 

18

Exhibit 21.1

List of Subsidiaries of One Stop Systems, Inc.

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

One Stop Systems, GmbH    Germany

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

One Stop Systems, Inc.:

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated November 9, 2017 relating to the consolidated financial statements of One Stop Systems, Inc. as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ Haskell & White LLP
HASKELL & WHITE LLP

Irvine, California

December 15, 2017

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors

One Stop Systems, Inc.:

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated November 9, 2017 relating to the financial statements of Mission Technology Group, Inc. dba Magma (the “Company”) as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015, and the period from January 1, 2016 through July 15, 2016, which report included an emphasis paragraph regarding the acquisition of the Company by One Stop Systems, Inc., appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

/s/ Haskell & White LLP

HASKELL & WHITE LLP

Irvine, California

December 15, 2017